<?xml version="1.0"?>
<?xml-stylesheet type="text/xsl" href="cfr.xsl"?>
<CFRGRANULE xmlns:xsi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema-instance" xsi:noNamespaceSchemaLocation="CFRMergedXML.xsd">
  <FDSYS>
    <CFRTITLE>40</CFRTITLE>
    <CFRTITLETEXT>Protection of Environment</CFRTITLETEXT>
    <VOL>14</VOL>
    <DATE>2006-07-01</DATE>
    <ORIGINALDATE>2006-07-01</ORIGINALDATE>
    <COVERONLY>false</COVERONLY>
    <TITLE>NATIONAL EMISSION STANDARDS FOR HAZARDOUS AIR POLLUTANTS FOR SOURCE CATEGORIES</TITLE>
    <GRANULENUM>63</GRANULENUM>
    <HEADING>PART 63</HEADING>
    <ANCESTORS>
      <PARENT HEADING="Title 40" SEQ="2">Protection of Environment</PARENT>
      <PARENT HEADING="CHAPTER I" SEQ="1">ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION AGENCY (CONTINUED)</PARENT>
      <PARENT HEADING="SUBCHAPTER C" SEQ="0">AIR PROGRAMS (CONTINUED)</PARENT>
    </ANCESTORS>
  </FDSYS>
  <PART>
    <EAR>Pt. 63</EAR>
    <HD SOURCE="HED">PART 63—NATIONAL EMISSION STANDARDS FOR HAZARDOUS AIR POLLUTANTS FOR SOURCE CATEGORIES</HD>
    <CONTENTS>
      <SUBPART>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">Subpart NNNNN—National Emission Standards for Hazardous Air Pollutants: Hydrochloric Acid Production</HD>
        <SUBJGRP>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">What This Subpart Covers</HD>
          <SECTNO>63.8980</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>What is the purpose of this subpart?</SUBJECT>
          <SECTNO>63.8985</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Am I subject to this subpart?</SUBJECT>
          <SECTNO>63.8990</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>What parts of my plant does this subpart cover?</SUBJECT>
          <SECTNO>63.8995</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>When do I have to comply with this subpart?</SUBJECT>
        </SUBJGRP>
        <SUBJGRP>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">Emission Limitations and Work Practice Standards</HD>
          <SECTNO>63.9000</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>What emission limitations and work practice standards must I meet?</SUBJECT>
        </SUBJGRP>
        <SUBJGRP>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">General Compliance Requirements</HD>
          <SECTNO>63.9005</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>What are my general requirements for complying with this subpart?</SUBJECT>
        </SUBJGRP>
        <SUBJGRP>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">Testing and Initial Compliance Requirements</HD>
          <SECTNO>63.9010</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>By what date must I conduct performance tests?</SUBJECT>
          <SECTNO>63.9015</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>When must I conduct subsequent performance tests?</SUBJECT>
          <SECTNO>63.9020</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>What performance tests and other procedures must I use?</SUBJECT>
          <SECTNO>63.9025</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>What are my monitoring installation, operation, and maintenance requirements?</SUBJECT>
          <SECTNO>63.9030</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>How do I demonstrate initial compliance with the emission limitations and work practice standards?</SUBJECT>
        </SUBJGRP>
        <SUBJGRP>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">Continuous Compliance Requirements</HD>
          <SECTNO>63.9035</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>How do I monitor and collect data to demonstrate continuous compliance?</SUBJECT>
          <SECTNO>63.9040</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>How do I demonstrate continuous compliance with the emission limitations and work practice standards?</SUBJECT>
        </SUBJGRP>
        <SUBJGRP>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">Notifications, Reports, and Records</HD>
          <SECTNO>63.9045</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>What notifications must I submit and when?</SUBJECT>
          <SECTNO>63.9050</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>What reports must I submit and when?</SUBJECT>
          <SECTNO>63.9055</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>What records must I keep?</SUBJECT>
          <SECTNO>63.9060</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>In what form and how long must I keep my records?</SUBJECT>
        </SUBJGRP>
        <SUBJGRP>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">Other Requirements and Information</HD>
          <SECTNO>63.9065</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>What parts of the General Provisions apply to me?</SUBJECT>
          <SECTNO>63.9070</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Who implements and enforces this subpart?</SUBJECT>
          <SECTNO>63.9075</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>What definitions apply to this subpart?</SUBJECT>
          <APP>Table 1 to Subpart NNNNN of Part 63—Emission Limits and Work Practice Standards</APP>
          <APP>Table 2 to Subpart NNNNN of Part 63—Operating Limits</APP>
          <APP>Table 3 to Subpart NNNNN of Part 63—Performance Test Requirements for HCl Production Affected Sources</APP>
          <APP>Table 4 to Subpart NNNNN of Part 63—Initial Compliance with Emission Limitations and Work Practice Standards</APP>
          <APP>Table 5 to Subpart NNNNN of Part 63—Continuous Compliance with Emission Limitations and Work Practice Standards</APP>
          <APP>Table 6 to Subpart NNNNN of Part 63—Requirements for Reports</APP>
          <APP>Table 7 to Subpart NNNNN of Part 63—Applicability of General Provisions to Subpart NNNNN</APP>
        </SUBJGRP>
      </SUBPART>
      <SUBPART>
        <RESERVED>Subpart OOOOO [Reserved]</RESERVED>
      </SUBPART>
      <SUBPART>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">Subpart PPPPP—National Emission Standards for Hazardous Air Pollutants for Engine Test Cells/Stands</HD>
        <SUBJGRP>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">What This Subpart Covers</HD>
          <SECTNO>63.9280</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>What is the purpose of subpart PPPPP?</SUBJECT>
          <SECTNO>63.9285</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Am I subject to this subpart?</SUBJECT>
          <SECTNO>63.9290</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>What parts of my plant does this subpart cover?</SUBJECT>
          <SECTNO>63.9295</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>When do I have to comply with this subpart?</SUBJECT>
        </SUBJGRP>
        <SUBJGRP>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">Emission Limitations</HD>
          <SECTNO>63.9300</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>What emission limitation must I meet?</SUBJECT>
          <SECTNO>63.9301</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>What are my options for meeting the emission limits?</SUBJECT>
          <SECTNO>63.9302</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>What operating limits must I meet?</SUBJECT>
        </SUBJGRP>
        <SUBJGRP>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">General Compliance Requirements</HD>
          <SECTNO>63.9305</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>What are my general requirements for complying with this subpart?</SUBJECT>
          <SECTNO>63.9306</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>What are my continuous parameter monitoring system (CPMS) installation, operation, and maintenance requirements?</SUBJECT>
          <SECTNO>63.9307</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>What are my continuous emissions monitoring system installation, operation, and maintenance requirements?</SUBJECT>
        </SUBJGRP>
        <SUBJGRP>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">Testing and Initial Compliance Requirements</HD>
          <SECTNO>63.9310</SECTNO>

          <SUBJECT>By what date must I conduct the initial compliance demonstrations?<PRTPAGE P="6"/>
          </SUBJECT>
          <SECTNO>63.9320</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>What procedures must I use?</SUBJECT>
          <SECTNO>63.9321</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>What are the general requirements for performance tests?</SUBJECT>
          <SECTNO>63.9322</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>How do I determine the emission capture system efficiency?</SUBJECT>
          <SECTNO>63.9323</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>How do I determine the add-on control device emission destruction or removal efficiency?</SUBJECT>
          <SECTNO>63.9324</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>How do I establish the emission capture system and add-on control device operating limits during the performance test?</SUBJECT>
          <SECTNO>63.9330</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>How do I demonstrate initial compliance with the emission limitation?</SUBJECT>
        </SUBJGRP>
        <SUBJGRP>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">Continuous Compliance Requirements</HD>
          <SECTNO>63.9335</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>How do I monitor and collect data to demonstrate continuous compliance?</SUBJECT>
          <SECTNO>63.9340</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>How do I demonstrate continuous compliance with the emission limitation?</SUBJECT>
        </SUBJGRP>
        <SUBJGRP>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">Notifications, Reports, and Records</HD>
          <SECTNO>63.9345</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>What notifications must I submit and when?</SUBJECT>
          <SECTNO>63.9350</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>What reports must I submit and when?</SUBJECT>
          <SECTNO>63.9355</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>What records must I keep?</SUBJECT>
          <SECTNO>63.9360</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>In what form and how long must I keep my records?</SUBJECT>
        </SUBJGRP>
        <SUBJGRP>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">Other Requirements and Information</HD>
          <SECTNO>63.9365</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>What parts of the General Provisions apply to me?</SUBJECT>
          <SECTNO>63.9370</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Who implements and enforces this subpart?</SUBJECT>
          <SECTNO>63.9375</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>What definitions apply to this subpart?</SUBJECT>
          <APP>Table 1 to Subpart PPPPP of Part 63—Emission Limitations</APP>
          <APP>Table 2 to Subpart PPPPP of Part 63—Operating Limits</APP>
          <APP>Table 3 to Subpart PPPPP of Part 63—Requirements for Initial Compliance Demonstrations</APP>
          <APP>Table 4 to Subpart PPPPP of Part 63—Initial Compliance with Emission Limitations</APP>
          <APP>Table 5 to Subpart PPPPP of Part 63—Continuous Compliance with Emission Limitations</APP>
          <APP>Table 6 to Subpart PPPPP of Part 63—Requirements for Reports</APP>
          <APP>Table 7 to Subpart PPPPP of Part 63—Applicability of General Provisions to Subpart PPPPP</APP>
        </SUBJGRP>
      </SUBPART>
      <SUBPART>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">Subpart QQQQQ—National Emission Standards for Hazardous Air Pollutants for Friction Materials Manufacturing Facilities</HD>
        <SUBJGRP>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">What This Subpart Covers</HD>
          <SECTNO>63.9480</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>What is the purpose of this subpart?</SUBJECT>
          <SECTNO>63.9485</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Am I subject to this subpart?</SUBJECT>
          <SECTNO>63.9490</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>What parts of my plant does this subpart cover?</SUBJECT>
          <SECTNO>63.9495</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>When do I have to comply with this subpart?</SUBJECT>
        </SUBJGRP>
        <SUBJGRP>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">Emission Limitations</HD>
          <SECTNO>63.9500</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>What emission limitations must I meet?</SUBJECT>
        </SUBJGRP>
        <SUBJGRP>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">General Compliance Requirements</HD>
          <SECTNO>63.9505</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>What are my general requirements for complying with this subpart?</SUBJECT>
        </SUBJGRP>
        <SUBJGRP>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">Initial Compliance Demonstration Requirements</HD>
          <SECTNO>63.9510</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>By what date must I conduct my initial compliance demonstration?</SUBJECT>
          <SECTNO>63.9515</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>How do I demonstrate initial compliance with the emission limitation that applies to me?</SUBJECT>
          <SECTNO>63.9520</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>What procedures must I use to demonstrate initial compliance?</SUBJECT>
          <SECTNO>63.9525</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>What are the installation, operation, and maintenance requirements for my weight measurement device?</SUBJECT>
        </SUBJGRP>
        <SUBJGRP>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">Continuous Compliance Requirements</HD>
          <SECTNO>63.9530</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>How do I demonstrate continuous compliance with the emission limitation that applies to me?</SUBJECT>
        </SUBJGRP>
        <SUBJGRP>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">Notifications, Reports, and Records</HD>
          <SECTNO>63.9535</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>What notifications must I submit and when?</SUBJECT>
          <SECTNO>63.9540</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>What reports must I submit and when?</SUBJECT>
          <SECTNO>63.9545</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>What records must I keep?</SUBJECT>
          <SECTNO>63.9550</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>In what form and how long must I keep my records?</SUBJECT>
        </SUBJGRP>
        <SUBJGRP>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">Other Requirements and Information</HD>
          <SECTNO>63.9555</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>What parts of the General Provisions apply to me?</SUBJECT>
          <SECTNO>63.9560</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Who implements and enforces this subpart?</SUBJECT>
          <SECTNO>63.9565</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>What definitions apply to this subpart?</SUBJECT>
          <SECTNO>63.9570</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>How do I apply for alternative compliance requirements?</SUBJECT>
          <SECTNO>63.9571-63.9579</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>[Reserved]</SUBJECT>
          <APP>Table 1 to Subpart QQQQQ—Applicability of General Provisions to Subpart QQQQQ</APP>
        </SUBJGRP>
      </SUBPART>
      <SUBPART>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">Subpart RRRRR—National Emission Standards for Hazardous Air Pollutants: Taconite Iron Ore Processing</HD>
        <SUBJGRP>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">What This Subpart Covers</HD>
          <SECTNO>63.9580</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>What is the purpose of this subpart?</SUBJECT>
          <SECTNO>63.9581</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Am I subject to this subpart?</SUBJECT>
          <SECTNO>63.9582</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>What parts of my plant does this subpart cover?</SUBJECT>
          <SECTNO>63.9583</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>When do I have to comply with this subpart?</SUBJECT>
        </SUBJGRP>
        <SUBJGRP>
          <PRTPAGE P="7"/>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">Emission Limitations and Work Practice Standards</HD>
          <SECTNO>63.9590</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>What emission limitations must I meet?</SUBJECT>
          <SECTNO>63.9591</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>What work practice standards must I meet?</SUBJECT>
        </SUBJGRP>
        <SUBJGRP>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">Operation and Maintenance Requirements</HD>
          <SECTNO>63.9600</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>What are my operation and maintenance requirements?</SUBJECT>
        </SUBJGRP>
        <SUBJGRP>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">General Compliance Requirements</HD>
          <SECTNO>63.9610</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>What are my general requirements for complying with this subpart?</SUBJECT>
        </SUBJGRP>
        <SUBJGRP>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">Initial Compliance Requirements</HD>
          <SECTNO>63.9620</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>On which units and by what date must I conduct performance tests or other initial compliance demonstrations?</SUBJECT>
          <SECTNO>63.9621</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>What test methods and other procedures must I use to demonstrate initial compliance with the emission limits for particulate matter?</SUBJECT>
          <SECTNO>63.9622</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>What test methods and other procedures must I use to establish and demonstrate initial compliance with the operating limits?</SUBJECT>
          <SECTNO>63.9623</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>How do I demonstrate initial compliance with the emission limitations that apply to me?</SUBJECT>
          <SECTNO>63.9624</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>How do I demonstrate initial compliance with the work practice standards that apply to me?</SUBJECT>
          <SECTNO>63.9625</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>How do I demonstrate initial compliance with the operation and maintenance requirements that apply to me?</SUBJECT>
        </SUBJGRP>
        <SUBJGRP>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">Continuous Compliance Requirements</HD>
          <SECTNO>63.9630</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>When must I conduct subsequent performance tests?</SUBJECT>
          <SECTNO>63.9631</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>What are my monitoring requirements?</SUBJECT>
          <SECTNO>63.9632</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>What are the installation, operation, and maintenance requirements for my monitoring equipment?</SUBJECT>
          <SECTNO>63.9633</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>How do I monitor and collect data to demonstrate continuous compliance?</SUBJECT>
          <SECTNO>63.9634</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>How do I demonstrate continuous compliance with the emission limitations that apply to me?</SUBJECT>
          <SECTNO>63.9635</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>How do I demonstrate continuous compliance with the work practice standards that apply to me?</SUBJECT>
          <SECTNO>63.9636</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>How do I demonstrate continuous compliance with the operation and maintenance requirements that apply to me?</SUBJECT>
          <SECTNO>63.9637</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>What other requirements must I meet to demonstrate continuous compliance?</SUBJECT>
        </SUBJGRP>
        <SUBJGRP>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">Notifications, Reports, and Records</HD>
          <SECTNO>63.9640</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>What notifications must I submit and when?</SUBJECT>
          <SECTNO>63.9641</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>What reports must I submit and when?</SUBJECT>
          <SECTNO>63.9642</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>What records must I keep?</SUBJECT>
          <SECTNO>63.9643</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>In what form and how long must I keep my records?</SUBJECT>
        </SUBJGRP>
        <SUBJGRP>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">Other Requirements and Information</HD>
          <SECTNO>63.9650</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>What parts of the General Provisions apply to me?</SUBJECT>
          <SECTNO>63.9651</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Who implements and enforces this subpart?</SUBJECT>
          <SECTNO>63.9652</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>What definitions apply to this subpart?</SUBJECT>
          <APP>Table 1 to Subpart RRRRR of Part 63—Emission Limits</APP>
          <APP>Table 2 to Subpart RRRRR of Part 63—Applicability of General Provisions to Subpart RRRRR of Part 63</APP>
        </SUBJGRP>
      </SUBPART>
      <SUBPART>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">Subpart SSSSS—National Emission Standards for Hazardous Air Pollutants for Refractory Products Manufacturing</HD>
        <SUBJGRP>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">What This Subpart Covers</HD>
          <SECTNO>63.9780</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>What is the purpose of this subpart?</SUBJECT>
          <SECTNO>63.9782</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Am I subject to this subpart?</SUBJECT>
          <SECTNO>63.9784</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>What parts of my plant does this subpart cover?</SUBJECT>
          <SECTNO>63.9786</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>When do I have to comply with this subpart?</SUBJECT>
        </SUBJGRP>
        <SUBJGRP>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">Emission Limitations and Work Practice Standards</HD>
          <SECTNO>63.9788</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>What emission limits, operating limits, and work practice standards must I meet?</SUBJECT>
          <SECTNO>63.9790</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>What are my options for meeting the emission limits?</SUBJECT>
          <HD SOURCE="HD1">General Compliance Requirements</HD>
          <SECTNO>63.9792</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>What are my general requirements for complying with this subpart?</SUBJECT>
          <SECTNO>63.9794</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>What do I need to know about operation, maintenance, and monitoring plans?</SUBJECT>
        </SUBJGRP>
        <SUBJGRP>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">Testing and Initial Compliance Requirements</HD>
          <SECTNO>63.9796</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>By what date must I conduct performance tests?</SUBJECT>
          <SECTNO>63.9798</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>When must I conduct subsequent performance tests?</SUBJECT>
          <SECTNO>63.9800</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>How do I conduct performance tests and establish operating limits?</SUBJECT>
          <SECTNO>63.9802</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>How do I develop an emissions profile?</SUBJECT>
          <SECTNO>63.9804</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>What are my monitoring system installation, operation, and maintenance requirements?</SUBJECT>
          <SECTNO>63.9806</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>How do I demonstrate initial compliance with the emission limits, operating limits, and work practice standards?</SUBJECT>
        </SUBJGRP>
        <SUBJGRP>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">Continuous Compliance Requirements</HD>
          <SECTNO>63.9808</SECTNO>

          <SUBJECT>How do I monitor and collect data to demonstrate continuous compliance?<PRTPAGE P="8"/>
          </SUBJECT>
          <SECTNO>63.9810</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>How do I demonstrate continuous compliance with the emission limits, operating limits, and work practice standards?</SUBJECT>
        </SUBJGRP>
        <SUBJGRP>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">Notifications, Reports, and Records</HD>
          <SECTNO>63.9812</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>What notifications must I submit and when?</SUBJECT>
          <SECTNO>63.9814</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>What reports must I submit and when?</SUBJECT>
          <SECTNO>63.9816</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>What records must I keep?</SUBJECT>
          <SECTNO>63.9818</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>In what form and how long must I keep my records?</SUBJECT>
        </SUBJGRP>
        <SUBJGRP>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">Other Requirements and Information</HD>
          <SECTNO>63.9820</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>What parts of the General Provisions apply to me?</SUBJECT>
          <SECTNO>63.9822</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Who implements and enforces this subpart?</SUBJECT>
          <SECTNO>63.9824</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>What definitions apply to this subpart?</SUBJECT>
          <APP>Table 1 to Subpart SSSSS of Part 63—Emission Limits</APP>
          <APP>Table 2 to Subpart SSSSS of Part 63—Operating Limits</APP>
          <APP>Table 3 to Subpart SSSSS of Part 63—Work Practice Standards</APP>
          <APP>Table 4 to Subpart SSSSS to Part 63—Requirements for Performance Tests</APP>
          <APP>Table 5 to Subpart SSSSS of Part 63—Initial Compliance with Emission Limits</APP>
          <APP>Table 6 to Subpart SSSSS of Part 63—Initial Compliance with Work Practice Standards</APP>
          <APP>Table 7 to Subpart SSSSS to Part 63—Continuous Compliance with Emission Limits</APP>
          <APP>Table 8 to Subpart SSSSS of Part 63—Continuous Compliance with Operating Limits</APP>
          <APP>Table 9 to Subpart SSSSS of Part 63—Continuous Compliance with Work Practice Standards</APP>
          <APP>Table 10 to Subpart SSSSS of Part 63—Requirements for Reports</APP>
          <APP>Table 11 to Subpart SSSSS of Part 63—Applicability of General Provisions to Subpart SSSSS</APP>
        </SUBJGRP>
      </SUBPART>
      <SUBPART>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">Subpart TTTTT—National Emissions Standards for Hazardous Air Pollutants for Primary Magnesium Refining</HD>
        <SUBJGRP>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">What This Subpart Covers</HD>
          <SECTNO>63.9880</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>What is the purpose of this subpart?</SUBJECT>
          <SECTNO>63.9881</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Am I subject to this subpart?</SUBJECT>
          <SECTNO>63.9882</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>What parts of my plant does this subpart cover?</SUBJECT>
          <SECTNO>63.9883</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>When do I have to comply with this subpart?</SUBJECT>
        </SUBJGRP>
        <SUBJGRP>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">Emission Limitations and Work Practice Standards</HD>
          <SECTNO>63.9890</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>What emission limitations must I meet?</SUBJECT>
          <SECTNO>63.9891</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>What work practice standards must I meet for my fugitive dust sources?</SUBJECT>
        </SUBJGRP>
        <SUBJGRP>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">Operation and Maintenance Requirements</HD>
          <SECTNO>63.9900</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>What are my operation and maintenance requirements?</SUBJECT>
        </SUBJGRP>
        <SUBJGRP>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">General Compliance Requirements</HD>
          <SECTNO>63.9910</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>What are my general requirements for complying with this subpart?</SUBJECT>
        </SUBJGRP>
        <SUBJGRP>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">Initial Compliance Requirements</HD>
          <SECTNO>63.9911</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>By what date must I conduct performance tests or other initial compliance demonstrations?</SUBJECT>
          <SECTNO>63.9912</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>When must I conduct subsequent performance tests?</SUBJECT>
          <SECTNO>63.9913</SECTNO>

          <SUBJECT>What test methods and other procedures must I use to demonstrate initial compliance with the emission limits for particulate matter and PM<E T="52">10</E>?</SUBJECT>
          <SECTNO>63.9914</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>What test methods and other procedures must I use to demonstrate initial compliance with chlorine and hydrochloric acid emission limits?</SUBJECT>
          <SECTNO>63.9915</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>What test methods and other procedures must I use to demonstrate initial compliance with dioxin/furan emission limits?</SUBJECT>
          <SECTNO>63.9916</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>What test methods and other procedures must I use to establish and demonstrate initial compliance with the operating limits?</SUBJECT>
          <SECTNO>63.9917</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>How do I demonstrate initial compliance with the emission limitations and work practice standards that apply to me?</SUBJECT>
          <SECTNO>63.9918</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>How do I demonstrate initial compliance with the operation and maintenance requirements that apply to me?</SUBJECT>
        </SUBJGRP>
        <SUBJGRP>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">Continuous Compliance Requirements</HD>
          <SECTNO>63.9920</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>What are my monitoring requirements?</SUBJECT>
          <SECTNO>63.9921</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>What are the installation, operation, and maintenance requirements for my monitors?</SUBJECT>
          <SECTNO>63.9922</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>How do I monitor and collect data to demonstrate continuous compliance?</SUBJECT>
          <SECTNO>63.9923</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>How do I demonstrate continuous compliance with the emission limitations and work practice standards that apply to me?</SUBJECT>
          <SECTNO>63.9924</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>How do I demonstrate continuous compliance with the operation and maintenance requirements that apply to me?</SUBJECT>
          <SECTNO>63.9925</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>What other requirements must I meet to demonstrate continuous compliance?</SUBJECT>
        </SUBJGRP>
        <SUBJGRP>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">Notifications, Reports, and Records</HD>
          <SECTNO>63.9930</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>What notifications must I submit and when?</SUBJECT>
          <SECTNO>63.9931</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>What reports must I submit and when?</SUBJECT>
          <SECTNO>63.9932</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>What records must I keep?<PRTPAGE P="9"/>
          </SUBJECT>
          <SECTNO>63.9933</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>In what form and how long must I keep my records?</SUBJECT>
        </SUBJGRP>
        <SUBJGRP>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">Other Requirements and Information</HD>
          <SECTNO>63.9940</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>What parts of the General Provisions apply to me?</SUBJECT>
          <SECTNO>63.9941</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Who implements and enforces this subpart?</SUBJECT>
          <SECTNO>63.9942</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>What definitions apply to this subpart?</SUBJECT>
          <APP>Table 1 to Subpart TTTTT of Part 63—Emission Limits</APP>
          <APP>Table 2 to Subpart TTTTT of Part 63—Toxic Equivalency Factors</APP>
          <APP>Table 3 to Subpart TTTTT of Part 63—Initial Compliance with Emission Limits</APP>
          <APP>Table 4 to Subpart TTTTT of Part 63—Continuous Compliance with Emission Limits</APP>
          <APP>Table 5 to Subpart TTTTT of Part 63—Applicability of General Provisions to Subpart TTTTT of Part 63</APP>
          <APP>Appendix A to Part 63—Test Methods</APP>
          <APP>Appendix B to Part 63—Sources Defined for Early Reduction Provisions</APP>

          <APP>Appendix C to Part 63—Determination of the Fraction Biodegraded (F<E T="52">bio</E>) in a Biological Treatment Unit</APP>
          <APP>Appendix D to Part 63—Alternative Validation Procedure for EPA Waste and Wastewater Methods</APP>
          <APP>Appendix E to Part 63—Monitoring Procedure for Nonthoroughly Mixed Open Biological Treatment Systems at Kraft Pulp Mills Under Unsafe Sampling Conditions</APP>
        </SUBJGRP>
      </SUBPART>
    </CONTENTS>
    <AUTH>
      <HD SOURCE="HED">Authority:</HD>
      <P>42 U.S.C. 7401 <E T="03">et seq.</E>
      </P>
    </AUTH>
    <SOURCE>
      <HD SOURCE="HED">Source:</HD>
      <P>57 FR 61992, Dec. 29, 1992, unless otherwise noted.</P>
    </SOURCE>
    <SUBPART>
      <HD SOURCE="HED">Subpart NNNNN—National Emission Standards for Hazardous Air Pollutants: Hydrochloric Acid Production</HD>
      <SOURCE>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">Source:</HD>
        <P>68 FR 19090, Apr. 17, 2003, unless otherwise noted.</P>
      </SOURCE>
      <SUBJGRP>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">What This Subpart Covers</HD>
        <SECTION>
          <SECTNO>§ 63.8980</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>What is the purpose of this subpart?</SUBJECT>
          <P>This subpart establishes national emission standards for hazardous air pollutants (NESHAP) and work practice standards for hazardous air pollutants (HAP) emitted from hydrochloric acid (HCl) production. This subpart also establishes requirements to demonstrate initial and continuous compliance with the emission limitations and work practice standards.</P>
        </SECTION>
        <SECTION>
          <SECTNO>§ 63.8985</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Am I subject to this subpart?</SUBJECT>
          <P>(a) You are subject to this subpart if you own or operate an HCl production facility that produces a liquid HCl product at a concentration of 30 weight percent or greater during its normal operations and is located at, or is part of, a major source of HAP. This does not include HCl production facilities that only produce occasionally liquid HCl product at a concentration of 30 weight percent or greater.</P>
          <P>(1) An HCl production facility is the collection of unit operations and equipment associated with the production of liquid HCl product. The HCl production facility begins at the point where a gaseous stream containing HCl enters the HCl production unit. The HCl production facility includes all HCl storage tanks that contain liquid HCl product that is produced in the HCl production unit, with the exceptions noted in paragraph (a)(2) of this section. The HCl production facility also includes all HCl transfer operations that load HCl product produced in the HCl production unit into a tank truck, rail car, ship, or barge, along with the piping and other equipment in HCl service used to transfer liquid HCl product from the HCl production unit to the HCl storage tanks and/or HCl transfer operations. The HCl production facility ends at the point that the liquid HCl product produced in the HCl production unit is loaded into a tank truck, rail car, ship, or barge, at the point the HCl product enters another process on the plant site, or at the point the HCl product leaves the plant site via pipeline.</P>
          <P>(2) Storage tanks that are dedicated feedstock tanks for another process and storage tanks that store HCl dedicated for use in wastewater treatment are not considered part of an HCl production facility.</P>

          <P>(3) A major source of HAP emissions is any stationary source or group of stationary sources within a contiguous area under common control that emits or has the potential to emit any single HAP at a rate of 9.07 megagrams (10 tons) or more per year or any combination of HAP at a rate of 22.68 megagrams (25 tons) or more per year.<PRTPAGE P="10"/>
          </P>
          <P>(b) An HCl production facility is not subject to this subpart if it is also subject to NESHAP under one of the subparts listed in paragraphs (b)(1) through (5) of this section.</P>
          <P>(1) 40 CFR part 63, subpart S, National Emission Standards for Hazardous Air Pollutants from the Pulp and Paper Industry.</P>
          <P>(2) 40 CFR part 63, subpart CCC, National Emission Standards for Hazardous Air Pollutants for Steel Pickling—HCl Process Facilities and Hydrochloric Acid Regeneration Plants.</P>
          <P>(3) 40 CFR part 63, subpart MMM, National Emission Standards for Hazardous Air Pollutants for Pesticide Active Ingredient Production.</P>
          <P>(4) 40 CFR part 63, section 63.994, subpart SS, National Emission Standards for Closed Vent Systems, Control Devices, Recovery Devices and Routing to a Fuel Gas System or a Process.</P>
          <P>(5) 40 CFR part 63, subpart GGG, National Emission Standards for Pharmaceuticals Production.</P>
          <P>(c) An HCl production facility is not subject to this subpart if it is located following the incineration of chlorinated waste gas streams, waste liquids, or solid wastes, and the emissions from the HCl production facility are subject to section 63.113(c), subpart G, National Emission Standards for Organic Hazardous Air Pollutants from the Synthetic Organic Chemical Manufacturing Industry for Process Vents, Storage Vessels, Transfer Operations, and Wastewater.</P>
          <P>(d) An HCl production facility is not subject to this subpart if it produces HCl through the direct synthesis of hydrogen and chlorine and is part of a chlor-alkali facility.</P>
          <P>(e) An HCl production facility is not subject to this subpart if it is a research and development facility.</P>

          <P>(f) An HCl production facility is not subject to this subpart if all of the gaseous streams containing HCl and chlorine (Cl<E T="52">2</E>) from HCl process vents, HCl storage tanks, and HCl transfer operations are recycled or routed to another process prior to being discharged to the atmosphere.</P>
          <CITA>[68 FR 19090, Apr. 17, 2003, as amended at 71 FR 17745, Apr. 7, 2006]</CITA>
        </SECTION>
        <SECTION>
          <SECTNO>§ 63.8990</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>What parts of my plant does this subpart cover?</SUBJECT>
          <P>(a) This subpart applies to each new, reconstructed, or existing affected source at an HCl production facility.</P>
          <P>(b) The affected source is the group of one or more HCl production facilities at a plant site that are subject to this subpart, and all associated wastewater operations, which contain the collection of emission streams listed in paragraphs (b)(1) through (5) of this section.</P>
          <P>(1) Each emission stream from an HCl process vent.</P>
          <P>(2) Each emission stream from an HCl storage tank.</P>
          <P>(3) Each emission stream from an HCl transfer operation.</P>
          <P>(4) Each emission stream resulting from leaks from equipment in HCl service.</P>
          <P>(5) Each emission stream from HCl wastewater operations. There are no emission limitations or other requirements in this subpart that apply to HCl wastewater operations.</P>
          <P>(c) An affected source is a new affected source if you commenced construction of the affected source after September 18, 2001 and you met the applicability criteria of § 63.8985 at the time you commenced construction.</P>
          <P>(d) An affected source is reconstructed if you meet the criteria as defined in § 63.2.</P>
          <P>(e) An affected source is existing if it is not new or reconstructed.</P>
          <CITA>[68 FR 19090, Apr. 17, 2003, as amended at 71 FR 17745, Apr. 7, 2006]</CITA>
        </SECTION>
        <SECTION>
          <SECTNO>§ 63.8995</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>When do I have to comply with this subpart?</SUBJECT>
          <P>(a) If you have a new or reconstructed affected source, you must comply with this subpart according to paragraphs (a)(1) or (2) of this section.</P>
          <P>(1) If you start up your affected source before April 17, 2003, you must comply with the emission limitations and work practice standards in this subpart no later than April 17, 2003.</P>
          <P>(2) If you start up your affected source after April 17, 2003, you must comply with the emission limitations and work practice standards in this subpart upon startup of your affected source.</P>

          <P>(b) If you have an existing affected source, you must comply with the <PRTPAGE P="11"/>emission limitations and work practice standards no later than 3 years after April 17, 2003.</P>
          <P>(c) If you have an area source that increases its emissions or its potential to emit such that it becomes a major source of HAP, the provisions in paragraphs (c)(1) and (2) of this section apply.</P>
          <P>(1) Any portion of the existing facility that is a new affected source or a new reconstructed source must be in compliance with this subpart upon startup.</P>
          <P>(2) All other parts of the source must be in compliance with this subpart no later than the date 3 years after the area source becomes a major source.</P>
          <P>(d) You must meet the notification requirements in § 63.9045 according to the schedule in § 63.9045 and in subpart A of this part. Some of the notifications must be submitted before you are required to comply with the emission limitations in this subpart.</P>
        </SECTION>
      </SUBJGRP>
      <SUBJGRP>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">Emission Limitations and Work Practice Standards</HD>
        <SECTION>
          <SECTNO>§ 63.9000</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>What emission limitations and work practice standards must I meet?</SUBJECT>
          <P>(a) With the exceptions noted in paragraphs (c) and (d) of this section, you must meet the applicable emission limit and work practice standard in table 1 to this subpart for each emission stream listed under § 63.8990(b)(1) through (4) that is part of your affected source.</P>
          <P>(b) With the exceptions noted in paragraph (c) of this section, you must meet the applicable operating limit in Table 2 to this subpart for each emission stream listed under § 63.8990(b)(1) through (3) that is part of your affected source.</P>
          <P>(c) The emission streams listed in paragraphs (c)(1) through (4) of this section are exempt from the emission limitations, work practice standards, and all other requirements of this subpart.</P>
          <P>(1) Emission streams from HCl storage tanks that never store liquid HCl product with a concentration of 30 weight percent or greater.</P>
          <P>(2) Emission streams from HCl transfer operations that never load liquid HCl product with a concentration of 30 weight percent or greater.</P>
          <P>(3) Emission streams from HCl wastewater operations.</P>
          <P>(4) Emission streams from HCl process vents, HCl storage tanks, and HCl transfer operations that are also subject to 40 CFR part 63, subpart EEE, National Emission Standards for Hazardous Air Pollutants for Hazardous Waste Combustors, or 40 CFR 266.107, subpart H, Burning of Hazardous Waste in Boilers and Industrial Furnaces.</P>
          <P>(d) The emission limits for HCl storage tanks in table 1 to this subpart do not apply during periods of planned routine maintenance of HCl storage tank control devices. Periods of planned routine maintenance of each HCl storage tank control device, during which the control device does not meet the emission limits specified in table 1 to this subpart, shall not exceed 240 hours per year.</P>
          <CITA>[68 FR 19090, Apr. 17, 2003, as amended at 71 FR 17745, Apr. 7, 2006]</CITA>
        </SECTION>
      </SUBJGRP>
      <SUBJGRP>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">General Compliance Requirements</HD>
        <SECTION>
          <SECTNO>§ 63.9005</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>What are my general requirements for complying with this subpart?</SUBJECT>
          <P>(a) You must be in compliance with the emission limitations and work practice standards in this subpart at all times, except during periods of startup, shutdown, and malfunction.</P>
          <P>(b) You must always operate and maintain your affected source, including air pollution control and monitoring equipment, according to the provisions in § 63.6(e)(1)(i).</P>
          <P>(c) You must develop a written startup, shutdown, and malfunction plan according to the provisions in § 63.6(e)(3).</P>

          <P>(d) All monitoring equipment shall be installed, calibrated, maintained, and operated according to manufacturer's specifications or other written procedures that provide adequate assurance that the equipment would reasonably be expected to monitor accurately. For each monitoring system required in this section, you must develop, implement, and submit to the Administrator a site-specific monitoring plan that addresses the installation requirements in paragraphs (d)(1) through (3) of this section, the ongoing <PRTPAGE P="12"/>procedures in paragraphs (d)(4) through (6) of this section, and the requirements in § 63.9025, as applicable. You must submit the plan with your Notification of Compliance Status. Upon request of the Administrator, you must promptly correct any deficiencies in a site-specific monitoring plan and submit the revised plan.</P>

          <P>(1) Installation of the continuous monitoring system (CMS) sampling probe or other interface at a measurement location relative to each affected process unit such that the measurement is representative of control of the exhaust emissions (<E T="03">e.g.,</E> on or downstream of the last control device).</P>
          <P>(2) Performance and equipment specifications for the sample interface, the pollutant concentration or parametric signal analyzer, and the data collection and reduction system.</P>

          <P>(3) Performance evaluation procedures and acceptance criteria (<E T="03">e.g.,</E> calibrations).</P>
          <P>(4) Ongoing operation and maintenance (O&amp;M) procedures in accordance with the general requirements of §§ 63.8(c)(1), (3), (4)(ii), (7), and (8), and 63.9025.</P>
          <P>(5) Ongoing data quality assurance procedures in accordance with the general requirements of § 63.8(d).</P>
          <P>(6) Ongoing recordkeeping and reporting procedures in accordance with the general requirements of § 63.10(c) and (e)(1) and (2)(i).</P>
          <CITA>[68 FR 19090, Apr. 17, 2003, as amended at 71 FR 20470, Apr. 20, 2006]</CITA>
        </SECTION>
      </SUBJGRP>
      <SUBJGRP>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">Testing and Initial Compliance Requirements</HD>
        <SECTION>
          <SECTNO>§ 63.9010</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>By what date must I conduct performance tests?</SUBJECT>
          <P>(a) If you have a new or reconstructed affected source, you must conduct performance tests within 180 calendar days after the compliance date that is specified for your source in § 63.8995(a) and according to the provisions in § 63.7(a)(2).</P>
          <P>(b) If you have an existing affected source, you must conduct performance tests within 180 calendar days after the compliance date that is specified for your existing affected source in § 63.8995(b) and according to the provisions in § 63.7(a)(2).</P>
          <P>(c) If you commenced construction or reconstruction between September 18, 2001 and April 17, 2003, you must demonstrate initial compliance with either the proposed emission limitation or the promulgated emission limitation no later than 180 calendar days after April 17, 2003 or within 180 calendar days after startup of the source, whichever is later, according to § 63.7(a)(2)(ix).</P>
        </SECTION>
        <SECTION>
          <SECTNO>§ 63.9015</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>When must I conduct subsequent performance tests?</SUBJECT>
          <P>(a) You must conduct all applicable performance tests according to the procedures in § 63.9020 on the earlier of your title V operating permit renewal or within 5 years of issuance of your title V permit. For emission points meeting the outlet concentration limits in table 1 to this subpart without the use of a control device, all applicable performance tests must also be conducted whenever process changes are made that could reasonably be expected to increase the outlet concentration. Examples of process changes include, but are not limited to, changes in production capacity, production rate, feedstock type, or catalyst type, or whenever there is replacement, removal, or addition of recovery equipment. For purposes of this paragraph, process changes do not include: process upsets and unintentional, temporary process changes.</P>
          <P>(b) You must report the results of subsequent performance tests within 60 days after the completion of the test. This report should also verify that the operating limits for your affected source have not changed or provide documentation of revised operating limits established as specified in Table 2 to this subpart. The reports for all subsequent performance tests should include all applicable information required in § 63.9050.</P>
          <CITA>[68 FR 19090, Apr. 17, 2003, as amended at 71 FR 17745, Apr. 7, 2006]</CITA>
        </SECTION>
        <SECTION>
          <SECTNO>§ 63.9020</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>What performance tests and other procedures must I use?</SUBJECT>

          <P>(a) You must conduct each performance test in Table 3 to this subpart that applies to you as directed in paragraphs (a)(1) through (4) of this section, except as noted in paragraphs (b) and (c) of this section.<PRTPAGE P="13"/>
          </P>
          <P>(1) You must develop a site-specific test plan according to § 63.7(c)(2) and conduct each performance test according to the site-specific test plan.</P>
          <P>(2) You must conduct each performance test under representative conditions according to the requirements in § 63.7(e)(1) and under the specific conditions that this subpart specifies in Table 3.</P>
          <P>(3) You may not conduct performance tests during periods of startup, shutdown, or malfunction, as specified in § 63.7(e)(1).</P>
          <P>(4) You must conduct at least three separate test runs for each performance test required in this section, as specified in § 63.7(e)(3). Each test run must last at least 1 hour.</P>
          <P>(b) If you are complying with a percent reduction emission limitation, you must determine the percent reduction in accordance with paragraphs (b)(1) and (2) of this section.</P>
          <P>(1) Calculate the mass rate of either HCl or chlorine using Equations 1 and 2 of this section:</P>
          <MATH DEEP="35" SPAN="1">
            <MID>ER17AP03.000</MID>
          </MATH>
          <EXTRACT>
            <FP>where:</FP>
            
            <FP SOURCE="FP-1">C<E T="52">i</E>, C<E T="52">o</E> = Concentration of HCl or Cl<E T="52">2</E> in the gas stream at the inlet and outlet of the control device(s), respectively, dry basis, parts per million by volume.</FP>
            <FP SOURCE="FP-1">E<E T="52">i</E>, E<E T="52">o</E> = Mass rate of HCl or Cl<E T="52">2</E> at the inlet and outlet of the control device(s), respectively, dry basis, kilogram per hour.</FP>
            <FP SOURCE="FP-1">M<E T="52">i</E>, M<E T="52">o</E> = Molecular weight of HCl or Cl<E T="52">2</E> at the inlet and outlet of the control device(s), respectively, gram/gram-mole.</FP>
            <FP SOURCE="FP-1">Q<E T="52">i</E>, Q<E T="52">o</E> = Flow rate of gas stream at the inlet and outlet of the control device(s), respectively, dry standard cubic meter per minute.</FP>
            <FP SOURCE="FP-1">K<E T="52">2</E> = Constant, 2.494 × 10<E T="51">−6</E> (parts per million)<SU>-1</SU> (gram-mole per standard cubic meter) (kilogram/gram) (minute/hour), where standard temperature (gram-mole per standard cubic meter) is 20 °C.</FP>
          </EXTRACT>
          
          <P>(2) Calculate the percent reduction of HCl or Cl<E T="52">2</E> using Equation 3 of this section:</P>
          <MATH DEEP="27" SPAN="1">
            <MID>ER17AP03.001</MID>
          </MATH>
          <EXTRACT>
            <FP>where:</FP>
            
            <FP SOURCE="FP-1">R = Control efficiency of control device(s).</FP>
            <FP SOURCE="FP-1">E<E T="52">i</E> = Mass rate of HCl or Cl<E T="52">2</E> to the inlet to the control device(s), kilograms per hour.</FP>
            <FP SOURCE="FP-1">E<E T="52">o</E> = Mass rate of HCl or Cl<E T="52">2</E> at the outlet of the control device(s), kilograms per hour.</FP>
          </EXTRACT>
          
          <P>(c) You may prepare a design evaluation in lieu of conducting a performance test for HCl storage tanks and HCl transfer operations that are not routed to a control device that also controls HCl process vent emissions or any other continuous vent stream. The design evaluation shall include documentation demonstrating that the control technique being used achieves the required control efficiency when a liquid HCl product with a concentration of 30 weight percent or greater is being loaded into the storage tank, or a tank truck, rail car, ship, or barge.</P>
          <P>(1) If you use a caustic scrubber control device or a water scrubber control device, the design evaluation shall address the vent stream composition, constituent concentrations, liquid-to-vapor ratio, scrubbing liquid flow rate and concentration, temperature, and the reaction kinetics of the constituents with the scrubbing liquid. The design evaluation shall establish the design exhaust vent concentration level and shall include the additional information in paragraphs (c)(1)(i) and (ii) of this section for trays and a packed column scrubber.</P>
          <P>(i) Type and total number of theoretical and actual trays.</P>
          <P>(ii) Type and total surface area of packing for entire column and for individual packed sections, if the column contains more than one packed section.</P>
          <P>(2) If you use any other control device, the design evaluation shall address the composition and HAP concentration of the vent stream immediately preceding the control device, as well as other parameters necessary to demonstrate that the control technique being used achieves the required control efficiency when a liquid HCl product with a concentration of 30 weight percent or greater is being loaded into the storage tank, or a tank truck, rail car, ship, or barge.</P>

          <P>(d) You are not required to conduct a performance test for an emission point <PRTPAGE P="14"/>for which a performance test was conducted within the previous 5-year period, using the same test methods specified in this section and for which either no deliberate process changes have been made since the test, or the owner or operator can demonstrate that the results of the performance test, with or without adjustments, reliably demonstrate compliance despite process changes. The operating limits reported under the previous performance test shall be sufficient to meet the monitoring requirements in this subpart.</P>
          <P>(e) You must establish all operating limits with which you will demonstrate continuous compliance with the applicable emission limits in Table 1 to this subpart as described in paragraphs (e)(1) through (3) of this section.</P>
          <P>(1) If you use a caustic scrubber control device or water scrubber control device and you conduct a performance test, you must establish operating limits according to paragraphs (e)(1)(i) and (ii) of this section. If a series of control devices are used, you must establish separate operating limits for each device.</P>
          <P>(i) You must establish the minimum value as the operating limit for scrubber inlet liquid or recirculating liquid flow rate, as appropriate. The minimum value shall be based on the scrubber inlet liquid or recirculating liquid flow rate, as appropriate, values measured during the performance test.</P>
          <P>(ii) You must establish the minimum and maximum values as the operating limits for scrubber effluent pH. The minimum and maximum values shall be based on the scrubber effluent pH values measured during the performance test.</P>
          <P>(2) If you use any other control device and you conduct a performance test, you must establish operating limits according to your site-specific test plan submitted in accordance with § 63.7(c)(2)(i). The operating limits shall be based on the operating parameter values measured during the performance test. If a series of control devices are used, you must establish separate operating limits for each device.</P>
          <P>(3) If you do not conduct a performance test for a HCl storage tank or HCl transfer operation, you must use engineering assessments and/or manufacturer's recommendations to establish the operating limits specified in paragraphs (e)(1)(i) and (ii), or (e)(2), of this section.</P>
          <P>(4) As needed in applicability determinations, you must use ASTM E224 to determine the HCl concentration in liquid products.</P>
        </SECTION>
        <SECTION>
          <SECTNO>§ 63.9025</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>What are my monitoring installation, operation, and maintenance requirements?</SUBJECT>
          <P>(a) For each operating parameter that you are required by § 63.9020(e) to monitor, you must install, operate, and maintain each CMS according to the requirements in paragraphs (a)(1) through (6) of this section.</P>
          <P>(1) You must operate your CMS and collect data at all times the process is operating.</P>
          <P>(2) You must collect data from at least four equally spaced periods each hour.</P>
          <P>(3) For at least 75 percent of the operating hours in a 24-hour period, you must have valid data (as defined in your site-specific monitoring plan) for at least 4 equally spaced periods each hour.</P>
          <P>(4) For each hour that you have valid data from at least four equally spaced periods, you must calculate the hourly average value using all valid data or, where data are collected from an automated CMS, using at least one measured value per minute if measured more frequently than once per minute.</P>
          <P>(5) You must calculate the daily average using all of the hourly averages calculated according to paragraph (a)(4) of this section for the 24-hour period.</P>
          <P>(6) You must record the results for each inspection, calibration, and validation check as specified in your site-specific monitoring plan.</P>

          <P>(b) For scrubber control devices, you may request approval, in accordance with § 63.8(f), to monitor parameters other than those specified in § 63.9020(e). In accordance with § 63.8(f), you must submit a monitoring plan to the Administrator and the plan must meet the requirements in paragraphs (a) and (b)(1) through (3) of this section. You must conduct monitoring in accordance with the plan submitted to <PRTPAGE P="15"/>the Administrator unless comments received from the Administrator require an alternate monitoring scheme.</P>
          <P>(1) Identify the operating parameter to be monitored to ensure that the control or capture efficiency measured during the initial compliance test is maintained.</P>
          <P>(2) Discuss why this parameter is appropriate for demonstrating ongoing compliance.</P>
          <P>(3) Identify the specific monitoring procedures.</P>
          <P>(c) For any other control device, you must ensure that the CMS is operated according to a monitoring plan submitted to the Administrator as required by § 63.8(f). The monitoring plan must meet the requirements in paragraphs (a) and (c)(1) through (3) of this section. You must conduct monitoring in accordance with the plan submitted to the Administrator, as amended, unless comments received from the Administrator require an alternate monitoring scheme.</P>
          <P>(1) Identify the operating parameter to be monitored to ensure that the control or capture efficiency measured during the initial compliance test is maintained.</P>
          <P>(2) Discuss why this parameter is appropriate for demonstrating ongoing compliance.</P>
          <P>(3) Identify the specific monitoring procedures.</P>
          <CITA>[68 FR 19090, Apr. 17, 2003, as amended at 71 FR 17745, Apr. 7, 2006]</CITA>
        </SECTION>
        <SECTION>
          <SECTNO>§ 63.9030</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>How do I demonstrate initial compliance with the emission limitations and work practice standards?</SUBJECT>
          <P>(a) You must demonstrate initial compliance with each emission limit and work practice standard that applies to you according to Table 4 to this subpart.</P>
          <P>(b) You must establish each site-specific operating limit in Table 2 to this subpart that applies to you according to the requirements in § 63.9020 and Table 3 to this subpart.</P>
          <P>(c) You must submit the Notification of Compliance Status containing the results of the initial compliance demonstration according to the requirements in § 63.9045(e).</P>
        </SECTION>
      </SUBJGRP>
      <SUBJGRP>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">Continuous Compliance Requirements</HD>
        <SECTION>
          <SECTNO>§ 63.9035</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>How do I monitor and collect data to demonstrate continuous compliance?</SUBJECT>
          <P>(a) You must monitor and collect data according to this section.</P>
          <P>(b) If you use a caustic scrubber or a water scrubber/absorber to meet the emission limits in Table 1 to this subpart, you must keep the records specified in paragraphs (b)(1) and (2) of this section to support your compliance demonstration.</P>
          <P>(1) Records of daily average scrubber inlet liquid or recirculating liquid flow rate, as appropriate.</P>
          <P>(2) Records of the daily average scrubber effluent pH.</P>
          <P>(c) If you use any other control device to meet the emission limits in Table 1 to this subpart, you must keep records of the operating parameter values identified in your monitoring plan in § 63.9025(c) to support your compliance demonstration.</P>
          <P>(d) Except for monitor malfunctions, associated repairs, and required quality assurance or control activities (including, as applicable, calibration checks and required zero and span adjustments), you must monitor continuously (or collect data at all required intervals) at all times that the affected source is operating. This includes periods of startup, shutdown, or malfunction when the affected source is operating. A monitoring malfunction includes, but is not limited to, any sudden, infrequent, not reasonably preventable failure of the monitoring equipment to provide valid data. Monitoring failures that are caused in part by poor maintenance or careless operation are not malfunctions.</P>
          <P>(e) You may not use data recorded during monitoring malfunctions, associated repairs, and required quality assurance or control activities in data averages and calculations used to report emission or operating levels, nor may such data be used in fulfilling a minimum data availability requirement, if applicable. You must use all the data collected during all other periods in assessing the operation of the control device and associated control system.</P>
        </SECTION>
        <SECTION>
          <PRTPAGE P="16"/>
          <SECTNO>§ 63.9040</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>How do I demonstrate continuous compliance with the emission limitations and work practice standards?</SUBJECT>
          <P>(a) You must demonstrate continuous compliance with each emission limit and work practice standard in Table 1 to this subpart that applies to you according to Table 4 to this subpart.</P>
          <P>(b) You must demonstrate continuous compliance with each operating limit in Table 2 of this subpart that applies to you according to Tables 4 and 5 to this subpart.</P>
          <P>(c) You must report each instance in which you did not meet an emission limit, work practice standard or operating limit in Table 1 or 2 to this subpart, respectively, that applies to you. This includes periods of startup, shutdown, and malfunction. These instances are deviations from the emission limitations in this subpart. These deviations must be reported according to the requirements in § 63.9050.</P>
          <P>(d) [Reserved]</P>
          <P>(e) Consistent with §§ 63.6(e) and 63.7(e)(1), deviations that occur during a period of startup, shutdown, or malfunction are not violations if you demonstrate to the Administrator's satisfaction that you were operating in accordance with § 63.6(e)(1). The Administrator will determine whether deviations that occur during a period of startup, shutdown, or malfunction are violations, according to the provisions in § 63.6(e).</P>
          <CITA>[68 FR 19090, Apr. 17, 2003, as amended at 71 FR 20470, Apr. 20, 2006]</CITA>
        </SECTION>
      </SUBJGRP>
      <SUBJGRP>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">Notifications, Reports, and Records</HD>
        <SECTION>
          <SECTNO>§ 63.9045</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>What notifications must I submit and when?</SUBJECT>
          <P>(a) You must submit all of the notifications in §§ 63.7(b) and (c), 63.8(f)(4) and (6), and 63.9 (b) through (h) that apply to you by the dates specified.</P>
          <P>(b) As specified in § 63.9(b)(2), if you start up your affected source before April 17, 2003, you must submit an Initial Notification not later than 120 calendar days after April 17, 2003.</P>
          <P>(c) As specified in § 63.9(b)(4), if you start up your new or reconstructed affected source on or after April 17, 2003, you must submit the application for construction or reconstruction required by § 63.9(b)(1)(iii) in lieu of the initial notification.</P>
          <P>(d) You must submit a notification of intent to conduct a performance test at least 60 calendar days before the performance test is scheduled to begin, as required in § 63.7(b)(1).</P>
          <P>(e) [Reserved]</P>
          <P>(f) You must submit the Notification of Compliance Status, including the performance test results, within 240 calendar days after the applicable compliance dates specified in § 63.8995.</P>
          <P>(g) The Notification of Compliance Status must also include the information in paragraphs (g)(1) through (2) of this section that applies to you.</P>
          <P>(1) Each operating parameter value averaged over the full period of the performance test (for example, average pH).</P>
          <P>(2) Each operating parameter range within which HAP emissions are reduced to the level corresponding to meeting the applicable emission limits in Table 1 to this subpart.</P>
          <CITA>[68 FR 19090, Apr. 17, 2003, as amended at 71 FR 17745, Apr. 7, 2006]</CITA>
        </SECTION>
        <SECTION>
          <SECTNO>§ 63.9050</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>What reports must I submit and when?</SUBJECT>
          <P>(a) You must submit each report in Table 6 to this subpart that applies to you.</P>
          <P>(b) Unless the Administrator has approved a different schedule for submission of reports under § 63.10(a), you must submit each report according to paragraphs (b)(1) through (5) of this section.</P>
          <P>(1) The first compliance report must cover the period beginning on the compliance date that is specified for your affected source in § 63.8995 and ending on June 30 or December 31, whichever date is the first date following the end of the first calendar half after the compliance date that is specified for your source in § 63.8995 (i.e., June 30, 2006, for sources existing on April 17, 2006).</P>

          <P>(2) The first compliance report must be postmarked or delivered no later than July 31 or January 31, whichever date follows the end of the first calendar half after the compliance date that is specified for your affected source in § 63.8995 (i.e., July 31, 2006, for sources existing on April 17, 2006).<PRTPAGE P="17"/>
          </P>
          <P>(3) Each subsequent compliance report must cover the semiannual reporting period from January 1 through June 30 or the semiannual reporting period from July 1 through December 31.</P>
          <P>(4) Each subsequent compliance report must be postmarked or delivered no later than July 31 or January 31, whichever date is the first date following the end of the semiannual reporting period.</P>
          <P>(5) For each affected source that is subject to permitting regulations pursuant to 40 CFR part 70 or 71, and if the permitting authority has established dates for submitting semiannual reports pursuant to 40 CFR 70.6 (a)(3)(iii)(A) or 71.6 (a)(3)(iii)(A), you may submit the first and subsequent compliance reports according to the dates the permitting authority has established instead of according to the dates in paragraphs (b)(1) through (4) of this section.</P>
          <P>(c) The compliance report must contain the following information in paragraphs (c)(1) through (10) of this section.</P>
          <P>(1) Company name and address.</P>
          <P>(2) Statement by a responsible official with that official's name, title, and signature, certifying the truth, accuracy, and completeness of the content of the report.</P>
          <P>(3) Date of report and beginning and ending dates of the reporting period.</P>
          <P>(4) If you had a startup, shutdown, or malfunction during the reporting period and you took actions consistent with your startup, shutdown, and malfunction plan, the compliance report must include the information in § 63.10(d)(5)(i).</P>
          <P>(5) If there are no deviations from any emission limitations that apply to you, a statement that there were no deviations from the emission limitations during the reporting period.</P>
          <P>(6) If there were no periods during which the CMS was out-of-control in accordance with the monitoring plan, a statement that there were no periods during which the CMS was out-of-control during the reporting period.</P>
          <P>(7) Verification that you continue to use the equipment LDAR plan and information that explains any periods when the procedures in the plan were not followed and the corrective actions were not taken.</P>
          <P>(8) If you did not make revisions to your site-specific monitoring plan and/or LDAR plan during the reporting period, a statement that you did not make any revisions to your site-specific monitoring plan and/or LDAR plan during the reporting period. If you made revisions to your site-specific monitoring plan and/or LDAR plan during the reporting period, a copy of the revised plan.</P>
          <P>(9) If you meet the outlet concentration limit in table 1 to this subpart without the use of a control device for any emission point, verification that you have not made any process changes that could reasonably be expected to increase the outlet concentration since your most recent performance test for that emission point.</P>
          <P>(10) The information specified in paragraphs (c)(10)(i) and (ii) of this section for those planned routine maintenance operations that caused or may cause an HCl storage tank control device not to meet the emission limits in table 1 to this subpart, as applicable.</P>
          <P>(i) A description of the planned routine maintenance that was performed for each HCl storage tank control device during the reporting period. This description shall include the type of maintenance performed and the total number of hours during the reporting period that the HCl storage tank control device did not meet the emission limits in table 1 to this subpart, as applicable, due to planned routine maintenance.</P>
          <P>(ii) A description of the planned routine maintenance that is anticipated to be performed for each HCl storage tank control device during the next reporting period. This description shall include the type of maintenance necessary, planned frequency of maintenance, and lengths of maintenance periods.</P>

          <P>(d) For each deviation from an emission limitation occurring at an affected source where you are using a CMS to comply with the emission limitation in this subpart, you must include the information in paragraphs (c)(1) through (6) of this section and the following information in paragraphs (d)(1) through (9) of this section. This <PRTPAGE P="18"/>includes periods of startup, shutdown, and malfunction.</P>
          <P>(1) The date and time that each malfunction started and stopped.</P>
          <P>(2) The date and time that each CMS was inoperative, except for zero (low-level) and high-level checks.</P>
          <P>(3) The date, time, and duration that each CMS was out-of-control, including the information in § 63.8(c)(8).</P>
          <P>(4) The date and time that each deviation started and stopped, and whether each deviation occurred during a period of startup, shutdown, or malfunction or during another period.</P>
          <P>(5) A summary of the total duration of the deviation during the reporting period and the total duration as a percent of the total source operating time during that reporting period.</P>
          <P>(6) A breakdown of the total duration of the deviations during the reporting period into those that are due to startup, shutdown, control equipment problems, process problems, other known causes, and other unknown causes.</P>
          <P>(7) A summary of the total duration of CMS downtime during the reporting period, and the total duration of CMS downtime as a percent of the total source operating time during that reporting period.</P>
          <P>(8) A brief description of the process units.</P>
          <P>(9) A description of any changes in CMS, processes, or controls since the last reporting period.</P>
          <P>(e) Each affected source that has obtained a title V operating permit pursuant to 40 CFR part 70 or 71 must report all deviations as defined in this subpart in the semiannual monitoring report required by 40 CFR 70.6(a)(3)(iii)(A) or 71.6(a)(3)(iii)(A). If an affected source submits a compliance report pursuant to Table 6 to this subpart along with, or as part of, the semiannual monitoring report required by 40 CFR 70.6(a)(3)(iii)(A) or 71.6(a)(3)(iii)(A), and the compliance report includes all required information concerning deviations from any emission limitation in this subpart, submission of the compliance report shall be deemed to satisfy any obligation to report the same deviations in the semiannual monitoring report. However, submission of a compliance report shall not otherwise affect any obligation the affected source may have to report deviations from permit requirements to the permit authority.</P>
          <P>(f) For each startup, shutdown, or malfunction during the reporting period that is not consistent with your startup, shutdown, and malfunction plan you must submit an immediate startup, shutdown and malfunction report. Unless the Administrator has approved a different schedule for submission of reports under § 63.10(a), you must submit each report according to paragraphs (f)(1) and (2) of this section.</P>
          <P>(1) An initial report containing a description of the actions taken for the event must be submitted by fax or telephone within 2 working days after starting actions inconsistent with the plan.</P>
          <P>(2) A follow-up report containing the information listed in § 63.10(d)(5)(ii) must be submitted within 7 working days after the end of the event unless you have made alternative reporting arrangements with the permitting authority.</P>
          <CITA>[68 FR 19090, Apr. 17, 2003, as amended at 71 FR 17745, Apr. 7, 2006]</CITA>
        </SECTION>
        <SECTION>
          <SECTNO>§ 63.9055</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>What records must I keep?</SUBJECT>
          <P>(a) You must keep a copy of each notification and report that you submitted to comply with this subpart, including all documentation supporting any Initial Notification or Notification of Compliance Status that you submitted, as required in § 63.10(b)(2)(xiv).</P>
          <P>(b) You must also keep the following records specified in paragraphs (b)(1) through (5) of this section.</P>
          <P>(1) The records in § 63.6(e)(3)(iii) through (v) related to startup, shutdown, and malfunction.</P>
          <P>(2) Records of performance tests as required in § 63.10(b)(2)(viii).</P>
          <P>(3) Records of operating parameter values that are consistent with your monitoring plan.</P>
          <P>(4) Records of the date and time that each deviation started and stopped and whether the deviation occurred during a period of startup, shutdown, or malfunction or during another period.</P>

          <P>(5) Copies of the current versions of the site-specific monitoring plan and the equipment LDAR plan. You also must submit copies of these plans and <PRTPAGE P="19"/>any revisions or updates to the Administrator for comment only (not for approval).</P>
          <P>(6) Records of the planned routine maintenance performed on each HCl storage tank control device including the duration of each time the control device does not meet the emission limits in table 1 to this subpart, as applicable, due to planned routine maintenance. Such a record shall include the information specified in paragraphs (b)(6)(i) and (ii) of this section.</P>
          <P>(i) The first time of day and date the emission limits in table 1 to this subpart, as applicable, were not met at the beginning of the planned routine maintenance, and</P>
          <P>(ii) The first time of day and date the emission limits in table 1 to this subpart, as applicable, were met at the conclusion of the planned routine maintenance.</P>
          <CITA>[68 FR 19090, Apr. 17, 2003, as amended at 71 FR 17746, Apr. 7, 2006]</CITA>
        </SECTION>
        <SECTION>
          <SECTNO>§ 63.9060</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>In what form and how long must I keep my records?</SUBJECT>
          <P>(a) Your records must be in a form suitable and readily available for expeditious inspection and review, according to § 63.10(b)(1).</P>
          <P>(b) As specified in § 63.10(b)(1), you must keep each record for 5 years following the date of each occurrence, measurement, maintenance, corrective action, report, or record.</P>
          <P>(c) You must keep each record on site, or readily accessible from on site through a computer or other means, for at least 2 years after the date of each occurrence, measurement, maintenance, corrective action, report, or record, according to § 63.10(b)(1). You can keep the records off site for the remaining 3 years. Records may be maintained in hard copy or computer-readable format including, but not limited to, on paper, microfilm, hard disk drive, floppy disk, compact disk, magnetic tape, or microfiche.</P>
          <P>(d) You must keep each previous (<E T="03">i.e.,</E> superseded) version of the site-specific monitoring plan and the LDAR plan for a period of 5 years after revision of the plan. If, at any time after adoption of a site-specific monitoring plan or an LDAR plan, your affected source ceases operation or is otherwise no longer subject to the provisions of this subpart, you must retain a copy of the most recent plan for 5 years from the date your source ceases operation or is no longer subject to this subpart.</P>
        </SECTION>
      </SUBJGRP>
      <SUBJGRP>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">Other Requirements and Information</HD>
        <SECTION>
          <SECTNO>§ 63.9065</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>What parts of the General Provisions apply to me?</SUBJECT>
          <P>(a) Table 7 to this subpart shows which parts of the General Provisions in §§ 63.1 through 63.15 apply to you.</P>
        </SECTION>
        <SECTION>
          <SECTNO>§ 63.9070</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Who implements and enforces this subpart?</SUBJECT>
          <P>(a) This subpart can be implemented and enforced by us, the U.S. EPA, or a delegated authority such as your State, local, or tribal agency. If the U.S. EPA Administrator has delegated authority to your State, local, or tribal agency, then that agency, as well as U.S. EPA, has the authority to implement and enforce this subpart. You should contact your U.S. EPA Regional Office to find out if this subpart is delegated to your State, local, or tribal agency.</P>
          <P>(b) In delegating implementation and enforcement authority of this subpart to a State, local, or tribal agency under section 40 CFR part 63, subpart E, the authorities contained in paragraph (c) of this section are retained by the Administrator of U.S. EPA and are not transferred to the State, local, or tribal agency.</P>
          <P>(c) The authorities in paragraphs (c)(1) through (4) of this section that cannot be delegated to State, local, or tribal agencies are as follows.</P>
          <P>(1) Approval of alternatives to requirements in §§ 63.8980, 63.8985, 63.8990, 63.8995, and 63.9000.</P>
          <P>(2) Approval of major changes to test methods under § 63.7(e)(2)(ii) and (f) and as defined in § 63.90.</P>
          <P>(3) Approval of major changes to monitoring under § 63.8(f) and as defined in § 63.90.</P>
          <P>(4) Approval of major changes to recordkeeping and reporting under § 63.10(f) and as defined in § 63.90.</P>
        </SECTION>
        <SECTION>
          <PRTPAGE P="20"/>
          <SECTNO>§ 63.9075</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>What definitions apply to this subpart?</SUBJECT>
          <P>Terms used in this subpart are defined in the Clean Air Act in 40 CFR 63.2 and in this section as follows:</P>
          <P>
            <E T="03">Caustic scrubber control device</E> means any add-on device that mixes an aqueous stream or slurry containing a caustic substance with the exhaust gases from an HCl process vent, HCl storage tank, or HCl transfer operation to control emissions of HCl and/or Cl<E T="52">2</E>.</P>
          <P>
            <E T="03">Chlor-alkali facility</E> means a facility where chlorine and sodium or potassium hydroxide are produced as co-products and hydrogen is produced as a by-product in an electrolytic process using either mercury cells, diaphragm cells, or membrane cells.</P>
          <P>
            <E T="03">Continuous monitoring system,</E> for purposes of the final rule, means liquid flow monitoring devices that meet the performance specifications given in § 63.9025(a); or pH monitoring devices that meet the performance specifications given in § 63.9025(a); or other control devices as mentioned in 63.9025(a) and (b) or § 63.9025(a) and (c).</P>
          <P>
            <E T="03">Control device</E> means an add-on device used to reduce HCl and/or Cl<E T="52">2</E> emissions from an HCl process vent, HCl storage tank, or HCl transfer operation at an HCl production facility. An HCl production unit is not a control device.</P>
          <P>
            <E T="03">Deviation</E> means any instance in which an affected source subject to this subpart, or an owner or operator of such a source:</P>
          <P>(1) Fails to meet any requirement or obligation established by this subpart, including but not limited to any emission limitation or work practice standard;</P>
          <P>(2) Fails to meet any term or condition that is adopted to implement an applicable requirement in this subpart and that is included in the operating permit for any affected source required to obtain such a permit; or</P>
          <P>(3) Fails to meet any emission limitation or work practice standard in this subpart during startup, shutdown, or malfunction, regardless of whether or not such failure is permitted by this subpart.</P>
          <P>
            <E T="03">Emission limitation</E> means any emission limit or operating limit.</P>
          <P>
            <E T="03">Emission stream</E> means a gaseous stream from an HCl process vent, an HCl storage tank, an HCl transfer operation, leaking equipment in HCl service, or HCl wastewater operations that is discharged to the atmosphere. Gaseous streams from HCl process vents, HCl storage tanks, and HCl transfer operations that are routed to another process or recycled for reaction or other use (<E T="03">i.e.,</E> for pH control) of the HCl and/or Cl<E T="52">2</E> are not emission streams. Gaseous streams from HCl transfer operations that are vapor balanced to an HCl storage tank subject to this subpart are not emission streams.</P>
          <P>
            <E T="03">Equipment in HCl service</E> means each pump, compressor, agitator, pressure relief device, sampling connection system, open-ended valve or line, valve, connector, and instrumentation system in an HCl production facility that contains 30 weight percent or greater of liquid HCl or 5 weight percent or greater of gaseous HCl at any time.</P>
          <P>
            <E T="03">HCl process vent</E> means the point of discharge to the atmosphere, or point of entry into a control device, of a gaseous stream that originates from an HCl production unit. The following points of discharge are not HCl process vents:</P>
          <P>(1) A leak from equipment in HCl service subject to this subpart.</P>
          <P>(2) An exit from a control device used to comply with this subpart.</P>
          <P>(3) An HCl storage tank vent or HCl transfer operation vent subject to this subpart.</P>
          <P>(4) A HCl wastewater operation vent subject to this subpart.</P>
          <P>(5) A point of discharge from a relief valve.</P>
          <P>(6) A point of discharge from an analyzer.</P>
          <P>
            <E T="03">HCl production facility</E> is defined in § 63.8985(a)(1).</P>
          <P>
            <E T="03">HCl production unit</E> means an absorber or other vessel in which a liquid HCl product is manufactured by absorbing gaseous HCl into either water or an aqueous HCl solution.</P>
          <P>
            <E T="03">HCl storage tank</E> means a tank or other vessel that is used to store liquid HCl product. Tanks or vessels permanently attached to motor vehicles (such as trucks, railcars, barges, or ships) are not HCl storage tanks.</P>
          <P>
            <E T="03">HCl transfer operation</E> means the loading, into a tank truck, railcar, ship, or <PRTPAGE P="21"/>barge, of liquid HCl from a transfer (or loading) rack (as defined in this section) for which the predominant use is liquid HCl. The predominant use of a transfer (or loading) rack is the material that is loaded by the transfer (or loading) rack in the greatest amount.</P>
          <P>
            <E T="03">HCl wastewater operation</E> means an operation that handles and processes water containing HCl that is discarded from an HCl production facility.</P>
          <P>
            <E T="03">Plant site</E> means all contiguous or adjoining property that is under common control, including properties that are separated only by a road or other public right-of-way. Common control includes properties that are owned, leased, or operated by the same entity, parent entity, subsidiary, or any combination thereof.</P>
          <P>
            <E T="03">Research and development facility</E> means laboratory and pilot plant operations whose primary purpose is to conduct research and development into new processes and products, where the operations are under close supervision of technically trained personnel, and the operations are not engaged in the manufacture of products for commercial sale, except in a <E T="03">de minimis</E> manner.</P>
          <P>
            <E T="03">Responsible official</E> means responsible official as defined in 40 CFR 70.2 of this chapter.</P>
          <P>
            <E T="03">Transfer (or loading) rack</E> means the collection of loading arms and loading hoses, at a single loading rack, that are used to fill tank trucks, railcars, ships, and/or barges. Transfer rack includes the associated pumps, meters, shutoff valves, relief valves, and other piping and valves.</P>
          <P>
            <E T="03">Vapor balanced</E> means connected to a piping system that is designed to collect vapors displaced from tank trucks, rail cars, ships, or barges during loading, and to route the collected vapors to the storage vessel from which the liquid being loaded originated, or to another storage vessel connected by a common header.</P>
          <P>
            <E T="03">Vent</E> means the point of discharge to the atmosphere or to a control device from either an HCl process vent, an HCl storage tank, or an HCl transfer operation.</P>
          <P>
            <E T="03">Water scrubber control device</E> means any add-on device that mixes an aqueous stream not containing a caustic substance with the exhaust gases from an HCl process vent, HCl storage tank, or HCl transfer operation to control emissions of HCl and/or Cl<E T="52">2</E>.</P>
          <CITA>[68 FR 19090, Apr. 17, 2003, as amended at 71 FR 17746, Apr. 7, 2006]</CITA>
        </SECTION>
      </SUBJGRP>
      <APPENDIX>
        <EAR>Pt. 63, Subpt. NNNNN, Table 1</EAR>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">Table 1 to Subpart NNNNN of Part 63—Emission Limits and Work Practice Standards</HD>
        <P>As stated in § 63.9000(a), you must comply with the following emission limits and work practice standards for each emission stream that is part of an affected source.</P>
        <GPOTABLE CDEF="s150,r150" COLS="2" OPTS="L2">
          <BOXHD>
            <CHED H="1" O="L">For each . . .</CHED>
            <CHED H="1" O="L">You must meet the following emission limit and work practice standard</CHED>
          </BOXHD>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">1. Emission stream from an HCl process vent at an existing source</ENT>
            <ENT>a. Reduce HCl emissions by 99 percent or greater or achieve an outlet concentration of 20 ppm by volume or less; and</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT>b. Reduce Cl<E T="52">2</E> emissions by 99 percent or greater or achieve an outlet concentration of 100 ppm by volume or less.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">2. Emission stream from an HCl storge tank at an existing source</ENT>
            <ENT>Reduce HCl emissions by 99 percent or greater or achieve an outlet concentration of 120 ppm by volume or less.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">3. Emission stream from an HCl transfer operation at an existing source</ENT>
            <ENT>Reduce HCl emissions by 99 percent or greater or achieve an outlet concentration of 120 ppm by volume or less.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">4. Emission stream from leaking equipment in HCl service at existing and new sources</ENT>
            <ENT>a. Prepare and operate at all times according to an equipment LDAR plan that describes in detail the measures that will be put in place to detect leaks and repair them in a timely fashion; and</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT>b. Submit the plan to the Administrator for comment only with your Notification of Compliance Status; and</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT>c. You may incorporate by reference in such plan existing manuals that describe the measures in place to control leaking equipment emissions required as part of other federally enforceable requirements, provided that all manuals that are incorporated by reference are submitted to the Administrator.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <PRTPAGE P="22"/>
            <ENT I="01">5. Emission stream from an HCl process vent at a new source</ENT>
            <ENT>a. Reduce HCl emissions by 99.4 percent or greater or achieve an outlet concentration of 12 ppm by volume or less; and</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT>b. Reduce Cl<E T="52">2</E> emissions by 99.8 percent or greater or achieve an outlet concentration of 20 ppm by volume or less.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">6. Emission stream from an HCl storage tank at a new source</ENT>
            <ENT>Reduce HCl emissions by 99.9 percent or greater or achieve an outlet concentration of 12 ppm by volume or less.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">7. Emission stream from an HCl transfer operation at a new source</ENT>
            <ENT>Reduce HCl emissions by 99 percent or greater or achieve an outlet concentration of 120 ppm by volume or less.</ENT>
          </ROW>
        </GPOTABLE>
        <CITA>[68 FR 19090, Apr. 17, 2003, as amended at 71 FR 17746, Apr. 7, 2006]</CITA>
      </APPENDIX>
      <APPENDIX>
        <EAR>Pt. 63, Subpt. NNNNN, Table 2</EAR>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">Table 2 to Subpart NNNNN of Part 63—Operating Limits</HD>
        <P>As stated in § 63.9000(b), you must comply with the following operating limits for each emission stream that is part of an affected source that is vented to a control device.</P>
        <GPOTABLE CDEF="s75,r100" COLS="2" OPTS="L2">
          <BOXHD>
            <CHED H="1" O="L">For each . . .</CHED>
            <CHED H="1" O="L">You must . . .</CHED>
          </BOXHD>
          <ROW RUL="s">
            <ENT I="01">1. Caustic scrubber or water scrubber/absorber</ENT>
            <ENT>a. Maintain the daily average scrubber inlet liquid or recirculating liquid flow rate, as appropriate, above the operating limit; and<LI>b. Maintain the daily average scrubber effluent pH within the operating limits; or</LI>
              <LI>c. Instead of a. and b., maintain your operating parameter(s) within the operating limits established according to your monitoring plan established under § 63.8(f).</LI>
            </ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">2. Other type of control device to which HCl emissions are ducted</ENT>
            <ENT>Maintain your operating parameter(s) within the limits established during the performance test and according to your monitoring plan.</ENT>
          </ROW>
        </GPOTABLE>
      </APPENDIX>
      <APPENDIX>
        <EAR>Pt. 63, Subpt. NNNNN, Table 3</EAR>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">Table 3 to Subpart NNNNN of Part 63—Performance Test Requirements for HCl Production Affected Sources</HD>
        <P>As stated in § 63.9020, you must comply with the following requirements for performance tests for HCl production for each affected source.</P>
        <GPOTABLE CDEF="s100,r50,r100" COLS="3" OPTS="L2">
          <BOXHD>
            <CHED H="1" O="L">For each HCl process vent and each HCl storage tank and HCl transfer operation for which you are conducting a performance test, you must . . .</CHED>
            <CHED H="1" O="L">Using . . .</CHED>
            <CHED H="1" O="L">Additional Information . . .</CHED>
          </BOXHD>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">1. Select sampling port location(s) and the number of traverse points</ENT>
            <ENT>a. Method 1 or 1A in appendix A to 40 CFR part 60 of this chapter</ENT>
            <ENT>i. If complying with a percent reduction emission limitation, sampling sites must located at the inlet and outlet of the control device prior to any releases to the atmosphere (or, if a series of control devices are used, at the inlet of the first control device and at the outlet of the final control device prior to any releases to the atmosphere); or</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT O="xl"/>
            <ENT>ii. If complying with an outlet concentration emission limitation, the sampling site must be located at the outlet of the final control device and prior to any releases to the atmosphere or, if no control device is used, prior to any releases to the atmosphere.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">2. Determine velocity and volumetric flow rate</ENT>
            <ENT O="xl">Method 2, 2A, 2C, 2D, 2F, or 2G in appendix A to 40 CFR part 60 of this chapter.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">3. Determine gas molecular weight</ENT>
            <ENT>a. Not applicable</ENT>
            <ENT>i. Assume a molecular weight of 29 (after moisture correction) for calculation purposes.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">4. Measure moisture content of the stack gas</ENT>
            <ENT O="xl">Method 4 in appendix A to 40 CFR part 60 of this chapter.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <PRTPAGE P="23"/>
            <ENT I="01">5. Measure HCl concentration and Cl<E T="52">2</E> concentration from HCl process vents</ENT>
            <ENT>a. Method 26A in appendix A to 40 CFR part 60 of this chapter</ENT>

            <ENT>i. An owner or operator may be exempted from measuring the Cl<E T="52">2</E> concentration from an HCl process vent provided that a demonstration that Cl<E T="52">2</E> is not likely to be present in the stream is submitted as part of the site-specific test plan required by § 63.9020(a)(2). This demonstration may be based on process knowledge, engineering judgment, or previous test results.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01" O="xl">6. Establish operating limits with which you will demonstrate continuous compliance with the emission limits in Table 1 to this subpart, in accordance with § 63.9020(e)(1) or (2).</ENT>
          </ROW>
        </GPOTABLE>
        <CITA>[68 FR 19090, Apr. 17, 2003, as amended at 71 FR 17747, Apr. 7, 2006]</CITA>
      </APPENDIX>
      <APPENDIX>
        <EAR>Pt. 63, Subpt. NNNNN, Table 4</EAR>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">Table 4 to Subpart NNNNN of Part 63—Initial Compliance With Emission Limitations and Work Practice Standards</HD>
        <P>As stated in § 63.9030, you must comply with the following requirements to demonstrate initial compliance with the applicable emission limits for each affected source vented to a control device and each work practice standard.</P>
        <GPOTABLE CDEF="s100,r100,r100" COLS="3" OPTS="L2">
          <BOXHD>
            <CHED H="1" O="L">For each . . .</CHED>
            <CHED H="1" O="L">For the following emission limit or work practice standard . . .</CHED>
            <CHED H="1" O="L">You have demonstrated initial compliance if . . .</CHED>
          </BOXHD>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">1. HCl process vent and each HCl storage tank and HCl transfer operation for which you are conducting a performance test</ENT>
            <ENT>a. In Table 1 to this subpart</ENT>
            <ENT>i. The average percent reduction of HCl and Cl<E T="52">2</E> (if applicable), measured over the period of the performance test conducted according to Table 3 of this subpart and determined in accordance with § 63.9020(b), is greater than or equal to the applicable percent reduction emission limitation specified in Table 1 of this subpart; or</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW RUL="s">
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT O="xl"/>
            <ENT>ii. The average HCl and Cl<E T="52">2</E> (if applicable) concentration, measured over the period of the performance test conducted according to Table 3 of this subpart, is less than or equal to the applicable concentration emission limitation specified in Table 1 of this subpart.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">2. HCl storage tank and HCl transfer operation for which you are preparing a design evaluation in lieu of conducting a performance test</ENT>
            <ENT>a. In Table 1 to this subpart</ENT>
            <ENT>i. The percent reduction of HCl, demonstrated by a design evaluation prepared in accordance with § 63.9020(c), is greater than or equal to the applicable percent reduction emission limitation specified in Table 1 of this subpart; or</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW RUL="s">
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT O="xl"/>
            <ENT>ii. The HCl concentration, demonstrated by a design evaluation prepared in accordance with § 63.9020(c), is less than or equal to the applicable concentration emission limitation specified in Table 1 of this subpart.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">3. Leaking equipment</ENT>
            <ENT>a. In Table 1 to this subpart</ENT>

            <ENT>i. You certify in your Notification of Compliance Status that you have developed and implemented your LDAR plan and submitted it to the Administrator <E T="02">for comment only.</E>
            </ENT>
          </ROW>
        </GPOTABLE>
      </APPENDIX>
      <APPENDIX>
        <PRTPAGE P="24"/>
        <EAR>Pt. 63, Subpt. NNNNN, Table 5</EAR>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">Table 5 to Subpart NNNNN of Part 63—Continuous Compliance With Emission Limitations and Work Practice Standards</HD>
        <P>As stated in § 63.9040, you must comply with the following requirements to demonstrate continuous compliance with the applicable emission limitations for each affected source vented to a control device and each work practice standard.</P>
        <GPOTABLE CDEF="s100,r50,r100" COLS="3" OPTS="L2">
          <BOXHD>
            <CHED H="1" O="L">For each . . .</CHED>
            <CHED H="1" O="L">For the following emission limitation and work practice standard . . .</CHED>
            <CHED H="1" O="L">You must demonstrate continuous compliance by . . .</CHED>
          </BOXHD>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">1. Affected source using a caustic scrubber or water scrubber/adsorber</ENT>
            <ENT>a. In Tables 1 and 2 to this subpart</ENT>
            <ENT>i. Collecting the scrubber inlet liquid or recirculating liquid flow rate, as appropriate, and effluent pH monitoring data according to § 63.9025, consistent with your monitoring plan; and</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT O="xl"/>
            <ENT>ii. Reducing the data to 1-hour and daily block averages according to the requirements in § 63.9025; and</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT O="xl"/>
            <ENT>iii. Maintaining the daily average scrubber inlet liquid or recirculating liquid flow rate, as appropriate, above the operating limit; and</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT O="xl"/>
            <ENT>iv. Maintaining the daily average scrubber effluent pH within the operating limits.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">2. Affected source using any other control device</ENT>
            <ENT>a. In Tables 1 and 2 to this subpart</ENT>
            <ENT>i. Conducting monitoring according to your monitoring plan established under § 63.8(f) in accordance with § 63.9025(c); and</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT O="xl"/>
            <ENT>ii. Collecting the parameter data according to your monitoring plan established under § 63.8(f); and</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT O="xl"/>
            <ENT>iii. Reducing the data to 1-hour and daily block averages according to the requirements in § 63.9025; and</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT O="xl"/>
            <ENT>iv. Maintaining the daily average parameter values within the operating limits established according to your monitoring plan established under § 63.8(f).</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">3. Affected source using no control device</ENT>
            <ENT>a. In Tables 1 and 2 to this subpart.</ENT>
            <ENT>i. Verifying that you have not made any process changes that could reasonably be expected to change the outlet concentration since your most recent performance test for an emission point.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">4. Leaking equipment affected source</ENT>
            <ENT>a. In Table 1 to this subpart</ENT>
            <ENT>i. Verifying that you continue to use a LDAR plan; and</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT O="xl"/>
            <ENT>ii. Reporting any instances where you deviated from the plan and the corrective actions taken.</ENT>
          </ROW>
        </GPOTABLE>
        <CITA>[68 FR 19090, Apr. 17, 2003, as amended at 71 FR 17747, Apr. 7, 2006]</CITA>
      </APPENDIX>
      <APPENDIX>
        <EAR>Pt. 63, Subpt. NNNNN, Table 6</EAR>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">Table 6 to Subpart NNNNN of Part 63—Requirements for Reports</HD>
        <P>As stated in § 63.9050(a), you must submit a compliance report that includes the information in § 63.9050(c) through (e) as well as the information in the following table. You must also submit startup, shutdown, and malfunction (SSM) reports according to the requirements in § 63.9050(f) and the following:</P>
        <GPOTABLE CDEF="s100,r100" COLS="2" OPTS="L2">
          <BOXHD>
            <CHED H="1" O="L">If...</CHED>
            <CHED H="1" O="L">Then you must submit a report or statement that:</CHED>
          </BOXHD>
          <ROW RUL="s">
            <ENT I="01">1. There are no deviations from any emission limitations that apply to you</ENT>
            <ENT>There were no deviations from any emission limitations that apply to you during the reporting period.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW RUL="s">
            <ENT I="01">2. There were no periods during which the operating parameter monitoring systems were out-of-control in accordance with the monitoring plan</ENT>
            <ENT>There were no periods during which the CMS were out-of-control during the reporting period.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW RUL="s">
            <ENT I="01">3. There was a deviation from any emission limitation during the reporting period</ENT>
            <ENT>Contains the information in § 63.9050(d).</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW RUL="s">
            <ENT I="01">4. There were periods during which the operating parameter monitoring systems were out-of-control in accordance with the monitoring plan</ENT>
            <ENT>Contains the information in § 63.9050(d).</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW RUL="s">
            <PRTPAGE P="25"/>
            <ENT I="01">5. There was a SSM during the reporting period that is not consistent with your SSM plan</ENT>
            <ENT>Contains the information in § 63.9050(f).</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">6. There were periods when the procedures in the LDAR plan were not followed</ENT>
            <ENT>Contains the information in § 63.9050(c)(7).</ENT>
          </ROW>
        </GPOTABLE>
      </APPENDIX>
      <APPENDIX>
        <EAR>Pt. 63, Subpt. NNNNN, Table 7</EAR>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">Table 7 to Subpart NNNNN of Part 63—Applicability of General Provisions to Subpart NNNNN</HD>
        <P>As stated in § 63.9065, you must comply with the applicable General Provisions requirements according to the following:</P>
        <GPOTABLE CDEF="xs50,r100,xs40,r50" COLS="4" OPTS="L2">
          <BOXHD>
            <CHED H="1">Citation</CHED>
            <CHED H="1">Requirement</CHED>
            <CHED H="1">Applies to subpart NNNNN</CHED>
            <CHED H="1">Explanation</CHED>
          </BOXHD>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">§ 63.1</ENT>
            <ENT>Initial applicability determination; applicability after standard established; permit requirements; extensions; notifications</ENT>
            <ENT O="xl">Yes.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">§ 63.2</ENT>
            <ENT>Definitions</ENT>
            <ENT>Yes</ENT>
            <ENT>Additional definitions are found in § 63.9075.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">§ 63.3</ENT>
            <ENT>Units and abbreviations</ENT>
            <ENT O="xl">Yes.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">§ 63.4</ENT>
            <ENT>Prohibited activities; compliance date; circumvention, severability</ENT>
            <ENT O="xl">Yes.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">§ 63.5</ENT>
            <ENT>Construction/reconstruction applicability; applications; approvals</ENT>
            <ENT O="xl">Yes.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">§ 63.6(a)</ENT>
            <ENT>Compliance with standards and maintenance requirements-applicability</ENT>
            <ENT O="xl">Yes.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">§ 63.6(b)(1)-(4)</ENT>
            <ENT>Compliance dates for new or reconstructed sources</ENT>
            <ENT>Yes</ENT>
            <ENT>§ 63.8995 specifies compliance dates.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">§ 63.6(b)(5)</ENT>
            <ENT>Notification if commenced construction or reconstruction after proposal</ENT>
            <ENT O="xl">Yes.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">§ 63.6(b)(6)</ENT>
            <ENT>[Reserved]</ENT>
            <ENT O="xl">Yes.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">§ 63.6(b)(7)</ENT>
            <ENT>Compliance dates for new or reconstructed area sources that become major</ENT>
            <ENT>Yes</ENT>
            <ENT>§ 63.8995 specifies compliance dates.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">§ 63.6(c)(1)-(2)</ENT>
            <ENT>Compliance dates for existing sources</ENT>
            <ENT>Yes</ENT>
            <ENT>§ 63.8995 specifies compliance dates.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">§ 63.6(c)(3)-(4)</ENT>
            <ENT>[Reserved]</ENT>
            <ENT O="xl">Yes.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">§ 63.6(c)(5)</ENT>
            <ENT>Compliance dates for existing area sources that become major</ENT>
            <ENT>Yes</ENT>
            <ENT>§ 63.8995 specifies compliance dates.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">§ 63.6(d)</ENT>
            <ENT>[Reserved]</ENT>
            <ENT O="xl">Yes.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">§ 63.6(e)(1)-(2)</ENT>
            <ENT>Operation and maintenance requirements</ENT>
            <ENT O="xl">Yes.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">§ 63.6(e)(3)</ENT>
            <ENT>SSM plans</ENT>
            <ENT O="xl">Yes.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">§ 63.6(f)(1)</ENT>
            <ENT>Compliance except during SSM</ENT>
            <ENT O="xl">Yes.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">§ 63.6(f)(2)-(3)</ENT>
            <ENT>Methods for determining compliance</ENT>
            <ENT O="xl">Yes.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">§ 63.6(g)</ENT>
            <ENT>Use of an alternative non-opacity emission standard</ENT>
            <ENT O="xl">Yes.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">§ 63.6(h)</ENT>
            <ENT>Compliance with opacity/visible emission standards</ENT>
            <ENT>No</ENT>
            <ENT>Subpart NNNNN does not specify opacity or visible emission standards.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">§ 63.6(i)</ENT>
            <ENT>Extension of compliance with emission standards</ENT>
            <ENT O="xl">Yes.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">§ 63.6(j)</ENT>
            <ENT>Presidential compliance exemption</ENT>
            <ENT O="xl">Yes.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">§ 63.7(a)(1)-(2)</ENT>
            <ENT>Performance test dates</ENT>
            <ENT>Yes</ENT>
            <ENT>Except for existing affected sources as specified in § 63.9010(b).</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">§ 63.7(a)(3)</ENT>
            <ENT>Administrator's Clean Air Act section 114 authority to require a performance test</ENT>
            <ENT O="xl">Yes.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">§ 63.7(b)</ENT>
            <ENT>Notification of performance test and rescheduling</ENT>
            <ENT O="xl">Yes.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">§ 63.7(c)</ENT>
            <ENT>Quality assurance program and site-specific test plans</ENT>
            <ENT O="xl">Yes.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">§ 63.7(d)</ENT>
            <ENT>Performance testing facilities</ENT>
            <ENT O="xl">Yes.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">§ 63.7(e)(1)</ENT>
            <ENT>Conditions for conducting performance tests</ENT>
            <ENT O="xl">Yes.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">§ 63.7(f)</ENT>
            <ENT>Use of an alternative test method</ENT>
            <ENT O="xl">Yes.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">§ 63.7(g)</ENT>
            <ENT>Performance test data analysis, recordkeeping, and reporting</ENT>
            <ENT O="xl">Yes.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">§ 63.7(h)</ENT>
            <ENT>Waiver of performance tests</ENT>
            <ENT O="xl">Yes.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">§ 63.8(a)(1)-(3)</ENT>
            <ENT>Applicability of monitoring requirements</ENT>
            <ENT>Yes</ENT>
            <ENT>Additional monitoring requirements are found in § 63.9005(d) and 63.9035.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">63.8(a)(4)</ENT>
            <ENT>Monitoring with flares</ENT>
            <ENT>No</ENT>
            <ENT>Subpart NNNNN does not refer directly or indirectly to § 63.11.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">§ 63.8(b)</ENT>
            <ENT>Conduct of monitoring and procedures when there are multiple effluents and multiple monitoring systems</ENT>
            <ENT O="xl">Yes.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">§ 63.8(c)(1)-(3)</ENT>
            <ENT>Continuous monitoring system O&amp;M</ENT>
            <ENT>Yes</ENT>
            <ENT>Applies as modified by § 63.9005(d).</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <PRTPAGE P="26"/>
            <ENT I="01">§ 63.8(c)(4)</ENT>
            <ENT>Continuous monitoring system requirements during breakdown, out-of-control, repair, maintenance, and high-level calibration drifts</ENT>
            <ENT>Yes</ENT>
            <ENT>Applies as modified by § 63.9005(d).</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">§ 63.8(c)(5)</ENT>
            <ENT>Continuous opacity monitoring system (COMS) minimum procedures</ENT>
            <ENT>No</ENT>
            <ENT>Subpart NNNNN does not have opacity or visible emission standards.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">§ 63.8(c)(6)</ENT>
            <ENT>Zero and high level calibration checks</ENT>
            <ENT>Yes</ENT>
            <ENT>Applies as modified by § 63.9005(d).</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">§ 63.8(c)(7)-(8)</ENT>
            <ENT>Out-of-control periods, including reporting</ENT>
            <ENT O="xl">Yes.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">§ 63.8(d)-(e)</ENT>
            <ENT>Quality control program and CMS performance evaluation</ENT>
            <ENT>No</ENT>
            <ENT>Applies as modified by § 63.9005(d).</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">§ 63.8(f)(1)-(5)</ENT>
            <ENT>Use of an alternative monitoring method</ENT>
            <ENT O="xl">Yes.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">§ 63.8(f)(6)</ENT>
            <ENT>Alternative to relative accuracy test</ENT>
            <ENT>No</ENT>
            <ENT>Only applies to sources that use continuous emissions monitoring systems (CEMS).</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">§ 63.8(g)</ENT>
            <ENT>Data reduction</ENT>
            <ENT>Yes</ENT>
            <ENT>Applies as modified by § 63.9005(d).</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">§ 63.9(a)</ENT>
            <ENT>Notification requirements—applicability</ENT>
            <ENT O="xl">Yes.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">§ 63.9(b)</ENT>
            <ENT>Initial notifications</ENT>
            <ENT>Yes</ENT>
            <ENT>Except § 63.9045(c) requires new or reconstructed affected sources to submit the application for construction or reconstruction required by § 63.9(b)(1)(iii) in lieu of the initial notification.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">§ 63.9(c)</ENT>
            <ENT>Request for compliance extension</ENT>
            <ENT O="xl">Yes.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">§ 63.9(d)</ENT>
            <ENT>Notification that a new source is subject to special compliance requirements</ENT>
            <ENT O="xl">Yes.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">§ 63.9(e)</ENT>
            <ENT>Notification of performance test</ENT>
            <ENT O="xl">Yes.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">§ 63.9(f)</ENT>
            <ENT>Notification of visible emissions/opacity test</ENT>
            <ENT>No</ENT>
            <ENT>Subpart NNNNN does not have opacity or visible emission standards.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">§ 63.9(g)(1)</ENT>
            <ENT>Additional CMS notifications—date of CMS performance evaluation</ENT>
            <ENT O="xl">Yes.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">§ 63.9(g)(2)</ENT>
            <ENT>Use of COMS data</ENT>
            <ENT>No</ENT>
            <ENT>Subpart NNNNN does not require the use of COMS.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">§ 63.9(g)(3)</ENT>
            <ENT>Alternative to relative accuracy testing</ENT>
            <ENT>No</ENT>
            <ENT>Applies only to sources with CEMS.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">§ 63.9(h)</ENT>
            <ENT>Notification of compliance status</ENT>
            <ENT>Yes</ENT>
            <ENT>Except the submission date specified in § 63.9(h)(2)(ii) is superseded by the date specified in § 63.9045(f).</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">§ 63.9(i)</ENT>
            <ENT>Adjustment of submittal deadlines</ENT>
            <ENT O="xl">Yes.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">§ 63.9(j)</ENT>
            <ENT>Change in previous information</ENT>
            <ENT O="xl">Yes.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">§ 63.10(a)</ENT>
            <ENT>Recordkeeping/reporting applicability</ENT>
            <ENT O="xl">Yes.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">§ 63.10(b)(1)</ENT>
            <ENT>General recordkeeping requirements</ENT>
            <ENT>Yes</ENT>
            <ENT>§§ 63.9055 and 63.9060 specify additional recordkeeping requirements.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">§ 63.10(b)(2)(i)-(xi)</ENT>
            <ENT>Records related to SSM periods and CMS</ENT>
            <ENT O="xl">Yes.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">§ 63.10(b)(2)(xii)</ENT>
            <ENT>Records when under waiver</ENT>
            <ENT O="xl">Yes.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">§ 63.10(b)(2)(xiii)</ENT>
            <ENT>Records when using alternative to relative accuracy test</ENT>
            <ENT>No</ENT>
            <ENT>Applies only to sources with CEMS.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">§ 63.10(b)(2)(xiv)</ENT>
            <ENT>All documentation supporting initial notification and notification of compliance status</ENT>
            <ENT O="xl">Yes.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">§ 63.10(b)(3)</ENT>
            <ENT>Recordkeeping requirements for applicability determinations</ENT>
            <ENT O="xl">Yes.</ENT>
            <ENT/>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">§ 63.10(c)</ENT>
            <ENT>Additional recordkeeping requirements for sources with CMS</ENT>
            <ENT>Yes</ENT>
            <ENT>Applies as modified by § 63.9005 (d).</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">§ 63.10(d)(1)</ENT>
            <ENT>General reporting requirements</ENT>
            <ENT>Yes</ENT>
            <ENT>§ 63.9050 specifies additional reporting requirements.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">§ 63.10(d)(2)</ENT>
            <ENT>Performance test results</ENT>
            <ENT>Yes</ENT>
            <ENT>§ 63.9045(f) specifies submission date.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">§ 63.10(d)(3)</ENT>
            <ENT>Opacity or visible emissions observations</ENT>
            <ENT>No</ENT>
            <ENT>Subpart NNNNN does not specify opacity or visible emission standards.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">§ 63.10(d)(4)</ENT>
            <ENT>Progress reports for sources with compliance extensions</ENT>
            <ENT O="xl">Yes.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">§ 63.10(d)(5)</ENT>
            <ENT>SSM reports</ENT>
            <ENT O="xl">Yes.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">§ 63.10(e)(1)</ENT>
            <ENT>Additional CMS reports—general</ENT>
            <ENT>Yes</ENT>
            <ENT>Applies as modified by § 63.9005(d).</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <PRTPAGE P="27"/>
            <ENT I="01">§ 63.10(e)(2)(i)</ENT>
            <ENT>Results of CMS performance evaluations</ENT>
            <ENT>Yes</ENT>
            <ENT>Applies as modified by § 63.9005(d).</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">§ 63.10(e)(2)</ENT>
            <ENT>Results of COMS performance evaluations</ENT>
            <ENT>No</ENT>
            <ENT>Subpart NNNNN does not require the use of COMS.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">§ 63.10(e)(3)</ENT>
            <ENT>Excess emissions/CMS performance reports</ENT>
            <ENT O="xl">Yes.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">§ 63.10(e)(4)</ENT>
            <ENT>Continuous opacity monitoring system data reports</ENT>
            <ENT>No</ENT>
            <ENT>Subpart NNNNN does not require the use of COMS.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">§ 63.10(f)</ENT>
            <ENT>Recordkeeping/reporting waiver</ENT>
            <ENT O="xl">Yes.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">§ 63.11</ENT>
            <ENT>Control device requirements—applicability</ENT>
            <ENT>No</ENT>
            <ENT>Facilities subject to subpart NNNNN do not use flares as control devices.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">§ 63.12</ENT>
            <ENT>State authority and delegations</ENT>
            <ENT>Yes</ENT>
            <ENT>§ 63.9070 lists those sections of subparts NNNNN and A that are not delegated.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">§ 63.13</ENT>
            <ENT>Addresses</ENT>
            <ENT O="xl">Yes.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">§ 63.14</ENT>
            <ENT>Incorporation by reference</ENT>
            <ENT>Yes</ENT>
            <ENT>Subpart NNNNN does not incorporate any material by reference.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">§ 63.15</ENT>
            <ENT>Availability of information/confidentiality</ENT>
            <ENT O="xl">Yes.</ENT>
          </ROW>
        </GPOTABLE>
        <CITA>[68 FR 19090, Apr. 17, 2003, as amended at 71 FR 17748, Apr. 7, 2006]</CITA>
      </APPENDIX>
    </SUBPART>
    <SUBPART>
      <RESERVED>Subpart OOOOO [Reserved]</RESERVED>
    </SUBPART>
    <SUBPART>
      <HD SOURCE="HED">Subpart PPPPP—National Emission Standards for Hazardous Air Pollutants for Engine Test Cells/Stands</HD>
      <SOURCE>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">Source:</HD>
        <P>68 FR 28785, May 27, 2003, unless otherwise noted.</P>
      </SOURCE>
      <SUBJGRP>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">What This Subpart Covers</HD>
        <SECTION>
          <SECTNO>§ 63.9280</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>What is the purpose of subpart PPPPP?</SUBJECT>
          <P>This subpart PPPPP establishes national emission standards for hazardous air pollutants (NESHAP) for engine test cells/stands located at major sources of hazardous air pollutants (HAP) emissions. This subpart also establishes requirements to demonstrate initial and continuous compliance with the emission limitations contained in this NESHAP.</P>
        </SECTION>
        <SECTION>
          <SECTNO>§ 63.9285</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Am I subject to this subpart?</SUBJECT>
          <P>You are subject to this subpart if you own or operate an engine test cell/stand that is located at a major source of HAP emissions.</P>
          <P>(a) An engine test cell/stand is any apparatus used for testing uninstalled stationary or uninstalled mobile (motive) engines.</P>
          <P>(b) An uninstalled engine is an engine that is not installed in, or an integrated part of, the final product.</P>
          <P>(c) A major source of HAP emissions is a plant site that emits or has the potential to emit any single HAP at a rate of 10 tons (9.07 megagrams) or more per year or any combination of HAP at a rate of 25 tons (22.68 megagrams) or more per year.</P>
        </SECTION>
        <SECTION>
          <SECTNO>§ 63.9290</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>What parts of my plant does this subpart cover?</SUBJECT>
          <P>This subpart applies to each new, reconstructed, or existing affected source.</P>
          <P>(a) <E T="03">Affected source.</E> An affected source is the collection of all equipment and activities associated with engine test cells/stands used for testing uninstalled stationary or uninstalled mobile (motive) engines located at a major source of HAP emissions.</P>
          <P>(1) <E T="03">Existing affected source.</E> An affected source is existing if you commenced construction or reconstruction of the affected source on or before May 14, 2002. A change in ownership of an existing affected source does not make that affected source a new or reconstructed affected source.</P>
          <P>(2) <E T="03">New affected source.</E> An affected source is new if you commenced construction of the affected source after May 14, 2002.</P>
          <P>(3) <E T="03">Reconstructed affected source.</E> An affected source is reconstructed if you <PRTPAGE P="28"/>meet the definition of reconstruction in § 63.2 of subpart A of this part and reconstruction is commenced after May 14, 2002. Changes made to an existing affected source primarily for the purpose of complying with revisions to engine testing requirements under 40 CFR parts 80, 86, 89, 90, 91, or 92 are not considered a modification or reconstruction. In addition, passive measurement and control instrumentation and electronics are not included as part of any affected source reconstruction evaluation.</P>
          <P>(b) Existing affected sources do not have to meet the requirements of this subpart and of subpart A of this part.</P>
          <P>(c) Any portion of a new or reconstructed affected source located at a major source that is used exclusively for testing internal combustion engines with rated power of less than 25 horsepower (hp) (19 kilowatts(kW)) does not have to meet the requirements of this subpart and of subpart A of this part except for the initial notification requirements of § 63.9345(b).</P>
          <P>(d) Any portion of a new or reconstructed affected source located at a major source that meets any of the criteria specified in paragraphs (d)(1) through (4) of this section does not have to meet the requirements of this subpart and of subpart A of this part.</P>
          <P>(1) Any portion of the affected source used exclusively for testing combustion turbine engines.</P>
          <P>(2) Any portion of the affected source used exclusively for testing rocket engines.</P>
          <P>(3) Any portion of the affected source used in research and teaching activities at facilities that are not engaged in the development of engines or engine test services for commercial purposes.</P>
          <P>(4) Any portion of the affected source operated to test or evaluate fuels (such as knock engines), transmissions, or electronics.</P>
        </SECTION>
        <SECTION>
          <SECTNO>§ 63.9295</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>When do I have to comply with this subpart?</SUBJECT>
          <P>(a) <E T="03">Affected sources.</E> (1) If you start up your new or reconstructed affected source before May 27, 2003, you must comply with the emission limitations in this subpart no later than May 27, 2003.</P>
          <P>(2) If you start up your new or reconstructed affected source on or after May 27, 2003, you must comply with the emission limitations in this subpart upon startup.</P>
          <P>(b) <E T="03">Area sources that become major sources.</E> If your new or reconstructed affected source is located at an area source that increases its emissions or its potential to emit such that it becomes a major source of HAP, your new or reconstructed affected source must be in compliance with this subpart when the area source becomes a major source.</P>
          <P>(c) You must meet the notification requirements in § 63.9345 and in 40 CFR part 63, subpart A.</P>
        </SECTION>
      </SUBJGRP>
      <SUBJGRP>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">Emission Limitations</HD>
        <SECTION>
          <SECTNO>§ 63.9300</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>What emission limitations must I meet?</SUBJECT>
          <P>For each new or reconstructed affected source that is used in whole or in part for testing internal combustion engines with rated power of 25 hp (19 kW) or more and that is located at a major source, you must comply with the emission limitations in Table 1 to this subpart. (Tables are found at the end of this subpart.)</P>
        </SECTION>
        <SECTION>
          <SECTNO>§ 63.9301</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>What are my options for meeting the emission limits?</SUBJECT>
          <P>You may use either a continuous parameter monitoring system (CPMS) or a continuous emission monitoring system (CEMS) to demonstrate compliance with the emission limitations. Continuous monitoring systems must meet the requirements in § 63.9306 (CPMS) and § 63.9307 (CEMS).</P>
        </SECTION>
        <SECTION>
          <SECTNO>§ 63.9302</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>What operating limits must I meet?</SUBJECT>
          <P>(a) For any new or reconstructed affected source on which you use add-on controls, you must meet the operating limits specified in Table 2 to this subpart. These operating limits must be established during the performance test according to the requirements in § 63.9324. You must meet the operating limits at all times after you establish them.</P>

          <P>(b) If you use an add-on control device other than those listed in Table 2 to this subpart, or wish to monitor an <PRTPAGE P="29"/>alternative parameter and comply with a different operating limit, you must apply to the Administrator for approval of alternative monitoring under § 63.8(f).</P>
        </SECTION>
      </SUBJGRP>
      <SUBJGRP>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">General Compliane Requirements</HD>
        <SECTION>
          <SECTNO>§ 63.9305</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>What are my general requirements for complying with this subpart?</SUBJECT>
          <P>(a) You must be in compliance with the emission limitation that applies to you at all times, except during periods of startup, shutdown, or malfunction (SSM) of your control device or associated monitoring equipment.</P>
          <P>(b) If you must comply with the emission limitation, you must operate and maintain your engine test cell/stand, air pollution control equipment, and monitoring equipment in a manner consistent with good air pollution control practices for minimizing emissions at all times.</P>
          <P>(c) You must develop a written SSM plan (SSMP) for emission control devices and associated monitoring equipment according to the provisions in § 63.6(e)(3). The plan will apply only to emission control devices, and not to engine test cells/stands.</P>
          <CITA>[68 FR 28785, May 27, 2003, as amended at 71 FR 20470, Apr. 20, 2006]</CITA>
        </SECTION>
        <SECTION>
          <SECTNO>§ 63.9306</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>What are my continuous parameter monitoring system (CPMS) installation, operation, and maintenance requirements?</SUBJECT>
          <P>(a) <E T="03">General.</E> You must install, operate, and maintain each CPMS specified in paragraphs (c) and (d) of this section according to paragraphs (a)(1) through (7) of this section. You must install, operate, and maintain each CPMS specified in paragraph (b) of this section according to paragraphs (a)(3) through (5) of this section.</P>
          <P>(1) The CPMS must complete a minimum of one cycle of operation for each successive 15-minute period. You must have a minimum of four equally spaced successive cycles of CPMS operation in 1 hour.</P>
          <P>(2) You must determine the average of all recorded readings for each successive 3-hour period of the emission capture system and add-on control device operation.</P>
          <P>(3) You must record the results of each inspection, calibration, and validation check of the CPMS.</P>
          <P>(4) You must maintain the CPMS at all times and have available necessary parts for routine repairs of the monitoring equipment.</P>
          <P>(5) You must operate the CPMS and collect emission capture system and add-on control device parameter data at all times that an engine test cell/stand is operating, except during monitoring malfunctions, associated repairs, and required quality assurance or control activities (including, if applicable, calibration checks and required zero and span adjustments).</P>
          <P>(6) You must not use emission capture system or add-on control device parameter data recorded during monitoring malfunctions, associated repairs, out-of-control periods, or required quality assurance or control activities when calculating data averages. You must use all the data collected during all other periods in calculating the data averages for determining compliance with the emission capture system and add-on control device operating limits.</P>
          <P>(7) A monitoring malfunction is any sudden, infrequent, not reasonably preventable failure of the CPMS to provide valid data. Monitoring failures that are caused in part by poor maintenance or careless operation are not malfunctions. Any period for which the monitoring system is out-of-control and data are not available for required calculations is a deviation from the monitoring requirements.</P>
          <P>(b) <E T="03">Capture system bypass line.</E> You must meet the requirements of paragraphs (b)(1) and (2) of this section for each emission capture system that contains bypass lines that could divert emissions away from the add-on control device to the atmosphere.</P>

          <P>(1) You must monitor or secure the valve or closure mechanism controlling the bypass line in a nondiverting position in such a way that the valve or closure mechanism cannot be opened without creating a record that the valve was opened. The method used to monitor or secure the valve or closure mechanism must meet one of the requirements specified in paragraphs (b)(1)(i) through (iv) of this section.<PRTPAGE P="30"/>
          </P>
          <P>(i) <E T="03">Flow control position indicator.</E> Install, calibrate, maintain, and operate according to the manufacturer's specifications a flow control position indicator that takes a reading at least once every 15 minutes and provides a record indicating whether the emissions are directed to the add-on control device or diverted from the add-on control device. The time of occurrence and flow control position must be recorded, as well as every time the flow direction is changed. The flow control position indicator must be installed at the entrance to any bypass line that could divert the emissions away from the add-on control device to the atmosphere.</P>
          <P>(ii) <E T="03">Car-seal or lock-and-key valve closures.</E> Secure any bypass line valve in the closed position with a car-seal or a lock-and-key type configuration. You must visually inspect the seal or closure mechanism at least once every month to ensure that the valve is maintained in the closed position, and the emissions are not diverted away from the add-on control device to the atmosphere.</P>
          <P>(iii) <E T="03">Valve closure monitoring.</E> Ensure that any bypass line valve is in the closed (nondiverting) position through monitoring of valve position at least once every 15 minutes. You must inspect the monitoring system at least once every month to verify that the monitor will indicate valve position.</P>
          <P>(iv) <E T="03">Automatic shutdown system.</E> Use an automatic shutdown system in which the engine testing operation is stopped when flow is diverted by the bypass line away from the add-on control device to the atmosphere when an engine test cell/stand is operating. You must inspect the automatic shutdown system at least once every month to verify that it will detect diversions of flow and shut down the engine test cell/stand in operation.</P>
          <P>(2) If any bypass line is opened, you must include a description of why the bypass line was opened and the length of time it remained open in the semiannual compliance reports required in § 63.9350.</P>
          <P>(c) <E T="03">Thermal oxidizers and catalytic oxidizers.</E> If you are using a thermal oxidizer or catalytic oxidizer as an add-on control device, you must comply with the requirements in paragraphs (c)(1) through (3) of this section.</P>
          <P>(1) For a thermal oxidizer, install a gas temperature monitor in the firebox of the thermal oxidizer or in the duct immediately downstream of the firebox before any substantial heat exchange occurs.</P>
          <P>(2) For a catalytic oxidizer, you must install a gas temperature monitor in the gas stream immediately before the catalyst bed, and if you established operating limits according to § 63.9324(b)(1) and (2), also install a gas temperature monitor in the gas stream immediately after the catalyst bed.</P>
          <P>(i) If you establish operating limits according to § 63.9324(b)(1) and (2), then you must install the gas temperature monitors both upstream and downstream of the catalyst bed. The temperature monitors must be in the gas stream immediately before and after the catalyst bed to measure the temperature difference across the bed.</P>
          <P>(ii) If you establish operating limits according to § 63.9324(b)(3) and (4), then you must install a gas temperature monitor upstream of the catalyst bed. The temperature monitor must be in the gas stream immediately before the catalyst bed to measure the temperature.</P>
          <P>(3) For all thermal oxidizers and catalytic oxidizers, you must meet the requirements in paragraphs (a) and (c)(3)(i) through (vii) of this section for each gas temperature monitoring device.</P>
          <P>(i) Locate the temperature sensor in a position that provides a representative temperature.</P>
          <P>(ii) Use a temperature sensor with a measurement sensitivity of 4 degrees Fahrenheit or 0.75 percent of the temperature value, whichever is larger.</P>
          <P>(iii) Shield the temperature sensor system from electromagnetic interference and chemical contaminants.</P>
          <P>(iv) If a gas temperature chart recorder is used, it must have a measurement sensitivity in the minor division of at least 20 degrees Fahrenheit.</P>

          <P>(v) Perform an electronic calibration at least semiannually according to the procedures in the manufacturer's owner's manual. Following the electronic calibration, you must conduct a temperature sensor validation check in <PRTPAGE P="31"/>which a second or redundant temperature sensor placed near the process temperature sensor must yield a reading within 30 degrees Fahrenheit of the process temperature sensor reading.</P>
          <P>(vi) Conduct calibration and validation checks anytime the sensor exceeds the manufacturer's specified maximum operating temperature range or install a new temperature sensor.</P>
          <P>(vii) At least monthly, inspect components for integrity and electrical connections for continuity, oxidation, and galvanic corrosion.</P>
          <P>(d) Emission capture systems. The capture system monitoring system must comply with the applicable requirements in paragraphs (d)(1) and (2) of this section.</P>
          <P>(1) For each flow measurement device, you must meet the requirements in paragraphs (a) and (d)(1)(i) through (iv) of this section.</P>
          <P>(i) Locate a flow sensor in a position that provides a representative flow measurement in the duct from each capture device in the emission capture system to the add-on control device.</P>
          <P>(ii) Reduce swirling flow or abnormal velocity distributions due to upstream and downstream disturbances.</P>
          <P>(iii) Conduct a flow sensor calibration check at least semiannually.</P>
          <P>(iv) At least monthly, inspect components for integrity, electrical connections for continuity, and mechanical connections for leakage.</P>
          <P>(2) For each pressure drop measurement device, you must comply with the requirements in paragraphs (a) and (d)(2)(i) through (vi) of this section.</P>
          <P>(i) Locate the pressure sensor(s) in or as close to a position that provides a representative measurement of the pressure drop across each opening you are monitoring.</P>
          <P>(ii) Minimize or eliminate pulsating pressure, vibration, and internal and external corrosion.</P>
          <P>(iii) Check pressure tap pluggage daily.</P>
          <P>(iv) Using an inclined manometer with a measurement sensitivity of 0.0002 inch water, check gauge calibration quarterly and transducer calibration monthly.</P>
          <P>(v) Conduct calibration checks any time the sensor exceeds the manufacturer's specified maximum operating pressure range or install a new pressure sensor.</P>
          <P>(vi) At least monthly, inspect components for integrity, electrical connections for continuity, and mechanical connections for leakage.</P>
        </SECTION>
        <SECTION>
          <SECTNO>§ 63.9307</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>What are my continuous emissions monitoring system installation, operation, and maintenance requirements?</SUBJECT>

          <P>(a) You must install, operate, and maintain each CEMS to monitor carbon monoxide (CO) or total hydrocarbons (THC) and oxygen (O<E T="52">2</E>) at the outlet of the exhaust system of the engine test cell/stand or at the outlet of the emission control device.</P>

          <P>(b) To comply with the CO or THC percent reduction emission limitation, you may install, operate, and maintain a CEMS to monitor CO or THC and O<E T="52">2</E> at both the inlet and the outlet of the emission control device.</P>
          <P>(c) To comply with either emission limitations, the CEMS must be installed and operated according to the requirements described in paragraphs (c)(1) through (4) of this section.</P>
          <P>(1) You must install, operate, and maintain each CEMS according to the applicable Performance Specification (PS) of 40 CFR part 60, appendix B (PS-3 or PS-4A).</P>

          <P>(2) You must conduct a performance evaluation of each CEMS according to the requirements in 40 CFR 63.8 and according to PS-3 of 40 CFR part 60, appendix B, using Reference Method 3A or 3B for the O<E T="52">2</E> CEMS, and according to PS-4A of 40 CFR part 60, appendix B, using Reference Method 10 or 10B for the CO CEMS. If the fuel used in the engines being tested is natural gas, you may use ASTM D 6522-00, Standard Test Method for Determination of Nitrogen Oxides, Carbon Monoxide and Oxygen Concentrations in Emissions from Natural Gas Fired Reciprocating Engines, Combustion Turbines, Boilers, and Process Heaters Using Portable Analyzers (incorporated by reference, see § 63.14). As an alternative to Method 3B, you may use ANSI/ASME PTC 19.10-1981, “Flue and Exhaust Gas Analyses [Part 10, Instruments and Apparatus],” (incorporated by reference, see § 63.14).<PRTPAGE P="32"/>
          </P>
          <P>(3) As specified in § 63.8(c)(4)(ii), each CEMS must complete a minimum of one cycle of operation (sampling, analyzing, and data recording) for each successive 15-minute period. You must have at least two data points, each representing a different 15-minute period within the same hour, to have a valid hour of data.</P>

          <P>(4) All CEMS data must be reduced as specified in § 63.8(g)(2) and recorded as CO concentration in parts per million by volume, dry basis (ppmvd), corrected to 15 percent O<E T="52">2</E> content.</P>
          <P>(d) If you have CEMS that are subject to paragraph (a) or (b) of this section, you must properly maintain and operate the monitors continuously according to the requirements described in paragraphs (d)(1) and (2) of this section.</P>
          <P>(1) <E T="03">Proper Maintenance.</E> You must maintain the monitoring equipment at all times that the engine test cell/stand is operating, including but not limited to, maintaining necessary parts for routine repairs of the monitoring equipment.</P>
          <P>(2) <E T="03">Continued Operation.</E> You must operate your CEMS according to paragraphs (d)(2)(i) and (ii) of this section.</P>
          <P>(i) You must conduct all monitoring in continuous operation at all times that the engine test cell/stand is operating, except for, as applicable, monitoring malfunctions, associated repairs, and required quality assurance or control activities (including, as applicable, calibration drift checks and required zero and high-level adjustments). Quality assurance or control activities must be performed according to procedure 1 of 40 CFR part 60, appendix F.</P>
          <P>(ii) Data recorded during monitoring malfunctions, associated repairs, out-of-control periods, and required quality assurance or control activities must not be used for purposes of calculating data averages. You must use all of the data collected from all other periods in assessing compliance. A monitoring malfunction is any sudden, infrequent, not reasonably preventable failure of the monitoring equipment to provide valid data. Monitoring failures that are caused in part by poor maintenance or careless operation are not malfunctions. Any period for which the monitoring system is out-of-control and data are not available for required calculations constitutes a deviation from the monitoring requirements.</P>
        </SECTION>
      </SUBJGRP>
      <SUBJGRP>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">Testing and Initial Compliance Requirements</HD>
        <SECTION>
          <SECTNO>§ 63.9310</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>By what date must I conduct the initial compliance demonstrations?</SUBJECT>
          <P>You must conduct the initial compliance demonstrations that apply to you in Table 3 to this subpart within 180 calendar days after the compliance date that is specified for your new or reconstructed affected source in § 63.9295 and according to the provisions in § 63.7(a)(2).</P>
        </SECTION>
        <SECTION>
          <SECTNO>§ 63.9320</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>What procedures must I use?</SUBJECT>
          <P>(a) You must conduct each initial compliance demonstration that applies to you in Table 3 to this subpart.</P>
          <P>(b) You must conduct an initial performance evaluation of each capture and control system according to §§ 63.9321, 63.9322, 63.9323 and 63.9324, and each CEMS according to the requirements in 40 CFR 63.8 and according to the applicable Performance Specification of 40 CFR part 60, appendix B (PS-3 or PS-4A).</P>

          <P>(c) The initial demonstration of compliance with the carbon monoxide (CO) or total hydrocarbon (THC) concentration limitation consists of the first 4-hour rolling average CO or THC concentration recorded after completion of the CEMS performance evaluation. You must correct the CO or THC concentration at the outlet of the engine test cell/stand or the emission control device to a dry basis and to 15 percent O<E T="52">2</E> content according to Equation 1 of this section:</P>
          <MATH DEEP="33" SPAN="1">
            <MID>ER27MY03.002</MID>
          </MATH>
          <EXTRACT>
            <FP>Where:</FP>
            
            <FP SOURCE="FP-1">C<E T="52">c</E> = concentration of CO or THC, corrected to 15 percent oxygen, ppmvd</FP>
            <FP SOURCE="FP-1">C<E T="52">unc</E> = total uncorrected concentration of CO or THC, ppmvd</FP>
            <FP SOURCE="FP-1">%O<E T="52">2d</E> = concentration of oxygen measured in gas stream, dry basis, percent by volume.</FP>
          </EXTRACT>
          

          <P>(d) The initial demonstration of compliance with the CO or THC percent reduction emission limitation consists of <PRTPAGE P="33"/>the first 4-hour rolling average percent reduction in CO or THC recorded after completion of the performance evaluation of the capture/control system and/or CEMS. You must complete the actions described in paragraphs (d)(1) through (2) of this section.</P>

          <P>(1) Correct the CO or THC concentrations at the inlet and outlet of the emission control device to a dry basis and to 15 percent O<E T="52">2</E> content using Equation 1 of this section.</P>
          <P>(2) Calculate the percent reduction in CO or THC using Equation 2 of this section:</P>
          <MATH DEEP="27" SPAN="1">
            <MID>ER27MY03.003</MID>
          </MATH>
          <EXTRACT>
            <FP>Where:</FP>
            
            <FP SOURCE="FP-1">R = percent reduction in CO or THC</FP>
            <FP SOURCE="FP-1">C<E T="52">i</E> = corrected CO or THC concentration at inlet of the emission control device</FP>
            <FP SOURCE="FP-1">C<E T="52">o</E> = corrected CO or THC concentration at the outlet of the emission control device.</FP>
          </EXTRACT>
        </SECTION>
        <SECTION>
          <SECTNO>§ 63.9321</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>What are the general requirements for performance tests?</SUBJECT>
          <P>(a) You must conduct each performance test required by § 63.9310 according to the requirements in § 63.7(e)(1) and under the conditions in this section unless you obtain a waiver of the performance test according to the provisions in § 63.7(h).</P>
          <P>(1) <E T="03">Representative engine testing conditions.</E> You must conduct the performance test under representative operating conditions for the test cell/stand. Operations during periods of SSM, and during periods of nonoperation do not constitute representative conditions. You must record the process information that is necessary to document operating conditions during the test and explain why the conditions represent normal operation.</P>
          <P>(2) <E T="03">Representative emission capture system and add-on control device operating conditions.</E> You must conduct the performance test when the emission capture system and add-on control device are operating at a representative flow rate, and the add-on control device is operating at a representative inlet concentration. You must record information that is necessary to document emission capture system and add-on control device operating conditions during the test and explain why the conditions represent normal operation.</P>
          <P>(b) You must conduct each performance test of an emission capture system according to the requirements in § 63.9322. You must conduct each performance test of an add-on control device according to the requirements in § 63.9323.</P>
        </SECTION>
        <SECTION>
          <SECTNO>§ 63.9322</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>How do I determine the emission capture system efficiency?</SUBJECT>
          <P>You must use the procedures and test methods in this section to determine capture efficiency as part of the performance test required by § 63.9310.</P>
          <P>(a) <E T="03">Assuming 100 percent capture efficiency.</E> You may assume the capture system efficiency is 100 percent if both conditions in paragraphs (a)(1) and (2) of this section are met:</P>
          <P>(1) The capture system meets the criteria in Method 204 of appendix M to 40 CFR part 51 for a potential to emit (PTE) and directs all the exhaust gases from the enclosure to an add-on control device.</P>
          <P>(2) All engine test operations creating exhaust gases for which the test is applicable are conducted within the capture system.</P>
          <P>(b) <E T="03">Measuring capture efficiency.</E> If the capture system does not meet the criteria in paragraphs (a)(1) and (2) of this section, then you must use one of the two protocols described in paragraphs (c) and (d) of this section to measure capture efficiency. The capture efficiency measurements use total volatile hydrocarbon (TVH) capture efficiency as a surrogate for organic HAP capture efficiency. For the protocol in paragraph (c) of this section, the capture efficiency measurement must consist of three test runs. Each test run must be at least 3 hours in duration or the length of a production run, whichever is longer, up to 8 hours. For the purposes of this test, a production run means the time required for a single engine test to go from the beginning to the end.</P>
          <P>(c) <E T="03">Gas-to-gas protocol using a temporary total enclosure or a building enclosure.</E> The gas-to-gas protocol compares the mass of TVH emissions captured by the emission capture system to the mass of TVH emissions not captured. Use a temporary total enclosure or a <PRTPAGE P="34"/>building enclosure and the procedures in paragraphs (c)(1) through (5) of this section to measure emission capture system efficiency using the gas-to-gas protocol.</P>
          <P>(1) Either use a building enclosure or construct an enclosure around the engine test cell/stand and all areas where emissions from the engine testing subsequently occur. The enclosure must meet the applicable definition of a temporary total enclosure or building enclosure in Method 204 of appendix M to 40 CFR part 51.</P>
          <P>(2) Use Method 204B or 204C of appendix M to 40 CFR part 51 to measure the total mass, kg, of TVH emissions captured by the emission capture system during each capture efficiency test run as measured at the inlet to the add-on control device. To make the measurement, substitute TVH for each occurrence of the term VOC in the methods.</P>
          <P>(i) The sampling points for the Method 204B or 204C of appendix M to 40 CFR part 51 measurement must be upstream from the add-on control device and must represent total emissions routed from the capture system and entering the add-on control device.</P>
          <P>(ii) If multiple emission streams from the capture system enter the add-on control device without a single common duct, then the emissions entering the add-on control device must be simultaneously measured in each duct, and the total emissions entering the add-on control device must be determined.</P>
          <P>(3) Use Method 204D or 204E of appendix M to 40 CFR part 51 to measure the total mass, kg, of TVH emissions that are not captured by the emission capture system; they are measured as they exit the temporary total enclosure or building enclosure during each capture efficiency test run. To make the measurement, substitute TVH for each occurrence of the term VOC in the methods.</P>
          <P>(i) Use Method 204D of appendix M to 40 CFR part 51 if the enclosure is a temporary total enclosure.</P>
          <P>(ii) Use Method 204E of appendix M to 40 CFR part 51 if the enclosure is a building enclosure. During the capture efficiency measurement, all organic compound emitting operations inside the building enclosure, other than the engine test cell/stand operation for which capture efficiency is being determined, must be shut down, but all fans and blowers must be operating normally.</P>
          <P>(4) For each capture efficiency test run, determine the percent capture efficiency of the emission capture system using Equation 1 of this section:</P>
          <MATH DEEP="31" SPAN="2">
            <MID>ER27MY03.004</MID>
          </MATH>
          <EXTRACT>
            <FP>Where:</FP>
            
            <FP SOURCE="FP-1">CE = capture efficiency of the emission capture system vented to the add-on control device, percent</FP>
            <FP SOURCE="FP-1">TVH<E T="52">captured</E> = total mass of TVH captured by the emission capture system as measured at the inlet to the add-on control device during the emission capture efficiency test run, kg, determined according to paragraph (c)(2) of this section</FP>
            <FP SOURCE="FP-1">TVH<E T="52">uncaptured</E> = total mass of TVH that is not captured by the emission capture system and that exits from the temporary total enclosure or building enclosure during the capture efficiency test run, kg, determined according to paragraph (c)(3) of this section.</FP>
          </EXTRACT>
          
          <P>(5) Determine the capture efficiency the emission capture system as the average of the capture efficiencies measured in the three test runs.</P>
          <P>(d) <E T="03">Alternative capture efficiency protocol.</E> As an alternative to the procedure specified in paragraph (c) of this section, you may determine capture efficiency using any other capture efficiency protocol and test methods that satisfy the criteria of either the data quality objective or lower control limit approach as described in appendix A to subpart KK of this part.</P>
        </SECTION>
        <SECTION>
          <PRTPAGE P="35"/>
          <SECTNO>§ 63.9323</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>How do I determine the add-on control device emission destruction or removal efficiency?</SUBJECT>
          <P>You must use the procedures and test methods in this section to determine the add-on control device emission destruction or removal efficiency as part of the performance test required by § 63.9310. You must conduct three test runs as specified in § 63.7(e)(3), and each test run must last at least 1 hour.</P>
          <P>(a) For all types of add-on control devices, use the test methods specified in paragraphs (a)(1) through (5) of this section.</P>
          <P>(1) Use Method 1 or 1A of appendix A to 40 CFR part 60, as appropriate, to select sampling sites and velocity traverse points.</P>
          <P>(2) Use Method 2, 2A, 2C, 2D, 2F, or 2G of appendix A to 40 CFR part 60, as appropriate, to measure gas volumetric flow rate.</P>
          <P>(3) Use Method 3, 3A, or 3B of appendix A to 40 CFR part 60, as appropriate, for gas analysis to determine dry molecular weight. The ANSI/ASME PTC 19.10-1981 Part 10 is an acceptable alternative to Method 3B (incorporated by reference, see § 63.14).</P>
          <P>(4) Use Method 4 of appendix A to 40 CFR part 60, to determine stack gas moisture.</P>
          <P>(5) Methods for determining gas volumetric flow rate, dry molecular weight, and stack gas moisture must be performed, as applicable, during each test run.</P>
          <P>(b) Measure total gaseous organic mass emissions as carbon at the inlet and outlet of the add-on control device simultaneously, using either Method 25 or 25A of appendix A to 40 CFR part 60, as specified in paragraphs (b)(1) through (3) of this section. You must use the same method for both the inlet and outlet measurements.</P>
          <P>(1) Use Method 25 of appendix A to 40 CFR part 60 if the add-on control device is an oxidizer, and you expect the total gaseous organic concentration as carbon to be more than 50 parts per million at the control device outlet.</P>
          <P>(2) Use Method 25A of appendix A to 40 CFR part 60 if the add-on control device is an oxidizer, and you expect the total gaseous organic concentration as carbon to be 50 ppm or less at the control device outlet.</P>
          <P>(c) For each test run, determine the total gaseous organic emissions mass flow rates for the inlet and the outlet of the add-on control device, using Equation 1 of this section. If there is more than one inlet or outlet to the add-on control device, you must calculate the total gaseous organic mass flow rate using Equation 1 of this section for each inlet and each outlet and then total all of the inlet emissions and total all of the outlet emissions.</P>
          <MATH DEEP="19" SPAN="2">
            <MID>ER27MY03.005</MID>
          </MATH>
          <EXTRACT>
            <FP>Where:</FP>
            
            <FP SOURCE="FP-1">M<E T="52">f</E> = total gaseous organic emissions mass flow rate, kg/hour (kg/h)</FP>
            <FP SOURCE="FP-1">C<E T="52">c</E> = concentration of organic compounds as carbon in the vent gas, as determined by Method 25 or Method 25A, parts per million by volume (ppmv), dry basis</FP>
            <FP SOURCE="FP-1">Q<E T="52">sd</E> = volumetric flow rate of gases entering or exiting the add-on control device, as determined by Method 2, 2A, 2C, 2D, 2F, or 2G, dry standard cubic meters/hour (dscm/h)</FP>
            <FP SOURCE="FP-1">0.0416 = conversion factor for molar volume, kg-moles per cubic meter (mol/m<SU>3</SU>) (@ 293 Kelvin [K] and 760 millimeters of mercury [mmHg]).</FP>
          </EXTRACT>
          
          <P>(d) For each test run, determine the add-on control device organic emissions destruction or removal efficiency, using Equation 2 of this section:</P>
          <MATH DEEP="27" SPAN="1">
            <MID>ER27MY03.006</MID>
          </MATH>
          <EXTRACT>
            <FP>Where:</FP>
            
            <FP SOURCE="FP-1">DRE = organic emissions destruction or removal efficiency of the add-on control device, percent</FP>
            <FP SOURCE="FP-1">M<E T="52">fi</E> = total gaseous organic emissions mass flow rate at the inlet(s) to the add-on control device, using Equation 1 of this section, kg/h<PRTPAGE P="36"/>
            </FP>
            <FP SOURCE="FP-1">M<E T="52">fo</E> = total gaseous organic emissions mass flow rate at the outlet(s) of the add-on control device, using Equation 1 of this section, kg/h.</FP>
          </EXTRACT>
          
          <P>(e) Determine the emission destruction or removal efficiency of the add-on control device as the average of the efficiencies determined in the three test runs and calculated in Equation 2 of this section.</P>
        </SECTION>
        <SECTION>
          <SECTNO>§ 63.9324</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>How do I establish the emission capture system and add-on control device operating limits during the performance test?</SUBJECT>
          <P>During the performance test required by § 63.9310, you must establish the operating limits required by § 63.9302 according to this section, unless you have received approval for alternative monitoring and operating limits under § 63.8(f) as specified in § 63.9302.</P>
          <P>(a) <E T="03">Thermal oxidizers.</E> If your add-on control device is a thermal oxidizer, establish the operating limits according to paragraphs (a)(1) and (2) of this section.</P>
          <P>(1) During the performance test, you must monitor and record the combustion temperature at least once every 15 minutes during each of the three test runs. You must monitor the temperature in the firebox of the thermal oxidizer or immediately downstream of the firebox before any substantial heat exchange occurs.</P>
          <P>(2) Use the data collected during the performance test to calculate and record the average combustion temperature maintained during the performance test. This average combustion temperature is the minimum operating limit for your thermal oxidizer.</P>
          <P>(b) <E T="03">Catalytic oxidizers.</E> If your add-on control device is a catalytic oxidizer, establish the operating limits according to either paragraphs (b)(1) and (2) or paragraphs (b)(3) and (4) of this section.</P>
          <P>(1) During the performance test, you must monitor and record the temperature just before the catalyst bed and the temperature difference across the catalyst bed at least once every 15 minutes during each of the three test runs.</P>
          <P>(2) Use the data collected during the performance test to calculate and record the average temperature just before the catalyst bed and the average temperature difference across the catalyst bed maintained during the performance test. These are the minimum operating limits for your catalytic oxidizer.</P>
          <P>(3) As an alternative to monitoring the temperature difference across the catalyst bed, you may monitor the temperature at the inlet to the catalyst bed and implement a site-specific inspection and maintenance plan for your catalytic oxidizer as specified in paragraph (b)(4) of this section. During the performance test, you must monitor and record the temperature just before the catalyst bed at least once every 15 minutes during each of the three test runs. Use the data collected during the performance test to calculate and record the average temperature just before the catalyst bed during the performance test. This is the minimum operating limit for your catalytic oxidizer.</P>
          <P>(4) You must develop and implement an inspection and maintenance plan for your catalytic oxidizer(s) for which you elect to monitor according to paragraph (b)(3) of this section. The plan must address, at a minimum, the elements specified in paragraphs (b)(4)(i) through (iii) of this section.</P>

          <P>(i) Annual sampling and analysis of the catalyst activity (<E T="03">i.e.,</E> conversion efficiency) following the manufacturer's or catalyst supplier's recommended procedures.</P>
          <P>(ii) Monthly inspection of the oxidizer system, including the burner assembly and fuel supply lines for problems and, as necessary, adjust the equipment to assure proper air-to-fuel mixtures.</P>
          <P>(iii) Annual internal and monthly external visual inspection of the catalyst bed to check for channeling, abrasion, and settling. If problems are found, you must take corrective action consistent with the manufacturer's recommendation and conduct a new performance test to determine destruction efficiency according to § 63.9323.</P>
          <P>(c) <E T="03">Emission capture system.</E> For each capture device that is not part of a PTE that meets the criteria of § 63.9322(a), establish an operating limit for either the gas volumetric flow rate or duct static pressure, as specified in paragraphs (c)(1) and (2) of this section. <PRTPAGE P="37"/>The operating limit for a PTE is specified in Table 3 to this subpart.</P>
          <P>(1) During the capture efficiency determination required by § 63.9310, you must monitor and record either the gas volumetric flow rate or the duct static pressure for each separate capture device in your emission capture system at least once every 15 minutes during each of the three test runs at a point in the duct between the capture device and the add-on control device inlet.</P>
          <P>(2) Calculate and record the average gas volumetric flow rate or duct static pressure for the three test runs for each capture device. This average gas volumetric flow rate or duct static pressure is the minimum operating limit for that specific capture device.</P>
        </SECTION>
        <SECTION>
          <SECTNO>§ 63.9330</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>How do I demonstrate initial compliance with the emission limitation?</SUBJECT>
          <P>(a) You must demonstrate initial compliance with the emission limitation that applies to you according to Table 3 to this subpart.</P>
          <P>(b) You must submit the Notification of Compliance Status containing results of the initial compliance demonstration according to the requirements in § 63.9345(c).</P>
        </SECTION>
      </SUBJGRP>
      <SUBJGRP>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">Continuous Compliance Requirements</HD>
        <SECTION>
          <SECTNO>§ 63.9335</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>How do I monitor and collect data to demonstrate continuous compliance?</SUBJECT>
          <P>(a) Except for monitor malfunctions, associated repairs, and required quality assurance or quality control activities (including, as applicable, calibration drift checks and required zero and high-level adjustments of the monitoring system), you must conduct all monitoring in continuous operation at all times the engine test cell/stand is operating.</P>
          <P>(b) Do not use data recorded during monitor malfunctions, associated repairs, and required quality assurance or quality control activities for meeting the requirements of this subpart, including data averages and calculations. You must use all the data collected during all other periods in assessing the performance of the emission control device or in assessing emissions from the new or reconstructed affected source.</P>
        </SECTION>
        <SECTION>
          <SECTNO>§ 63.9340</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>How do I demonstrate continuous compliance with the emission limitations?</SUBJECT>
          <P>(a) You must demonstrate continuous compliance with the emission limitation in Table 1 to this subpart that applies to you according to methods specified in Table 5 to this subpart.</P>
          <P>(b) You must report each instance in paragraphs (b)(1) and (2) of this section. These instances are deviations from the emission limitation in this subpart and must be reported according to the requirements in § 63.9350.</P>
          <P>(1) You must report each instance in which you did not meet the emission limitation that applies to you.</P>
          <P>(2) You must report each instance in which you did not meet the requirements in Table 7 to this subpart that apply to you.</P>
          <P>(c) <E T="03">Startups, shutdowns, and malfunctions.</E> (1) Consistent with §§ 63.6(e) and 63.7(e)(1), deviations that occur during a period of SSM of control devices and associated monitoring equipment are not violations if you demonstrate to the Administrator's satisfaction that you were operating in accordance with § 63.6(e)(1).</P>
          <P>(2) The Administrator will determine whether deviations that occur during a period of SSM of control devices and associated monitoring equipment are violations, according to the provisions in § 63.6(e).</P>
          <CITA>[68 FR 28785, May 27, 2003, as amended at 71 FR 20470, Apr. 20, 2006]</CITA>
        </SECTION>
      </SUBJGRP>
      <SUBJGRP>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">Notifications, Reports, and Records</HD>
        <SECTION>
          <SECTNO>§ 63.9345</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>What notifications must I submit and when?</SUBJECT>
          <P>(a) You must submit all of the notifications in §§ 63.8(e), 63.8(f)(4) and (6), and 63.9(b), (g)(1), (g)(2) and (h) that apply to you by the dates specified.</P>
          <P>(b) If you own or operate a new or reconstructed test cell/stand used for testing internal combustion engines, you are required to submit an Initial Notification as specified in paragraphs (b)(1) through (3) of this section.</P>

          <P>(1) As specified in § 63.9(b)(2), if you start up your new or reconstructed affected source before the effective date of this subpart, you must submit an Initial Notification not later than 120 calendar days after May 27, 2003.<PRTPAGE P="38"/>
          </P>
          <P>(2) As specified in § 63.9(b), if you start up your new or reconstructed affected source on or after the effective date of this subpart, you must submit an Initial Notification not later than 120 calendar days after you become subject to this subpart.</P>
          <P>(3) If you are required to submit an Initial Notification but are otherwise not affected by the requirements of this subpart, in accordance with § 63.9290(c), your notification should include the information in § 63.9(b)(2)(i) through (v) and a statement that your new or reconstructed engine test cell/stand has no additional requirements and explain the basis of the exclusion (for example, that the test cell/stand is used exclusively for testing internal combustion engines with rated power of less than 25 hp (19 kW)).</P>
          <P>(c) If you are required to comply with the emission limitations in Table 1 to this subpart, you must submit a Notification of Compliance Status according to § 63.9(h)(2)(ii). For each initial compliance demonstration with the emission limitation, you must submit the Notification of Compliance Status before the close of business on the 30th calendar day following the completion of the initial compliance demonstration.</P>
          <P>(d) You must submit a notification of initial performance evaluation of your CEMS or performance testing of your control device at least 60 calendar days before the performance testing/evaluation is scheduled to begin as required in § 63.8(e)(2).</P>
        </SECTION>
        <SECTION>
          <SECTNO>§ 63.9350</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>What reports must I submit and when?</SUBJECT>
          <P>(a) If you own or operate a new or reconstructed affected source that must meet the emission limitation, you must submit a semiannual compliance report according to Table 6 to this subpart by the applicable dates specified in paragraphs (a)(1) through (6) of this section, unless the Administrator has approved a different schedule.</P>
          <P>(1) The first semiannual compliance report must cover the period beginning on the compliance date specified in § 63.9295 and ending on June 30 or December 31, whichever date is the first date following the end of the first calendar half after the compliance date specified in § 63.9295.</P>
          <P>(2) The first semiannual compliance report must be postmarked or delivered no later than July 31 or January 31, whichever date follows the end of the first calendar half after the compliance date that is specified in § 63.9295.</P>
          <P>(3) Each subsequent semiannual compliance report must cover the semiannual reporting period from January 1 through June 30 or the semiannual reporting period from July 1 through December 31.</P>
          <P>(4) Each subsequent semiannual compliance report must be postmarked or delivered no later than July 31 or January 31, whichever date is the first date following the end of the semiannual reporting period.</P>
          <P>(5) For each new or reconstructed engine test cell/stand that is subject to permitting regulations pursuant to 40 CFR part 70 or 71, and if the permitting authority has established the date for submitting semiannual reports pursuant to 40 CFR 70.6(a)(3)(iii)(A) or 40 CFR 71.6(a)(3)(iii)(A), you may submit the first and subsequent compliance reports according to the dates the permitting authority has established instead of according to the dates in paragraphs (a)(1) through (4) of this section.</P>
          <P>(6) If you had an SSM of a control device or associated monitoring equipment during the reporting period and you took actions consistent with your SSMP, the compliance report must include the information in paragraphs § 63.10(d)(5)(i).</P>
          <P>(b) If there is no deviation from the applicable emission limitation and the CEMS or CPMS was not out-of-control, according to § 63.8(c)(7), the semiannual compliance report must contain the information described in paragraphs (b)(1) through (4) of this section.</P>
          <P>(1) Company name and address.</P>
          <P>(2) Statement by a responsible official, with that official's name, title, and signature, certifying the truth, accuracy, and completeness of the content of the report.</P>
          <P>(3) Date of report and beginning and ending dates of the reporting period.</P>

          <P>(4) A statement that no deviation from the emission limit occurred during the reporting period and that no <PRTPAGE P="39"/>CEMS or CPMS was out-of-control, according to § 63.8(c)(7).</P>
          <P>(c) For each deviation from an emission limit, the semiannual compliance report must include the information in paragraphs (b)(1) through (3) of this section and the information included in paragraphs (c)(1) through (4) of this section.</P>
          <P>(1) The date and time that each deviation started and stopped.</P>
          <P>(2) The total operating time of each new or reconstructed engine test cell/stand during the reporting period.</P>
          <P>(3) A summary of the total duration of the deviation during the reporting period (recorded in 4-hour periods), and the total duration as a percent of the total operating time during that reporting period.</P>
          <P>(4) A breakdown of the total duration of the deviations during the reporting period into those that are due to control equipment problems, process problems, other known causes, and other unknown causes.</P>
          <P>(d) For each CEMS or CPMS deviation, the semiannual compliance report must include the information in paragraphs (b)(1) through (3) of this section and the information included in paragraphs (d)(1) through (10) of this section.</P>
          <P>(1) The date and time that each CEMS or CPMS was inoperative except for zero (low-level) and high-level checks.</P>
          <P>(2) The date and time that each CEMS or CPMS was out-of-control including the information in § 63.8(c)(8).</P>
          <P>(3) A summary of the total duration of CEMS or CPMS downtime during the reporting period (reported in 4-hour periods), and the total duration of CEMS or CPMS downtime as a percent of the total engine test cell/stand operating time during that reporting period.</P>
          <P>(4) A breakdown of the total duration of CEMS or CPMS downtime during the reporting period into periods that are due to monitoring equipment malfunctions, nonmonitoring equipment malfunctions, quality assurance/quality control calibrations, other known causes and other unknown causes.</P>
          <P>(5) The monitoring equipment manufacturer(s) and model number(s) of each monitor.</P>
          <P>(6) The date of the latest CEMS or CPMS certification or audit.</P>
          <P>(7) The date and time period of each deviation from an operating limit in Table 2 to this subpart; date and time period of any bypass of the add-on control device; and whether each deviation occurred during a period of SSM or during another period.</P>
          <P>(8) A summary of the total duration of each deviation from an operating limit in Table 2 to this subpart, each bypass of the add-on control device during the semiannual reporting period, and the total duration as a percent of the total source operating time during that semiannual reporting period.</P>
          <P>(9) A breakdown of the total duration of the deviations from the operating limits in Table 2 to this subpart and bypasses of the add-on control device during the semiannual reporting period by identifying deviations due to startup, shutdown, control equipment problems, process problems, other known causes, and other unknown causes.</P>
          <P>(10) A description of any changes in CEMS, CPMS, or controls since the last reporting period.</P>
          <P>(e) If you had an SSM of a control device or associated monitoring equipment during the semiannual reporting period that was not consistent with your SSMP, you must submit an immediate SSM report according to the requirements in § 63.10(d)(5)(ii).</P>
        </SECTION>
        <SECTION>
          <SECTNO>§ 63.9355</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>What records must I keep?</SUBJECT>
          <P>(a) You must keep the records as described in paragraphs (a)(1) through (5) of this section.</P>
          <P>(1) A copy of each notification and report that you submitted to comply with this subpart, including all documentation supporting any Initial Notification or Notification of Compliance Status that you submitted, according to the requirements in § 63.10(b)(2)(xiv).</P>
          <P>(2) Records of performance evaluations as required in § 63.10(b)(2)(viii).</P>
          <P>(3) Records of the occurrence and duration of each malfunction of the air pollution control equipment, if applicable, as required in § 63.10(b)(2)(ii).</P>

          <P>(4) Records of all maintenance on the air pollution control equipment, if applicable, as required in § 63.10(b)(iii).<PRTPAGE P="40"/>
          </P>
          <P>(5) The calculation of the mass of organic HAP emission reduction by emission capture systems and add-on control devices.</P>
          <P>(b) For each CPMS, you must keep the records as described in paragraphs (b)(1) through (7) of this section.</P>
          <P>(1) For each deviation, a record of whether the deviation occurred during a period of SSM of the control device and associated monitoring equipment.</P>
          <P>(2) The records in § 63.6(e)(3)(iii) through (v) related to SSM.</P>
          <P>(3) The records required to show continuous compliance with each operating limit specified in Table 2 to this subpart that applies to you.</P>
          <P>(4) For each capture system that is a PTE, the data and documentation you used to support a determination that the capture system meets the criteria in Method 204 of appendix M to 40 CFR part 51 for a PTE and has a capture efficiency of 100 percent, as specified in § 63.9322(a).</P>
          <P>(5) For each capture system that is not a PTE, the data and documentation you used to determine capture efficiency according to the requirements specified in §§ 63.9321 and 63.9322(b) through (e), including the records specified in paragraphs (b)(5)(i) and (ii) of this section that apply to you.</P>
          <P>(i) Records for a gas-to-gas protocol using a temporary total enclosure or a building enclosure. Records of the mass of TVH emissions captured by the emission capture system as measured by Method 204B or C of appendix M to 40 CFR part 51 at the inlet to the add-on control device, including a copy of the test report. Records of the mass of TVH emissions not captured by the capture system that exited the temporary total enclosure or building enclosure during each capture efficiency test run as measured by Method 204D or E of appendix M to 40 CFR part 51, including a copy of the test report. Records documenting that the enclosure used for the capture efficiency test met the criteria in Method 204 of appendix M to 40 CFR part 51 for either a temporary total enclosure or a building enclosure.</P>
          <P>(ii) Records for an alternative protocol. Records needed to document a capture efficiency determination using an alternative method or protocol as specified in § 63.9322(e), if applicable.</P>
          <P>(6) The records specified in paragraphs (b)(6)(i) and (ii) of this section for each add-on control device organic HAP destruction or removal efficiency determination as specified in § 63.9323.</P>
          <P>(i) Records of each add-on control device performance test conducted according to §§ 63.9321, 63.9322, and 63.9323.</P>
          <P>(ii) Records of the engine testing conditions during the add-on control device performance test showing that the performance test was conducted under representative operating conditions.</P>
          <P>(7) Records of the data and calculations you used to establish the emission capture and add-on control device operating limits as specified in § 63.9324 and to document compliance with the operating limits as specified in Table 2 to this subpart.</P>
          <P>(c) For each CEMS, you must keep the records as described in paragraphs (c)(1) through (4) of this section.</P>
          <P>(1) Records described in § 63.10(b)(2)(vi) through (xi).</P>
          <P>(2) Previous (<E T="03">i.e.,</E> superceded) versions of the performance evaluation plan as required in § 63.8(d)(3).</P>
          <P>(3) Request for alternatives to the relative accuracy test for CEMS as required in § 63.8(f)(6)(i), if applicable.</P>
          <P>(4) The records in § 63.6(e)(3)(iii) through (v) related to SSM of the control device and associated monitoring equipment.</P>
          <P>(d) You must keep the records required in Table 5 to this subpart to show continuous compliance with each emission limitation that applies to you.</P>
        </SECTION>
        <SECTION>
          <SECTNO>§ 63.9360</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>In what form and how long must I keep my records?</SUBJECT>
          <P>(a) You must maintain all applicable records in such a manner that they can be readily accessed and are suitable for inspection according to § 63.10(b)(1).</P>
          <P>(b) As specified in § 63.10(b)(1), you must keep each records for 5 years following the date of each occurrence, measurement, maintenance, corrective action, report, or record.</P>
          <P>(c) You must retain your records of the most recent 2 years on site, or your records must be accessible on site. Your records of the remaining 3 years may be retained off site.</P>
        </SECTION>
      </SUBJGRP>
      <SUBJGRP>
        <PRTPAGE P="41"/>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">Other Requirements and Information</HD>
        <SECTION>
          <SECTNO>§ 63.9365</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>What parts of the General Provisions apply to me?</SUBJECT>
          <P>Table 7 to this subpart shows which parts of the General Provisions in §§ 63.1 through 63.15 apply to you.</P>
        </SECTION>
        <SECTION>
          <SECTNO>§ 63.9370</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Who implements and enforces this subpart?</SUBJECT>
          <P>(a) This subpart can be implemented and enforced by us, the U.S. EPA, or a delegated authority such as your State, local, or tribal agency. If the U.S. EPA Administrator has delegated authority to your State, local, or tribal agency, then that agency, in addition to the U.S. EPA, has the authority to implement and enforce this subpart. You should contact your U.S. EPA Regional Office to find out if implementation and enforcement of this subpart is delegated to your State, local, or tribal agency.</P>
          <P>(b) In delegating implementation and enforcement authority of this subpart to a State, local, or tribal agency under section 40 CFR part 63, subpart E, the authorities contained in paragraph (c) of this section are retained by the Administrator of U.S. EPA and are not transferred to the State, local, or tribal agency.</P>
          <P>(c) The authorities that cannot be delegated to State, local, or tribal agencies are described in paragraphs (c)(1) through (4) of this section.</P>
          <P>(1) Approval of alternatives to the emission limitations in § 63.9300 under § 63.6(g).</P>
          <P>(2) Approval of major changes to test methods under § 63.7(e)(2)(ii) and (f) and as defined in § 63.90.</P>
          <P>(3) Approval of major changes to monitoring under § 63.8(f) and as defined in § 63.90.</P>
          <P>(4) Approval of major changes to recordkeeping and reporting under § 63.10(f) and as defined in § 63.90.</P>
        </SECTION>
        <SECTION>
          <SECTNO>§ 63.9375</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>What definitions apply to this subpart?</SUBJECT>
          <P>Terms used in this subpart are defined in the CAA; in 40 CFR 63.2, and in this section:</P>
          <P>
            <E T="03">CAA</E> means the Clean Air Act (42 U.S.C. 7401 <E T="03">et seq.,</E> as amended by Public Law 101-549, 104 Statute 2399).</P>
          <P>
            <E T="03">Area source</E> means any stationary source of HAP that is not a major source as defined in this part.</P>
          <P>
            <E T="03">Combustion turbine engine</E> means a device in which air is compressed in a compressor, enters a combustion chamber, and is compressed further by the combustion of fuel injected into the combustion chamber. The hot compressed combustion gases then expand over a series of curved vanes or blades arranged on a central spindle that rotates.</P>
          <P>
            <E T="03">Deviation</E> means any instance in which an affected source subject to this subpart, or an owner or operator of such a source:</P>
          <P>(1) Fails to meet any requirement or obligation established by this subpart, including but not limited to any emission limitations;</P>
          <P>(2) Fails to meet any term or condition that is adopted to implement an applicable requirement in this subpart and that is included in the operating permit for any affected source required to obtain such a permit; or</P>
          <P>(3) Fails to meet any emission limitation in this subpart during malfunction, regardless or whether or not such failure is permitted by this subpart.</P>
          <P>
            <E T="03">Engine</E> means any internal combustion engine, any combustion turbine engine, or any rocket engine.</P>
          <P>
            <E T="03">Engine Test Cell/Stand</E> means any apparatus used for testing uninstalled stationary or uninstalled mobile (motive) engines.</P>
          <P>
            <E T="03">Hazardous Air Pollutant (HAP)</E> means any air pollutant listed in or pursuant to section 112(b) of the CAA.</P>
          <P>
            <E T="03">Internal combustion engine</E> means a device in which air enters a combustion chamber, is mixed with fuel, compressed in the chamber, and combusted. Fuel may enter the combustion chamber with the air or be injected into the combustion chamber. Expansion of the hot combustion gases in the chamber rotates a shaft, either through a reciprocating or rotary action. For purposes of this subpart, this definition does not include combustion turbine engines.</P>
          <P>
            <E T="03">Major source,</E> as used in this subpart, shall have the same meaning as in § 63.2.</P>
          <P>
            <E T="03">Malfunction</E> means any sudden, infrequent, and not reasonably preventable <PRTPAGE P="42"/>failure of air pollution control equipment, process equipment, or a process to operate in a normal or usual manner which causes, or has the potential to cause, the emission limitations in an applicable standard to be exceeded. Failures that are caused in part by poor maintenance or careless operation are not malfunctions.</P>
          <P>
            <E T="03">Rated power</E> means the maximum power output of an engine in use.</P>
          <P>
            <E T="03">Potential to emit</E> means the maximum capacity of a stationary source to emit a pollutant under its physical and operational design. Any physical or operational limitation on the capacity of the stationary source to emit a pollutant, including air pollution control equipment and restrictions on hours of operation or on the type or amount of material combusted, stored, or processed, shall be treated as part of its design if the limitation or the effect it would have on emissions is federally enforceable.</P>
          <P>
            <E T="03">Responsible official</E> means responsible official as defined by 40 CFR 70.2.</P>
          <P>
            <E T="03">Rocket engine</E> means a device consisting of a combustion chamber in which materials referred to as propellants, which provide both the fuel and the oxygen for combustion, are burned. Combustion gases escape through a nozzle, providing thrust.</P>
          <P>
            <E T="03">Uninstalled engine</E> means an engine not installed in, or an integrated part of, the final product.</P>
          <CITA>[68 FR 28785, May 27, 2003, as amended at 71 FR 20470, Apr. 20, 2006]</CITA>
        </SECTION>
      </SUBJGRP>
      <APPENDIX>
        <EAR>Pt. 63, Subpt. PPPPP, Table 1</EAR>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">Table 1 to Subpart PPPPP of Part 63—Emission Limitations</HD>
        <P>You must comply with the emission limits that apply to your affected source in the following table as required by § 63.9300.</P>
        <GPOTABLE CDEF="s100,r100" COLS="2" OPTS="L2">
          <BOXHD>
            <CHED H="1" O="L">For each new or reconstructed affected source located at a major source facility that is used in whole or in part for testing . . .</CHED>
            <CHED H="1" O="L">You must meet one of the following emission limitations:</CHED>
          </BOXHD>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">1. internal combustion engines with rated power of 25 hp (19 kW) or more</ENT>

            <ENT>a. limit the concentration of CO or THC to 20 ppmvd or less (corrected to 15 percent O<E T="52">2</E> content); or<LI>b. achieve a reduction in CO or THC of 96 percent or more between the inlet and outlet concentrations (corrected to 15 percent O<E T="52">2</E> content) of the emission control device.</LI>
            </ENT>
          </ROW>
        </GPOTABLE>
      </APPENDIX>
      <APPENDIX>
        <EAR>Pt. 63, Subpt. PPPPP, Table 2</EAR>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">Table 2 to Subpart PPPPP of Part 63—Operating Limits</HD>
        <P>If you are required to comply with operating limits in § 63.9302, you must comply with the applicable operating limits in the following table:</P>
        <GPOTABLE CDEF="s100,r100,r100" COLS="3" OPTS="L2">
          <BOXHD>
            <CHED H="1" O="L">For the following device . . .</CHED>
            <CHED H="1" O="L">You must meet the following operating limit . . .</CHED>
            <CHED H="1" O="L">and you must demonstrate continuous compliance with the operating limit by . . .</CHED>
          </BOXHD>
          <ROW RUL="s">
            <ENT I="01">1. Thermal oxidizer</ENT>
            <ENT>a. The average combustion temperature in any 3-hour period must not fall below the combustion temperature limit established according to § 63.9324(a)</ENT>
            <ENT>i. Collecting the combustion temperature data according to § 63.9306(c);<LI>ii. Reducing the data to 3-hour block averages; and</LI>
              <LI>iii. Maintaining the 3-hour average combustion temperature at or above the temperature limit.</LI>
            </ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">2. Catalytic oxidizer</ENT>
            <ENT>a. The average temperature measured just before the catalyst bed in any 3-hour period must not fall below the limit established according to § 63.9324(b)</ENT>
            <ENT>i. Collecting the temperature data according to § 63.9306(c);<LI>ii. Reducing the data to 3-hour block averages; and</LI>
              <LI>iii. Maintaining the 3-hour average temperature before the catalyst bed at or above the temperature limit.</LI>
            </ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW RUL="s">
            <PRTPAGE P="43"/>
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT>b. Either ensure that the average temperature difference across the catalyst bed in any 3-hour period does not fall below the temperature difference limit established according to § 63.9324(b)(2) or develop and implement an inspection and maintenance plan according to § 63.9324(b)(3) and (4)</ENT>
            <ENT>i. Either collecting the temperature data according to § 63.9306(c), reducing the data to 3-hour block averages, and maintaining the 3-hour average temperature difference at or above the temperature difference limit; or<LI>ii. Complying with the inspection and maintenance plan developed according to § 63.9324(b)(3) and (4).</LI>
            </ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">3. Emission capture system that is a PTE according to § 63.9322(a)</ENT>
            <ENT O="xl">a. The direction of the air flow at all times must be into the enclosure; and either</ENT>
            <ENT>i. Collecting the direction of air flow; and either the facial velocity of air through all natural draft openings according to § 63.9306(d)(1) or the pressure drop across the enclosure according to § 63.9306(d)(2); and<LI>ii. Maintaining the facial velocity of air flow through all natural draft openings or the pressure drop at or above the facial velocity limit or pressure drop limit, and maintaining the direction of air flow into the enclosure at all times.</LI>
            </ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT O="xl">b. The average facial velocity of air through all natural draft openings in the enclosure must be at least 200 feet per minute; or</ENT>
            <ENT>Follow the requirements in 3ai and ii of this table.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW RUL="s">
            <ENT I="22"/>

            <ENT>c. The pressure drop across the enclosure must be at least 0.007 inch H<E T="52">2</E>O, as established in Method 204 of appendix M to 40 CFR part 51</ENT>
            <ENT>Follow the requirements in 3ai and ii of this table.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">4. Emission capture system that is not a PTE according to § 63.9322(a)</ENT>
            <ENT>a. The average gas volumetric flow rate or duct static pressure in each duct between a capture device and add-on control device inlet in any 3-hour period must not fall below the average volumetric flow rate or duct static pressure limit established for that capture device according § 63.9306(d)</ENT>
            <ENT>i. Collecting the gas volumetric flow rate or duct static pressure for each capture device according to § 63.9306(d);<LI>ii. Reducing the data to 3-hour block averages; and</LI>
              <LI>iii. Maintaining the 3-hour average gas volumetric flow rate or duct static pressure for each capture device at or above the gas volumetric flow rate or duct static pressure limit.</LI>
            </ENT>
          </ROW>
        </GPOTABLE>
      </APPENDIX>
      <APPENDIX>
        <EAR>Pt. 63, Subpt. PPPPP, Table 3</EAR>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">Table 3 to Subpart PPPPP of Part 63—Requirements for Initial Compliance Demonstrations</HD>
        <P>As stated in § 63.9321, you must demonstrate initial compliance with each emission limitation that applies to you according to the following table:</P>
        <GPOTABLE CDEF="s50,r50,r50,r50" COLS="4" OPTS="L2">
          <BOXHD>
            <CHED H="1" O="L">For each new or reconstructed affected source complying with . . .</CHED>
            <CHED H="1" O="L">You must . . .</CHED>
            <CHED H="1" O="L">Using . . .</CHED>
            <CHED H="1" O="L">According to the following requirements . . .</CHED>
          </BOXHD>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">1. The CO or THC outlet concentration emission limitation</ENT>
            <ENT>a. Demonstrate CO or THC emissions are 20 ppmvd or less</ENT>
            <ENT O="xl">i. EPA Methods 3A and 10 of appendix A to 40 CFR part 60 for CO measurement or EPA Method 25A of appendix A to 40 CFR part 60 for THC measurement; or</ENT>

            <ENT>You must demonstrate that the outlet concentration of CO or THC emissions from the test cell/stand or emission control device is 20 ppmvd or less, corrected to 15 percent O<E T="52">2</E> content, using the first 4-hour rolling average after a successful performance evaluation.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW RUL="s">
            <PRTPAGE P="44"/>
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT O="xl"/>
            <ENT>ii. A CEMS for CO or THC and O<E T="52">2</E> at the outlet of the engine test cell/stand or emission control device</ENT>

            <ENT>This demonstration is conducted immediately following a successful performance evaluation of the CEMS as required in § 63.9320(b). The demonstration consists of the first 4-hour rolling average of measurements. The CO or THC concentration must be corrected to 15 percent O<E T="52">2</E> content, dry basis using Equation 1 in § 63.9320.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">2. The CO or THC percent reduction emission limitation</ENT>
            <ENT>a. Demonstrate a reduction in CO or THC of 96 percent or more</ENT>
            <ENT O="xl">i. You must conduct an initial performance test to determine the capture and control efficiencies of the equipment and to establish operating limits to be achieved on a continuous basis; or</ENT>

            <ENT>You must demonstrate that the reduction in CO or THC emissions is at least 96 percent using the first 4-hour rolling average after a successful performance evaluation. Your inlet and outlet measurements must be on a dry basis and corrected to 15 percent O<E T="52">2</E> content.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT O="xl"/>
            <ENT>ii. A CEMS for CO or THC and O<E T="52">2</E> at both the inlet and outlet of the emission control device</ENT>

            <ENT>This demonstration is conducted immediately following a successful performance evaluation of the CEMS as required in § 63.9320(b). The demonstration consists of the first 4-hour rolling average of measurements. The inlet and outlet CO or THC concentrations must be corrected to 15 percent O<E T="52">2</E> content using Equation 1 in § 63.9320. The reduction in CO or THC is calculated using Equation 2 in § 63.9320.</ENT>
          </ROW>
        </GPOTABLE>
      </APPENDIX>
      <APPENDIX>
        <EAR>Pt. 63, Subpt. PPPPP, Table 4</EAR>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">Table 4 to Subpart PPPPP of Part 63—Initial Compliance With Emission Limitations</HD>
        <P>As stated in § 63.9330, you must demonstrate initial compliance with each emission limitation that applies to you according to the following table:</P>
        <GPOTABLE CDEF="s100,r100" COLS="2" OPTS="L2">
          <BOXHD>
            <CHED H="1">For the . . .</CHED>
            <CHED H="1" O="L">You have demonstrated initial compliance if . . .</CHED>
          </BOXHD>
          <ROW RUL="s">
            <ENT I="01">1. CO or THC concentration emission limitation</ENT>

            <ENT>The first 4-hour rolling average CO or THC concentration is 20 ppmvd or less, corrected to 15 percent O<E T="52">2</E> content.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">2. CO or THC percent reduction emission limitation</ENT>

            <ENT>The first 4-hour rolling average reduction in CO or THC is 96 percent or more, dry basis, corrected to 15 percent O<E T="52">2</E> content.</ENT>
          </ROW>
        </GPOTABLE>
      </APPENDIX>
      <APPENDIX>
        <EAR>Pt. 63, Subpt. PPPPP, Table 5</EAR>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">Table 5 to Subpart PPPPP of Part 63—Continuous Compliance with Emission Limitations</HD>

        <P>As stated in § 63.9340, you must demonstrate continuous compliance with each emission limitation that applies to you according to the following table:<PRTPAGE P="45"/>
        </P>
        <GPOTABLE CDEF="s100,r100,r100" COLS="3" OPTS="L2">
          <BOXHD>
            <CHED H="1" O="L">For the . . .</CHED>
            <CHED H="1" O="L">You must . . .</CHED>
            <CHED H="1" O="L">By . . .</CHED>
          </BOXHD>
          <ROW RUL="s">
            <ENT I="01">1. CO or THC concentration emission limitation</ENT>
            <ENT>a. Demonstrate CO or THC emissions are 20 ppmvd or less over each 4-hour rolling averaging period</ENT>

            <ENT>i. Collecting the CPMS data according to § 63.9306(a), reducing the measurements to 1-hour averages; or<LI>ii. Collecting the CEMS data according to § 63.9307(a), reducing the measurements to 1-hour averages, correcting them to 15 percent O<E T="52">2</E> content, dry basis, according to § 63.9320;</LI>
            </ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">2. CO or THC percent reduction emission limitation</ENT>
            <ENT>a. Demonstrate a reduction in CO or THC of 96 percent or more over each 4-hour rolling averaging period</ENT>

            <ENT>i. Collecting the CPMS data according to § 63.9306(a), reducing the measurements to 1-hour averages; or<LI>ii. Collecting the CEMS data according to § 63.9307(b), reducing the measurements to 1-hour averages, correcting them to 15 percent O<E T="52">2</E> content, dry basis, calculating the CO or THC percent reduction according to § 63.9320.</LI>
            </ENT>
          </ROW>
        </GPOTABLE>
      </APPENDIX>
      <APPENDIX>
        <EAR>Pt. 63, Subpt. PPPPP, Table 6</EAR>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">Table 6 to Subpart PPPPP of Part 63—Requirements for Reports</HD>
        <P>As stated in § 63.9350, you must submit each report that applies to you according to the following table:</P>
        <GPOTABLE CDEF="s100,r100,r100" COLS="3" OPTS="L2">
          <BOXHD>
            <CHED H="1" O="L">If you own or operate a new or reconstructed affected source that must comply with emission limitations, you must submit a . . .</CHED>
            <CHED H="1" O="L">The report must contain . . .</CHED>
            <CHED H="1" O="L">You must submit the report . . .</CHED>
          </BOXHD>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">1. Compliance report</ENT>
            <ENT>a. If there are no deviations from the emission limitations that apply to you, a statement that there were no deviations from the emission limitations during the reporting period</ENT>
            <ENT>Semiannually, according to the requirements in § 63.9350.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT>b. If there were no periods during which the CEMS or CPMS were out of control as specified in § 63.8(c)(7), a statement that there were no periods during which the CEMS or CPMS was out of control during the reporting period</ENT>
            <ENT>Semiannually, according to the requirements in § 63.9350.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT>c. If you have a deviation from any emission limitation during the reporting period, the report must contain the information in § 63.9350(c)</ENT>
            <ENT>Semiannually, according to the requirements in § 63.9350.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT>d. If there were periods during which the CEMS or CPMS were out of control, as specified in § 63.8(c)(7), that report must contain the information in § 63.9350(d)</ENT>
            <ENT>Semiannually, according to the requirements in § 63.9350.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT>e. If you had an SSM of a control device or associated monitoring equipment during the reporting period, the report must include the information in § 63.10(d)(5)(i)</ENT>
            <ENT>Semiannually, according to the requirements in § 63.9350.</ENT>
          </ROW>
        </GPOTABLE>
      </APPENDIX>
      <APPENDIX>
        <EAR>Pt. 63, Subpt. PPPPP, Table 7</EAR>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">Table 7 to Subpart PPPPP of Part 63—Applicability of General Provisions to Subpart PPPPP</HD>
        <P>As stated in 63.9365, you must comply with the General Provisions in §§ 63.1 through 63.15 that apply to you according to the following table:</P>
        <GPOTABLE CDEF="s50,r50,r50,r50" COLS="4" OPTS="L2">
          <BOXHD>
            <CHED H="1">Citation</CHED>
            <CHED H="1">Subject</CHED>
            <CHED H="1">Brief description</CHED>
            <CHED H="1">Applies to subpart PPPPP</CHED>
          </BOXHD>
          <ROW RUL="s">
            <ENT I="01">§ 63.1(a)(1)</ENT>
            <ENT>Applicability</ENT>
            <ENT>General applicability of the General Provisions</ENT>
            <ENT>Yes. Additional terms defined in § 63.9375.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW RUL="s">
            <ENT I="01">§ 63.1(a)(2)-(4)</ENT>
            <ENT>Applicability</ENT>
            <ENT>Applicability of source categories</ENT>
            <ENT>Yes.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW RUL="s">
            <PRTPAGE P="46"/>
            <ENT I="01">§ 63.1(a)(5)</ENT>
            <ENT>[Reserved]</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW RUL="s">
            <ENT I="01">§ 63.1(a)(6)-(7)</ENT>
            <ENT>Applicability</ENT>
            <ENT>Contact for source category information; extension of compliance through early reduction</ENT>
            <ENT>Yes.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW RUL="s">
            <ENT I="01">§ 63.1(a)(8)</ENT>
            <ENT>Applicability</ENT>
            <ENT>Establishment of State rules or programs</ENT>
            <ENT>No. Refers to State programs.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW RUL="s">
            <ENT I="01">§ 63.1(a)(9)</ENT>
            <ENT>[Reserved]</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW RUL="s">
            <ENT I="01">§ 63.1(a)(10)-(14)</ENT>
            <ENT>Applicability</ENT>
            <ENT>Explanation of time periods, postmark deadlines</ENT>
            <ENT>Yes.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW RUL="s">
            <ENT I="01">§ 63.1(b)(1)</ENT>
            <ENT>Applicability</ENT>
            <ENT>Initial applicability</ENT>
            <ENT>Yes. Subpart PPPPP clarifies applicability at § 63.9285.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW RUL="s">
            <ENT I="01">§ 63.1(b)(2)</ENT>
            <ENT>Applicability</ENT>
            <ENT>Title V operating permit-reference to part 70</ENT>
            <ENT>Yes. All major affected sources are required to obtain a Title V permit.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW RUL="s">
            <ENT I="01">§ 63.1(b)(3)</ENT>
            <ENT>Applicability</ENT>
            <ENT>Record of applicability determination</ENT>
            <ENT>Yes.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW RUL="s">
            <ENT I="01">§ 63.1(c)(1)</ENT>
            <ENT>Applicability</ENT>
            <ENT>Applicability after standards are set</ENT>
            <ENT>Yes. Subpart PPPPP clarifies the applicability of each paragraph of subpart A to sources subject to subpart PPPPP.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW RUL="s">
            <ENT I="01">§ 63.1(c)(2)</ENT>
            <ENT>Applicability</ENT>
            <ENT>Title V permit requirement for area sources</ENT>
            <ENT>No. Area sources are not subject to subpart PPPPP.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW RUL="s">
            <ENT I="01">§ 63.1(c)(3)</ENT>
            <ENT>[Reserved]</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW RUL="s">
            <ENT I="01">§ 63.1(c)(4)</ENT>
            <ENT>Applicability</ENT>
            <ENT>Extension of compliance for existing sources</ENT>
            <ENT>No. Existing sources are not covered by the substantive control requirements of subpart PPPPP.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW RUL="s">
            <ENT I="01">§ 63.1(c)(5)</ENT>
            <ENT>Applicability</ENT>
            <ENT>Notification requirements for an area source becoming a major source</ENT>
            <ENT>Yes.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW RUL="s">
            <ENT I="01">§ 63.1(d)</ENT>
            <ENT>[Reserved]</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW RUL="s">
            <ENT I="01">§ 63.1(e)</ENT>
            <ENT>Applicability</ENT>
            <ENT>Applicability of permit program before a relevant standard has been set</ENT>
            <ENT>Yes.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW RUL="s">
            <ENT I="01">§ 63.2</ENT>
            <ENT>Definitions</ENT>
            <ENT>Definitions for Part 63 standards</ENT>
            <ENT>Yes. Additional definitions are specified in § 63.9375.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW RUL="s">
            <ENT I="01">§ 63.3</ENT>
            <ENT>Units and Abbreviations</ENT>
            <ENT>Units and abbreviations for Part 63 standards</ENT>
            <ENT>Yes.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW RUL="s">
            <ENT I="01">§ 63.4</ENT>
            <ENT>Prohibited Activities</ENT>
            <ENT>Prohibited activities; compliance date; circumvention, severability</ENT>
            <ENT>Yes.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW RUL="s">
            <ENT I="01">§ 63.5(a)</ENT>
            <ENT>Construction/Reconstruction</ENT>
            <ENT>Construction and reconstruction—applicability</ENT>
            <ENT>Yes.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW RUL="s">
            <ENT I="01">§ 63.5(b)(1)</ENT>
            <ENT>Construction/Reconstruction</ENT>
            <ENT>Requirements upon construction or reconstruction</ENT>
            <ENT>Yes.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW RUL="s">
            <ENT I="01">§ 63.5(b)(2)</ENT>
            <ENT O="xl">[Reserved].</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW RUL="s">
            <ENT I="01">§ 63.5(b)(3)</ENT>
            <ENT>Construction/Reconstruction</ENT>
            <ENT>Approval of construction</ENT>
            <ENT>Yes.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW RUL="s">
            <ENT I="01">§ 63.5(b)(4)</ENT>
            <ENT>Construction/Reconstruction</ENT>
            <ENT>Notification of construction</ENT>
            <ENT>Yes.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW RUL="s">
            <ENT I="01">§ 63.5(b)(5)</ENT>
            <ENT>Construction/Reconstruction</ENT>
            <ENT>Compliance</ENT>
            <ENT>Yes.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW RUL="s">
            <PRTPAGE P="47"/>
            <ENT I="01">§ 63.5(b)(6)</ENT>
            <ENT>Construction/Reconstruction</ENT>
            <ENT>Addition of equipment</ENT>
            <ENT>Yes.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW RUL="s">
            <ENT I="01">§ 63.5(c)</ENT>
            <ENT O="xl">[Reserved]</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW RUL="s">
            <ENT I="01">§ 63.5(d)</ENT>
            <ENT>Construction/Reconstruction</ENT>
            <ENT>Application for construction reconstruction</ENT>
            <ENT>Yes.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW RUL="s">
            <ENT I="01">§ 63.5(e)</ENT>
            <ENT>Construction/Reconstruction</ENT>
            <ENT>Approval of construction or reconstruction</ENT>
            <ENT>Yes.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW RUL="s">
            <ENT I="01">§ 63.5(f)</ENT>
            <ENT>Construction/Reconstruction</ENT>
            <ENT>Approval of construction or reconstruction based on prior State review</ENT>
            <ENT>Yes.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW RUL="s">
            <ENT I="01">§ 63.6(a)</ENT>
            <ENT>Applicability</ENT>
            <ENT>Applicability of standards and monitoring requirements</ENT>
            <ENT>Yes.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW RUL="s">
            <ENT I="01">§ 63.6(b)(1)-(2)</ENT>
            <ENT>Compliance Dates for New and Reconstructed Sources</ENT>
            <ENT>Standards apply at effective date; 3 years after effective date; upon startup; 10 years after construction or reconstruction commences for 112(f)</ENT>
            <ENT>Yes.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW RUL="s">
            <ENT I="01">§ 63.6(b)(3)</ENT>
            <ENT>Compliance Dates for New and Reconstructed Sources</ENT>
            <ENT>Compliance dates for sources constructed or reconstructed before effective date</ENT>
            <ENT>No. Compliance is required by startup or effective date.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW RUL="s">
            <ENT I="01">§ 63.6(b)(4)</ENT>
            <ENT>Compliance Dates for New and Reconstructed Sources</ENT>
            <ENT>Compliance dates for sources also subject to § 112(f) standards</ENT>
            <ENT>Yes.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW RUL="s">
            <ENT I="01">§ 63.6(b)(5)</ENT>
            <ENT>Compliance Dates for New and Reconstructed Sources</ENT>
            <ENT>Notification</ENT>
            <ENT>Yes.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW RUL="s">
            <ENT I="01">§ 63.6(b)(6)</ENT>
            <ENT O="xl">[Reserved].</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW RUL="s">
            <ENT I="01">§ 63.6(b)(7)</ENT>
            <ENT>Compliance Dates for New and Reconstructed Sources</ENT>
            <ENT>Compliance dates for new and reconstructed area sources that become major</ENT>
            <ENT>Yes.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW RUL="s">
            <ENT I="01">§ 63.6(c)(1)-(2)</ENT>
            <ENT>Compliance Dates for Existing Sources</ENT>
            <ENT>Effective date establishes compliance date</ENT>
            <ENT>No. Existing sources are not covered by the substantive control requirements of subpart PPPPP.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW RUL="s">
            <ENT I="01">§ 63.6(c)(3)-(4)</ENT>
            <ENT O="xl">[Reserved].</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW RUL="s">
            <ENT I="01">§ 63.6(c)(5)</ENT>
            <ENT>Compliance Dates for Existing Sources</ENT>
            <ENT>Compliance dates for existing area sources that becomes major</ENT>
            <ENT>Yes. If the area source become a major source by addition or reconstruction, the added or reconstructed portion will be subject to subpart PPPPP.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW RUL="s">
            <ENT I="01">§ 63.6(d)</ENT>
            <ENT O="xl">[Reserved].</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW RUL="s">
            <ENT I="01">§ 63.6(e)(1)-(2)</ENT>
            <ENT>Operation and Maintenance Requirements</ENT>
            <ENT>Operation and maintenance</ENT>
            <ENT>Yes. Except that you are not required to have an SSMP for control devices and associated monitoring equipment.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW RUL="s">
            <ENT I="01">§ 63.6(e)(3)</ENT>
            <ENT>SSMP</ENT>
            <ENT>1. Requirement for SSM and SSMP<LI O="xl">2. Content of SSMP.</LI>
            </ENT>
            <ENT>Yes.You must develop an SSMP for each control device and associated monitoring equipment.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW RUL="s">
            <PRTPAGE P="48"/>
            <ENT I="01">§ 63.6(f)(1)</ENT>
            <ENT>Compliance Except During SSM</ENT>
            <ENT>You must comply with emission standards at all times except during SSM of control devices or associated monitoring equipment</ENT>
            <ENT>Yes, but you must comply with emission standards at all times except during SSM of control devices and associated monitoring equipment only.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW RUL="s">
            <ENT I="01">§ 63.6(f)(2)-(3)</ENT>
            <ENT>Methods for Determining Compliance</ENT>
            <ENT>Compliance based on performance test, operation and maintenance plans, records, inspection</ENT>
            <ENT>Yes.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW RUL="s">
            <ENT I="01">§ 63.6(g)(1)-(3)</ENT>
            <ENT>Alternative Standard</ENT>
            <ENT>Procedures for getting an alternative standard</ENT>
            <ENT>Yes.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW RUL="s">
            <ENT I="01">§ 63.6(h)</ENT>
            <ENT>Opacity/Visible Emission (VE) Standards</ENT>
            <ENT>Requirements for opacity/VE standards</ENT>
            <ENT>No. Subpart PPPPP does not establish opacity/VE standards and does not require continuous opacity monitoring systems (COMS).</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW RUL="s">
            <ENT I="01">§ 63.6(i)(1)-(14)</ENT>
            <ENT>Compliance Extension</ENT>
            <ENT>Procedures and criteria for Administrator to grant compliance extension</ENT>
            <ENT>No. Compliance extension provisions apply to existing sources, which do not have emission limitations in subpart PPPPP.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW RUL="s">
            <ENT I="01">§ 63.6(j)</ENT>
            <ENT>Presidential Compliance Exemption</ENT>
            <ENT>President may exempt source category from requirement to comply with rule</ENT>
            <ENT>Yes.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW RUL="s">
            <ENT I="01">§ 63.7(a)(1)-(2)</ENT>
            <ENT>Performance Test Dates</ENT>
            <ENT>Dates for conducting initial performance testing and other compliance demonstrations: Must conduct within 180 days after first subject to rule</ENT>
            <ENT>Yes.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW RUL="s">
            <ENT I="01">§ 63.7(a)(3)</ENT>
            <ENT>Section 114 Authority</ENT>
            <ENT>Administrator may require a performance test under CAA Section 114 at any time</ENT>
            <ENT>Yes.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW RUL="s">
            <ENT I="01">§ 63.7(b)(1)</ENT>
            <ENT>Notification Performance Test</ENT>
            <ENT>Must notify Administrator 60 days before the test</ENT>
            <ENT>Yes.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW RUL="s">
            <ENT I="01">§ 63.7(b)(2)</ENT>
            <ENT>Notification of Rescheduling</ENT>
            <ENT>If have to reschedule performance test, must notify Administrator 5 days before schedule date of rescheduled date</ENT>
            <ENT>Yes.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">§ 63.7(c)</ENT>
            <ENT>Quality Assurance/Test Plan</ENT>
            <ENT>1. Requirement to submit site-specific test plan 60 days before the test or on date Administrator agrees with</ENT>
            <ENT>Yes.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT O="xl"/>
            <ENT>2. Test plan approval procedures</ENT>
            <ENT>Yes.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT O="xl"/>
            <ENT>3. Performance audit requirements</ENT>
            <ENT>Yes.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW RUL="s">
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT O="xl"/>
            <ENT>4. Internal and external QA procedures for testing</ENT>
            <ENT>Yes.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW RUL="s">
            <ENT I="01">§ 63.7(d)</ENT>
            <ENT>Testing Facilities</ENT>
            <ENT>Requirements for testing facilities</ENT>
            <ENT>Yes.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW RUL="s">
            <PRTPAGE P="49"/>
            <ENT I="01">§ 63.7(e)(1)</ENT>
            <ENT>Conditions for Conducting Performance Tests</ENT>
            <ENT>Performance tests must be conducted under representative conditions; cannot conduct performance tests during SSM; not a violation to exceed standard during SSM</ENT>
            <ENT>Yes.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW RUL="s">
            <ENT I="01">§ 63.7(e)(2)</ENT>
            <ENT>Conditions for Conducting Performance Tests</ENT>
            <ENT>Must conduct according to rule and EPA test methods unless Administrator approves alternative</ENT>
            <ENT>Yes.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">§ 63.7(e)(3)</ENT>
            <ENT>Test Run Duration</ENT>
            <ENT>1. Must have three test runs of at least 1 hour each</ENT>
            <ENT>Yes.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT O="xl"/>
            <ENT>2. Compliance is based on arithmetic mean of three runs</ENT>
            <ENT>Yes.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW RUL="s">
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT O="xl"/>
            <ENT>3. Conditions when data from an additional test run can be used</ENT>
            <ENT>Yes.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW RUL="s">
            <ENT I="01">§ 63.7(e)(4)</ENT>
            <ENT>Other Performance Testing</ENT>
            <ENT>Administrator may require other testing under section 114 of the CAA</ENT>
            <ENT>Yes.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW RUL="s">
            <ENT I="01">§ 63.7(f)</ENT>
            <ENT>Alternative Test Method</ENT>
            <ENT>Procedures by which Administrator can grant approval to use an alternative test method</ENT>
            <ENT>Yes.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">§ 63.7(g)</ENT>
            <ENT>Performance Test Data Analysis</ENT>
            <ENT>1. Must include raw data in performance test report</ENT>
            <ENT>Yes.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT O="xl"/>
            <ENT>2. Must submit performance test data 60 days after end of test with the Notification of Compliance Status</ENT>
            <ENT>Yes.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW RUL="s">
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT O="xl"/>
            <ENT>3. Keep data for 5 years</ENT>
            <ENT>Yes.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">§ 63.7(h)</ENT>
            <ENT>Waiver of Tests</ENT>
            <ENT>Procedures for Administrator to waive performance test</ENT>
            <ENT>Yes.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW RUL="s">
            <ENT I="01">§ 63.8(a)(1)</ENT>
            <ENT>Applicability of Monitoring Requirements</ENT>
            <ENT>Subject to all monitoring requirements in standard</ENT>
            <ENT>Yes. Subpart PPPPP contains specific requirements for monitoring at § 63.9325.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW RUL="s">
            <ENT I="01">§ 63.8(a)(2)</ENT>
            <ENT>Performance Specifications</ENT>
            <ENT>Performance Specifications in appendix B of part 60 apply</ENT>
            <ENT>Yes.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW RUL="s">
            <ENT I="01">§ 63.8(a)(3)</ENT>
            <ENT O="xl">[Reserved]</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW RUL="s">
            <ENT I="01">§ 63.8(a)(4)</ENT>
            <ENT>Monitoring with Flares</ENT>
            <ENT>Unless your rule says otherwise, the requirements for flares in 63.11 apply</ENT>
            <ENT>No. Subpart PPPPP does not have monitoring requirements for flares.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW RUL="s">
            <ENT I="01">§ 63.8(b)(1)</ENT>
            <ENT>Monitoring</ENT>
            <ENT>Must conduct monitoring according to standard unless Administrator approves alternative</ENT>
            <ENT>Yes.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">§ 63.8(b)(2)-(3)</ENT>
            <ENT>Multiple Effluents and Multiple Monitoring Systems</ENT>
            <ENT>1. Specific requirements for installing monitoring systems</ENT>
            <ENT>Yes.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT O="xl"/>
            <ENT>2. Must install on each effluent before it is combined and before it is released to the atmosphere unless Administrator approves otherwise</ENT>
            <ENT>Yes.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW RUL="s">
            <PRTPAGE P="50"/>
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT O="xl"/>
            <ENT>3. If more than one monitoring system on an emission point, must report all monitoring system results, unless one monitoring system is a backup</ENT>
            <ENT>Yes.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW RUL="s">
            <ENT I="01">§ 63.8(c)(1)</ENT>
            <ENT>Monitoring System Operation and Maintenance</ENT>
            <ENT>Maintain monitoring system in a manner consistent with good air pollution control practices</ENT>
            <ENT>Yes.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">§ 63.8(c)(1)(i)</ENT>
            <ENT>Routine and predictable CMS malfunctions</ENT>
            <ENT>1. Keep parts for routine repairs of CMS readily available<LI>2. Reporting requirements for SSM when action is described in SSMP</LI>
            </ENT>
            <ENT>Yes.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW RUL="s">
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT O="xl"/>
            <ENT>3. Reporting requirements for SSM when action is described in SSMP</ENT>
            <ENT>Yes.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW RUL="s">
            <ENT I="01">§ 63.8(c)(1)(ii)</ENT>
            <ENT>SSM of CMS Not in SSMP</ENT>
            <ENT>Reporting requirements for SSM of CMS when action is not described in SSMP</ENT>
            <ENT>Yes.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW RUL="s">
            <ENT I="01">§ 63.8(c)(1)(iii)</ENT>
            <ENT>Compliance with Operation and Maintenance Requirements</ENT>

            <ENT>1. How Administrator determines if source complying with operation and maintenance requirements<LI O="xl">2. Review of source O&amp;M procedures, records, manufacturer's instructions and recommendations, and inspection</LI>
            </ENT>
            <ENT>Yes.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">§ 63.8(c)(2)-(3)</ENT>
            <ENT>Monitoring System Installation</ENT>
            <ENT>1. Must install to get representative emission of parameter measurements</ENT>
            <ENT>Yes.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW RUL="s">
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT O="xl"/>
            <ENT>2. Must verify operational status before or at performance test</ENT>
            <ENT>Yes.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">§ 63.8(c)(4)</ENT>
            <ENT>Continuous Monitoring System (CMS) Requirements</ENT>
            <ENT>1. CMS must be operating except during breakdown, out of control, repair, maintenance, and high-level calibration drifts</ENT>
            <ENT>No. Follow specific requirements in § 63.9335(a) and (b) of subpart PPPPP.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT O="xl"/>
            <ENT>2. COMS must have a minimum of one cycle of sampling and analysis for each successive 10-second period and one cycle of data recording for each successive 6-minute period</ENT>
            <ENT>No. Follow specific requirements in § 63.9335(a) and (b) of subpart PPPP.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW RUL="s">
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT O="xl"/>
            <ENT>3. CEMS must have a minimum of one cycle of operation for each successive 15-minute period</ENT>
            <ENT>No. Follow specific requirements in § 63.9335(a) and (b) of subpart PPPPP.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW RUL="s">
            <ENT I="01">§ 63.8(c)(5)</ENT>
            <ENT>COMS Minimum Procedures</ENT>
            <ENT>COMS minimum procedures</ENT>
            <ENT>No. Subpart PPPPP does not have opacity/VE standards.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW RUL="s">
            <ENT I="01">§ 63.8(c)(6)-(8)</ENT>
            <ENT>CMS Requirements</ENT>
            <ENT>Zero and high-level calibration check requirements, out-of-control periods</ENT>
            <ENT>Yes. Except that PPPP does not require COMS.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">§ 63.8(d)</ENT>
            <ENT>CMS Quality Control</ENT>
            <ENT>1. Requirements for CMS quality control, including calibration, etc</ENT>
            <ENT>Yes.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW RUL="s">
            <PRTPAGE P="51"/>
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT O="xl"/>
            <ENT>2. Must keep quality control plan on record for 5 years. Keep old versions for 5 years after revisions</ENT>
            <ENT>Yes.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW RUL="s">
            <ENT I="01">§ 63.8(e)</ENT>
            <ENT>CMS Performance Evaluation</ENT>
            <ENT>Notification, performance evaluation test plan, reports</ENT>
            <ENT>Yes. Except for § 63.8(e)(5)(ii), which applies to COMS.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW RUL="s">
            <ENT I="01">§ 63.8(f)(1)-(5)</ENT>
            <ENT>Alternative Monitoring Method</ENT>
            <ENT>Procedures for Administrator to approve alternative monitoring</ENT>
            <ENT>Yes.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW RUL="s">
            <ENT I="01">§ 63.8(f)(6)</ENT>
            <ENT>Alternative to Relative Accuracy Test</ENT>
            <ENT>Procedures for Administrator to approve alternative relative accuracy tests for CEMS</ENT>
            <ENT>Yes.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW RUL="s">
            <ENT I="01">§ 63.8(g)</ENT>
            <ENT>Data Reduction</ENT>

            <ENT>1. COMS 6-minute averages calculated over at least 36 evenly spaced data points<LI O="xl">2. CEMS 1-hour averages computed over at least 4 equally spaced data points</LI>
            </ENT>
            <ENT>Yes. Except that provisions for COMS are not applicable. Averaging periods for demonstrating compliance are specified at § 63.9340.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW RUL="s">
            <ENT I="01">§ 63.8(g)(5)</ENT>
            <ENT>Data Reduction</ENT>
            <ENT>Data that cannot be used in computing averages for CEMS and COMS</ENT>
            <ENT>No. Specific language is located at § 63.9335(a).</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW RUL="s">
            <ENT I="01">§ 63.9(a)</ENT>
            <ENT>Notification Requirements</ENT>
            <ENT>Applicability and State delegation</ENT>
            <ENT>Yes.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">§ 63.9(b)(1)-(5)</ENT>
            <ENT>Initial Notifications</ENT>
            <ENT>1. Submit notification subject 120 days after effective date</ENT>
            <ENT>Yes.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT O="xl"/>
            <ENT>2. Notification of intent to construct/ reconstruct; notification of commencement of construct/ reconstruct; notification of startup</ENT>
            <ENT>Yes.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW RUL="s">
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT O="xl"/>
            <ENT>3. Contents of each</ENT>
            <ENT>Yes.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW RUL="s">
            <ENT I="01">§ 63.9(c)</ENT>
            <ENT>Request for Compliance Extension</ENT>
            <ENT>Can request if cannot comply by date or if installed BACT/LAER</ENT>
            <ENT>No. Compliance extensions do not apply to new or reconstructed sources.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW RUL="s">
            <ENT I="01">§ 63.9(d)</ENT>
            <ENT>Notification of Special Compliance Requirements for New Source</ENT>
            <ENT>For sources that commence construction between proposal and promulgation and want to comply 3 years after effective date</ENT>
            <ENT>Yes.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW RUL="s">
            <ENT I="01">§ 63.9(e)</ENT>
            <ENT>Notification of Performance Test</ENT>
            <ENT>Notify Administrator 60 days prior</ENT>
            <ENT>No. Subpart PPPPP does not require performance testing.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW RUL="s">
            <ENT I="01">§ 63.9(f)</ENT>
            <ENT>Notification of Opacity/VE Test</ENT>
            <ENT>Notify Administrator 30 days prior</ENT>
            <ENT>No. Subpart PPPPP does not have opacity/VE standards.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW RUL="s">
            <ENT I="01">§ 63.9(g)(1)</ENT>
            <ENT>Additional Notifications when Using CMS</ENT>
            <ENT>Notification of performance evaluation</ENT>
            <ENT>Yes.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW RUL="s">
            <ENT I="01">§ 63.9(g)(2)</ENT>
            <ENT>Additional Notifications when Using CMS</ENT>
            <ENT>Notification of use of COMS data</ENT>
            <ENT>No. Subpart PPPPP does not contain opacity or VE standards.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW RUL="s">
            <ENT I="01">§ 63.9(g)(3)</ENT>
            <ENT>Additional Notifications when Using CMS</ENT>
            <ENT>Notification that exceeded criterion for relative accuracy</ENT>
            <ENT>Yes. If alternative is in use.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">§ 63.9(h)(1)-(6)</ENT>
            <ENT>Notification of Compliance Status</ENT>
            <ENT>1. Contents</ENT>
            <ENT>Yes.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <PRTPAGE P="52"/>
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT O="xl"/>
            <ENT>2. Due 60 days after end of performance test or other compliance demonstration, except for opacity/VE, which are due 30 days after</ENT>
            <ENT>Yes.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW RUL="s">
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT O="xl"/>
            <ENT>3. When to submit to Federal vs. State authority</ENT>
            <ENT>Yes.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW RUL="s">
            <ENT I="01">§ 63.9(i)</ENT>
            <ENT>Adjustment of Submittal Deadlines</ENT>
            <ENT>Procedures for Administrator to approve change in when notifications must be submitted</ENT>
            <ENT>Yes.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW RUL="s">
            <ENT I="01">§ 63.9(j)</ENT>
            <ENT>Change in Previous Information</ENT>
            <ENT>Must submit within 15 days after the change</ENT>
            <ENT>Yes.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">§ 63.10(a)</ENT>
            <ENT>Recordkeeping/Reporting</ENT>
            <ENT>1. Applies to all, unless compliance extension</ENT>
            <ENT>Yes.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT O="xl"/>
            <ENT>2. When to submit to Federal vs. State authority</ENT>
            <ENT>Yes.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW RUL="s">
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT O="xl"/>
            <ENT>3. Procedures for owners of more than one source</ENT>
            <ENT>Yes.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">§ 63.10(b)(1)</ENT>
            <ENT>Recordkeeping/Reporting</ENT>
            <ENT>1. General requirements</ENT>
            <ENT>Yes.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT O="xl"/>
            <ENT>2. Keep all records readily available</ENT>
            <ENT>Yes.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW RUL="s">
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT O="xl"/>
            <ENT>3. Keep for 5 years</ENT>
            <ENT>Yes.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">§ 63.10(b)(2)(i)-(v)</ENT>
            <ENT>Records Related to SSM</ENT>
            <ENT>1. Occurrence of each of operation (process equipment)</ENT>
            <ENT>Yes.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT O="xl"/>
            <ENT>2. Occurrence of each malfunction of air pollution equipment</ENT>
            <ENT>Yes.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT O="xl"/>
            <ENT>3. Maintenance on air pollution control equipment</ENT>
            <ENT>Yes.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT O="xl"/>
            <ENT>4. Actions during SSM</ENT>
            <ENT>Yes.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW RUL="s">
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT O="xl"/>
            <ENT>5. All information necessary to demonstrate conformance with the SSMP</ENT>
            <ENT>Yes.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW RUL="s">
            <ENT I="01">§ 63.10(b)(2)(vi)-(xi)</ENT>
            <ENT>CMS Records</ENT>
            <ENT>Malfunctions, inoperative, out of control</ENT>
            <ENT>Yes.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW RUL="s">
            <ENT I="01">§ 63.10(b)(2)(xii)</ENT>
            <ENT>Records</ENT>
            <ENT>Records when under waiver</ENT>
            <ENT>Yes.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW RUL="s">
            <ENT I="01">§ 63.10(b)(2)(xiii)</ENT>
            <ENT>Records</ENT>
            <ENT>Records when using alternative to relative accuracy test</ENT>
            <ENT>Yes.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW RUL="s">
            <ENT I="01">§ 63.10(b)(2)(xiv)</ENT>
            <ENT>Records</ENT>
            <ENT>All documentation supporting initial notification and notification of compliance status</ENT>
            <ENT>Yes.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW RUL="s">
            <ENT I="01">§ 63.10(b)(3)</ENT>
            <ENT>Records</ENT>
            <ENT>Applicability determinations</ENT>
            <ENT>Yes.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW RUL="s">
            <ENT I="01">§ 63.10(c)(1)-(6), (9)-(15)</ENT>
            <ENT>Records</ENT>
            <ENT>Additional records for CEMS</ENT>
            <ENT>Yes.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW RUL="s">
            <ENT I="01">§ 63.10(c)(7)-(8)</ENT>
            <ENT>Records</ENT>
            <ENT>Records of excess emissions and parameter monitoring exceedances for CMS</ENT>
            <ENT>No. Specific language is located at § 63.9355 of subpart PPPPP.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW RUL="s">
            <ENT I="01">§ 63.10(d)(1)</ENT>
            <ENT>General Reporting Requirements</ENT>
            <ENT>Requirement to report</ENT>
            <ENT>Yes.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW RUL="s">
            <ENT I="01">§ 63.10(d)(2)</ENT>
            <ENT>Report of Performance Test Results</ENT>
            <ENT>When to submit to Federal or State authority</ENT>
            <ENT>Yes.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW RUL="s">
            <ENT I="01">§ 63.10(d)(3)</ENT>
            <ENT>Reporting Opacity or VE Observations</ENT>
            <ENT>What to report and when</ENT>
            <ENT>No. Subpart PPPPP does not have opacity/VE standards.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW RUL="s">
            <ENT I="01">§ 63.10(d)(4)</ENT>
            <ENT>Progress Reports</ENT>
            <ENT>Must submit progress reports on schedule if under compliance extension</ENT>
            <ENT>No. Compliance extensions do not apply to new or reconstructed sources.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW RUL="s">
            <PRTPAGE P="53"/>
            <ENT I="01">§ 63.10(d)(5)</ENT>
            <ENT>SSM Reports</ENT>
            <ENT>Contents and submission</ENT>
            <ENT>Yes.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW RUL="s">
            <ENT I="01">§ 63.10(e)(1) and (2)(i)</ENT>
            <ENT>Additional CMS Reports</ENT>
            <ENT>Additional CMS reports</ENT>
            <ENT>Yes.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW RUL="s">
            <ENT I="01">§ 63.10(e)(2)(ii)</ENT>
            <ENT>Additional CMS Reports</ENT>
            <ENT>COMS-related report</ENT>
            <ENT>No. Subpart PPPPP does not require COMS.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW RUL="s">
            <ENT I="01">§ 63.10(e)(3)</ENT>
            <ENT>Additional CMS Reports</ENT>
            <ENT>Excess emissions and parameter exceedances reports</ENT>
            <ENT>No. Specific language is located in § 63.9350 of subpart PPPPP.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW RUL="s">
            <ENT I="01">§ 63.10(e)(4)</ENT>
            <ENT>Additional CMS Reports</ENT>
            <ENT>Reporting COMS data</ENT>
            <ENT>No. Subpart PPPPP does not require COMS.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW RUL="s">
            <ENT I="01">§ 63.10(f)</ENT>
            <ENT>Waiver for Recordkeeping/Reporting</ENT>
            <ENT>Procedures for Administrator to waive</ENT>
            <ENT>Yes.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW RUL="s">
            <ENT I="01">§ 63.11</ENT>
            <ENT>Control Device Requirements</ENT>
            <ENT>Requirements for flares</ENT>
            <ENT>No. Subpart PPPPP does not specify use of flares for compliance.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW RUL="s">
            <ENT I="01">§ 63.12</ENT>
            <ENT>State Authority and Delegations</ENT>
            <ENT>State authority to enforce standards</ENT>
            <ENT>Yes.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW RUL="s">
            <ENT I="01">§ 63.13</ENT>
            <ENT>Addresses of State Air Pollution Control Offices and EPA Regional Offices</ENT>
            <ENT>Addresses where reports, notifications, and requests are sent</ENT>
            <ENT>Yes.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW RUL="s">
            <ENT I="01">§ 63.14</ENT>
            <ENT>Incorporations by Reference</ENT>
            <ENT>Test methods incorporated by reference</ENT>
            <ENT>Yes. ASTM D 6522-00 and ANSI/ASME PTC 19.10-1981 (incorporated by reference-See § 63.14).</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">§ 63.15</ENT>
            <ENT>Availability of Information and Confidentiality</ENT>
            <ENT>Public and confidential information</ENT>
            <ENT>Yes.</ENT>
          </ROW>
        </GPOTABLE>
        <CITA>[68 FR 28785, May 27, 2003, as amended at 71 FR 20470, Apr. 20, 2006]</CITA>
      </APPENDIX>
    </SUBPART>
    <SUBPART>
      <HD SOURCE="HED">Subpart QQQQQ—National Emission Standards for Hazardous Air Pollutants for Friction Materials Manufacturing Facilities</HD>
      <SOURCE>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">Source:</HD>
        <P>67 FR 64506, Oct. 18, 2002, unless otherwise noted.</P>
      </SOURCE>
      <SUBJGRP>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">What This Subpart Covers</HD>
        <SECTION>
          <SECTNO>§ 63.9480</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>What is the purpose of this subpart?</SUBJECT>
          <P>This subpart establishes national emission standards for hazardous air pollutants (NESHAP) for friction materials manufacturing facilities that use a solvent-based process. This subpart also establishes requirements to demonstrate initial and continuous compliance with all applicable emission limitations in this subpart.</P>
        </SECTION>
        <SECTION>
          <SECTNO>§ 63.9485</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Am I subject to this subpart?</SUBJECT>
          <P>(a) You are subject to this subpart if you own or operate a friction materials manufacturing facility (as defined in § 63.9565) that is (or is part of) a major source of hazardous air pollutants (HAP) emissions on the first compliance date that applies to you, as specified in § 63.9495. Your friction materials manufacturing facility is a major source of HAP if it emits or has the potential to emit any single HAP at a rate of 9.07 megagrams (10 tons) or more per year or any combination of HAP at a rate of 22.68 megagrams (25 tons) or more per year.</P>
          <P>(b) The requirements in this subpart do not apply to research and development facilities, as defined in section 112(c)(7) of the Clean Air Act.</P>
        </SECTION>
        <SECTION>
          <SECTNO>§ 63.9490</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>What parts of my plant does this subpart cover?</SUBJECT>

          <P>(a) This subpart applies to each new, reconstructed, or existing affected source at your friction materials manufacturing facility.<PRTPAGE P="54"/>
          </P>
          <P>(b) The affected source covered by this subpart is each new, reconstructed, or existing solvent mixer (as defined in § 63.9565) at your friction materials manufacturing facility.</P>
          <P>(c) A solvent mixer at your friction materials manufacturing facility is new if you commence construction of the solvent mixer after October 18, 2002. An affected source is reconstructed if it meets the definition of “reconstruction” in § 63.2, and reconstruction is commenced after October 18, 2002.</P>
          <P>(d) A solvent mixer at your friction materials manufacturing facility is existing if it is not new or reconstructed.</P>
        </SECTION>
        <SECTION>
          <SECTNO>§ 63.9495</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>When do I have to comply with this subpart?</SUBJECT>
          <P>(a) If you have an existing solvent mixer, you must comply with each of the requirements for existing sources no later than October 18, 2005.</P>
          <P>(b) If you have a new or reconstructed solvent mixer and its initial startup date is after October 18, 2002, you must comply with the requirements for new and reconstructed sources upon initial startup.</P>
          <P>(c) If your friction materials manufacturing facility is an area source that increases its emissions or its potential to emit such that it becomes a (or part of a) major source of HAP emissions, then paragraphs (c)(1) and (2) of this section apply.</P>
          <P>(1) For any portion of the area source that becomes a new or reconstructed affected source, you must comply with the requirements for new and reconstructed sources upon startup or no later than October 18, 2002, whichever is later.</P>
          <P>(2) For any portion of the area source that becomes an existing affected source, you must comply with the requirements for existing sources no later than 1 year after the area source becomes a major source or no later than October 18, 2005, whichever is later.</P>
          <P>(d) You must meet the notification and schedule requirements in § 63.9535. Several of the notifications must be submitted before the compliance date for your affected source.</P>
        </SECTION>
      </SUBJGRP>
      <SUBJGRP>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">Emission Limitations</HD>
        <SECTION>
          <SECTNO>§ 63.9500</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>What emission limitations must I meet?</SUBJECT>
          <P>(a) For each new, reconstructed, or existing large solvent mixer at your friction materials manufacturing facility, you must limit HAP solvent emissions to the atmosphere to no more than 30 percent of that which would otherwise be emitted in the absence of solvent recovery and/or solvent substitution, based on a 7-day block average.</P>
          <P>(b) For each new, reconstructed, or existing small solvent mixer at your friction materials manufacturing facility, you must limit HAP solvent emissions to the atmosphere to no more than 15 percent of that which would otherwise be emitted in the absence of solvent recovery and/or solvent substitution, based on a 7-day block average.</P>
        </SECTION>
      </SUBJGRP>
      <SUBJGRP>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">General Compliance Requirements</HD>
        <SECTION>
          <SECTNO>§ 63.9505</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>What are my general requirements for complying with this subpart?</SUBJECT>
          <P>(a) You must be in compliance with the emission limitation in this subpart at all times, except during periods of startup, shutdown, or malfunction.</P>
          <P>(b) You must always operate and maintain your affected source, including air pollution control and monitoring equipment, according to the provisions in § 63.6(e)(1)(i).</P>
          <P>(c) You must develop a written startup, shutdown, and malfunction plan according to the provisions in § 63.6(e)(3).</P>
          <CITA>[67 FR 64506, Oct. 18, 2002, as amended at 71 FR 20470, Apr. 20, 2006]</CITA>
        </SECTION>
      </SUBJGRP>
      <SUBJGRP>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">Initial Compliance Demonstration Requirements</HD>
        <SECTION>
          <SECTNO>§ 63.9510</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>By what date must I conduct my initial compliance demonstration?</SUBJECT>
          <P>(a) If you use a solvent recovery system and/or solvent substitution, you must conduct your initial compliance demonstration within 7 calendar days after the compliance date that is specified for your source in § 63.9495.</P>
          <P>(b) If you use a control technique other than a solvent recovery system and/or solvent substitution, you must comply with the provisions in § 63.9570.</P>
        </SECTION>
        <SECTION>
          <PRTPAGE P="55"/>
          <SECTNO>§ 63.9515</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>How do I demonstrate initial compliance with the emission limitation that applies to me?</SUBJECT>
          <P>(a) You have demonstrated initial compliance for each new, reconstructed, or existing large solvent mixer subject to the emission limitation in § 63.9500(a) if the HAP solvent discharged to the atmosphere during the first 7 days after the compliance date, determined according to the provisions in § 63.9520, does not exceed a 7-day block average of 30 percent of that which would otherwise be emitted in the absence of solvent recovery and/or solvent substitution.</P>
          <P>(b) You have demonstrated initial compliance for each new, reconstructed, or existing small solvent mixer subject to the emission limitation in § 63.9500(b) if the HAP solvent discharged to the atmosphere during the first 7 days after the compliance date, determined according to the provisions in § 63.9520, does not exceed a 7-day block average of 15 percent of that which would otherwise be emitted in the absence of solvent recovery and/or solvent substitution.</P>
          <P>(c) You must submit a notification of compliance status containing the results of the initial compliance demonstration according to § 63.9535(e).</P>
        </SECTION>
        <SECTION>
          <SECTNO>§ 63.9520</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>What procedures must I use to demonstrate initial compliance?</SUBJECT>
          <P>(a) If you use a solvent recovery system, you must use the procedures in paragraphs (a)(1) through (8) of this section to demonstrate initial compliance with the emission limitations in § 63.9500(a) and (b).</P>
          <P>(1) Record the date and time of each mix batch.</P>
          <P>(2) Record the identity of each mix batch using a unique batch ID, as defined in § 63.9565.</P>
          <P>(3) Measure and record the weight of HAP solvent loaded into the solvent mixer for each mix batch.</P>
          <P>(4) Measure and record the weight of HAP solvent recovered for each mix batch.</P>
          <P>(5) If you use a solvent recovery system, you must determine the percent of HAP solvent discharged to the atmosphere for each mix batch according to Equation 1 of this section as follows:</P>
          <FP>(Eq. 1)</FP>
          <GPH DEEP="31" SPAN="1">
            <GID>ER18OC02.002</GID>
          </GPH>
          <EXTRACT>
            <FP>Where:</FP>
            
            <FP SOURCE="FP-1">P<E T="52">b</E> = Percent of HAP solvent discharged to the atmosphere for each mix batch, percent;</FP>
            <FP SOURCE="FP-1">S<E T="52">rec</E> = Weight of HAP solvent recovered for each mix batch, lb;</FP>
            <FP SOURCE="FP-1">S<E T="52">mix</E> = Weight of HAP solvent loaded into the solvent mixer for each mix batch, lb.</FP>
          </EXTRACT>
          
          <P>(6) If you use solvent substitution for a mix batch, you must record the use of a non-HAP material as a substitute for a HAP solvent for that mix batch and assign a value of 0 percent to the percent of HAP solvent discharged to the atmosphere for that mix batch (Pb).</P>
          <P>(7) Determine the 7-day block average percent of HAP solvent discharged to the atmosphere according to Equation 2 of this section as follows:</P>
          <GPH DEEP="29" SPAN="1">
            <GID>ER18OC02.003</GID>
          </GPH>
          <EXTRACT>
            <FP>Where:</FP>
            
            <FP SOURCE="FP-1">%P<E T="52">7</E> = 7-day block average percent of HAP solvent discharged to the atmosphere, percent;</FP>
            <FP SOURCE="FP-1">i = mix batch;</FP>
            <FP SOURCE="FP-1">n = number of mix batches in 7-day block average.</FP>
          </EXTRACT>
          
          <P>(8) Have valid data for at least 90 percent of the mix batches over the 7-day averaging period.</P>
          <P>(b) If you use a control technique other than a solvent recovery system and/or solvent substitution, you may apply to EPA for approval to use an alternative method of demonstrating compliance with the emission limitations for solvent mixers in § 63.9500(a) and (b), as provided in § 63.9570.</P>
        </SECTION>
        <SECTION>
          <SECTNO>§ 63.9525</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>What are the installation, operation, and maintenance requirements for my weight measurement device?</SUBJECT>

          <P>(a) If you use a solvent recovery system, you must install, operate, and maintain a weight measurement device to measure the weight of HAP solvent loaded into the solvent mixer and the weight of HAP solvent recovered for each mix batch.<PRTPAGE P="56"/>
          </P>
          <P>(b) For each weight measurement device required by this section, you must develop and submit for approval a site-specific monitoring plan that addresses the requirements of paragraphs (b)(1) through (6) of this section:</P>
          <P>(1) Procedures for installing the weight measurement device;</P>
          <P>(2) The minimum accuracy of the weight measurement device in pounds and as a percent of the average weight of solvent to be loaded into the solvent mixer;</P>
          <P>(3) Site-specific procedures for how the measurements will be made;</P>
          <P>(4) How the measurement data will be recorded, reduced, and stored;</P>
          <P>(5) Procedures and acceptance criteria for calibration of the weight measurement device; and</P>
          <P>(6) How the measurement device will be maintained, including a routine maintenance schedule and spare parts inventory list.</P>
          <P>(c) The site-specific monitoring plan required in paragraph (b) of this section must include, at a minimum, the requirements of paragraphs (c)(1) through (3) of this section:</P>
          <P>(1) The weight measurement device must have a minimum accuracy of ±0.05 kilograms (±0.1 pounds) or ±1 percent of the average weight of solvent to be loaded into the solvent mixer, whichever is greater.</P>
          <P>(2) An initial multi-point calibration of the weight measurement device must be made using 5 points spanning the expected range of weight measurements before the weight measurement device can be used. The manufacturer's calibration results can be used to meet this requirement.</P>
          <P>(3) Once per day, an accuracy audit must be made using a single Class F calibration weight that corresponds to 20 to 80 percent of the average weight of solvent to be loaded into the solvent mixer. If the weight measurement device cannot reproduce the value of the calibration weight within ±0.05 kilograms (0.1 pounds) or ±1 percent of the average weight of solvent to be loaded into the solvent mixer, whichever is greater, the scale must be recalibrated before being used again. The recalibration must be performed with at least five Class F calibration weights spanning the expected range of weight measurements.</P>
          <P>(d) You must operate and maintain the weight measurement device according to the site-specific monitoring plan.</P>
          <P>(e) You must maintain records of all maintenance activities, calibrations, and calibration audits.</P>
        </SECTION>
      </SUBJGRP>
      <SUBJGRP>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">Continuous Compliance Requirements</HD>
        <SECTION>
          <SECTNO>§ 63.9530</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>How do I demonstrate continuous compliance with the emission limitation that applies to me?</SUBJECT>
          <P>(a) If you use a solvent recovery system and/or solvent substitution, you must demonstrate continuous compliance with the emission limitations for solvent mixers in § 63.9500(a) and (b) according to the provisions in paragraphs (a)(1) through (3) of this section.</P>
          <P>(1) Except for during malfunctions of your weight measurement device and associated repairs, you must collect and record the information required in § 63.9520(a)(1) through (8) at all times that the affected source is operating and record all information needed to document conformance with these requirements.</P>
          <P>(2) For new, reconstructed, or existing large solvent mixers, maintain the 7-day block average percent of HAP solvent discharged to the atmosphere at or below 30 percent of that which would otherwise be emitted in the absence of solvent recovery and/or solvent substitution.</P>
          <P>(3) For new, reconstructed, or existing small solvent mixers, maintain the 7-day block average percent of HAP solvent discharged to the atmosphere at or below 15 percent of that which would otherwise be emitted in the absence of solvent recovery and/or solvent substitution.</P>
          <P>(b) If you use a control technique other than a solvent recovery system and/or solvent substitution, you must demonstrate continuous compliance with the emission limitations for solvent mixers in § 63.9500(a) and (b) according to the provisions in § 63.9570.</P>

          <P>(c) You must report each instance in which you did not meet the emission limitations for solvent mixers in § 63.9500(a) and (b). This includes periods of startup, shutdown, or malfunction. These instances are deviations <PRTPAGE P="57"/>from the emission limitations in this subpart. These deviations must be reported according to the requirements in § 63.9540.</P>
          <P>(d) [Reserved]</P>
          <P>(e) Consistent with §§ 63.6(e) and 63.7(e)(1), deviations that occur during a period of startup, shutdown, or malfunction are not violations if you demonstrate to the Administrator's satisfaction that you were operating in accordance with § 63.6(e)(1). The Administrator will determine whether deviations that occur during a period of startup, shutdown, or malfunction are violations, according to the provisions in § 63.6(e).</P>
          <CITA>[67 FR 64506, Oct. 18, 2002, as amended at 71 FR 20470, Apr. 20, 2006]</CITA>
        </SECTION>
      </SUBJGRP>
      <SUBJGRP>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">Notifications, Reports, and Records</HD>
        <SECTION>
          <SECTNO>§ 63.9535</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>What notifications must I submit and when?</SUBJECT>
          <P>(a) You must submit all of the notifications in §§ 63.8(f)(4) and 63.9(b), (c), (d), and (h) that apply to you by the specified dates.</P>
          <P>(b) If you use a control technique other than a solvent recovery system and/or solvent substitution, you must comply with the provisions in § 63.9570.</P>
          <P>(c) As specified in § 63.9(b)(2), if you start up your affected source before October 18, 2002, you must submit your initial notification no later than 120 calendar days after October 18, 2002.</P>
          <P>(d) As specified in § 63.9(b)(3), if you start up your new affected source on or after October 18, 2002, you must submit your initial notification no later than 120 calendar days after you become subject to this subpart.</P>
          <P>(e) You must submit a notification of compliance status according to § 63.9(h)(2)(ii). You must submit the notification of compliance status before the close of business on the 30th calendar day following the completion of the initial compliance demonstration.</P>
        </SECTION>
        <SECTION>
          <SECTNO>§ 63.9540</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>What reports must I submit and when?</SUBJECT>
          <P>(a) Unless the Administrator has approved a different schedule, you must submit each semiannual compliance report according to the requirements in paragraphs (a)(1) through (5) of this section.</P>
          <P>(1) The first compliance report must cover the period beginning on the compliance date that is specified for your affected source in § 63.9495 and ending on June 30 or December 31, whichever date comes first after the compliance date that is specified for your source in § 63.9495.</P>
          <P>(2) The first compliance report must be postmarked or delivered no later than July 31 or January 31, whichever date comes first after your first compliance report is due.</P>
          <P>(3) Each subsequent compliance report must cover the semiannual reporting period from January 1 through June 30 or the semiannual reporting period from July 1 through December 31.</P>
          <P>(4) Each subsequent compliance report must be postmarked or delivered no later than July 31 or January 31, whichever date comes first after the end of the semiannual reporting period.</P>
          <P>(5) For each affected source that is subject to permitting regulations pursuant to 40 CFR part 70 or 71 of this chapter, and if the permitting authority has established dates for submitting semiannual reports pursuant to 40 CFR 70.6(a)(3)(iii)(A) or 40 CFR 71.6(a)(3)(iii)(A) of this chapter, you may submit the first and subsequent compliance reports according to the dates the permitting authority has established instead of according to the dates in paragraphs (a)(1) through (4) of this section.</P>
          <P>(b) Each compliance report must include the information in paragraphs (b)(1) through (3) of this section, and if applicable, paragraphs (b)(4) through (6) of this section.</P>
          <P>(1) Company name and address.</P>
          <P>(2) Statement by a responsible official, with the official's name, title, and signature, certifying that, based on information and belief formed after reasonable inquiry, the statements and information in the report are true, accurate, and complete.</P>
          <P>(3) Date of report and beginning and ending dates of the reporting period.</P>

          <P>(4) If you had a startup, shutdown, or malfunction during the reporting period and you took actions consistent with your startup, shutdown, and malfunction plan, the compliance report <PRTPAGE P="58"/>must include the information in § 63.10(d)(5)(i).</P>
          <P>(5) If there were no deviations from the emission limitations for solvent mixers in § 63.9500(a) and (b), a statement that there were no deviations from the emission limitations during the reporting period.</P>
          <P>(6) If there were no periods during which a monitoring system was out-of-control as specified in § 63.8(c)(7), a statement that there were no periods during which a monitoring system was out-of-control during the reporting period.</P>
          <P>(c) For each deviation from an emission limitation occurring at an affected source, you must include the information in paragraphs (b)(1) through (4) and (c)(1) and (2) of this section. This includes periods of startup, shutdown, or malfunction.</P>
          <P>(1) The total operating time of each affected source during the reporting period.</P>
          <P>(2) Information on the number, duration, and cause of deviations (including unknown cause, if applicable), as applicable, and the corrective action taken.</P>
          <P>(d) If you had a startup, shutdown, or malfunction during the semiannual reporting period that was not consistent with your startup, shutdown, and malfunction plan, you must submit an immediate startup, shutdown, and malfunction report according to the requirements in § 63.10(d)(5)(ii).</P>
          <P>(e) If you have obtained a title V operating permit for an affected source pursuant to 40 CFR part 70 or 71 of this chapter, you must report all deviations as defined in this subpart in the semiannual monitoring report required by 40 CFR 70.6(a)(3)(iii)(A) or 40 CFR 71.6(a)(3)(iii)(A) of this chapter. If you submit a compliance report for an affected source along with, or as part of, the semiannual monitoring report required by 40 CFR 70.6(a)(3)(iii)(A) or 40 CFR 71.6(a)(3)(iii)(A) of this chapter, and the compliance report includes all the required information concerning deviations from any emission limitation in this subpart, then submission of the compliance report satisfies any obligation to report the same deviations in the semiannual monitoring report. However, submission of a compliance report does not otherwise affect any obligation you may have to report deviations from permit requirements to your permitting authority.</P>
        </SECTION>
        <SECTION>
          <SECTNO>§ 63.9545</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>What records must I keep?</SUBJECT>
          <P>(a) You must keep the records in paragraphs (a)(1) and (2) of this section that apply to you.</P>
          <P>(1) A copy of each notification and report that you submitted to comply with this subpart, including all documentation supporting any initial notification or notification of compliance status that you submitted, according to the requirements in § 63.10(b)(2)(xiv).</P>
          <P>(2) The records in § 63.6(e)(3)(iii) through (v) related to startup, shutdown, or malfunction.</P>
          <P>(b) You must keep the records required in § 63.9525 to show proper operation and maintenance of the weight measurement device.</P>
          <P>(c) You must keep the records required in § 63.9530 to show continuous compliance with the emission limitations for solvent mixers in § 63.9500(a) and (b).</P>
        </SECTION>
        <SECTION>
          <SECTNO>§ 63.9550</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>In what form and how long must I keep my records?</SUBJECT>
          <P>(a) You must keep your records in a form suitable and readily available for expeditious review, according to § 63.10(b)(1).</P>
          <P>(b) As specified in § 63.10(b)(1), you must keep each record for 5 years following the date of each occurrence, measurement, maintenance, corrective action, report, or record.</P>
          <P>(c) You must keep each record on site for at least 2 years after the date of each occurrence, measurement, maintenance, corrective action, report, or record, according to § 63.10(b)(1). You can keep the records offsite for the remaining 3 years.</P>
        </SECTION>
      </SUBJGRP>
      <SUBJGRP>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">Other Requirements and Information</HD>
        <SECTION>
          <SECTNO>§ 63.9555</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>What parts of the General Provisions apply to me?</SUBJECT>
          <P>Table 1 to this subpart shows which parts of the General Provisions in §§ 63.1 through 63.15 apply to you.</P>
        </SECTION>
        <SECTION>
          <PRTPAGE P="59"/>
          <SECTNO>§ 63.9560</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Who implements and enforces this subpart?</SUBJECT>
          <P>(a) This subpart can be implemented and enforced by the U.S. EPA, or a delegated authority such as your State, local, or tribal agency. If the U.S. EPA Administrator has delegated authority to your State, local, or tribal agency, then that agency, in addition to the U.S. EPA, has the authority to implement and enforce this subpart. You should contact your U.S. EPA Regional Office to find out if this subpart is delegated to your State, local, or tribal agency.</P>
          <P>(b) In delegating implementation and enforcement authority of this subpart to a State, local, or tribal agency under 40 CFR part 63, subpart E, the authorities contained in paragraphs (c)(1) through (4) of this section are retained by the Administrator of the U.S. EPA and are not transferred to the State, local, or tribal agency.</P>
          <P>(c) The authorities that cannot be delegated to State, local or tribal agencies are as follows:</P>
          <P>(1) Approval of alternatives to the emission limitations in § 63.9500(a) and (b) under § 63.6(g).</P>
          <P>(2) Approval of major alternatives to test methods under § 63.7(e)(2)(ii) and (f) and as defined in § 63.90.</P>
          <P>(3) Approval of major alternatives to monitoring under § 63.8(f) and as defined in § 63.90.</P>
          <P>(4) Approval of major alternatives to recordkeeping and reporting under § 63.10(f) and as defined in § 63.90.</P>
        </SECTION>
        <SECTION>
          <SECTNO>§ 63.9565</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>What definitions apply to this subpart?</SUBJECT>
          <P>Terms used in this subpart are defined in the Clean Air Act, in § 63.2, and in this section as follows:</P>
          <P>
            <E T="03">Batch ID</E> means a unique identifier used to differentiate each individual mix batch.</P>
          <P>
            <E T="03">Deviation</E> means any instance in which an affected source subject to this subpart, or an owner or operator of such a source:</P>
          <P>(1) Fails to meet any requirement or obligation established by this subpart, including, but not limited to, any emission limitation (including any operating limit);</P>
          <P>(2) Fails to meet any term or condition that is adopted to implement an applicable requirement in this subpart and that is included in the operating permit for any affected source required to obtain such a permit; or</P>
          <P>(3) Fails to meet any emission limitation (including any operating limit) in this subpart during startup, shutdown, or malfunction, regardless of whether or not such failure is permitted by this subpart.</P>
          <P>
            <E T="03">Friction ingredients</E> means any of the components used in the manufacture of friction materials, excluding the HAP solvent. Friction ingredients include, but are not limited to, reinforcement materials, property modifiers, resins, and other additives.</P>
          <P>
            <E T="03">Friction materials manufacturing facility</E> means a facility that manufactures friction materials using a solvent-based process. Friction materials are used in the manufacture of products used to accelerate or decelerate objects. Products that use friction materials include, but are not limited to, disc brake pucks, disc brake pads, brake linings, brake shoes, brake segments, brake blocks, brake discs, clutch facings, and clutches.</P>
          <P>
            <E T="03">HAP solvent</E> means a solvent that contains 10 percent or more of any one HAP, as listed in section 112(b) of the Clean Air Act, or any combination of HAP that is added to a solvent mixer. Examples include hexane, toluene, and trichloroethylene.</P>
          <P>
            <E T="03">Initial startup</E> means the first time that equipment is put into operation. Initial startup does not include operation solely for testing equipment. Initial startup does not include subsequent startups (as defined in this section) following malfunction or shutdowns or following changes in product or between batch operations.</P>
          <P>
            <E T="03">Large solvent mixer</E> means a solvent mixer with a design capacity greater than or equal to 2,000 pounds, including friction ingredients and HAP solvent.</P>
          <P>
            <E T="03">Mix batch</E> means each batch of friction materials manufactured in a solvent mixer.</P>
          <P>
            <E T="03">Responsible official</E> means responsible official as defined in § 63.2.</P>
          <P>
            <E T="03">7-day block average</E> means an averaging technique for a weekly compliance determination where the calculated values for percent HAP solvent <PRTPAGE P="60"/>discharged to the atmosphere are averaged together for all mix batches (for which there are valid data) in a 7-day block period according to the equation provided in § 63.9520(a)(6).</P>
          <P>
            <E T="03">Small solvent mixer</E> means a solvent mixer with a design capacity less than 2,000 pounds, including friction ingredients and HAP solvent.</P>
          <P>
            <E T="03">Solvent mixer</E> means a mixer used in the friction materials manufacturing process in which HAP solvent is used as one of the ingredients in at least one batch during a semiannual reporting period. Trace amounts of HAP solvents in resins or other friction ingredients do not qualify mixers as solvent mixers.</P>
          <P>
            <E T="03">Solvent recovery system</E> means equipment used for the purpose of recovering the HAP solvent from the exhaust stream. An example of a solvent recovery system is a condenser.</P>
          <P>
            <E T="03">Solvent substitution</E> means substitution of a non-HAP material for a HAP solvent.</P>
          <P>
            <E T="03">Startup</E> means bringing equipment online and starting the production process.</P>
          <P>
            <E T="03">Startup, shutdown, and malfunction plan</E> means a plan developed according to the provisions of § 63.6(e)(3).</P>
        </SECTION>
        <SECTION>
          <SECTNO>§ 63.9570</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>How do I apply for alternative compliance requirements?</SUBJECT>
          <P>(a) If you use a control technique other than a solvent recovery system and/or solvent substitution, you may request approval to use an alternative method of demonstrating compliance with the emission limitations in § 63.9500(a) and (b) according to the procedures in this section.</P>
          <P>(b) You can request approval to use an alternative method of demonstrating compliance in the initial notification for existing sources, the notification of construction or reconstruction for new sources, or at any time.</P>
          <P>(c) You must submit a description of the proposed testing, monitoring, recordkeeping, and reporting that will be used and the proposed basis for demonstrating compliance.</P>
          <P>(1) If you have not previously performed testing, you must submit a proposed test plan. If you are seeking permission to use an alternative method of compliance based on previously performed testing, you must submit the results of testing, a description of the procedures followed in testing, and a description of pertinent conditions during testing.</P>
          <P>(2) You must submit a monitoring plan that includes a description of the control technique, test results verifying the performance of the control technique, the appropriate operating parameters that will be monitored, and the frequency of measuring and recording to establish continuous compliance with the emission limitations in § 63.9500(a) and (b). You must also include the proposed performance specifications and quality assurance procedures for the monitors. The monitoring plan is subject to the Administrator's approval. You must install, calibrate, operate, and maintain the monitors in accordance with the monitoring plan approved by the Administrator.</P>
          <P>(d) Use of the alternative method of demonstrating compliance must not begin until approval is granted by the Administrator.</P>
        </SECTION>
        <SECTION>
          <SECTNO>§§ 63.9571-63.9579</SECTNO>
          <RESERVED>[Reserved]</RESERVED>
        </SECTION>
      </SUBJGRP>
      <APPENDIX>
        <EAR>Pt. 63, Subpt. QQQQQ, Table 1</EAR>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">Table 1 to Subpart QQQQQ of Part 63—Applicability of General Provisions to Subpart QQQQQ</HD>
        <P>As required in § 63.9505, you must comply with each applicable General Provisions requirement according to the following table:</P>
        <GPOTABLE CDEF="s55,r90,xs60,r90" COLS="4" OPTS="L2">
          <BOXHD>
            <CHED H="1">Citation</CHED>
            <CHED H="1">Subject</CHED>
            <CHED H="1">Applies to subpart<LI>QQQQQ?</LI>
            </CHED>
            <CHED H="1">Explanation</CHED>
          </BOXHD>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">§ 63.1</ENT>
            <ENT>Applicability</ENT>
            <ENT>Yes</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">§ 63.2</ENT>
            <ENT>Definitions</ENT>
            <ENT>Yes</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">§ 63.3</ENT>
            <ENT>Units and Abbreviations</ENT>
            <ENT>Yes</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">§ 63.4</ENT>
            <ENT>Prohibited Activities</ENT>
            <ENT>Yes</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">§ 63.5</ENT>
            <ENT>Construction/Reconstruction</ENT>
            <ENT>Yes</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <PRTPAGE P="61"/>
            <ENT I="01">§ 63.6(a)-(c), (e)-(f), (i)-(j)</ENT>
            <ENT>Compliance with Standards and Maintenance Requirements</ENT>
            <ENT>Yes</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">§ 63.6(d)</ENT>
            <ENT>[Reserved]</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">§ 63.6(g)</ENT>
            <ENT>Use of an Alternative Nonopacity Emission Standard</ENT>
            <ENT>No</ENT>
            <ENT>Subpart QQQQQ contains no work practice standards.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">§ 63.6(h)</ENT>
            <ENT>Compliance with Opacity and Visible Emission Standards</ENT>
            <ENT>No</ENT>
            <ENT>Subpart QQQQQ contains no opacity or VE limits.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">§ 63.7(a)(1)-(2)</ENT>
            <ENT>Applicability and Performance Test Dates</ENT>
            <ENT>No</ENT>
            <ENT>Subpart QQQQQ includes dates for initial compliance demonstrations.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">§ 63.7(a)(3), (b)-(h)</ENT>
            <ENT>Performance Testing Requirements</ENT>
            <ENT>No</ENT>
            <ENT>Subpart QQQQQ does not require performance tests.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">§ 63.8(a)(1)-(2), (b), (c)(1)-(3), (f)(1)-(5)</ENT>
            <ENT>Monitoring Requirements</ENT>
            <ENT>Yes</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">§ 63.8(a)(3)</ENT>
            <ENT>[Reserved]</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">§ 63.8(a)(4)</ENT>
            <ENT>Additional Monitoring Requirements for Control Devices in § 63.11</ENT>
            <ENT>No</ENT>
            <ENT>Subpart QQQQQ does not require flares.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">§ 63.8(c)(4)</ENT>
            <ENT>Continuous Monitoring System (CMS) Requirements</ENT>
            <ENT>No</ENT>
            <ENT>Subpart QQQQQ does not require CMS.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">§ 63.8(c)(5)</ENT>
            <ENT>Continuous Opacity Monitoring System (COMS) Minimum Procedures</ENT>
            <ENT>No</ENT>
            <ENT>Subpart QQQQQ does not require COMS.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">§ 63.8(c)(6)</ENT>
            <ENT>Zero and High Level Calibration Check Requirements</ENT>
            <ENT>No</ENT>
            <ENT>Subpart QQQQQ specifies calibration requirements.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">§ 63.8(c)(7)-(8)</ENT>
            <ENT>Out-of-Control Periods</ENT>
            <ENT>No</ENT>
            <ENT>Subpart QQQQQ specifies out-of-control periods and reporting requirements.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">§ 63.8(d)</ENT>
            <ENT>CMS Quality Control</ENT>
            <ENT>No</ENT>
            <ENT>Subpart QQQQQ requires a monitoring plan that specifies CMS quality control procedures.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">§ 63.8(e)</ENT>
            <ENT>CMS Performance Evaluation</ENT>
            <ENT>No</ENT>
            <ENT>Subpart QQQQQ does not require CMS performance evaluations.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">§ 63.8(f)(6)</ENT>
            <ENT>Relative Accuracy Test Audit (RATA) Alternative</ENT>
            <ENT>No</ENT>
            <ENT>Subpart QQQQQ does not require continuous emissions monitoring systems (CEMS).</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">§ 63.8(g)(1)-(5)</ENT>
            <ENT>Data Reduction</ENT>
            <ENT>No</ENT>
            <ENT>Subpart QQQQQ specifies data reduction requirements.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">§ 63.9(a)-(d), (h)-(j)</ENT>
            <ENT>Notification Requirements</ENT>
            <ENT>Yes</ENT>
            <ENT>Except that subpart QQQQQ does not require performance tests or CMS performance evaluations.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">§ 63.9(e)</ENT>
            <ENT>Notification of Performance Test</ENT>
            <ENT>No</ENT>
            <ENT>Subpart QQQQQ does not require performance tests.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">§ 63.9(f)</ENT>
            <ENT>Notification of VE/Opacity Test</ENT>
            <ENT>No</ENT>
            <ENT>Subpart QQQQQ contains no opacity or VE limits.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">§ 63.9(g)</ENT>
            <ENT>Additional Notifications When Using CMS</ENT>
            <ENT>No</ENT>
            <ENT>Subpart QQQQQ does not require CMS performance evaluations.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">§ 63.10(a), (b), (d)(1), (d)(4)-(5), (e)(3), (f)</ENT>
            <ENT>Recordkeeping and Reporting Requirements</ENT>
            <ENT>Yes</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">§ 63.10(c)(1)-(6), (9)-(15)</ENT>
            <ENT>Additional Records for CMS</ENT>
            <ENT>No</ENT>
            <ENT>Subpart QQQQQ specifies record requirements.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">§ 63.10(c)(7)-(8)</ENT>
            <ENT>Records of Excess Emissions and Parameter Monitoring Exceedances for CMS</ENT>
            <ENT>No</ENT>
            <ENT>Subpart QQQQQ specifies record requirements.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">§ 63.10(d)(2)</ENT>
            <ENT>Reporting Results of Performance Tests</ENT>
            <ENT>No</ENT>
            <ENT>Subpart QQQQQ does not require performance tests.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">§ 63.10(d)(3)</ENT>
            <ENT>Reporting Opacity or VE Observations</ENT>
            <ENT>No</ENT>
            <ENT>Subpart QQQQQ contains no opacity or VE limits.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">§ 63.10(e)(1)-(2)</ENT>
            <ENT>Additional CMS Reports</ENT>
            <ENT>No</ENT>
            <ENT>Subpart QQQQQ does not require CMS.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">§ 63.10(e)(4)</ENT>
            <ENT>Reporting COMS Data</ENT>
            <ENT>No</ENT>
            <ENT>Subpart QQQQQ does not require COMS.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">§ 63.11</ENT>
            <ENT>Control Device Requirements</ENT>
            <ENT>No</ENT>
            <ENT>Subpart QQQQQ does not require flares.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">§§ 63.12-63.15</ENT>
            <ENT>Delegation, Addresses, Incorporation by Reference Availability of Information</ENT>
            <ENT>Yes</ENT>
          </ROW>
        </GPOTABLE>
      </APPENDIX>
    </SUBPART>
    <SUBPART>
      <PRTPAGE P="62"/>
      <HD SOURCE="HED">Subpart RRRRR—National Emission Standards for Hazardous Air Pollutants: Taconite Iron Ore Processing</HD>
      <SOURCE>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">Source:</HD>
        <P>68 FR 61888, Oct. 30, 2003, unless otherwise noted.</P>
      </SOURCE>
      <SUBJGRP>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">What This Subpart Covers</HD>
        <SECTION>
          <SECTNO>§ 63.9580</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>What is the purpose of this subpart?</SUBJECT>
          <P>This subpart establishes national emission standards for hazardous air pollutants (NESHAP) for taconite iron ore processing. This subpart also establishes requirements to demonstrate initial and continuous compliance with all applicable emission limitations (emission limits and operating limits), work practice standards, and operation and maintenance requirements in this subpart.</P>
        </SECTION>
        <SECTION>
          <SECTNO>§ 63.9581</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Am I subject to this subpart?</SUBJECT>
          <P>You are subject to this subpart if you own or operate a taconite iron ore processing plant that is (or is part of) a major source of hazardous air pollutant (HAP) emissions on the first compliance date that applies to you. Your taconite iron ore processing plant is a major source of HAP if it emits or has the potential to emit any single HAP at a rate of 10 tons or more per year or any combination of HAP at a rate of 25 tons or more per year.</P>
        </SECTION>
        <SECTION>
          <SECTNO>§ 63.9582</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>What parts of my plant does this subpart cover?</SUBJECT>
          <P>(a) This subpart applies to each new and existing affected source at your taconite iron ore processing plant.</P>
          <P>(b) The affected sources are each new or existing ore crushing and handling operation, ore dryer, indurating furnace, and finished pellet handling operation at your taconite iron ore processing plant, as defined in § 63.9652.</P>
          <P>(c) This subpart covers emissions from ore crushing and handling emission units, ore dryer stacks, indurating furnace stacks, finished pellet handling emission units, and fugitive dust emissions.</P>
          <P>(d) An ore crushing and handling operation, ore dryer, indurating furnace, or finished pellet handling operation at your taconite iron ore processing plant is existing if you commenced construction or reconstruction of the affected source before December 18, 2002.</P>
          <P>(e) An ore crushing and handling operation, ore dryer, indurating furnace, or finished pellet handling operation at your taconite iron ore processing plant is new if you commence construction or reconstruction of the affected source on or after December 18, 2002. An affected source is reconstructed if it meets the definition of reconstruction in § 63.2.</P>
        </SECTION>
        <SECTION>
          <SECTNO>§ 63.9583</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>When do I have to comply with this subpart?</SUBJECT>
          <P>(a) If you have an existing affected source, you must comply with each emission limitation, work practice standard, and operation and maintenance requirement in this subpart that applies to you no later than October 30, 2006.</P>
          <P>(b) If you have a new affected source and its initial startup date is on or before October 30, 2003, you must comply with each emission limitation, work practice standard, and operation and maintenance requirement in this subpart that applies to you by October 30, 2003.</P>
          <P>(c) If you have a new affected source and its initial startup date is after October 30, 2003, you must comply with each emission limitation, work practice standard, and operation and maintenance requirement in this subpart that applies to you upon initial startup.</P>
          <P>(d) If your taconite iron ore processing plant is an area source that becomes a major source of HAP, the compliance dates in paragraphs (d)(1) and (2) of this section apply to you.</P>
          <P>(1) Any portion of the taconite iron ore processing plant that is a new affected source or a new reconstructed source must be in compliance with this subpart upon startup.</P>
          <P>(2) All other parts of the taconite iron ore processing plant must be in compliance with this subpart no later than 3 years after the plant becomes a major source.</P>
          <P>(e) You must meet the notification and schedule requirements in § 63.9640. Several of these notifications must be submitted before the compliance date for your affected source.</P>
        </SECTION>
      </SUBJGRP>
      <SUBJGRP>
        <PRTPAGE P="63"/>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">Emission Limitations and Work Practice Standards</HD>
        <SECTION>
          <SECTNO>§ 63.9590</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>What emission limitations must I meet?</SUBJECT>
          <P>(a) You must meet each emission limit in Table 1 to this subpart that applies to you.</P>
          <P>(b) You must meet each operating limit for control devices in paragraphs (b)(1) through (5) of this section that applies to you.</P>
          <P>(1) Except as provided in paragraph (b)(2) of this section, for each wet scrubber applied to meet any particulate matter emission limit in Table 1 to this subpart, you must maintain the daily average pressure drop and daily average scrubber water flow rate at or above the minimum levels established during the initial performance test.</P>
          <P>(2) For each dynamic wet scrubber applied to meet any particulate matter emission limit in Table 1 to this subpart, you must maintain the daily average scrubber water flow rate and either the daily average fan amperage (a surrogate for fan speed as revolutions per minute) or the daily average pressure drop at or above the minimum levels established during the initial performance test.</P>
          <P>(3) For each dry electrostatic precipitator applied to meet any particulate matter emission limit in Table 1 to this subpart, you must meet the operating limits in paragraph (b)(3)(i) or (ii) of this section.</P>
          <P>(i) Maintain the 6-minute average opacity of emissions exiting the control device stack at or below the level established during the initial performance test.</P>
          <P>(ii) Maintain the daily average secondary voltage and daily average secondary current for each field at or above the minimum levels established during the initial performance test.</P>
          <P>(4) For each wet electrostatic precipitator applied to meet any particulate matter emission limit in Table 1 to this subpart, you must meet the operating limits in paragraphs (b)(4)(i) through (iii) of this section.</P>
          <P>(i) Maintain the daily average secondary voltage for each field at or above the minimum levels established during the initial performance test.</P>
          <P>(ii) Maintain the daily average stack outlet temperature at or below the maximum levels established during the initial performance test.</P>
          <P>(iii) Maintain the daily average water flow rate at or above the minimum levels established during the initial performance test.</P>
          <P>(5) If you use any air pollution control device other than a baghouse, wet scrubber, dynamic scrubber, dry electrostatic precipitator, or wet electrostatic precipitator, you must submit a site-specific monitoring plan in accordance with § 63.9631(f).</P>
          <P>(c) You may petition the Administrator for approval of alternatives to the monitoring requirements in paragraphs (b)(1) through (4) of this section as allowed under § 63.8(f) and as defined in § 63.90.</P>
        </SECTION>
        <SECTION>
          <SECTNO>§ 63.9591</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>What work practice standards must I meet?</SUBJECT>
          <P>(a) You must prepare, and at all times operate according to, a fugitive dust emissions control plan that describes in detail the measures that will be put in place to control fugitive dust emissions from the locations listed in paragraphs (a)(1) through (6) of this section.</P>
          <P>(1) Stockpiles (includes, but is not limited to, stockpiles of uncrushed ore, crushed ore, or finished pellets);</P>
          <P>(2) Material transfer points;</P>
          <P>(3) Plant roadways;</P>
          <P>(4) Tailings basin;</P>
          <P>(5) Pellet loading areas; and</P>
          <P>(6) Yard areas.</P>
          <P>(b) A copy of your fugitive dust emissions control plan must be submitted for approval to the Administrator on or before the applicable compliance date for the affected source as specified in § 63.9583. The requirement for the plant to operate according to the fugitive dust emissions control plan must be incorporated by reference in the operating permit for the plant that is issued by the designated permitting authority under 40 CFR part 70 or 40 CFR part 71.</P>
          <P>(c) You can use an existing fugitive dust emissions control plan provided it meets the requirements in paragraphs (c)(1) through (3) of this section.</P>

          <P>(1) The plan satisfies the requirements of paragraph (a) of this section.<PRTPAGE P="64"/>
          </P>
          <P>(2) The plan describes the current measures to control fugitive dust emission sources.</P>
          <P>(3) The plan has been approved as part of a State implementation plan or title V permit.</P>
          <P>(d) You must maintain a current copy of the fugitive dust emissions control plan onsite, and it must be available for inspection upon request. You must keep the plan for the life of the affected source or until the affected source is no longer subject to the requirements of this subpart.</P>
        </SECTION>
      </SUBJGRP>
      <SUBJGRP>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">Operation and Maintenance Requirements</HD>
        <SECTION>
          <SECTNO>§ 63.9600</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>What are my operation and maintenance requirements?</SUBJECT>
          <P>(a) As required by § 63.6(e)(1)(i), you must always operate and maintain your affected source, including air pollution control and monitoring equipment, in a manner consistent with good air pollution control practices for minimizing emissions at least to the levels required by this subpart.</P>

          <P>(b) You must prepare, and at all times operate according to, a written operation and maintenance plan for each control device applied to meet any particulate matter emission limit in Table 1 to this subpart and to meet the requirement of each indurating furnace subject to good combustion practices (GCP). Each site-specific operation and maintenance plan must be submitted to the Administrator on or before the compliance date that is specified in § 63.9583 for your affected source. The plan you submit must explain why the chosen practices (<E T="03">i.e.,</E> quantified objectives) are effective in performing corrective actions or GCP in minimizing the formation of formaldehyde (and other products of incomplete combustion). The Administrator will review the adequacy of the site-specific practices and objectives you will follow and the records you will keep to demonstrate compliance with your Plan. If the Administrator determines that any portion of your operation and maintenance plan is not adequate, we can reject those portions of the plan, and request that you provide additional information addressing the relevant issues. In the interim of this process, you will continue to follow your current site-specific practices and objectives, as submitted, until your revisions are accepted as adequate by the Administrator. You must maintain a current copy of the operation and maintenance plan onsite, and it must be available for inspection upon request. You must keep the plan for the life of the affected source or until the affected source is no longer subject to the requirements of this subpart. Each operation and maintenance plan must address the elements in paragraphs (b)(1) through (4) of this section.</P>
          <P>(1) Preventative maintenance for each control device, including a preventative maintenance schedule that is consistent with the manufacturer's instructions for routine and long-term maintenance.</P>
          <P>(2) Corrective action procedures for bag leak detection systems. In the event a bag leak detection system alarm is triggered, you must initiate corrective action to determine the cause of the alarm within 1 hour of the alarm, initiate corrective action to correct the cause of the problem within 24 hours of the alarm, and complete the corrective action as soon as practicable. Corrective actions may include, but are not limited to, the actions listed in paragraphs (b)(2)(i) through (vi) of this section.</P>
          <P>(i) Inspecting the baghouse for air leaks, torn or broken bags or filter media, or any other condition that may cause an increase in emissions.</P>
          <P>(ii) Sealing off defective bags or filter media.</P>
          <P>(iii) Replacing defective bags or filter media or otherwise repairing the control device.</P>
          <P>(iv) Sealing off a defective baghouse compartment.</P>
          <P>(v) Cleaning the bag leak detection system probe, or otherwise repairing the bag leak detection system.</P>
          <P>(vi) Adjusting the process operation producing the particulate emissions.</P>

          <P>(3) Corrective action procedures for continuous parameter monitoring systems (CPMS) for all air pollution control devices except for baghouses. In the event you exceed an established operating limit for an air pollution control device except for a baghouse, you <PRTPAGE P="65"/>must initiate corrective action to determine the cause of the operating limit exceedance and complete the corrective action within 10 calendar days. The corrective action procedures you take must be consistent with the installation, operation, and maintenance procedures listed in your site-specific CPMS monitoring plan in accordance with § 63.9632(b).</P>
          <P>(4) Good combustion practices for indurating furnaces. You must identify and implement a set of site-specific GCP for each type of indurating furnace at your plant. These GCP should correspond to your standard operating procedures for maintaining the proper and efficient combustion within each indurating furnace. Good combustion practices include, but are not limited to, the elements listed in paragraphs (b)(4)(i) through (v) of this section.</P>

          <P>(i) Proper operating conditions for each indurating furnace (<E T="03">e.g.,</E> minimum combustion temperature, maximum carbon monoxide concentration in the furnace exhaust gases, burner alignment, or proper fuel-air distribution/mixing).</P>
          <P>(ii) Routine inspection and preventative maintenance and corresponding schedules of each indurating furnace.</P>
          <P>(iii) Performance analyses of each indurating furnace.</P>
          <P>(iv) Keeping applicable operator logs.</P>
          <P>(v) Keeping applicable records to document compliance with each element.</P>
        </SECTION>
      </SUBJGRP>
      <SUBJGRP>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">General Compliance Requirements</HD>
        <SECTION>
          <SECTNO>§ 63.9610</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>What are my general requirements for complying with this subpart?</SUBJECT>
          <P>(a) You must be in compliance with the requirements in paragraphs (a)(1) through (6) in this section at all times, except during periods of startup, shutdown, and malfunction. The terms startup, shutdown, and malfunction are defined in § 63.2.</P>
          <P>(1) The emission limitations in § 63.9590.</P>
          <P>(2) The work practice standards in § 63.9591.</P>
          <P>(3) The operation and maintenance requirements in § 63.9600.</P>
          <P>(4) The notification requirements in § 63.9640.</P>
          <P>(5) The reporting requirements in § 63.9641.</P>
          <P>(6) The recordkeeping requirements in § 63.9642.</P>
          <P>(b) During the period between the compliance date specified for your affected source in § 63.9583 and the date upon which continuous monitoring systems have been installed and certified and any applicable operating limits have been set, you must maintain a log detailing the operation and maintenance of the process and emissions control equipment. This includes the daily monitoring and recordkeeping of air pollution control device operating parameters as specified in § 63.9590(b).</P>
          <P>(c) You must develop a written startup, shutdown, and malfunction plan according to the provisions in § 63.6(e)(3).</P>
          <CITA>[68 FR 61888, Oct. 30, 2003, as amended at 71 FR 20470, Apr. 20, 2006]</CITA>
        </SECTION>
      </SUBJGRP>
      <SUBJGRP>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">Initial Compliance Requirements</HD>
        <SECTION>
          <SECTNO>§ 63.9620</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>On which units and by what date must I conduct performance tests or other initial compliance demonstrations?</SUBJECT>
          <P>(a) For each ore crushing and handling affected source, you must demonstrate initial compliance with the emission limits in Table 1 to this subpart by conducting an initial performance test for particulate matter as specified in paragraphs (a)(1) and (2) of this section.</P>
          <P>(1) Except as provided in paragraph (e) of this section, an initial performance test must be performed on all stacks associated with ore crushing and handling.</P>
          <P>(2) Initial performance tests must be completed no later than 180 calendar days after the compliance date specified in § 63.9583. Performance tests conducted between October 30, 2003 and no later than 180 days after the corresponding compliance date can be used for initial compliance demonstration, provided the tests meet the initial performance testing requirements of this subpart.</P>

          <P>(b) For each indurating furnace affected source, you must demonstrate initial compliance with the emission limits in Table 1 to this subpart by conducting an initial performance test for particulate matter as specified in paragraphs (b)(1) and (2) of this section.<PRTPAGE P="66"/>
          </P>
          <P>(1) An initial performance test must be performed on all stacks associated with each indurating furnace.</P>
          <P>(2) Initial performance tests must be completed no later than 180 calendar days after the compliance date specified in § 63.9583. Performance tests conducted between October 30, 2003 and no later than 180 days after the corresponding compliance date can be used for initial compliance demonstration, provided the tests meet the initial performance testing requirements of this subpart. For indurating furnaces with multiple stacks, the performance tests for all stacks must be completed within a reasonable period of time, such that the indurating furnace operating characteristics remain representative for the duration of the stack tests.</P>
          <P>(c) For each finished pellet handling affected source, you must demonstrate initial compliance with the emission limits in Table 1 to this subpart by conducting an initial performance test for particulate matter as specified in paragraphs (c)(1) and (2) of this section.</P>
          <P>(1) Except as provided in paragraph (e) of this section, an initial performance test must be performed on all stacks associated with finished pellet handling.</P>
          <P>(2) Initial performance tests must be completed no later than 180 calendar days after the compliance date specified in § 63.9583. Performance tests conducted between October 30, 2003 and no later than 180 days after the corresponding compliance date can be used for initial compliance demonstration, provided the tests meet the initial compliance testing requirements of this subpart.</P>
          <P>(d) For each ore dryer affected source, you must demonstrate initial compliance with the emission limits in Table 1 to this subpart by conducting an initial performance test for particulate matter as specified in paragraphs (d)(1) and (2) of this section.</P>
          <P>(1) An initial performance test must be performed on all stacks associated with each ore dryer.</P>
          <P>(2) Initial performance tests must be completed no later than 180 calendar days after the compliance date specified in § 63.9583. Performance tests conducted between October 30, 2003 and no later than 180 days after the corresponding compliance date can be used for initial compliance demonstration, provided the tests meet the initial compliance testing requirements of this subpart. For ore dryers with multiple stacks, the performance tests for all stacks must be completed within a reasonable period of time, such that the ore dryer operating characteristics remain representative for the duration of the stack tests.</P>
          <P>(e) For ore crushing and handling affected sources and finished pellet handling affected sources, in lieu of conducting initial performance tests for particulate matter on all stacks, you may elect to group a maximum of six similar emission units together and conduct an initial compliance test on one representative emission unit within each group of similar emission units. The determination of whether emission units are similar must meet the criteria in paragraph (f) of this section. If you decide to test representative emission units, you must prepare and submit a testing plan as described in paragraph (g) of this section.</P>
          <P>(f) If you elect to test representative emission units as provided in paragraph (e) of this section, the units that are grouped together as similar units must meet the criteria in paragraphs (f)(1) through (3) of this section.</P>

          <P>(1) All emission units within a group must be of the same process type (<E T="03">e.g.,</E> primary crushers, secondary crushers, tertiary crushers, fine crushers, ore conveyors, ore bins, ore screens, grate feed, pellet loadout, hearth layer, cooling stacks, pellet conveyor, and pellet screens). You cannot group emission units from different process types together for the purposes of this section.</P>

          <P>(2) All emission units within a group must also have the same type of air pollution control device (<E T="03">e.g.,</E> wet scrubbers, dynamic wet scrubbers, rotoclones, multiclones, wet and dry electrostatic precipitators, and baghouses). You cannot group emission units with different air pollution control device types together for the purposes of this section.</P>

          <P>(3) The site-specific operating limits established for the emission unit selected as representative of a group of similar emission units will be used as <PRTPAGE P="67"/>the operating limit for each emission unit within the group. The operating limit established for the representative unit must be met by each emission unit within the group.</P>
          <P>(g) If you plan to conduct initial performance tests on representative emission units within an ore crushing and handling affected source or a finished pellet handling affected source, you must submit a testing plan for initial performance tests. This testing plan must be submitted to the Administrator or delegated authority no later than 90 days prior to the first scheduled initial performance test. The testing plan must contain the information specified in paragraphs (g)(1) through (3) of this section.</P>
          <P>(1) A list of all emission units. This list must clearly identify all emission units that have been grouped together as similar emission units. Within each group of emission units, you must identify the emission unit that will be the representative unit for that group and subject to initial performance testing.</P>
          <P>(2) A list of the process type and type of air pollution control device on each emission unit.</P>
          <P>(3) A schedule indicating when you will conduct an initial performance test for particulate matter for each representative emission unit.</P>
          <P>(h) For each work practice standard and operation and maintenance requirement that applies to you where initial compliance is not demonstrated using a performance test, you must demonstrate initial compliance within 30 calendar days after the compliance date that is specified for your affected source in § 63.9583.</P>
          <P>(i) If you commenced construction or reconstruction of an affected source between December 18, 2002 and October 30, 2003 , you must demonstrate initial compliance with either the proposed emission limit or the promulgated emission limit no later than 180 calendar days after October 30, 2003 or no later than 180 calendar days after startup of the source, whichever is later, according to § 63.7(a)(2)(ix).</P>
          <P>(j) If you commenced construction or reconstruction of an affected source between December 18, 2002 and October 30, 2003, and you chose to comply with the proposed emission limit when demonstrating initial compliance, you must conduct a second performance test to demonstrate compliance with the promulgated emission limit by 3 years and 180 calendar days after October 30, 2003, or after startup of the source, whichever is later, according to § 63.7(a)(2)(ix).</P>
        </SECTION>
        <SECTION>
          <SECTNO>§ 63.9621</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>What test methods and other procedures must I use to demonstrate initial compliance with the emission limits for particulate matter?</SUBJECT>
          <P>(a) You must conduct each performance test that applies to your affected source according to the requirements in § 63.7(e)(1) and paragraphs (b) and (c) of this section.</P>
          <P>(b) For each ore crushing and handling affected source and each finished pellet handling affected source, you must determine compliance with the applicable emission limit for particulate matter in Table 1 to this subpart by following the test methods and procedures in paragraphs (b)(1) through (3) of this section.</P>
          <P>(1) Except as provided in § 63.9620(e), determine the concentration of particulate matter in the stack gas for each emission unit according to the test methods in appendix A to part 60 of this chapter. The applicable test methods are listed in paragraphs (b)(1)(i) through (v) of this section.</P>
          <P>(i) Method 1 or 1A to select sampling port locations and the number of traverse points. Sampling ports must be located at the outlet of the control device and prior to any releases to the atmosphere.</P>
          <P>(ii) Method 2, 2A, 2C, 2D, 2F, or 2G, as applicable, to determine the volumetric flow rate of the stack gas.</P>
          <P>(iii) Method 3, 3A, or 3B to determine the dry molecular weight of the stack gas.</P>
          <P>(iv) Method 4 to determine the moisture content of the stack gas.</P>
          <P>(v) Method 5, 5D, or 17 to determine the concentration of particulate matter.</P>

          <P>(2) Each Method 5, 5D, or 17 performance test must consist of three separate runs. Each run must be conducted for a minimum of 2 hours. The average particulate matter concentration from <PRTPAGE P="68"/>the three runs will be used to determine compliance, as shown in Equation 1 of this section.</P>
          <MATH DEEP="24" SPAN="1">
            <MID>ER30oc03.000</MID>
          </MATH>
          <EXTRACT>
            <FP>Where:</FP>
            
            <FP SOURCE="FP-1">C<E T="52">i</E> = Average particulate matter concentration for emission unit, grains per dry standard cubic foot, (gr/dscf);</FP>
            <FP SOURCE="FP-1">C<E T="52">1</E> = Particulate matter concentration for run 1 corresponding to emission unit, gr/dscf;</FP>
            <FP SOURCE="FP-1">C<E T="52">2</E> = Particulate matter concentration for run 2 corresponding to emission unit, gr/dscf; and</FP>
            <FP SOURCE="FP-1">C<E T="52">3</E> = Particulate matter concentration for run 3 corresponding to emission unit, gr/dscf.</FP>
          </EXTRACT>
          
          <P>(3) For each ore crushing and handling affected source and each finished pellet handling affected source, you must determine the flow-weighted mean concentration of particulate matter emissions from all emission units in each affected source following the procedure in paragraph (b)(3)(i) or (ii) of this section.</P>
          <P>(i) If an initial performance test is conducted on all emission units within an affected source, calculate the flow-weighted mean concentration of particulate matter emissions from the affected source using Equation 2 of this section.</P>
          <MATH DEEP="58" SPAN="1">
            <MID>ER30oc03.001</MID>
          </MATH>
          <EXTRACT>
            <FP>Where:</FP>
            
            <FP SOURCE="FP-1">C<E T="52">a</E> = Flow-weighted mean concentration of particulate matter for all emission units within affected source, (gr/dscf);</FP>
            <FP SOURCE="FP-1">C<E T="52">i</E> = Average particulate matter concentration measured during the performance test from emission unit “i” in affected source, as determined using Equation 1 of this section, gr/dscf;</FP>
            <FP SOURCE="FP-1">Q<E T="52">i</E> = Average volumetric flow rate of stack gas measured during the performance test from emission unit “i” in affected source, dscf/hr; and</FP>
            <FP SOURCE="FP-1">n = Number of emission units in affected source.</FP>
          </EXTRACT>
          
          <P>(ii) If you are grouping similar emission units together in accordance with § 63.9620(e), you must follow the procedures in paragraphs (b)(3)(ii)(A) through (C) of this section.</P>
          <P>(A) Assign the average particulate matter concentration measured from the representative unit, as determined from Equation 1 of this section, to each emission unit within the corresponding group of similar units.</P>
          <P>(B) Establish the maximum operating volumetric flow rate of exhaust gas from each emission unit within each group of similar units.</P>
          <P>(C) Using the data from paragraphs (b)(3)(ii)(A) and (B) of this section, calculate the flow-weighted mean concentration of particulate matter emissions from the affected source using Equation 3 of this section.</P>
          <MATH DEEP="58" SPAN="1">
            <MID>ER30oc03.002</MID>
          </MATH>
          <EXTRACT>
            <FP>Where:</FP>
            
            <FP SOURCE="FP-1">C<E T="52">a</E> = Flow-weighted mean concentration of particulate matter for all emission units within affected source, gr/dscf;</FP>
            <FP SOURCE="FP-1">C<E T="52">k</E> = Average particulate matter concentration measured during the performance test from the representative emission unit in group “k” of affected source “a,” as determined using Equation 1 of this section, gr/dscf;</FP>
            <FP SOURCE="FP-1">Q<E T="52">k</E> = Sum of the maximum operating volumetric flow rates of stack gas from all similar emission units within group “k” of affected source, dscf/hr; and</FP>
            <FP SOURCE="FP-1">m = Number of similar emission unit groups in affected source.</FP>
          </EXTRACT>
          
          <P>(c) For each ore dryer affected source and each indurating furnace affected source, you must determine compliance with the applicable emission limit for particulate matter in Table 1 to this subpart by following the test methods and procedures in paragraphs (c)(1) through (3) of this section.</P>
          <P>(1) Determine the concentration of particulate matter for each stack according to the test methods in 40 CFR part 60, appendix A. The applicable test methods are listed in paragraphs (c)(1)(i) through (v) of this section.</P>

          <P>(i) Method 1 or 1A to select sampling port locations and the number of traverse points. Sampling ports must be <PRTPAGE P="69"/>located at the outlet of the control device and prior to any releases to the atmosphere.</P>
          <P>(ii) Method 2, 2A, 2C, 2D, 2F, or 2G, as applicable, to determine the volumetric flow rate of the stack gas.</P>
          <P>(iii) Method 3, 3A, or 3B to determine the dry molecular weight of the stack gas.</P>
          <P>(iv) Method 4 to determine the moisture content of the stack gas.</P>
          <P>(v) Method 5, 5D, or 17 to determine the concentration of particulate matter.</P>
          <P>(2) Each Method 5, 5D, or 17 performance test must consist of three separate runs. Each run must be conducted for a minimum of 2 hours. The average particulate matter concentration from the three runs will be used to determine compliance, as shown in Equation 1 of this section.</P>
          <P>(3) For each ore dryer and each indurating furnace with multiple stacks, calculate the flow-weighted mean concentration of particulate matter emissions using Equation 4 of this section.</P>
          <MATH DEEP="61" SPAN="1">
            <MID>ER30OC03.003</MID>
          </MATH>
          <EXTRACT>
            <FP>Where:</FP>
            
            <FP SOURCE="FP-1">C<E T="52">b</E> = Flow-weighted mean concentration of particulate matter for all stacks associated with affected source, gr/dscf;</FP>
            <FP SOURCE="FP-1">C<E T="52">j</E> = Average particulate matter concentration measured during the performance test from stack “j” in affected source, as determined using Equation 1 of this section, gr/dscf;</FP>
            <FP SOURCE="FP-1">Q<E T="52">j</E> = Average volumetric flow rate of stack gas measured during the performance test from stack “j” in affected source, dscf/hr;</FP>
            <FP SOURCE="FP-1">n = Number of stacks associated with affected source.</FP>
          </EXTRACT>
        </SECTION>
        <SECTION>
          <SECTNO>§ 63.9622</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>What test methods and other procedures must I use to establish and demonstrate initial compliance with the operating limits?</SUBJECT>
          <P>(a) For wet scrubbers subject to performance testing in § 63.9620 and operating limits for pressure drop and scrubber water flow rate in § 63.9590(b)(1), you must establish site-specific operating limits according to the procedures in paragraphs (a)(1) through (3) of this section.</P>
          <P>(1) Using the CPMS required in § 63.9631(b), measure and record the pressure drop and scrubber water flow rate every 15 minutes during each run of the particulate matter performance test.</P>
          <P>(2) Calculate and record the average pressure drop and scrubber water flow rate for each individual test run. Your operating limits are established as the lowest average pressure drop and the lowest average scrubber water flow rate corresponding to any of the three test runs.</P>

          <P>(3) If a rod-deck venturi scrubber is applied to an indurating furnace to meet any particulate matter emission limit in Table 1 to this subpart, you may establish a lower average pressure drop operating limit by using historical average pressure drop data from a certified performance test completed on or after December 18, 2002 instead of using the average pressure drop value determined during the initial performance test, as specified in paragraph (a)(2) of this section. If historical average pressure drop data are used to establish an operating limit (<E T="03">i.e.,</E> using data from a certified performance test conducted prior to the promulgation date of the final rule), then the average particulate matter concentration corresponding to the historical performance test must be at or below the applicable indurating furnace emission limit, as listed in Table 1 to this subpart.</P>
          <P>(b) For dynamic wet scrubbers subject to performance testing in § 63.9620 and operating limits for scrubber water flow rate and either fan amperage or pressure drop in § 63.9590(b)(2), you must establish site-specific operating limits according to the procedures in paragraphs (b)(1) and (2) of this section.</P>
          <P>(1) Using the CPMS required in § 63.9631(b), measure and record the scrubber water flow rate and either the fan amperage or pressure drop every 15 minutes during each run of the particulate matter performance test.</P>

          <P>(2) Calculate and record the average scrubber water flow rate and either the average fan amperage or average pressure drop for each individual test run. Your operating limits are established <PRTPAGE P="70"/>as the lowest average scrubber water flow rate and either the lowest average fan amperage or pressure drop value corresponding to any of the three test runs.</P>
          <P>(c) For a dry electrostatic precipitator subject to performance testing in § 63.9620 and operating limits in § 63.9590(b)(3), you must establish a site-specific operating limit according to the procedures in paragraphs (c)(1) or (2) of this section.</P>
          <P>(1) If the operating limit for your dry electrostatic precipitator is a 6-minute average opacity of emissions value, then you must follow the requirements in paragraphs (c)(1)(i) through (iii) of this section.</P>
          <P>(i) Using the continuous opacity monitoring system (COMS) required in § 63.9631(d)(1), measure and record the opacity of emissions from each control device stack during the particulate matter performance test.</P>

          <P>(ii) Compute and record the 6-minute opacity averages from 24 or more data points equally spaced over each 6-minute period (<E T="03">e.g.,</E> at 15-second intervals) during the test runs.</P>
          <P>(iii) Using the opacity measurements from a performance test that meets the emission limit, determine the opacity value corresponding to the 99 percent upper confidence level of a normal distribution of the 6-minute opacity averages.</P>
          <P>(2) If the operating limit for your dry electrostatic precipitator is the daily average secondary voltage and daily average secondary current for each field, then you must follow the requirements in paragraphs (c)(2)(i) and (ii) of this section.</P>
          <P>(i) Using the CPMS required in § 63.9631(d)(2), measure and record the secondary voltage and secondary current for each dry electrostatic precipitator field every 15 minutes during each run of the particulate matter performance test.</P>
          <P>(ii) Calculate and record the average secondary voltage and secondary current for each dry electrostatic precipitator field for each individual test run. Your operating limits are established as the lowest average secondary voltage and secondary current value for each dry electrostatic precipitator field corresponding to any of the three test runs.</P>
          <P>(d) For a wet electrostatic precipitator subject to performance testing in § 63.9620 and operating limit in § 63.9590(b)(4), you must establish a site-specific operating limit according to the procedures in paragraphs (d)(1) and (2) of this section.</P>
          <P>(1) Using the CPMS required in § 63.9631(e), measure and record the parametric values in paragraphs (d)(1)(i) through (iii) of this section for each wet electrostatic precipitator field every 15 minutes during each run of the particulate matter performance test.</P>
          <P>(i) Secondary voltage;</P>
          <P>(ii) Water flow rate; and</P>
          <P>(iii) Stack outlet temperature.</P>
          <P>(2) For each individual test run, calculate and record the average value for each operating parameter in paragraphs (d)(1)(i) through (iii) of this section for each wet electrostatic precipitator field. Your operating limits are established as the lowest average value for each operating parameter corresponding to any of the three test runs.</P>
          <P>(e) If you use an air pollution control device other than a wet scrubber, dynamic wet scrubber, dry electrostatic precipitator, wet electrostatic precipitator, or baghouse, and it is subject to performance testing in § 63.9620, you must submit a site-specific monitoring plan in accordance with § 63.9631(f). The site-specific monitoring plan must include the site-specific procedures for demonstrating initial and continuous compliance with the corresponding operating limits.</P>
          <P>(f) You may change the operating limits for any air pollution control device as long as you meet the requirements in paragraphs (f)(1) through (3) of this section.</P>
          <P>(1) Submit a written notification to the Administrator of your request to conduct a new performance test to revise the operating limit.</P>
          <P>(2) Conduct a performance test to demonstrate compliance with the applicable emission limitation in Table 1 to this subpart.</P>

          <P>(3) Establish revised operating limits according to the applicable procedures <PRTPAGE P="71"/>in paragraphs (a) through (e) of this section.</P>
        </SECTION>
        <SECTION>
          <SECTNO>§ 63.9623</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>How do I demonstrate initial compliance with the emission limitations that apply to me?</SUBJECT>
          <P>(a) For each affected source subject to an emission limit in Table 1 to this subpart, you must demonstrate initial compliance by meeting the emission limit requirements in paragraphs (a)(1) through (4) of this section.</P>
          <P>(1) For ore crushing and handling, the flow-weighted mean concentration of particulate matter, determined according to the procedures in §§ 63.9620(a) and 63.9621(b), must not exceed the emission limits in Table 1 to this subpart.</P>
          <P>(2) For indurating furnaces, the flow-weighted mean concentration of particulate matter, determined according to the procedures in §§ 63.9620(b) and 63.9621(c), must not exceed the emission limits in Table 1 to this subpart.</P>
          <P>(3) For finished pellet handling, the flow-weighted mean concentration of particulate matter, determined according to the procedures in §§ 63.9620(c) and 63.9621(b), must not exceed the emission limits in Table 1 to this subpart.</P>
          <P>(4) For ore dryers, the flow-weighted mean concentration of particulate matter, determined according to the procedures in §§ 63.9620(d) and 63.9621(c), must not exceed the emission limits in Table 1 to this subpart.</P>
          <P>(b) For each affected source subject to an emission limit in Table 1 to this subpart, you must demonstrate initial compliance by meeting the operating limit requirements in paragraphs (b)(1) through (5) of this section.</P>
          <P>(1) For each wet scrubber subject to performance testing in § 63.9620 and operating limits for pressure drop and scrubber water flow rate in § 63.9590(b)(1), you have established appropriate site-specific operating limits and have a record of the pressure drop and scrubber water flow rate measured during the performance test in accordance with § 63.9622(a).</P>
          <P>(2) For each dynamic wet scrubber subject to performance testing in § 63.9620 and operating limits for scrubber water flow rate and either fan amperage or pressure drop in § 63.9590(b)(2), you have established appropriate site-specific operating limits and have a record of the scrubber water flow rate and either the fan amperage or pressure drop value, measured during the performance test in accordance with § 63.9622(b).</P>
          <P>(3) For each dry electrostatic precipitator subject to performance testing in § 63.9620 and one of the operating limits in § 63.9590(b)(3), you must meet the requirements in paragraph (b)(3)(i) or (ii) of this section.</P>
          <P>(i) If you are subject to the operating limit for opacity in § 63.9590(b)(3)(i), you have established appropriate site-specific operating limits and have a record of the opacity measured during the performance test in accordance with § 63.9622(c)(1).</P>
          <P>(ii) If you are subject to the operating limit for secondary voltage and secondary current in § 63.9590(b)(3)(ii), you have established appropriate site-specific operating limits and have a record of the secondary voltage and secondary current measured during the performance test in accordance with § 63.9622(c)(2).</P>
          <P>(4) For each wet electrostatic precipitator subject to performance testing in § 63.9620 and operating limits for secondary voltage, water flow rate, and stack outlet temperature in § 63.9590(b)(4), you have established appropriate site-specific operating limits and have a record of the secondary voltage, water flow rate, and stack outlet temperature measured during the performance test in accordance with § 63.9622(d).</P>
          <P>(5) For other air pollution control devices subject to performance testing in § 63.9620 and operating limits in accordance with § 63.9590(b)(5), you have submitted a site-specific monitoring plan in accordance with § 63.9631(f) and have a record of the site-specific operating limits as measured during the performance test in accordance with § 63.9622(e).</P>
          <P>(c) For each emission limitation and operating limit that applies to you, you must submit a notification of compliance status according to § 63.9640(e).</P>
        </SECTION>
        <SECTION>
          <PRTPAGE P="72"/>
          <SECTNO>§ 63.9624</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>How do I demonstrate initial compliance with the work practice standards that apply to me?</SUBJECT>
          <P>You must demonstrate initial compliance with the work practice standards by meeting the requirements in paragraphs (a) through (c) of this section.</P>
          <P>(a) You must prepare a fugitive dust emissions control plan in accordance with the requirements in § 63.9591.</P>
          <P>(b) You must submit to the Administrator the fugitive dust emissions control plan in accordance with the requirements in § 63.9591.</P>
          <P>(c) You must implement each control practice according to the procedures specified in your fugitive dust emissions control plan.</P>
        </SECTION>
        <SECTION>
          <SECTNO>§ 63.9625</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>How do I demonstrate initial compliance with the operation and maintenance requirements that apply to me?</SUBJECT>
          <P>For each air pollution control device subject to operating limits in § 63.9590(b), you have demonstrated initial compliance if you meet all of the requirements in paragraphs (a) through (d) of this section.</P>
          <P>(a) You have prepared the operation and maintenance plan for air pollution control devices in accordance with § 63.9600(b).</P>
          <P>(b) You have operated each air pollution control device according to the procedures in the operation and maintenance plan.</P>
          <P>(c) You have submitted a notification of compliance status according to the requirements in § 63.9640(e).</P>
          <P>(d) You have prepared a site-specific monitoring plan in accordance with § 63.9632(b).</P>
        </SECTION>
      </SUBJGRP>
      <SUBJGRP>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">Continuous Compliance Requirements</HD>
        <SECTION>
          <SECTNO>§ 63.9630</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>When must I conduct subsequent performance tests?</SUBJECT>
          <P>(a) You must conduct subsequent performance tests to demonstrate continued compliance with the ore crushing and handling emission limits in Table 1 to this subpart according to the schedule developed by your permitting authority and shown in your title V permit. If a title V permit has not been issued, you must submit a testing plan and schedule, containing the information specified in paragraph (e) of this section, to the permitting authority for approval.</P>
          <P>(b) You must conduct subsequent performance tests on all stacks associated with indurating furnaces to demonstrate continued compliance with the indurating furnace emission limits in Table 1 to this subpart according to the schedule developed by your permitting authority and shown in your title V permit, but no less frequent than twice per 5-year permit term. If a title V permit has not been issued, you must submit a testing plan and schedule, containing the information specified in paragraph (e) of this section, to the permitting authority for approval. For indurating furnaces with multiple stacks, the performance tests for all stacks associated with that indurating furnace must be conducted within a reasonable period of time, such that the indurating furnace operating characteristics remain representative for the duration of the stack tests.</P>
          <P>(c) You must conduct subsequent performance tests to demonstrate continued compliance with the finished pellet handling emission limits in Table 1 to this subpart according to the schedule developed by your permitting authority and shown in your title V permit. If a title V permit has not been issued, you must submit a testing plan and schedule, containing the information specified in paragraph (e) of this section, to the permitting authority for approval.</P>

          <P>(d) You must conduct subsequent performance tests on all stacks associated with ore dryers to demonstrate continued compliance with the ore dryer emission limits in Table 1 to this subpart according to the schedule developed by your permitting authority and shown in your title V permit. If a title V permit has not been issued, you must submit a testing plan and schedule, containing the information specified in paragraph (e) of this section, to the permitting authority for approval. For ore dryers with multiple stacks, the performance tests for all stacks associated with an ore dryer must be conducted within a reasonable period of time, such that the ore dryer operating characteristics remain representative for the duration of the stack tests.<PRTPAGE P="73"/>
          </P>
          <P>(e) If your plant does not have a title V permit, you must submit a testing plan for subsequent performance tests as required in paragraphs (a) through (d) of this section. This testing plan must be submitted to the Administrator on or before the compliance date that is specified in § 63.9583. The testing plan must contain the information specified in paragraphs (e)(1) and (2) of this section. You must maintain a current copy of the testing plan onsite, and it must be available for inspection upon request. You must keep the plan for the life of the affected source or until the affected source is no longer subject to the requirements of this subpart.</P>
          <P>(1) A list of all emission units.</P>
          <P>(2) A schedule indicating when you will conduct subsequent performance tests for particulate matter for each of the emission units.</P>
        </SECTION>
        <SECTION>
          <SECTNO>§ 63.9631</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>What are my monitoring requirements?</SUBJECT>
          <P>(a) For each baghouse applied to meet any particulate matter emission limit in Table 1 to this subpart, you must install, operate, and maintain a bag leak detection system to monitor the relative change in particulate matter loadings according to the requirements in § 63.9632(a), and conduct inspections at their specified frequencies according to the requirements in paragraphs (a)(1) through (8) of this section.</P>
          <P>(1) Monitor the pressure drop across each baghouse cell each day to ensure pressure drop is within the normal operating range.</P>
          <P>(2) Confirm that dust is being removed from hoppers through weekly visual inspections or other means of ensuring the proper functioning of removal mechanisms.</P>
          <P>(3) Check the compressed air supply of pulse-jet baghouses each day.</P>
          <P>(4) Monitor cleaning cycles to ensure proper operation using an appropriate methodology.</P>
          <P>(5) Check bag cleaning mechanisms for proper functioning through monthly visual inspections or equivalent means.</P>
          <P>(6) Make monthly visual checks of bag tension on reverse air and shaker-type baghouses to ensure that bags are not kinked (kneed or bent) or lying on their sides. You do not have to make this check for shaker-type baghouses that have self-tensioning (spring-loaded) devices.</P>
          <P>(7) Confirm the physical integrity of the baghouse through quarterly visual inspections of the baghouse interior for air leaks.</P>
          <P>(8) Inspect fans for wear, material buildup, and corrosion through quarterly visual inspections, vibration detectors, or equivalent means.</P>
          <P>(b) Except as provided in paragraph (c) of this section, for each wet scrubber subject to the operating limits for pressure drop and scrubber water flow rate in § 63.9590(b)(1), you must install, operate, and maintain a CPMS according to the requirements in § 63.9632(b) through (e) and monitor the daily average pressure drop and daily average scrubber water flow rate according to the requirements in § 63.9633.</P>
          <P>(c) For each dynamic wet scrubber subject to the scrubber water flow rate and either the fan amperage or pressure drop operating limits in § 63.9590(b)(2), you must install, operate, and maintain a CPMS according to the requirements in § 63.9632(b) through (e) and monitor the daily average scrubber water flow rate and either the daily average fan amperage or the daily average pressure drop according to the requirements in § 63.9633.</P>
          <P>(d) For each dry electrostatic precipitator subject to the operating limits in § 63.9590(b)(3), you must follow the monitoring requirements in paragraph (d)(1) or (2) of this section.</P>
          <P>(1) If the operating limit you choose to monitor is the 6-minute average opacity of emissions in accordance with § 63.9590(b)(3)(i), you must install, operate, and maintain a COMS according to the requirements in § 63.9632(f) and monitor the 6-minute average opacity of emissions exiting each control device stack according to the requirements in § 63.9633.</P>

          <P>(2) If the operating limit you choose to monitor is average secondary voltage and average secondary current for each dry electrostatic precipitator field in accordance with § 63.9590(b)(3)(ii), you must install, operate, and maintain a CPMS according to the requirements in § 63.9632(b) through <PRTPAGE P="74"/>(e) and monitor the daily average secondary voltage and daily average secondary current according to the requirements in § 63.9633.</P>
          <P>(e) For each wet electrostatic precipitator subject to the operating limits in § 63.9590(b)(4), you must install, operate, and maintain a CPMS according to the requirements in § 63.9632(b) through (e) and monitor the daily average secondary voltage, daily average stack outlet temperature, and daily average water flow rate according to the requirements in § 63.9633.</P>
          <P>(f) If you use any air pollution control device other than a baghouse, wet scrubber, dry electrostatic precipitator, or wet electrostatic precipitator, you must submit a site-specific monitoring plan that includes the information in paragraphs (f)(1) through (4) of this section. The monitoring plan is subject to approval by the Administrator. You must maintain a current copy of the monitoring plan onsite, and it must be available for inspection upon request. You must keep the plan for the life of the affected source or until the affected source is no longer subject to the requirements of this subpart.</P>
          <P>(1) A description of the device.</P>
          <P>(2) Test results collected in accordance with § 63.9621 verifying the performance of the device for reducing emissions of particulate matter to the atmosphere to the levels required by this subpart.</P>
          <P>(3) A copy of the operation and maintenance plan required in § 63.9600(b).</P>
          <P>(4) Appropriate operating parameters that will be monitored to maintain continuous compliance with the applicable emission limitation(s).</P>
        </SECTION>
        <SECTION>
          <SECTNO>§ 63.9632</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>What are the installation, operation, and maintenance requirements for my monitoring equipment?</SUBJECT>
          <P>(a) For each negative pressure baghouse or positive pressure baghouse equipped with a stack, applied to meet any particulate emission limit in Table 1 to this subpart, you must install, operate, and maintain a bag leak detection system according to the requirements in paragraphs (a)(1) through (8) of this section.</P>
          <P>(1) The system must be certified by the manufacturer to be capable of detecting emissions of particulate matter at concentrations of 10 milligrams per actual cubic meter (0.0044 grains per actual cubic foot) or less.</P>
          <P>(2) The system must provide output of relative changes in particulate matter loadings.</P>
          <P>(3) The system must be equipped with an alarm that will sound when an increase in relative particulate loadings is detected over the alarm level set point established according to paragraph (a)(4) of this section. The alarm must be located such that it can be heard by the appropriate plant personnel.</P>

          <P>(4) For each bag leak detection system, you must develop and submit to the Administrator for approval, a site-specific monitoring plan that addresses the items identified in paragraphs (a)(4)(i) through (v) of this section. For each bag leak detection system that operates based on the triboelectric effect, the monitoring plan shall be consistent with the recommendations contained in the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency (U.S. EPA) guidance document, “Fabric Filter Bag Leak Detection Guidance” (EPA-454/R-98-015). This document is available on the EPA's Technology Transfer Network at <E T="03">http://www.epa.gov/ttn/emc/cem/tribo.pdf</E> (Adobe Acrobat version) or <E T="03">http://www.epa.gov/ttn/emc/cem/tribo.wpd</E> (WordPerfect version). You must operate and maintain the bag leak detection system according to the site-specific monitoring plan at all times. The plan shall describe all of the items in paragraphs (a)(4)(i) through (v) of this section.</P>
          <P>(i) Installation of the bag leak detection system.</P>
          <P>(ii) Initial and periodic adjustment of the bag leak detection system including how the alarm set-point will be established.</P>
          <P>(iii) Operation of the bag leak detection system including quality assurance procedures.</P>

          <P>(iv) How the bag leak detection system will be maintained including a routine maintenance schedule and spare parts inventory list.<PRTPAGE P="75"/>
          </P>
          <P>(v) How the bag leak detection system output shall be recorded and stored.</P>
          <P>(5) To make the initial adjustment of the system, establish the baseline output by adjusting the sensitivity (range) and the averaging period of the device. Then, establish the alarm set points and the alarm delay time (if applicable).</P>
          <P>(6) Following initial adjustment, do not adjust averaging period, alarm set point, or alarm delay time, without approval from the Administrator except as provided for in paragraph (a)(6)(i) of this section.</P>
          <P>(i) Once per quarter, you may adjust the sensitivity of the bag leak detection system to account for seasonal effects, including temperature and humidity, according to the procedures identified in the site-specific monitoring plan required under paragraph (a)(4) of this section.</P>
          <P>(ii) [Reserved]</P>
          <P>(7) Where multiple detectors are required, the system's instrumentation and alarm may be shared among detectors.</P>
          <P>(8) The bag leak detector sensor must be installed downstream of the baghouse and upstream of any wet scrubber.</P>
          <P>(b) For each CPMS required in § 63.9631, you must develop and make available for inspection upon request by the permitting authority a site-specific monitoring plan that addresses the requirements in paragraphs (b)(1) through (7) of this section.</P>

          <P>(1) Installation of the CPMS sampling probe or other interface at a measurement location relative to each affected emission unit such that the measurement is representative of control of the exhaust emissions (<E T="03">e.g.,</E> on or downstream of the last control device).</P>
          <P>(2) Performance and equipment specifications for the sample interface, the parametric signal analyzer, and the data collection and reduction system.</P>

          <P>(3) Performance evaluation procedures and acceptance criteria (<E T="03">e.g.,</E> calibrations).</P>
          <P>(4) Ongoing operation and maintenance procedures in accordance with the general requirements of § 63.8(c)(1), (3), (4)(ii), (7), and (8).</P>
          <P>(5) Ongoing data quality assurance procedures in accordance with the general requirements of § 63.8(d).</P>
          <P>(6) Ongoing recordkeeping and reporting procedures in accordance with the general requirements of § 63.10(c), (e)(1), and (e)(2)(i).</P>
          <P>(7) Corrective action procedures that you will follow in the event an air pollution control device, except for a baghouse, exceeds an established operating limit as required in § 63.9600(b)(3).</P>
          <P>(c) Unless otherwise specified, each CPMS must meet the requirements in paragraphs (c)(1) and (2) of this section.</P>
          <P>(1) Each CPMS must complete a minimum of one cycle of operation for each successive 15-minute period and must have valid data for at least 95 percent of every daily averaging period.</P>
          <P>(2) Each CPMS must determine and record the daily average of all recorded readings.</P>
          <P>(d) You must conduct a performance evaluation of each CPMS in accordance with your site-specific monitoring plan.</P>
          <P>(e) You must operate and maintain the CPMS in continuous operation according to the site-specific monitoring plan.</P>
          <P>(f) For each dry electrostatic precipitator subject to the opacity operating limit in § 63.9590(b)(3)(i), you must install, operate, and maintain each COMS according to the requirements in paragraphs (f)(1) through (4) of this section.</P>
          <P>(1) You must install each COMS and conduct a performance evaluation of each COMS according to § 63.8 and Performance Specification 1 in appendix B to 40 CFR part 60.</P>
          <P>(2) You must develop and implement a quality control program for operating and maintaining each COMS according to § 63.8. At a minimum, the quality control program must include a daily calibration drift assessment, quarterly performance audit, and annual zero alignment of each COMS.</P>

          <P>(3) You must operate and maintain each COMS according to § 63.8(e) and your quality control program. You must also identify periods the COMS is out of control, including any periods that the COMS fails to pass a daily calibration drift assessment, quarterly <PRTPAGE P="76"/>performance audit, or annual zero alignment audit.</P>
          <P>(4) You must determine and record the 6-minute average opacity for periods during which the COMS is not out of control.</P>
        </SECTION>
        <SECTION>
          <SECTNO>§ 63.9633</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>How do I monitor and collect data to demonstrate continuous compliance?</SUBJECT>
          <P>(a) Except for monitoring malfunctions, associated repairs, and required quality assurance or control activities (including as applicable, calibration checks and required zero and span adjustments), you must monitor continuously (or collect data at all required intervals) at all times an affected source is operating.</P>
          <P>(b) You may not use data recorded during monitoring malfunctions, associated repairs, and required quality assurance or control activities in data averages and calculations used to report emission or operating levels, or to fulfill a minimum data availability requirement. You must use all the data collected during all other periods in assessing compliance.</P>
          <P>(c) A monitoring malfunction is any sudden, infrequent, not reasonably preventable failure of the monitoring system to provide valid data. Monitoring failures that are caused in part by poor maintenance or careless operation are not considered malfunctions.</P>
        </SECTION>
        <SECTION>
          <SECTNO>§ 63.9634</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>How do I demonstrate continuous compliance with the emission limitations that apply to me?</SUBJECT>
          <P>(a) For each affected source subject to an emission limit in Table 1 to this subpart, you must demonstrate continuous compliance by meeting the requirements in paragraphs (b) through (f) of this section.</P>
          <P>(b) For ore crushing and handling affected sources and finished pellet handling affected sources, you must demonstrate continuous compliance by meeting the requirements in paragraphs (b)(1) through (3) of this section.</P>
          <P>(1) The flow-weighted mean concentration of particulate matter for all ore crushing and handling emission units and for all finished pellet handling emission units must be maintained at or below the emission limits in Table 1 to this subpart.</P>
          <P>(2) You must conduct subsequent performance tests for emission units in the ore crushing and handling and finished pellet handling affected sources following the schedule in your title V permit. If a title V permit has not been issued, you must conduct subsequent performance tests according to a testing plan approved by the Administrator or delegated authority.</P>
          <P>(3) For emission units not selected for initial performance testing and defined within a group of similar emission units in accordance with § 63.9620(e), you must calculate the daily average value of each operating parameter for the similar air pollution control device applied to each similar emission unit within a defined group using Equation 1 of this section.</P>
          <GPH DEEP="41" SPAN="1">
            <GID>ER30oc03.004</GID>
          </GPH>
          <EXTRACT>
            <FP>Where:</FP>
            
            <FP SOURCE="FP-1">P<E T="52">k</E> = Daily average operating parameter value for all emission units within group “k”;</FP>
            <FP SOURCE="FP-1">P<E T="52">i</E> = Daily average parametric monitoring parameter value corresponding to emission unit “i” within group “k”; and</FP>
            <FP SOURCE="FP-1">n = Total number of emission units within group, including emission units that have been selected for performance tests and those that have not been selected for performance tests.</FP>
          </EXTRACT>
          
          <P>(c) For ore dryers and indurating furnaces, you must demonstrate continuous compliance by meeting the requirements in paragraphs (c)(1) and (2) of this section.</P>
          <P>(1) The flow-weighted mean concentration of particulate matter for all stacks from the ore dryer or indurating furnace must be maintained at or below the emission limits in Table 1 to this subpart.</P>

          <P>(2) For ore dryers, you must conduct subsequent performance tests following the schedule in your title V permit. For indurating furnaces, you must conduct subsequent performance tests following the schedule in your title V permit, but no less frequent than twice per 5-year permit term. If a title V permit has not been issued, you must conduct subsequent performance tests according to a testing plan approved by <PRTPAGE P="77"/>the Administrator or delegated authority.</P>
          <P>(d) For each baghouse applied to meet any particulate emission limit in Table 1 to this subpart, you must demonstrate continuous compliance by completing the requirements in paragraphs (d)(1) and (2) of this section.</P>
          <P>(1) Maintaining records of the time you initiated corrective action in the event of a bag leak detection system alarm, the corrective action(s) taken, and the date on which corrective action was completed.</P>
          <P>(2) Inspecting and maintaining each baghouse according to the requirements in § 63.9631(a)(1) through (8) and recording all information needed to document conformance with these requirements. If you increase or decrease the sensitivity of the bag leak detection system beyond the limits specified in your site-specific monitoring plan, you must include a copy of the required written certification by a responsible official in the next semiannual compliance report.</P>
          <P>(e) Except as provided in paragraph (f) of this section, for each wet scrubber subject to the operating limits for pressure drop and scrubber water flow rate in § 63.9590(b)(1), you must demonstrate continuous compliance by completing the requirements of paragraphs (e)(1) through (4) of this section.</P>
          <P>(1) Maintaining the daily average pressure drop and daily average scrubber water flow rate at or above the minimum levels established during the initial or subsequent performance test.</P>
          <P>(2) Operating and maintaining each wet scrubber CPMS according to § 63.9632(b) and recording all information needed to document conformance with these requirements.</P>
          <P>(3) Collecting and reducing monitoring data for pressure drop and scrubber water flow rate according to § 63.9632(c) and recording all information needed to document conformance with these requirements.</P>
          <P>(4) If the daily average pressure drop or daily average scrubber water flow rate is below the operating limits established for a corresponding emission unit or group of similar emission units, you must then follow the corrective action procedures in paragraph (j) of this section.</P>
          <P>(f) For each dynamic wet scrubber subject to the operating limits for scrubber water flow rate and either the fan amperage or pressure drop in § 63.9590(b)(2), you must demonstrate continuous compliance by completing the requirements of paragraphs (f)(1) through (4) of this section.</P>
          <P>(1) Maintaining the daily average scrubber water flow rate and either the daily average fan amperage or the daily average pressure drop at or above the minimum levels established during the initial or subsequent performance test.</P>
          <P>(2) Operating and maintaining each dynamic wet scrubber CPMS according to § 63.9632(b) and recording all information needed to document conformance with these requirements.</P>
          <P>(3) Collecting and reducing monitoring data for scrubber water flow rate and either fan amperage or pressure drop according to § 63.9632(c) and recording all information needed to document conformance with these requirements.</P>
          <P>(4) If the daily average scrubber water flow rate, daily average fan amperage, or daily average pressure drop is below the operating limits established for a corresponding emission unit or group of similar emission units, you must then follow the corrective action procedures in paragraph (j) of this section.</P>
          <P>(g) For each dry electrostatic precipitator subject to operating limits in § 63.9590(b)(3), you must demonstrate continuous compliance by completing the requirements of paragraph (g)(1) or (2) of this section.</P>
          <P>(1) If the operating limit for your dry electrostatic precipitator is a 6-minute average opacity of emissions value, then you must follow the requirements in paragraphs (g)(1)(i) through (iii) of this section.</P>
          <P>(i) Maintaining the 6-minute average opacity of emissions at or below the maximum level established during the initial or subsequent performance test.</P>
          <P>(ii) Operating and maintaining each COMS and reducing the COMS data according to § 63.9632(f).</P>

          <P>(iii) If the 6-minute average opacity of emissions is above the operating limits established for a corresponding emission unit, you must then follow <PRTPAGE P="78"/>the corrective action procedures in paragraph (j) of this section.</P>
          <P>(2) If the operating limit for your dry electrostatic precipitator is the daily average secondary voltage and daily average secondary current for each field, then you must follow the requirements in paragraphs (g)(2)(i) through (iv) of this section.</P>
          <P>(i) Maintaining the daily average secondary voltage or daily average secondary current for each field at or above the minimum levels established during the initial or subsequent performance test.</P>
          <P>(ii) Operating and maintaining each dry electrostatic precipitator CPMS according to § 63.9632(b) and recording all information needed to document conformance with these requirements.</P>
          <P>(iii) Collecting and reducing monitoring data for secondary voltage or secondary current for each field according to § 63.9632(c) and recording all information needed to document conformance with these requirements.</P>
          <P>(iv) If the daily average secondary voltage or daily average secondary current for each field is below the operating limits established for a corresponding emission unit, you must then follow the corrective action procedures in paragraph (j) of this section.</P>
          <P>(h) For each wet electrostatic precipitator subject to the operating limits for secondary voltage, stack outlet temperature, and water flow rate in § 63.9590(b)(4), you must demonstrate continuous compliance by completing the requirements of paragraphs (h)(1) through (4) of this section.</P>
          <P>(1) Maintaining the daily average secondary voltage, daily average secondary current, and daily average scrubber water flow rate for each field at or above the minimum levels established during the initial or subsequent performance test. Maintaining the daily average stack outlet temperature at or below the maximum levels established during the initial or subsequent performance test.</P>
          <P>(2) Operating and maintaining each wet electrostatic precipitator CPMS according to § 63.9632(b) and recording all information needed to document conformance with these requirements.</P>
          <P>(3) Collecting and reducing monitoring data for secondary voltage, stack outlet temperature, and water flow rate according to § 63.9632(c) and recording all information needed to document conformance with these requirements.</P>
          <P>(4) If the daily average secondary voltage, stack outlet temperature, or water flow rate does not meet the operating limits established for a corresponding emission unit, you must then follow the corrective action procedures in paragraph (j) of this section.</P>
          <P>(i) If you use an air pollution control device other than a wet scrubber, dynamic wet scrubber, dry electrostatic precipitator, wet electrostatic precipitator, or baghouse, you must submit a site-specific monitoring plan in accordance with § 63.9631(f). The site-specific monitoring plan must include the site-specific procedures for demonstrating initial and continuous compliance with the corresponding operating limits.</P>
          <P>(j) If the daily average operating parameter value for an emission unit or group of similar emission units does not meet the corresponding established operating limit, you must then follow the procedures in paragraphs (j)(1) through (4) of this section.</P>
          <P>(1) You must initiate and complete initial corrective action within 10 calendar days and demonstrate that the initial corrective action was successful. During any period of corrective action, you must continue to monitor and record all required operating parameters for equipment that remains in operation. After 10 calendar days, measure and record the daily average operating parameter value for the emission unit or group of similar emission units on which corrective action was taken. After the initial corrective action, if the daily average operating parameter value for the emission unit or group of similar emission units meets the operating limit established for the corresponding unit or group, then the corrective action was successful and the emission unit or group of similar emission units is in compliance with the established operating limits.</P>

          <P>(2) If the initial corrective action required in paragraph (j)(1) of this section was not successful, then you must complete additional corrective action <PRTPAGE P="79"/>within 10 calendar days and demonstrate that the subsequent corrective action was successful. During any period of corrective action, you must continue to monitor and record all required operating parameters for equipment that remains in operation. After the second set of 10 calendar days allowed to implement corrective action, you must again measure and record the daily average operating parameter value for the emission unit or group of similar emission units. If the daily average operating parameter value for the emission unit or group of similar emission units meets the operating limit established for the corresponding unit or group, then the corrective action was successful and the emission unit or group of similar emission units is in compliance with the established operating limits.</P>
          <P>(3) If the second attempt at corrective action required in paragraph (j)(2) of this section was not successful, then you must repeat the procedures of paragraph (j)(2) of this section until the corrective action is successful. If the third attempt at corrective action is unsuccessful, you must conduct another performance test in accordance with the procedures in § 63.9622(f) and report to the Administrator as a deviation the third unsuccessful attempt at corrective action.</P>
          <P>(4) After the third unsuccessful attempt at corrective action, you must submit to the Administrator the written report required in paragraph (j)(3) of this section within 5 calendar days after the third unsuccessful attempt at corrective action. This report must notify the Administrator that a deviation has occurred and document the types of corrective measures taken to address the problem that resulted in the deviation of established operating parameters and the resulting operating limits.</P>
        </SECTION>
        <SECTION>
          <SECTNO>§ 63.9635</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>How do I demonstrate continuous compliance with the work practice standards that apply to me?</SUBJECT>
          <P>(a) You must demonstrate continuous compliance with the work practice standard requirements in § 63.9591 by operating in accordance with your fugitive dust emissions control plan at all times.</P>
          <P>(b) You must maintain a current copy of the fugitive dust emissions control plan required in § 63.9591 onsite and it must be available for inspection upon request. You must keep the plan for the life of the affected source or until the affected source is no longer subject to the requirements of this subpart.</P>
        </SECTION>
        <SECTION>
          <SECTNO>§ 63.9636</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>How do I demonstrate continuous compliance with the operation and maintenance requirements that apply to me?</SUBJECT>
          <P>(a) For each control device subject to an operating limit in § 63.9590(b), you must demonstrate continuous compliance with the operation and maintenance requirements in § 63.9600(b) by completing the requirements of paragraphs (a)(1) through (4) of this section.</P>
          <P>(1) Performing preventative maintenance for each control device in accordance with § 63.9600(b)(1) and recording all information needed to document conformance with these requirements;</P>
          <P>(2) Initiating and completing corrective action for a bag leak detection system alarm in accordance with § 63.9600(b)(2) and recording all information needed to document conformance with these requirements;</P>
          <P>(3) Initiating and completing corrective action for a CPMS when you exceed an established operating limit for an air pollution control device except for a baghouse in accordance with § 63.9600(b)(3) and recording all information needed to document conformance with these requirements; and</P>
          <P>(4) Implementing and maintaining site-specific good combustion practices for each indurating furnace in accordance with § 63.9600(b)(4) and recording all information needed to document conformance with these requirements.</P>
          <P>(b) You must maintain a current copy of the operation and maintenance plan required in § 63.9600(b) onsite, and it must be available for inspection upon request. You must keep the plan for the life of the affected source or until the affected source is no longer subject to the requirements of this subpart.</P>
        </SECTION>
        <SECTION>
          <PRTPAGE P="80"/>
          <SECTNO>§ 63.9637</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>What other requirements must I meet to demonstrate continuous compliance?</SUBJECT>
          <P>(a) <E T="03">Deviations.</E> You must report each instance in which you did not meet each emission limitation in Table 1 to this subpart that applies to you. This includes periods of startup, shutdown, and malfunction in accordance with paragraph (b) of this section. You also must report each instance in which you did not meet the work practice standards in § 63.9591 and each instance in which you did not meet each operation and maintenance requirement in § 63.9600 that applies to you. These instances are deviations from the emission limitations, work practice standards, and operation and maintenance requirements in this subpart. These deviations must be reported in accordance with the requirements in § 63.9641.</P>
          <P>(b) <E T="03">Startups, shutdowns, and malfunctions.</E> (1) Consistent with §§ 63.6(e) and 63.7(e)(1), deviations that occur during a period of startup, shutdown, or malfunction are not violations if you demonstrate to the Administrator's satisfaction that you were operating in accordance with § 63.6(e)(1).</P>
          <P>(2) The Administrator will determine whether deviations that occur during a period of startup, shutdown, or malfunction are violations, according to the provisions in § 63.6(e).</P>
          <CITA>[68 FR 61888, Oct. 30, 2003, as amended at 71 FR 20471, Apr. 20, 2006]</CITA>
        </SECTION>
      </SUBJGRP>
      <SUBJGRP>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">Notifications, Reports, and Records</HD>
        <SECTION>
          <SECTNO>§ 63.9640</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>What notifications must I submit and when?</SUBJECT>
          <P>(a) You must submit all of the notifications in §§ 63.7(b) and (c), 63.8(f)(4), and 63.9(b) through (h) that apply to you by the specified dates.</P>
          <P>(b) As specified in § 63.9(b)(2), if you start up your affected source before October 30, 2003, you must submit your initial notification no later than 120 calendar days after October 30, 2003.</P>
          <P>(c) As specified in § 63.9(b)(3), if you start up your new affected source on or after October 30, 2003, you must submit your initial notification no later than 120 calendar days after you become subject to this subpart.</P>
          <P>(d) If you are required to conduct a performance test, you must submit a notification of intent to conduct a performance test at least 60 calendar days before the performance test is scheduled to begin, as required in § 63.7(b)(1).</P>
          <P>(e) If you are required to conduct a performance test or other initial compliance demonstration, you must submit a notification of compliance status according to § 63.9(h)(2)(ii). The initial notification of compliance status must be submitted by the dates specified in paragraphs (e)(1) and (2) of this section.</P>
          <P>(1) For each initial compliance demonstration that does not include a performance test, you must submit the notification of compliance status before the close of business on the 30th calendar day following completion of the initial compliance demonstration.</P>
          <P>(2) For each initial compliance demonstration that does include a performance test, you must submit the notification of compliance status, including the performance test results, before the close of business on the 60th calendar day following the completion of the performance test according to § 63.10(d)(2).</P>
        </SECTION>
        <SECTION>
          <SECTNO>§ 63.9641</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>What reports must I submit and when?</SUBJECT>
          <P>(a) <E T="03">Compliance report due dates.</E> Unless the Administrator has approved a different schedule, you must submit a semiannual compliance report to your permitting authority according to the requirements in paragraphs (a)(1) through (5) of this section.</P>
          <P>(1) The first compliance report must cover the period beginning on the compliance date that is specified for your affected source in § 63.9583 and ending on June 30 or December 31, whichever date comes first after the compliance date that is specified for your source in § 63.9583.</P>
          <P>(2) The first compliance report must be postmarked or delivered no later than July 31 or January 31, whichever date comes first after your first compliance report is due.</P>
          <P>(3) Each subsequent compliance report must cover the semiannual reporting period from January 1 through June 30 or the semiannual reporting period from July 1 through December 31.</P>

          <P>(4) Each subsequent compliance report must be postmarked or delivered <PRTPAGE P="81"/>no later than July 31 or January 31, whichever date comes first after the end of the semiannual reporting period.</P>
          <P>(5) For each affected source that is subject to permitting regulations pursuant to 40 CFR part 70 or 40 CFR part 71, and if the permitting authority has established dates for submitting semiannual reports pursuant to 40 CFR 70.6(a)(3)(iii)(A) or 40 CFR 71.6(a)(3)(iii)(A), you may submit the first and subsequent compliance reports according to the dates the permitting authority has established instead of according to the dates in paragraphs (a)(1) through (4) of this section.</P>
          <P>(b) <E T="03">Compliance report contents.</E> Each compliance report must include the information in paragraphs (b)(1) through (3) of this section and, as applicable, in paragraphs (b)(4) through (8) of this section.</P>
          <P>(1) Company name and address.</P>
          <P>(2) Statement by a responsible official, with the official's name, title, and signature, certifying the truth, accuracy, and completeness of the content of the report.</P>
          <P>(3) Date of report and beginning and ending dates of the reporting period.</P>
          <P>(4) If you had a startup, shutdown, or malfunction during the reporting period and you took actions consistent with your startup, shutdown, and malfunction plan, the compliance report must include the information in § 63.10(d)(5)(i).</P>
          <P>(5) If there were no deviations from the continuous compliance requirements in §§ 63.9634 through 63.9636 that apply to you, then provide a statement that there were no deviations from the emission limitations, work practice standards, or operation and maintenance requirements during the reporting period.</P>
          <P>(6) If there were no periods during which a continuous monitoring system (including a CPMS or COMS) was out-of-control as specified in § 63.8(c)(7), then provide a statement that there were no periods during which a continuous monitoring system was out-of-control during the reporting period.</P>
          <P>(7) For each deviation from an emission limitation in Table 1 to this subpart that occurs at an affected source where you are not using a continuous monitoring system (including a CPMS or COMS) to comply with an emission limitation in this subpart, the compliance report must contain the information in paragraphs (b)(1) through (4) of this section and the information in paragraphs (b)(7)(i) and (ii) of this section. This includes periods of startup, shutdown, and malfunction.</P>
          <P>(i) The total operating time of each affected source during the reporting period.</P>
          <P>(ii) Information on the number, duration, and cause of deviations (including unknown cause) as applicable, and the corrective action taken.</P>
          <P>(8) For each deviation from an emission limitation occurring at an affected source where you are using a continuous monitoring system (including a CPMS or COMS) to comply with the emission limitation in this subpart, you must include the information in paragraphs (b)(1) through (4) of this section and the information in paragraphs (b)(8)(i) through (xi) of this section. This includes periods of startup, shutdown, and malfunction.</P>
          <P>(i) The date and time that each malfunction started and stopped.</P>
          <P>(ii) The date and time that each continuous monitoring system was inoperative, except for zero (low-level) and high-level checks.</P>
          <P>(iii) The date, time, and duration that each continuous monitoring system was out-of-control, including the information in § 63.8(c)(8).</P>
          <P>(iv) The date and time that each deviation started and stopped, and whether each deviation occurred during a period of startup, shutdown, or malfunction or during another period.</P>
          <P>(v) A summary of the total duration of the deviation during the reporting period and the total duration as a percent of the total source operating time during that reporting period.</P>
          <P>(vi) A breakdown of the total duration of the deviations during the reporting period including those that are due to startup, shutdown, control equipment problems, process problems, other known causes, and other unknown causes.</P>

          <P>(vii) A summary of the total duration of continuous monitoring system downtime during the reporting period and the total duration of continuous <PRTPAGE P="82"/>monitoring system downtime as a percent of the total source operating time during the reporting period.</P>
          <P>(viii) A brief description of the process units.</P>
          <P>(ix) A brief description of the continuous monitoring system.</P>
          <P>(x) The date of the latest continuous monitoring system certification or audit.</P>
          <P>(xi) A description of any changes in continuous monitoring systems, processes, or controls since the last reporting period.</P>
          <P>(c) <E T="03">Immediate startup, shutdown, and malfunction report.</E> If you had a startup, shutdown, or malfunction during the semiannual reporting period that was not consistent with your startup, shutdown, and malfunction plan, you must submit an immediate startup, shutdown, and malfunction report according to the requirements in § 63.10(d)(5)(ii).</P>
          <P>(d) <E T="03">Part 70 monitoring report.</E> If you have obtained a title V operating permit for an affected source pursuant to 40 CFR part 70 or 40 CFR part 71, you must report all deviations as defined in this subpart in the semiannual monitoring report required by 40 CFR 70.6(a)(3)(iii)(A) or 40 CFR 71.6(a)(3)(iii)(A). If you submit a compliance report for an affected source along with, or as part of, the semiannual monitoring report required by 40 CFR 70.6(a)(3)(iii)(A) or 40 CFR 71.6(a)(3)(iii)(A), and the compliance report includes all the required information concerning deviations from any emission limitation or operation and maintenance requirement in this subpart, submission of the compliance report satisfies any obligation to report the same deviations in the semiannual monitoring report. However, submission of a compliance report does not otherwise affect any obligation you may have to report deviations from permit requirements for an affected source to your permitting authority.</P>
          <P>(e) <E T="03">Immediate corrective action report.</E> If you had three unsuccessful attempts of applying corrective action as described in § 63.9634(j) on an emission unit or group of emission units, then you must submit an immediate corrective action report. Within 5 calendar days after the third unsuccessful attempt at corrective action, you must submit to the Administrator a written report in accordance with § 63.9634(j)(3) and (4). This report must notify the Administrator that a deviation has occurred and document the types of corrective measures taken to address the problem that resulted in the deviation of established operating parameters and the resulting operating limits.</P>
        </SECTION>
        <SECTION>
          <SECTNO>§ 63.9642</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>What records must I keep?</SUBJECT>
          <P>(a) You must keep the records listed in paragraphs (a)(1) through (3) of this section.</P>
          <P>(1) A copy of each notification and report that you submitted to comply with this subpart, including all documentation supporting any initial notification or notification of compliance status that you submitted, according to the requirements in § 63.10(b)(2)(xiv).</P>
          <P>(2) The records in § 63.6(e)(3)(iii) through (v) related to startup, shutdown, and malfunction.</P>
          <P>(3) Records of performance tests and performance evaluations as required in § 63.10(b)(2)(viii).</P>
          <P>(b) For each COMS, you must keep the records specified in paragraphs (b)(1) through (4) of this section.</P>
          <P>(1) Records described in § 63.10(b)(2)(vi) through (xi).</P>
          <P>(2) Monitoring data for COMS during a performance evaluation as required in § 63.6(h)(7)(i) and (ii).</P>
          <P>(3) Previous (that is, superceded) versions of the performance evaluation plan as required in § 63.8(d)(3).</P>
          <P>(4) Records of the date and time that each deviation started and stopped, and whether the deviation occurred during a period of startup, shutdown, or malfunction or during another period.</P>
          <P>(c) You must keep the records required in §§ 63.9634 through 63.9636 to show continuous compliance with each emission limitation, work practice standard, and operation and maintenance requirement that applies to you.</P>
        </SECTION>
        <SECTION>
          <SECTNO>§ 63.9643</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>In what form and how long must I keep my records?</SUBJECT>

          <P>(a) Your records must be in a form suitable and readily available for expeditious review, according to § 63.10(b)(1).<PRTPAGE P="83"/>
          </P>
          <P>(b) As specified in § 63.10(b)(1), you must keep each record for 5 years following the date of each occurrence, measurement, maintenance, corrective action, report, or record.</P>
          <P>(c) You must keep each record on site for at least 2 years after the date of each occurrence, measurement, maintenance, corrective action, report, or record according to § 63.10(b)(1). You can keep the records offsite for the remaining 3 years.</P>
        </SECTION>
      </SUBJGRP>
      <SUBJGRP>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">Other Requirements and Information</HD>
        <SECTION>
          <SECTNO>§ 63.9650</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>What parts of the General Provisions apply to me?</SUBJECT>
          <P>Table 2 to this subpart shows which parts of the General Provisions in §§ 63.1 through 63.15 apply to you.</P>
        </SECTION>
        <SECTION>
          <SECTNO>§ 63.9651</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Who implements and enforces this subpart?</SUBJECT>
          <P>(a) This subpart can be implemented and enforced by us, the EPA, or a delegated authority such as your State, local, or tribal agency. If the EPA Administrator has delegated authority to your State, local, or tribal agency, then that agency has the authority to implement and enforce this subpart. You should contact your EPA Regional Office to find out if this subpart is delegated to your State, local, or tribal agency.</P>
          <P>(b) In delegating implementation and enforcement authority of this subpart to a State, local, or tribal agency under subpart E of this part, the authorities contained in paragraph (c) of this section are retained by the Administrator of the EPA and are not transferred to the State, local, or tribal agency.</P>
          <P>(c) The authorities that will not be delegated to State, local, or tribal agencies are specified in paragraphs (c)(1) through (4) of this section.</P>
          <P>(1) Approval of non-opacity emission limitations and work practice standards under § 63.6(h)(9) and as defined in § 63.90.</P>
          <P>(2) Approval of major alternatives to test methods under § 63.7(e)(2)(ii) and (f) and as defined in § 63.90.</P>
          <P>(3) Approval of major alternatives to monitoring under § 63.8(f) and as defined in § 63.90.</P>
          <P>(4) Approval of major alternatives to recordkeeping and reporting under § 63.10(f) and as defined in § 63.90.</P>
        </SECTION>
        <SECTION>
          <SECTNO>§ 63.9652</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>What definitions apply to this subpart?</SUBJECT>
          <P>Terms used in this subpart are defined in the Clean Air Act, in § 63.2, and in this section as follows.</P>
          <P>
            <E T="03">Affected source</E> means each new or existing ore crushing and handling operation, ore dryer, indurating furnace, or finished pellet handling operation, at your taconite iron ore processing plant.</P>
          <P>
            <E T="03">Bag leak detection system</E> means a system that is capable of continuously monitoring relative particulate matter (dust) loadings in the exhaust of a baghouse to detect bag leaks and other upset conditions. A bag leak detection system includes, but is not limited to, an instrument that operates on triboelectric, light scattering, light transmittance, or other effect to continuously monitor relative particulate matter loadings.</P>
          <P>
            <E T="03">Conveyor belt transfer point</E> means a point in the conveying operation where the taconite ore or taconite pellets are transferred to or from a conveyor belt, except where the taconite ore or taconite pellets are being transferred to a bin or stockpile.</P>
          <P>
            <E T="03">Crusher</E> means a machine used to crush taconite ore and includes feeders or conveyors located immediately below the crushing surfaces. Crushers include, but are not limited to, gyratory crushers and cone crushers.</P>
          <P>
            <E T="03">Deviation</E> means any instance in which an affected source subject to this subpart, or an owner or operator of such a source:</P>
          <P>(1) Fails to meet any requirement or obligation established by this subpart, including but not limited to any emission limitation (including operating limits) or operation and maintenance requirement;</P>
          <P>(2) Fails to meet any term or condition that is adopted to implement an applicable requirement in this subpart and that is included in the operating permit for any affected source required to obtain such a permit; or</P>

          <P>(3) Fails to meet any emission limitation in this subpart during startup, shutdown, or malfunction, regardless <PRTPAGE P="84"/>of whether or not such failure is permitted by this subpart.</P>
          <P>
            <E T="03">Dynamic wet scrubber</E> means an air emissions control device which utilizes a mechanically powered fan to cause contact between the process exhaust gas stream and the scrubbing liquid which are introduced concurrently into the fan inlet.</P>
          <P>
            <E T="03">Emission limitation</E> means any emission limit, opacity limit, or operating limit.</P>
          <P>
            <E T="03">Finished pellet handling</E> means the transfer of fired taconite pellets from the indurating furnace to the finished pellet stockpiles at the plant. Finished pellet handling includes, but is not limited to, furnace discharge or grate discharge, and finished pellet screening, transfer, and storage. The atmospheric pellet cooler vent stack and gravity conveyor gallery vents designed to remove heat and water vapor from the structure are not included as a part of the finished pellet handling affected source.</P>
          <P>
            <E T="03">Fugitive dust emission source</E> means a stationary source from which particles are discharged to the atmosphere due to wind or mechanical inducement such as vehicle traffic. Fugitive dust sources include, but are not limited to:</P>
          <P>(1) Stockpiles (includes, but is not limited to, stockpiles of uncrushed ore, crushed ore, or finished pellets);</P>
          <P>(2) Material transfer points;</P>
          <P>(3) Plant roadways;</P>
          <P>(4) Tailings basins;</P>
          <P>(5) Pellet loading areas; and</P>
          <P>(6) Yard areas.</P>
          <P>
            <E T="03">Grate feed</E> means the transfer of unfired taconite pellets from the pelletizer into the indurating furnace.</P>
          <P>
            <E T="03">Grate kiln indurating furnace</E> means a furnace system that consists of a traveling grate, a rotary kiln, and an annular cooler. The grate kiln indurating furnace begins at the point where the grate feed conveyor discharges the green balls onto the furnace traveling grate and ends where the hardened pellets exit the cooler. The atmospheric pellet cooler vent stack is not included as part of the grate kiln indurating furnace.</P>
          <P>
            <E T="03">Indurating</E> means the process whereby unfired taconite pellets, called green balls, are hardened at high temperature in an indurating furnace. Types of indurating furnaces include straight grate indurating furnaces and grate kiln indurating furnaces.</P>
          <P>
            <E T="03">Ore crushing and handling</E> means the process whereby dry taconite ore is crushed and screened. Ore crushing and handling includes, but is not limited to, all dry crushing operations (<E T="03">e.g.,</E> primary, secondary, and tertiary crushing), dry ore conveyance and transfer points, dry ore classification and screening, dry ore storage and stockpiling, dry milling, dry cobbing (<E T="03">i.e.,</E> dry magnetic separation), and the grate feed. Ore crushing and handling specifically excludes any operations where the dry crushed ore is saturated with water, such as wet milling and wet magnetic separation.</P>
          <P>
            <E T="03">Ore dryer</E> means a rotary dryer that repeatedly tumbles wet taconite ore concentrate through a heated air stream to reduce the amount of entrained moisture in the taconite ore concentrate.</P>
          <P>
            <E T="03">Pellet cooler vent stacks</E> means atmospheric vents in the cooler section of the grate kiln indurating furnace that exhaust cooling air that is not returned for recuperation. Pellet cooler vent stacks are not to be confused with the cooler discharge stack, which is in the pellet loadout or dumping area.</P>
          <P>
            <E T="03">Pellet loading area</E> means that portion of a taconite iron ore processing plant where taconite pellets are loaded into trucks or railcars.</P>
          <P>
            <E T="03">Responsible official</E> means responsible official as defined in § 63.2.</P>
          <P>
            <E T="03">Rod-deck venturi scrubber</E> means a wet scrubber emission control device in which the inlet air flows through a bed of parallel metal pipes spaced apart to produce a series of parallel venturi throats.</P>
          <P>
            <E T="03">Screen</E> means a device for separating material according to size by passing undersize material through one or more mesh surfaces (screens) in series and retaining oversize material on the mesh surfaces (screens).</P>
          <P>
            <E T="03">Storage bin</E> means a facility for storage (including surge bins and hoppers) of taconite ore or taconite pellets prior to further processing or loading.</P>
          <P>
            <E T="03">Straight grate indurating furnace</E> means a furnace system that consists of a traveling grate that carries the <PRTPAGE P="85"/>taconite pellets through different furnace temperature zones. In the straight grate indurating furnace a layer of fired pellets, called the hearth layer, is placed on the traveling grate prior to the addition of unfired pellets. The straight grate indurating furnace begins at the point where the grate feed conveyor discharges the green balls onto the furnace traveling grate and ends where the hardened pellets drop off of the traveling grate.</P>
          <P>
            <E T="03">Taconite iron ore processing</E> means the separation and concentration of iron ore from taconite, a low-grade iron ore, to produce taconite pellets.</P>
          <P>
            <E T="03">Taconite ore</E> means a low-grade iron ore suitable for concentration of magnetite or hematite by fine grinding and magnetic or flotation treatment, from which pellets containing iron can be produced.</P>
          <P>
            <E T="03">Tailings basin</E> means a natural or artificial impoundment in which gangue or other refuse material resulting from the washing, concentration or treatment of ground taconite iron ore is confined.</P>
          <P>
            <E T="03">Wet grinding and milling</E> means the process whereby wet taconite ore is finely ground using rod and/or ball mills.</P>
        </SECTION>
      </SUBJGRP>
      <APPENDIX>
        <EAR>Pt. 63, Subpt. RRRRR, Table 1</EAR>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">Table 1 to Subpart RRRRR of Part 63—Emission Limits</HD>
        <P>As required in § 63.9590(a), you must comply with each applicable emission limit in the following table:</P>
        <GPOTABLE CDEF="s100,xs100,r100" COLS="3" OPTS="L2">
          <BOXHD>
            <CHED H="1" O="L">If your affected source is . . .</CHED>
            <CHED H="1" O="L">and the affected source is categorized as . . .</CHED>
            <CHED H="1" O="L">then you must comply with the flow-weighted mean concentration of particulate matter discharged to the atmosphere from the affected source, as determined using the procedures in § 63.9621(b), such that you must not exceed . . .</CHED>
          </BOXHD>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">1. Ore crushing and handling emission units</ENT>
            <ENT>Existing</ENT>
            <ENT>0.008 grains per dry standard cubic foot (gr/dscf).</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT>New</ENT>
            <ENT>0.005 gr/dscf.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">2. Straight grate indurating furnace processing magnetite</ENT>
            <ENT>Existing<LI>New</LI>
            </ENT>
            <ENT>0.01 gr/dscf.<LI>0.006 gr/dscf.</LI>
            </ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">3. Grate kiln indurating furnace processing magnetite</ENT>
            <ENT>Existing<LI>New</LI>
            </ENT>
            <ENT>0.01 gr/dscf.<LI>0.006 gr/dscf.</LI>
            </ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">4. Grate kiln indurating furnace processing hematite</ENT>
            <ENT>Existing<LI>New</LI>
            </ENT>
            <ENT>0.03 gr/dscf.<LI>0.018 gr/dscf.</LI>
            </ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">5. Finished pellet handling emission units</ENT>
            <ENT>Existing<LI>New</LI>
            </ENT>
            <ENT>0.008 gr/dscf.<LI>0.005 gr/dscf.</LI>
            </ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">6. Ore dryer</ENT>
            <ENT>Existing<LI>New</LI>
            </ENT>
            <ENT>0.052 gr/dscf.<LI>0.025 gr/dscf.</LI>
            </ENT>
          </ROW>
        </GPOTABLE>
      </APPENDIX>
      <APPENDIX>
        <EAR>Pt. 63, Subpt. RRRRR, Table 2</EAR>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">Table 2 to Subpart RRRRR of Part 63—Applicability of General Provisions to Subpart RRRRR of Part 63</HD>
        <P>As required in § 63.9650, you must comply with the requirements of the NESHAP General Provisions (40 CFR part 63, subpart A) shown in the following table:</P>
        <GPOTABLE CDEF="s80,r80,xs70,r80" COLS="4" OPTS="L2">
          <BOXHD>
            <CHED H="1">Citation</CHED>
            <CHED H="1">Subject</CHED>
            <CHED H="1">Applies to Subpart RRRRR</CHED>
            <CHED H="1">Explanation</CHED>
          </BOXHD>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">§ 63.1</ENT>
            <ENT>Applicability</ENT>
            <ENT O="xl">Yes.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">§ 63.2</ENT>
            <ENT>Definitions</ENT>
            <ENT O="xl">Yes.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">§ 63.3</ENT>
            <ENT>Units and Abbreviations</ENT>
            <ENT O="xl">Yes.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">§ 63.4</ENT>
            <ENT>Prohibited Activities</ENT>
            <ENT O="xl">Yes.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">§ 63.5</ENT>
            <ENT>Construction/Reconstruction</ENT>
            <ENT O="xl">Yes.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">§ 63.6(a)-(g)</ENT>
            <ENT>Compliance With Standards and Maintenance Requirements</ENT>
            <ENT O="xl">Yes.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">§ 63.6(h)</ENT>
            <ENT>Compliance With Opacity and Visible Emission (VE) Standards</ENT>
            <ENT>No</ENT>
            <ENT>Subpart RRRRR does not contain opacity and VE standards.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">§ 63.6(i), (j)</ENT>
            <ENT>Extension of Compliance and Presidential Compliance Extension</ENT>
            <ENT O="xl">Yes.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">§ 63.7(a)(1)-(2)</ENT>
            <ENT>Applicability and Performance Test Dates</ENT>
            <ENT>No</ENT>
            <ENT>Subpart RRRRR specifies performance test applicability and dates.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <PRTPAGE P="86"/>
            <ENT I="01">§ 63.7(a)(3), (b)-(h)</ENT>
            <ENT>Performance Testing Requirements</ENT>
            <ENT O="xl">Yes.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">§ 63.8(a)(1)-(a)(3), (b), (c)(1)-(3), (c)(5)-(8), (d), (e), (f)(1)-(5), (g)(1)-(4)</ENT>
            <ENT>Monitoring Requirements</ENT>
            <ENT>Yes</ENT>
            <ENT>Continuous monitoring system (CMS) requirements in § 63.8(c)(5) and (6) apply only to COMS for dry electrostatic precipitators.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">§ 63.8(a)(4)</ENT>
            <ENT>Additional Monitoring Requirements for Control Devices in § 63.11</ENT>
            <ENT>No</ENT>
            <ENT>Subpart RRRRR does not require flares.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">§ 63.8(c)(4)</ENT>
            <ENT>Continuous Monitoring System Requirements</ENT>
            <ENT>No</ENT>
            <ENT>Subpart RRRRR specifies requirements for operation of CMS.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">§ 63.8(f)(6)</ENT>
            <ENT>Relative Accuracy Test Alternative (RATA)</ENT>
            <ENT>No</ENT>
            <ENT>Subpart RRRRR does not require continuous emission monitoring systems.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">§ 63.8(g)(5)</ENT>
            <ENT>Data Reduction</ENT>
            <ENT>No</ENT>
            <ENT>Subpart RRRRR specifies data reduction requirements.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">§ 63.9</ENT>
            <ENT>Notification Requirements</ENT>
            <ENT>Yes</ENT>
            <ENT>Additional notifications for CMS in § 63.9(g) apply to COMS for dry electrostatic precipitators.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">§ 63.10(a), (b)(1)-(2)(xii), (b)(2)(xiv), (b)(3), (c)(1)-(6), (c)(9)-(15), (d)(1)-(2), (d)(4)-(5), (e), (f)</ENT>
            <ENT>Recordkeeping and Reporting Requirements</ENT>
            <ENT>Yes</ENT>
            <ENT>Additional records for CMS in § 63.10(c)(1)-(6), (9)-(15), and reports in § 63.10(d)(1)-(2) apply only to COMS for dry electrostatic precipitators.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">§ 63.10(b)(2)(xiii)</ENT>
            <ENT>CMS Records for RATA Alternative</ENT>
            <ENT>No</ENT>
            <ENT>Subpart RRRRR doesn't require continuous emission monitoring systems.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">§ 63.10(c)(7)-(8)</ENT>
            <ENT>Records of Excess Emissions and Parameter Monitoring Exceedances for CMS</ENT>
            <ENT>No</ENT>
            <ENT>Subpart RRRRR specifies record requirements.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">§ 63.10(d)(3)</ENT>
            <ENT>Reporting opacity or VE observations</ENT>
            <ENT>No</ENT>
            <ENT>Subpart RRRRR does not have opacity and VE standards.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">§ 63.11</ENT>
            <ENT>Control Device Requirements</ENT>
            <ENT>No</ENT>
            <ENT>Subpart RRRRR does not require flares.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">§ 63.12</ENT>
            <ENT>State Authority and Delegations</ENT>
            <ENT O="xl">Yes.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">§ 63.13-§ 63.15</ENT>
            <ENT>Addresses, Incorporation by Reference, Availability of Information</ENT>
            <ENT O="xl">Yes.</ENT>
          </ROW>
        </GPOTABLE>
      </APPENDIX>
    </SUBPART>
    <SUBPART>
      <HD SOURCE="HED">Subpart SSSSS—National Emission Standards for Hazardous Air Pollutants for Refractory Products Manufacturing</HD>
      <SOURCE>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">Source:</HD>
        <P>68 FR 18747, Apr. 16, 2003, unless otherwise noted.</P>
      </SOURCE>
      <SUBJGRP>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">What This Subpart Covers</HD>
        <SECTION>
          <SECTNO>§ 63.9780</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>What is the purpose of this subpart?</SUBJECT>
          <P>This subpart establishes national emission standards for hazardous air pollutants (NESHAP) for refractory products manufacturing facilities. This subpart also establishes requirements to demonstrate initial and continuous compliance with the emission limitations.</P>
        </SECTION>
        <SECTION>
          <SECTNO>§ 63.9782</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Am I subject to this subpart?</SUBJECT>
          <P>You are subject to this subpart if you own or operate a refractory products manufacturing facility that is, is located at, or is part of, a major source of hazardous air pollutant (HAP) emissions according to the criteria in paragraphs (a) and (b) of this section.</P>

          <P>(a) A refractory products manufacturing facility is a plant site that manufactures refractory products (refractory bricks, refractory shapes, monolithics, kiln furniture, crucibles, and other materials used for lining furnaces and other high temperature process units), as defined in § 63.9824. Refractory products manufacturing facilities typically process raw material by crushing, grinding, and screening; mixing the processed raw materials with binders and other additives; forming <PRTPAGE P="87"/>the refractory mix into shapes; and drying and firing the shapes.</P>
          <P>(b) A major source of HAP is a plant site that emits or has the potential to emit any single HAP at a rate of 9.07 megagrams (10 tons) or more per year or any combination of HAP at a rate of 22.68 megagrams (25 tons) or more per year.</P>
        </SECTION>
        <SECTION>
          <SECTNO>§ 63.9784</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>What parts of my plant does this subpart cover?</SUBJECT>
          <P>(a) This subpart applies to each new, reconstructed, or existing affected source at a refractory products manufacturing facility.</P>
          <P>(b) The existing affected sources are shape dryers, curing ovens, and kilns that are used to manufacture refractory products that use organic HAP; shape preheaters, pitch working tanks, defumers, and coking ovens that are used to produce pitch-impregnated refractory products; kilns that are used to manufacture chromium refractory products; and kilns that are used to manufacture clay refractory products.</P>
          <P>(c) The new or reconstructed affected sources are shape dryers, curing ovens, and kilns that are used to manufacture refractory products that use organic HAP; shape preheaters, pitch working tanks, defumers, and coking ovens used to produce pitch-impregnated refractory products; kilns that are used to manufacture chromium refractory products; and kilns that are used to manufacture clay refractory products.</P>

          <P>(d) Shape dryers, curing ovens, kilns, coking ovens, defumers, shape preheaters, and pitch working tanks that are research and development (R&amp;D) process units are not subject to the requirements of this subpart. (See definition of <E T="03">research and development process unit</E> in § 63.9824).</P>
          <P>(e) A source is a new affected source if you began construction of the affected source after June 20, 2002, and you met the applicability criteria at the time you began construction.</P>
          <P>(f) An affected source is reconstructed if you meet the criteria as defined in § 63.2.</P>
          <P>(g) An affected source is existing if it is not new or reconstructed.</P>
        </SECTION>
        <SECTION>
          <SECTNO>§ 63.9786</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>When do I have to comply with this subpart?</SUBJECT>
          <P>(a) If you have a new or reconstructed affected source, you must comply with this subpart according to paragraphs (a)(1) and (2) of this section.</P>
          <P>(1) If the initial startup of your affected source is before April 16, 2003, then you must comply with the emission limitations for new and reconstructed sources in this subpart no later than April 16, 2003.</P>
          <P>(2) If the initial startup of your affected source is after April 16, 2003, then you must comply with the emission limitations for new and reconstructed sources in this subpart upon initial startup of your affected source.</P>
          <P>(b) If you have an existing affected source, you must comply with the emission limitations for existing sources no later than April 17, 2006.</P>
          <P>(c) You must be in compliance with this subpart when you conduct a performance test on an affected source.</P>
          <P>(d) If you have an existing area source that increases its emissions or its potential to emit such that it becomes a major source of HAP, you must be in compliance with this subpart according to paragraphs (d)(1) and (2) of this section.</P>
          <P>(1) Any portion of the existing facility that is a new affected source or a new reconstructed source must be in compliance with this subpart upon startup.</P>
          <P>(2) All other parts of the existing facility must be in compliance with this subpart by 3 years after the date the area source becomes a major source.</P>
          <P>(e) If you have a new area source (<E T="03">i.e.,</E> an area source for which construction or reconstruction was commenced after June 20, 2002) that increases its emissions or its potential to emit such that it becomes a major source of HAP, you must be in compliance with this subpart upon initial startup of your affected source as a major source.</P>
          <P>(f) You must meet the notification requirements in § 63.9812 according to the schedule in § 63.9812 and in 40 CFR part 63, subpart A. Some of the notifications must be submitted before you are required to comply with the emission limitations in this subpart.</P>
        </SECTION>
      </SUBJGRP>
      <SUBJGRP>
        <PRTPAGE P="88"/>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">Emission Limitations and Work Practice Standards</HD>
        <SECTION>
          <SECTNO>§ 63.9788</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>What emission limits, operating limits, and work practice standards must I meet?</SUBJECT>
          <P>(a) You must meet each emission limit in Table 1 to this subpart that applies to you.</P>
          <P>(b) You must meet each operating limit in Table 2 to this subpart that applies to you.</P>
          <P>(c) You must meet each work practice standard in Table 3 to this subpart that applies to you.</P>
        </SECTION>
        <SECTION>
          <SECTNO>§ 63.9790</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>What are my options for meeting the emission limits?</SUBJECT>
          <P>To meet the emission limits in Table 1 to this subpart, you must use one or both of the options listed in paragraphs (a) and (b) of this section.</P>
          <P>(a) <E T="03">Emissions control system.</E> Use an emissions capture and collection system and an add-on air pollution control device (APCD) and demonstrate that the resulting emissions or emissions reductions meet the applicable emission limits in Table 1 to this subpart, and demonstrate that the capture and collection system and APCD meet the applicable operating limits in Table 2 to this subpart.</P>
          <P>(b) <E T="03">Process changes.</E> Use raw materials that have little or no potential to emit HAP during the refractory products manufacturing process or implement manufacturing process changes and demonstrate that the resulting emissions or emissions reductions meet the applicable emission limits in Table 1 to this subpart without an add-on APCD.</P>
        </SECTION>
      </SUBJGRP>
      <SUBJGRP>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">General Compliance Requirements</HD>
        <SECTION>
          <SECTNO>§ 63.9792</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>What are my general requirements for complying with this subpart?</SUBJECT>
          <P>(a) You must be in compliance with the emission limitations (including operating limits and work practice standards) in this subpart at all times, except during periods specified in paragraphs (a)(1) and (2) of this section.</P>
          <P>(1) Periods of startup, shutdown, and malfunction.</P>
          <P>(2) Periods of scheduled maintenance on a control device that is used on an affected continuous kiln, as specified in paragraph (e) of this section.</P>
          <P>(b) Except as specified in paragraph (e) of this section, you must always operate and maintain your affected source, including air pollution control and monitoring equipment, according to the provisions in § 63.6(e)(1)(i). During the period between the compliance date specified for your affected source in § 63.9786 and the date upon which continuous monitoring systems have been installed and validated and any applicable operating limits have been established, you must maintain a log detailing the operation and maintenance of the process and emissions control equipment.</P>
          <P>(c) You must develop a written startup, shutdown, and malfunction plan (SSMP) according to the provisions in § 63.6(e)(3).</P>
          <P>(d) You must prepare and implement a written operation, maintenance, and monitoring (OM&amp;M) plan according to the requirements in § 63.9794.</P>
          <P>(e) If you own or operate an affected continuous kiln and must perform scheduled maintenance on the control device for that kiln, you may bypass the kiln control device and continue operating the kiln upon approval by the Administrator, provided you satisfy the conditions listed in paragraphs (e)(1) through (3) of this section.</P>
          <P>(1) You must request approval from the Administrator to bypass the control device while the scheduled maintenance is performed. You must submit a separate request each time you plan to bypass the control device, and your request must include the information specified in paragraphs (e)(1)(i) through (vi) of this section.</P>
          <P>(i) Reason for the scheduled maintenance.</P>
          <P>(ii) Explanation for why the maintenance cannot be performed when the kiln is shut down.</P>
          <P>(iii) Detailed description of the maintenance activities.</P>
          <P>(iv) Time required to complete the maintenance.</P>
          <P>(v) How you will minimize HAP emissions from the kiln during the period when the control device is out of service.</P>

          <P>(vi) How you will minimize the time when the kiln is operating and the control device is out of service for scheduled maintenance.<PRTPAGE P="89"/>
          </P>
          <P>(2) You must minimize HAP emissions during the period when the kiln is operating and the control device is out of service.</P>
          <P>(3) You must minimize the time period during which the kiln is operating and the control device is out of service.</P>
          <P>(f) You must be in compliance with the provisions of subpart A of this part, except as noted in Table 11 to this subpart.</P>
          <CITA>[68 FR 18747, Apr. 16, 2003, as amended at 71 FR 20471, Apr. 20, 2006]</CITA>
        </SECTION>
        <SECTION>
          <SECTNO>§ 63.9794</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>What do I need to know about operation, maintenance, and monitoring plans?</SUBJECT>
          <P>(a) For each continuous parameter monitoring system (CPMS) required by this subpart, you must develop, implement, make available for inspection, and revise, as necessary, an OM&amp;M plan that includes the information in paragraphs (a)(1) through (13) of this section.</P>
          <P>(1) A list and identification of each process and add-on APCD that is required by this subpart to be monitored, the type of monitoring device that will be used, and the operating parameters that will be monitored.</P>
          <P>(2) Specifications for the sensor, signal analyzer, and data collection system.</P>
          <P>(3) A monitoring schedule that specifies the frequency that the parameter values will be determined and recorded.</P>
          <P>(4) The operating limits for each parameter that represent continuous compliance with the emission limitations in § 63.9788, based on values of the monitored parameters recorded during performance tests.</P>
          <P>(5) Procedures for installing the CPMS at a measurement location relative to each process unit or APCD such that measurement is representative of control of emissions.</P>
          <P>(6) Procedures for the proper operation and routine and long-term maintenance of each process unit and APCD, including a maintenance and inspection schedule that is consistent with the manufacturer's recommendations.</P>
          <P>(7) Procedures for the proper operation and maintenance of monitoring equipment consistent with the requirements in §§ 63.8(c)(1), (3), (4)(ii), (7), and (8), and 63.9804.</P>
          <P>(8) Ongoing data quality assurance procedures in accordance with the general requirements of § 63.8(d).</P>
          <P>(9) Procedures for evaluating the performance of each CPMS.</P>
          <P>(10) Procedures for responding to operating parameter deviations, including the procedures in paragraphs (a)(10)(i) through (iii) of this section:</P>
          <P>(i) Procedures for determining the cause of the operating parameter deviation.</P>
          <P>(ii) Actions for correcting the deviation and returning the operating parameters to the allowable limits.</P>
          <P>(iii) Procedures for recording the times that the deviation began and ended, and when corrective actions were initiated and completed.</P>
          <P>(11) Procedures for keeping records to document compliance and reporting in accordance with the requirements of § 63.10(c), (e)(1), and (e)(2)(i).</P>
          <P>(12) If you operate a kiln that is subject to the limits on the type of fuel used, as specified in items 3 and 4 of Table 3 to subpart SSSSS, procedures for using alternative fuels.</P>
          <P>(13) If you operate an affected continuous kiln and you plan to take the kiln control device out of service for scheduled maintenance, as specified in § 63.9792(e), the procedures specified in paragraphs (a)(13)(i) and (ii) of this section.</P>
          <P>(i) Procedures for minimizing HAP emissions from the kiln during periods of scheduled maintenance of the kiln control device when the kiln is operating and the control device is out of service.</P>
          <P>(ii) Procedures for minimizing any period of scheduled maintenance on the kiln control device when the kiln is operating and the control device is out of service.</P>
          <P>(b) Changes to the operating limits in your OM&amp;M plan require a new performance test. If you are revising an operating limit parameter value, you must meet the requirements in paragraphs (b)(1) and (2) of this section.</P>
          <P>(1) Submit a Notification of Performance Test to the Administrator as specified in § 63.7(b).</P>

          <P>(2) After completing the performance tests to demonstrate that compliance <PRTPAGE P="90"/>with the emission limits can be achieved at the revised operating limit parameter value, you must submit the performance test results and the revised operating limits as part of the Notification of Compliance Status required under § 63.9(h).</P>
          <P>(c) If you are revising the inspection and maintenance procedures in your OM&amp;M plan, you do not need to conduct a new performance test.</P>
        </SECTION>
      </SUBJGRP>
      <SUBJGRP>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">Testing and Initial Compliance Requirements</HD>
        <SECTION>
          <SECTNO>§ 63.9796</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>By what date must I conduct performance tests?</SUBJECT>
          <P>You must conduct performance tests within 180 calendar days after the compliance date that is specified for your source in § 63.9786 and according to the provisions in § 63.7(a)(2).</P>
        </SECTION>
        <SECTION>
          <SECTNO>§ 63.9798</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>When must I conduct subsequent performance tests?</SUBJECT>
          <P>(a) You must conduct a performance test every 5 years following the initial performance test, as part of renewing your 40 CFR part 70 or 40 CFR part 71 operating permit.</P>
          <P>(b) You must conduct a performance test when you want to change the parameter value for any operating limit specified in your OM&amp;M plan.</P>
          <P>(c) If you own or operate a source that is subject to the emission limits specified in items 2 through 9 of Table 1 to this subpart, you must conduct a performance test on the source(s) listed in paragraphs (c)(1) and (2) of this section before you start production of any refractory product for which the organic HAP processing rate is likely to exceed by more than 10 percent the maximum organic HAP processing rate established during the most recent performance test on that same source.</P>
          <P>(1) Each affected shape dryer or curing oven that is used to process the refractory product with the higher organic HAP processing rate.</P>
          <P>(2) Each affected kiln that follows an affected shape dryer or curing oven and is used to process the refractory product with the higher organic HAP processing rate.</P>

          <P>(d) If you own or operate a kiln that is subject to the emission limits specified in item 5 or 9 of Table 1 to this subpart, you must conduct a performance test on the affected kiln following any process changes that are likely to increase organic HAP emissions from the kiln (<E T="03">e.g.,</E> a decrease in the curing cycle time for a curing oven that precedes the affected kiln in the process line).</P>
          <P>(e) If you own or operate a clay refractory products kiln that is subject to the emission limits specified in item 10 or 11 of Table 1 to this subpart and is controlled with a dry limestone adsorber (DLA), you must conduct a performance test on the affected kiln following any change in the source of limestone used in the DLA.</P>
        </SECTION>
        <SECTION>
          <SECTNO>§ 63.9800</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>How do I conduct performance tests and establish operating limits?</SUBJECT>
          <P>(a) You must conduct each performance test in Table 4 to this subpart that applies to you.</P>
          <P>(b) Before conducting the performance test, you must install and validate all monitoring equipment.</P>
          <P>(c) Each performance test must be conducted according to the requirements in § 63.7 and under the specific conditions in Table 4 to this subpart.</P>
          <P>(d) You may not conduct performance tests during periods of startup, shutdown, or malfunction, as specified in § 63.7(e)(1).</P>
          <P>(e) You must conduct separate test runs for at least the duration specified for each performance test required in this section, as specified in § 63.7(e)(3) and Table 4 to this subpart.</P>
          <P>(f) For batch process sources, you must satisfy the requirements specified in paragraphs (f)(1) through (5) of this section.</P>
          <P>(1) You must conduct at least two test runs.</P>
          <P>(2) Each test run must last an entire batch cycle unless you develop an emissions profile, as specified in items 8(a)(i)(4) and 17(b)(i)(4) of Table 4 to this subpart, or you satisfy the conditions for terminating a test run prior to the completion of a batch cycle as specified in item 8(a)(i)(5) of Table 4 to this subpart.</P>

          <P>(3) Each test run must be performed over a separate batch cycle unless you satisfy the conditions for conducting both test runs over a single batch <PRTPAGE P="91"/>cycle, as described in paragraphs (f)(3)(i) and (ii) of this section.</P>
          <P>(i) You do not produce the product that corresponds to the maximum organic HAP processing rate for that batch process source in consecutive batch cycles.</P>
          <P>(ii) To produce that product in two consecutive batch cycles would disrupt production of other refractory products.</P>
          <P>(4) If you want to conduct a performance test over a single batch cycle, you must include in your Notification of Performance Test the rationale for testing over a single batch cycle.</P>
          <P>(5) If you are granted approval to conduct a performance test over a single batch cycle, you must use paired sampling trains and collect two sets of emissions data. Each set of data can be considered a separate test run.</P>
          <P>(g) You must use the data gathered during the performance test and the equations in paragraphs (g)(1) through (3) of this section to determine compliance with the emission limitations.</P>
          <P>(1) To determine compliance with the total hydrocarbon (THC) emission concentration limit listed in Table 1 to this subpart, you must calculate your emission concentration corrected to 18 percent oxygen for each test run using Equation 1 of this section:</P>
          <MATH DEEP="31" SPAN="1">
            <MID>ER16AP03.000</MID>
          </MATH>
          <EXTRACT>
            <FP>Where:</FP>
            
            <FP SOURCE="FP-1">C <E T="52">THC-C</E>=THC concentration, corrected to 18 percent oxygen, parts per million by volume, dry basis (ppmvd)</FP>
            <FP SOURCE="FP-1">C <E T="52">THC</E>=THC concentration (uncorrected), ppmvd</FP>
            <FP SOURCE="FP-1">C<E T="52">O2</E>=oxygen concentration, percent.</FP>
          </EXTRACT>
          
          <P>(2) To determine compliance with any of the emission limits based on percentage reduction across an emissions control system specified in Table 1 to this subpart, you must calculate the percentage reduction for each test run using Equation 2 of this section:</P>
          <MATH DEEP="27" SPAN="1">
            <MID>ER16AP03.001</MID>
          </MATH>
          <EXTRACT>
            <FP>Where:</FP>
            
            <FP SOURCE="FP-1">PR=percentage reduction, percent</FP>
            <FP SOURCE="FP-1">ER<E T="52">i</E>=mass emissions rate of specific HAP or pollutant (THC, HF, or HCl) entering the control device, kilograms (pounds) per hour</FP>
            <FP SOURCE="FP-1">ER<E T="52">o</E>=mass emissions rate of specific HAP or pollutant (THC, HF, or HCl) exiting the control device, kilograms (pounds) per hour.</FP>
          </EXTRACT>
          
          <P>(3) To determine compliance with production-based hydrogen fluoride (HF) and hydrogen chloride (HCl) emission limits in Table 1 to this subpart, you must calculate your mass emissions per unit of uncalcined clay processed for each test run using Equation 3 of this section:</P>
          <MATH DEEP="24" SPAN="1">
            <MID>ER16AP03.002</MID>
          </MATH>
          <EXTRACT>
            <FP>Where:</FP>
            
            <FP SOURCE="FP-1">MP=mass per unit of production, kilograms of pollutant per megagram (pounds per ton) of uncalcined clay processed</FP>
            <FP SOURCE="FP-1">ER=mass emissions rate of specific HAP (HF or HCl) during each performance test run, kilograms (pounds) per hour</FP>
            <FP SOURCE="FP-1">P=average uncalcined clay processing rate for the performance test, megagrams (tons) of uncalcined clay processed per hour.</FP>
          </EXTRACT>
          
          <P>(h) You must establish each site-specific operating limit in Table 2 to this subpart that applies to you, as specified in Table 4 to this subpart.</P>
          <P>(i) For each affected source that is equipped with an add-on APCD that is not addressed in Table 2 to this subpart or that is using process changes as a means of meeting the emission limits in Table 1 to this subpart, you must meet the requirements in § 63.8(f) and paragraphs (i)(1) through (3) of this section.</P>
          <P>(1) For sources subject to the THC concentration limit specified in item 3 or 7 of Table 1 to this subpart, you must satisfy the requirements specified in paragraphs (i)(1)(i) through (iii) of this section.</P>
          <P>(i) You must install a THC continuous emissions monitoring system (CEMS) at the outlet of the control device or in the stack of the affected source.</P>
          <P>(ii) You must meet the requirements specified in Performance Specification (PS) 8 of 40 CFR part 60, appendix B.</P>

          <P>(iii) You must meet the requirements specified in Procedure 1 of 40 CFR part 60, appendix F.<PRTPAGE P="92"/>
          </P>
          <P>(2) For sources subject to the emission limits specified in item 3, 4, 7, or 8 of Table 1 to this subpart, you must submit a request for approval of alternative monitoring methods to the Administrator no later than the submittal date for the Notification of Performance Test, as specified in § 63.9812(d). The request must contain the information specified in paragraphs (i)(2)(i) through (v) of this section.</P>
          <P>(i) Description of the alternative add-on APCD or process changes.</P>
          <P>(ii) Type of monitoring device or method that will be used, including the sensor type, location, inspection procedures, quality assurance and quality control measures, and data recording device.</P>
          <P>(iii) Operating parameters that will be monitored.</P>
          <P>(iv) Frequency that the operating parameter values will be determined and recorded to establish continuous compliance with the operating limits.</P>
          <P>(v) Averaging time.</P>
          <P>(3) You must establish site-specific operating limits during the performance test based on the information included in the approved alternative monitoring methods request and, as applicable, as specified in Table 4 to this subpart.</P>
        </SECTION>
        <SECTION>
          <SECTNO>§ 63.9802</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>How do I develop an emissions profile?</SUBJECT>
          <P>If you decide to develop an emissions profile for an affected batch process source; as indicated in item 8(a)(i)(4) or 17(b)(i)(4) of Table 4 to this subpart, you must measure and record mass emissions of the applicable pollutant throughout a complete batch cycle of the affected batch process source according to the procedures described in paragraph (a) or (b) of this section.</P>
          <P>(a) If your affected batch process source is subject to the THC concentration limit specified in item 6(a), 7(a), 8, or 9 of Table 1 to this subpart or the THC percentage reduction limit specified in item 6(b) or 7(b) of Table 1 to this subpart, you must measure and record the THC mass emissions rate at the inlet to the control device using the test methods, averaging periods, and procedures specified in items 10(a) and (b) of Table 4 to this subpart for each complete hour of the batch process cycle.</P>
          <P>(b) If your affected batch process source is subject to the HF and HCl percentage reduction emission limits in item 11 of Table 1 to this subpart, you must measure and record the HF mass emissions rate at the inlet to the control device through a series of 1-hour test runs according to the test method specified in item 14(a) of Table 4 to this subpart for each complete hour of the batch process cycle.</P>
        </SECTION>
        <SECTION>
          <SECTNO>§ 63.9804</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>What are my monitoring system installation, operation, and maintenance requirements?</SUBJECT>
          <P>(a) You must install, operate, and maintain each CPMS required by this subpart according to your OM&amp;M plan and the requirements in paragraphs (a)(1) through (15) of this section.</P>
          <P>(1) You must satisfy all applicable requirements of performance specifications for CPMS specified in 40 CFR part 60, appendix B, upon promulgation of such performance specifications.</P>
          <P>(2) You must satisfy all applicable requirements of quality assurance (QA) procedures for CPMS specified in 40 CFR part 60, appendix F, upon promulgation of such QA procedures.</P>
          <P>(3) You must install each sensor of your CPMS in a location that provides representative measurement of the appropriate parameter over all operating conditions, taking into account the manufacturer's guidelines.</P>
          <P>(4) You must use a CPMS that is capable of measuring the appropriate parameter over a range that extends from a value of at least 20 percent less than the lowest value that you expect your CPMS to measure, to a value of at least 20 percent greater than the highest value that you expect your CPMS to measure.</P>
          <P>(5) You must use a data acquisition and recording system that is capable of recording values over the entire range specified in paragraph (a)(4) of this section.</P>

          <P>(6) You must use a signal conditioner, wiring, power supply, and data acquisition and recording system that are compatible with the output signal of the sensors used in your CPMS.<PRTPAGE P="93"/>
          </P>
          <P>(7) You must perform an initial calibration of your CPMS based on the procedures specified in the manufacturer's owner's manual.</P>
          <P>(8) You must use a CPMS that is designed to complete a minimum of one cycle of operation for each successive 15-minute period. To have a valid hour of data, you must have at least three of four equally-spaced data values (or at least 75 percent of the total number of values if you collect more than four data values per hour) for that hour (not including startup, shutdown, malfunction, or out-of-control periods).</P>
          <P>(9) You must record valid data from at least 90 percent of the hours during which the affected source or process operates.</P>
          <P>(10) You must determine and record the 15-minute block averages of all measurements, calculated after every 15 minutes of operation as the average of the previous 15 operating minutes (not including periods of startup, shutdown, or malfunction).</P>
          <P>(11) You must determine and record the 3-hour block averages of all 15-minute recorded measurements, calculated after every 3 hours of operation as the average of the previous 3 operating hours (not including periods of startup, shutdown, or malfunction).</P>
          <P>(12) You must record the results of each inspection, calibration, initial validation, and accuracy audit.</P>
          <P>(13) At all times, you must maintain your CPMS including, but not limited to, maintaining necessary parts for routine repairs of the CPMS.</P>
          <P>(14) You must perform an initial validation of your CPMS under the conditions specified in paragraphs (14)(i) and (ii) of this section.</P>
          <P>(i) Prior to the initial performance test on the affected source for which the CPMS is required.</P>
          <P>(ii) Within 180 days of your replacing or relocating one or more of the sensors of your CPMS.</P>
          <P>(15) Except for redundant sensors, as defined in § 63.9824, any device that you use to conduct an initial validation or accuracy audit of your CPMS must meet the accuracy requirements specified in paragraphs (15)(i) and (ii) of this section.</P>
          <P>(i) The device must have an accuracy that is traceable to National Institute of Standards and Technology (NIST) standards.</P>
          <P>(ii) The device must be at least three times as accurate as the required accuracy for the CPMS.</P>
          <P>(b) For each temperature CPMS that is used to monitor the combustion chamber temperature of a thermal oxidizer or the catalyst bed inlet temperature of a catalytic oxidizer, you must meet the requirements in paragraphs (a) and (b)(1) through (6) of this section.</P>
          <P>(1) Use a temperature CPMS with a minimum accuracy of ±1.0 percent of the temperature value or 2.8 degrees Celsius (°C) (5 degrees Fahrenheit (°F)), whichever is greater.</P>
          <P>(2) Use a data recording system with a minimum resolution of one-half or better of the required CPMS accuracy specified in paragraph (b)(1) of this section.</P>
          <P>(3) Perform an initial validation of your CPMS according to the requirements in paragraph (3)(i) or (ii) of this section.</P>
          <P>(i) Place the sensor of a calibrated temperature measurement device adjacent to the sensor of your temperature CPMS in a location that is subject to the same environment as the sensor of your temperature CPMS. The calibrated temperature measurement device must satisfy the accuracy requirements of paragraph (a)(15) of this section. While the process and control device that is monitored by your CPMS are operating normally, record concurrently and compare the temperatures measured by your temperature CPMS and the calibrated temperature measurement device. Using the calibrated temperature measurement device as the reference, the temperature measured by your CPMS must be within the accuracy specified in paragraph (b)(1) of this section.</P>
          <P>(ii) Perform any of the initial validation methods for temperature CPMS specified in performance specifications for CPMS established in 40 CFR part 60, appendix B.</P>

          <P>(4) Perform an accuracy audit of your temperature CPMS at least quarterly, according to the requirements in paragraph (b)(4)(i), (ii), or (iii) of this section.<PRTPAGE P="94"/>
          </P>
          <P>(i) If your temperature CPMS includes a redundant temperature sensor, record three pairs of concurrent temperature measurements within a 24-hour period. Each pair of concurrent measurements must consist of a temperature measurement by each of the two temperature sensors. The minimum time interval between any two such pairs of consecutive temperature measurements is 1 hour. The measurements must be taken during periods when the process and control device that is monitored by your temperature CPMS are operating normally. Calculate the mean of the three values for each temperature sensor. The mean values must agree within the required overall accuracy of the CPMS, as specified in paragraph (b)(1) of this section.</P>
          <P>(ii) If your temperature CPMS does not include a redundant temperature sensor, place the sensor of a calibrated temperature measurement device adjacent to the sensor of your temperature CPMS in a location that is subject to the same environment as the sensor of your temperature CPMS. The calibrated temperature measurement device must satisfy the accuracy requirements of paragraph (a)(15) of this section. While the process and control device that is monitored by your temperature CPMS are operating normally, record concurrently and compare the temperatures measured by your CPMS and the calibrated temperature measurement device. Using the calibrated temperature measurement device as the reference, the temperature measured by your CPMS must be within the accuracy specified in paragraph (b)(1) of this section.</P>
          <P>(iii) Perform any of the accuracy audit methods for temperature CPMS specified in QA procedures for CPMS established in 40 CFR part 60, appendix F.</P>
          <P>(5) Conduct an accuracy audit of your CPMS following any 24-hour period throughout which the temperature measured by your CPMS exceeds the manufacturer's specified maximum operating temperature range, or install a new temperature sensor.</P>
          <P>(6) If your CPMS is not equipped with a redundant temperature sensor, perform at least quarterly a visual inspection of all components of the CPMS for integrity, oxidation, and galvanic corrosion.</P>
          <P>(c) For each pressure CPMS that is used to monitor the pressure drop across a DLA or wet scrubber, you must meet the requirements in paragraphs (a) and (c)(1) through (7) of this section.</P>
          <P>(1) Use a pressure CPMS with a minimum accuracy of ±5.0 percent or 0.12 kilopascals (kPa) (0.5 inches of water column (in. w.c.)), whichever is greater.</P>
          <P>(2) Use a data recording system with a minimum resolution of one-half the required CPMS accuracy specified in paragraph (c)(1) of this section, or better.</P>
          <P>(3) Perform an initial validation of your pressure CPMS according to the requirements in paragraph (c)(3)(i) or (ii) of this section.</P>
          <P>(i) Place the sensor of a calibrated pressure measurement device adjacent to the sensor of your pressure CPMS in a location that is subject to the same environment as the sensor of your pressure CPMS. The calibrated pressure measurement device must satisfy the accuracy requirements of paragraph (a)(15) of this section. While the process and control device that is monitored by your CPMS are operating normally, record concurrently and compare the pressure measured by your CPMS and the calibrated pressure measurement device. Using the calibrated pressure measurement device as the reference, the pressure measured by your CPMS must be within the accuracy specified in paragraph (c)(1) of this section.</P>
          <P>(ii) Perform any of the initial validation methods for pressure CPMS specified in performance specifications for CPMS established in 40 CFR part 60, appendix B.</P>
          <P>(4) Perform an accuracy audit of your pressure CPMS at least quarterly, according to the requirements in paragraph (c)(4)(i), (ii), or (iii) of this section.</P>

          <P>(i) If your pressure CPMS includes a redundant pressure sensor, record three pairs of concurrent pressure measurements within a 24-hour period. Each pair of concurrent measurements must consist of a pressure measurement by each of the two pressure sensors. The minimum time interval between any two such pairs of consecutive pressure <PRTPAGE P="95"/>measurements is 1 hour. The measurements must be taken during periods when the process and control device that is monitored by your CPMS are operating normally. Calculate the mean of the three pressure measurement values for each pressure sensor. The mean values must agree within the required overall accuracy of the CPMS, as specified in paragraph (c)(1) of this section.</P>
          <P>(ii) If your pressure CPMS does not include a redundant pressure sensor, place the sensor of a calibrated pressure measurement device adjacent to the sensor of your pressure CPMS in a location that is subject to the same environment as the sensor of your pressure CPMS. The calibrated pressure measurement device must satisfy the accuracy requirements of paragraph (a)(15) of this section. While the process and control device that is monitored by your pressure CPMS are operating normally, record concurrently and compare the pressure measured by your CPMS and the calibrated pressure measurement device. Using the calibrated pressure measurement device as the reference, the pressure measured by your CPMS must be within the accuracy specified in paragraph (c)(1) of this section.</P>
          <P>(iii) Perform any of the accuracy audit methods for pressure CPMS specified in QA procedures for CPMS established in 40 CFR part 60, appendix F.</P>
          <P>(5) Conduct an accuracy audit of your CPMS following any 24-hour period throughout which the pressure measured by your CPMS exceeds the manufacturer's specified maximum operating pressure range, or install a new pressure sensor.</P>
          <P>(6) At least monthly, check all mechanical connections on your CPMS for leakage.</P>
          <P>(7) If your CPMS is not equipped with a redundant pressure sensor, perform at least quarterly a visual inspection of all components of the CPMS for integrity, oxidation, and galvanic corrosion.</P>
          <P>(d) For each liquid flow rate CPMS that is used to monitor the liquid flow rate in a wet scrubber, you must meet the requirements in paragraphs (a) and (d)(1) through (7) of this section.</P>
          <P>(1) Use a flow rate CPMS with a minimum accuracy of ±5.0 percent or 1.9 liters per minute (L/min) (0.5 gallons per minute (gal/min)), whichever is greater.</P>
          <P>(2) Use a data recording system with a minimum resolution of one-half the required CPMS accuracy specified in paragraph (d)(1) of this section, or better.</P>
          <P>(3) Perform an initial validation of your CPMS according to the requirements in paragraph (3)(i) or (ii) of this section.</P>
          <P>(i) Use a calibrated flow rate measurement system to measure the liquid flow rate in a location that is adjacent to the measurement location for your flow rate CPMS and is subject to the same environment as your flow rate CPMS. The calibrated flow rate measurement device must satisfy the accuracy requirements of paragraph (a)(15) of this section. While the process and control device that is monitored by your flow rate CPMS are operating normally, record concurrently and compare the flow rates measured by your flow rate CPMS and the calibrated flow rate measurement device. Using the calibrated flow rate measurement device as the reference, the flow rate measured by your CPMS must be within the accuracy specified in paragraph (d)(1) of this section.</P>
          <P>(ii) Perform any of the initial validation methods for liquid flow rate CPMS specified in performance specifications for CPMS established in 40 CFR part 60, appendix B.</P>
          <P>(4) Perform an accuracy audit of your flow rate CPMS at least quarterly, according to the requirements in paragraph (d)(4)(i), (ii), or (iii) of this section.</P>

          <P>(i) If your flow rate CPMS includes a redundant sensor, record three pairs of concurrent flow rate measurements within a 24-hour period. Each pair of concurrent measurements must consist of a flow rate measurement by each of the two flow rate sensors. The minimum time interval between any two such pairs of consecutive flow rate measurements is 1 hour. The measurements must be taken during periods when the process and control device that is monitored by your flow rate CPMS are operating normally. Calculate the mean of the three flow rate measurement values for each flow rate <PRTPAGE P="96"/>sensor. The mean values must agree within the required overall accuracy of the CPMS, as specified in paragraph (d)(1) of this section.</P>
          <P>(ii) If your flow rate CPMS does not include a redundant flow rate sensor, place the sensor of a calibrated flow rate measurement device adjacent to the sensor of your flow rate CPMS in a location that is subject to the same environment as the sensor of your flow rate CPMS. The calibrated flow rate measurement device must satisfy the accuracy requirements of paragraph (a)(15) of this section. While the process and control device that is monitored by your flow rate CPMS are operating normally, record concurrently and compare the flow rate measured by your pressure CPMS and the calibrated flow rate measurement device. Using the calibrated flow rate measurement device as the reference, the flow rate measured by your CPMS must be within the accuracy specified in paragraph (d)(1) of this section.</P>
          <P>(iii) Perform any of the accuracy audit methods for liquid flow rate CPMS specified in QA procedures for CPMS established in 40 CFR part 60, appendix F.</P>
          <P>(5) Conduct an accuracy audit of your flow rate CPMS following any 24-hour period throughout which the flow rate measured by your CPMS exceeds the manufacturer's specified maximum operating range, or install a new flow rate sensor.</P>
          <P>(6) At least monthly, check all mechanical connections on your CPMS for leakage.</P>
          <P>(7) If your CPMS is not equipped with a redundant flow rate sensor, perform at least quarterly a visual inspection of all components of the CPMS for integrity, oxidation, and galvanic corrosion.</P>
          <P>(e) For each pH CPMS that is used to monitor the pH of a wet scrubber liquid, you must meet the requirements in paragraphs (a) and (e)(1) through (5) of this section.</P>
          <P>(1) Use a pH CPMS with a minium accuracy of ±0.2 pH units.</P>
          <P>(2) Use a data recording system with a minimum resolution of 0.1 pH units, or better.</P>
          <P>(3) Perform an initial validation of your pH CPMS according to the requirements in paragraph (e)(3)(i) or (ii) of this section.</P>
          <P>(i) Perform a single-point calibration using an NIST-certified buffer solution that is accurate to within ±0.02 pH units at 25 °C (77 °F). If the expected pH of the liquid that is monitored lies in the acidic range (less than 7 pH), use a buffer solution with a pH value of 4.00. If the expected pH of the liquid that is monitored is neutral or lies in the basic range (equal to or greater than 7 pH), use a buffer solution with a pH value of 10.00. Place the electrode of your pH CPMS in the container of buffer solution. Record the pH measured by your CPMS. Using the certified buffer solution as the reference, the pH measured by your CPMS must be within the accuracy specified in paragraph (e)(1) of this section.</P>
          <P>(ii) Perform any of the initial validation methods for pH CPMS specified in performance specifications for CPMS established in 40 CFR part 60, appendix B.</P>
          <P>(4) Perform an accuracy audit of your pH CPMS at least weekly, according to the requirements in paragraph (e)(4)(i), (ii), or (iii) of this section.</P>
          <P>(i) If your pH CPMS includes a redundant pH sensor, record the pH measured by each of the two pH sensors. The measurements must be taken during periods when the process and control device that is monitored by your pH CPMS are operating normally. The two pH values must agree within the required overall accuracy of the CPMS, as specified in paragraph (e)(1) of this section.</P>

          <P>(ii) If your pH CPMS does not include a redundant pH sensor, perform a single point calibration using an NIST-certified buffer solution that is accurate to within ±0.02 pH units at 25 °C (77 °F). If the expected pH of the liquid that is monitored lies in the acidic range (less than 7 pH), use a buffer solution with a pH value of 4.00. If the expected pH of the liquid that is monitored is neutral or lies in the basic range (equal to or greater than 7 pH), use a buffer solution with a pH value of 10.00. Place the electrode of the pH CPMS in the container of buffer solution. Record the pH measured by your CPMS. Using the certified buffer solution as the reference, the pH measured <PRTPAGE P="97"/>by your CPMS must be within the accuracy specified in paragraph (e)(1) of this section.</P>
          <P>(iii) Perform any of the accuracy audit methods for pH CPMS specified in QA procedures for CPMS established in 40 CFR part 60, appendix F.</P>
          <P>(5) If your CPMS is not equipped with a redundant pH sensor, perform at least monthly a visual inspection of all components of the CPMS for integrity, oxidation, and galvanic corrosion.</P>
          <P>(f) For each bag leak detection system, you must meet the requirements in paragraphs (f)(1) through (11) of this section.</P>

          <P>(1) Each triboelectric bag leak detection system must be installed, calibrated, operated, and maintained according to the “Fabric Filter Bag Leak Detection Guidance” (EPA-454/R-98-015, September 1997). That document is available from the U.S. EPA; Office of Air Quality Planning and Standards; Emissions, Monitoring and Analysis Division; Emission Measurement Center (D205-02), Research Triangle Park, NC 27711. It is also available on the Technology Transfer Network (TTN) at the following address: <E T="03">http://www.epa.gov/ttn/emc/cem.html.</E> Other types of bag leak detection systems must be installed, operated, calibrated, and maintained in a manner consistent with the manufacturer's written specifications and recommendations.</P>
          <P>(2) The bag leak detection system must be certified by the manufacturer to be capable of detecting particulate matter (PM) emissions at concentrations of 10 milligrams per actual cubic meter (0.0044 grains per actual cubic foot) or less.</P>
          <P>(3) The bag leak detection system sensor must provide an output of relative PM loadings.</P>
          <P>(4) The bag leak detection system must be equipped with a device to continuously record the output signal from the sensor.</P>
          <P>(5) The bag leak detection system must be equipped with an alarm system that will be engaged automatically when an increase in relative PM emissions over a preset level is detected. The alarm must be located where it is easily recognized by plant operating personnel.</P>
          <P>(6) For positive pressure fabric filter systems, a bag leak detector must be installed in each baghouse compartment or cell.</P>
          <P>(7) For negative pressure or induced air fabric filters, the bag leak detector must be installed downstream of the fabric filter.</P>
          <P>(8) Where multiple detectors are required, the system's instrumentation and alarm may be shared among detectors.</P>
          <P>(9) The baseline output must be established by adjusting the range and the averaging period of the device and establishing the alarm set points and the alarm delay time according to section 5.0 of the “Fabric Filter Bag Leak Detection Guidance.”</P>
          <P>(10) Following initial adjustment of the system, the owner or operator must not adjust the sensitivity or range, averaging period, alarm set points, or alarm delay time except as detailed in the OM&amp;M plan. In no case may the sensitivity be increased by more than 100 percent or decreased by more than 50 percent over a 365-day period unless such adjustment follows a complete fabric filter inspection that demonstrates that the fabric filter is in good operating condition. You must record each adjustment of your bag leak detection system.</P>
          <P>(11) Record the results of each inspection, calibration, and validation check.</P>
          <P>(g) For each lime feed rate measurement device that is used to monitor the lime feed rate of a dry injection fabric filter (DIFF) or dry lime scrubber/fabric filter (DLS/FF), or the chemical feed rate of a wet scrubber, you must meet the requirements in paragraph (a) of this section.</P>
          <P>(h) For each affected source that is subject to the emission limit specified in item 3, 4, 7, or 8 of Table 1 to this subpart, you must satisfy the requirements of paragraphs (h)(1) through (3) of this section.</P>
          <P>(1) Install a THC CEMS at the outlet of the control device or in the stack of the affected source.</P>
          <P>(2) Meet the requirements of PS-8 of 40 CFR part 60, appendix B.</P>

          <P>(3) Meet the requirements of Procedure 1 of 40 CFR part 60, appendix F.<PRTPAGE P="98"/>
          </P>
          <P>(i) Requests for approval of alternate monitoring methods must meet the requirements in §§ 63.9800(i)(2) and 63.8(f).</P>
        </SECTION>
        <SECTION>
          <SECTNO>§ 63.9806</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>How do I demonstrate initial compliance with the emission limits, operating limits, and work practice standards?</SUBJECT>
          <P>(a) You must demonstrate initial compliance with each emission limit that applies to you according to the requirements specified in Table 5 to this subpart.</P>
          <P>(b) You must establish each site-specific operating limit in Table 2 to this subpart that applies to you according to the requirements specified in § 63.9800 and Table 4 to this subpart.</P>
          <P>(c) You must demonstrate initial compliance with each work practice standard that applies to you according to the requirements specified in Table 6 to this subpart.</P>
          <P>(d) You must submit the Notification of Compliance Status containing the results of the initial compliance demonstration according to the requirements in § 63.9812(e).</P>
        </SECTION>
      </SUBJGRP>
      <SUBJGRP>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">Continuous Compliance Requirements</HD>
        <SECTION>
          <SECTNO>§ 63.9808</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>How do I monitor and collect data to demonstrate continuous compliance?</SUBJECT>
          <P>(a) You must monitor and collect data according to this section.</P>
          <P>(b) At all times, you must maintain your monitoring systems including, but not limited to, maintaining necessary parts for routine repairs of the monitoring equipment.</P>
          <P>(c) Except for, as applicable, monitoring system malfunctions, associated repairs, and required quality assurance or quality control activities, you must monitor continuously whenever your affected process unit is operating. For purposes of calculating data averages, you must not use data recorded during monitoring system malfunctions, associated repairs, and required quality assurance or quality control activities. You must use all the data collected during all other periods in assessing compliance. A monitoring system malfunction is any sudden, infrequent, not reasonably preventable failure of the monitoring system to provide valid data. Monitoring system malfunctions include out of control continuous monitoring systems (CMS), such as a CPMS. Any averaging period for which you do not have valid monitoring data as a result of a monitoring system malfunction and for which such data are required constitutes a deviation, and you must notify the Administrator in accordance with § 63.9814(e). Monitoring system failures are different from monitoring system malfunctions in that they are caused in part by poor maintenance or careless operation. Any period for which there is a monitoring system failure and data are not available for required calculations constitutes a deviation and you must notify the Administrator in accordance with § 63.9814(e).</P>
        </SECTION>
        <SECTION>
          <SECTNO>§ 63.9810</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>How do I demonstrate continuous compliance with the emission limits, operating limits, and work practice standards?</SUBJECT>
          <P>(a) You must demonstrate continuous compliance with each emission limit specified in Table 1 to this subpart that applies to you according to the requirements specified in Table 7 to this subpart.</P>
          <P>(b) You must demonstrate continuous compliance with each operating limit specified in Table 2 to this subpart that applies to you according to the requirements specified in Table 8 to this subpart.</P>
          <P>(c) You must demonstrate continuous compliance with each work practice standard specified in Table 3 to this subpart that applies to you according to the requirements specified in Table 9 to this subpart.</P>
          <P>(d) For each affected source that is equipped with an add-on APCD that is not addressed in Table 2 to this subpart or that is using process changes as a means of meeting the emission limits in Table 1 to this subpart, you must demonstrate continuous compliance with each emission limit in Table 1 to this subpart and each operating limit established as required in § 63.9800(i)(3) according to the methods specified in your approved alternative monitoring methods request as described in § 63.9800(i)(2).</P>

          <P>(e) You must report each instance in which you did not meet each emission limit and each operating limit in this <PRTPAGE P="99"/>subpart that applies to you. This includes periods of startup, shutdown, and malfunction. These instances are deviations from the emission limitations in this subpart. These deviations must be reported according to the requirements in § 63.9814.</P>
          <P>(1) [Reserved]</P>
          <P>(2) Consistent with §§ 63.6(e) and 63.7(e)(1), deviations that occur during a period of startup, shutdown, or malfunction are not violations if you demonstrate to the Administrator's satisfaction that you were operating in accordance with § 63.6(e)(1) and your OM&amp;M plan. The Administrator will determine whether deviations that occur during a period of startup, shutdown, or malfunction are violations, according to the provisions in § 63.6(e).</P>
          <CITA>[68 FR 18747, Apr. 16, 2003, as amended at 71 FR 20471, Apr. 20, 2006]</CITA>
        </SECTION>
      </SUBJGRP>
      <SUBJGRP>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">Notifications, Reports, and Records</HD>
        <SECTION>
          <SECTNO>§ 63.9812</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>What notifications must I submit and when?</SUBJECT>
          <P>(a) You must submit all of the notifications in §§ 63.7(b) and (c), 63.8(f)(4), and 63.9 (b) through (e) and (h) that apply to you by the dates specified.</P>
          <P>(b) As specified in § 63.9(b)(2) and (3), if you start up your affected source before April 16, 2003, you must submit an Initial Notification not later than 120 calendar days after April 16, 2003.</P>
          <P>(c) As specified in § 63.9(b)(3), if you start up your new or reconstructed affected source on or after April 16, 2003, you must submit an Initial Notification not later than 120 calendar days after you become subject to this subpart.</P>
          <P>(d) If you are required to conduct a performance test, you must submit a Notification of Performance Test at least 60 calendar days before the performance test is scheduled to begin, as required in § 63.7(b)(1).</P>
          <P>(e) If you are required to conduct a performance test, you must submit a Notification of Compliance Status as specified in § 63.9(h) and paragraphs (e)(1) and (2) of this section.</P>
          <P>(1) For each compliance demonstration that includes a performance test conducted according to the requirements in Table 4 to this subpart, you must submit the Notification of Compliance Status, including the performance test results, before the close of business on the 60th calendar day following the completion of the performance test, according to § 63.10(d)(2).</P>
          <P>(2) In addition to the requirements in § 63.9(h)(2)(i), you must include the information in paragraphs (e)(2)(i) through (iv) of this section in your Notification of Compliance Status.</P>
          <P>(i) The operating limit parameter values established for each affected source with supporting documentation and a description of the procedure used to establish the values.</P>
          <P>(ii) Design information and analysis with supporting documentation demonstrating conformance with requirements for capture/collection systems in Table 2 to this subpart.</P>
          <P>(iii) A description of the methods used to comply with any applicable work practice standard.</P>
          <P>(iv) For each APCD that includes a fabric filter, analysis and supporting documentation demonstrating conformance with EPA guidance and specifications for bag leak detection systems in § 63.9804(f).</P>
          <P>(f) If you operate a clay refractory products kiln or a chromium refractory products kiln that is subject to the work practice standard specified in item 3 or 4 of Table 3 to this subpart, and you intend to use a fuel other than natural gas or equivalent to fire the affected kiln, you must submit a notification of alternative fuel use within 48 hours of the declaration of a period of natural gas curtailment or supply interruption, as defined in § 63.9824. The notification must include the information specified in paragraphs (f)(1) through (5) of this section.</P>
          <P>(1) Company name and address.</P>
          <P>(2) Identification of the affected kiln.</P>
          <P>(3) Reason you are unable to use natural gas or equivalent fuel, including the date when the natural gas curtailment was declared or the natural gas supply interruption began.</P>
          <P>(4) Type of alternative fuel that you intend to use.</P>
          <P>(5) Dates when the alternative fuel use is expected to begin and end.</P>

          <P>(g) If you own or operate an affected continuous kiln and must perform scheduled maintenance on the control device for that kiln, you must request <PRTPAGE P="100"/>approval from the Administrator before bypassing the control device, as specified in § 63.9792(e). You must submit a separate request for approval each time you plan to bypass the kiln control device.</P>
        </SECTION>
        <SECTION>
          <SECTNO>§ 63.9814</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>What reports must I submit and when?</SUBJECT>
          <P>(a) You must submit each report in Table 10 to this subpart that applies to you.</P>
          <P>(b) Unless the Administrator has approved a different schedule for submission of reports under § 63.10(a), you must submit each report by the date in Table 10 to this subpart and as specified in paragraphs (b)(1) through (5) of this section.</P>
          <P>(1) The first compliance report must cover the period beginning on the compliance date that is specified for your affected source in § 63.9786 and ending on June 30 or December 31 and lasting at least 6 months but less than 12 months. For example, if your compliance date is March 1, then the first semiannual reporting period would begin on March 1 and end on December 31.</P>
          <P>(2) The first compliance report must be postmarked or delivered no later than July 31 or January 31 for compliance periods ending on June 30 and December 31, respectively.</P>
          <P>(3) Each subsequent compliance report must cover the semiannual reporting period from January 1 through June 30 or the semiannual reporting period from July 1 through December 31.</P>
          <P>(4) Each subsequent compliance report must be postmarked or delivered no later than July 31 or January 31 for compliance periods ending on June 30 and December 31, respectively.</P>
          <P>(5) For each affected source that is subject to permitting regulations pursuant to 40 CFR part 70 or 40 CFR part 71 and, if the permitting authority has established dates for submitting semiannual reports pursuant to 40 CFR 70.6(a)(3)(iii)(A) or 40 CFR 71.6(a)(3)(iii)(A), you may submit the first and subsequent compliance reports according to the dates the permitting authority has established instead of according to the dates in paragraphs (b)(1) through (4) of this section. In such cases, you must notify the Administrator of this change.</P>
          <P>(c) The compliance report must contain the information in paragraphs (c)(1) through (6) of this section.</P>
          <P>(1) Company name and address.</P>
          <P>(2) Statement by a responsible official with that official's name, title, and signature, certifying that, based on information and belief formed after reasonable inquiry, the statements and information in the report are true, accurate, and complete.</P>
          <P>(3) Date of report and beginning and ending dates of the reporting period.</P>
          <P>(4) If you had a startup, shutdown, or malfunction during the reporting period, and you took actions consistent with your SSMP and OM&amp;M plan, the compliance report must include the information specified in § 63.10(d)(5)(i).</P>
          <P>(5) If there are no deviations from any emission limitations (emission limit, operating limit, or work practice standard) that apply to you, the compliance report must include a statement that there were no deviations from the emission limitations during the reporting period.</P>
          <P>(6) If there were no periods during which any affected CPMS was out of control as specified in § 63.8(c)(7), the compliance report must include a statement that there were no periods during which the CPMS was out of control during the reporting period.</P>
          <P>(d) For each deviation from an emission limitation (emission limit, operating limit, or work practice standard) that occurs at an affected source where you are not using a CPMS to comply with the emission limitations in this subpart, the compliance report must contain the information in paragraphs (c)(1) through (4) and (d)(1) and (2) of this section. This includes periods of startup, shutdown, and malfunction.</P>
          <P>(1) The compliance report must include the total operating time of each affected source during the reporting period.</P>
          <P>(2) The compliance report must include information on the number, duration, and cause of deviations (including unknown cause, if applicable) and the corrective action taken.</P>

          <P>(e) For each deviation from an emission limitation (emission limit, operating limit, or work practice standard) <PRTPAGE P="101"/>occurring at an affected source where you are using a CPMS to comply with the emission limitation in this subpart, the compliance report must include the information in paragraphs (c)(1) through (4) and (e)(1) through (13) of this section. This includes periods of startup, shutdown, and malfunction.</P>
          <P>(1) The total operating time of each affected source during the reporting period.</P>
          <P>(2) The date and time that each startup, shutdown, or malfunction started and stopped.</P>
          <P>(3) The date, time, and duration that each CPMS was inoperative.</P>
          <P>(4) The date, time and duration that each CPMS was out of control, including the information in § 63.8(c)(8), as required by your OM&amp;M plan.</P>
          <P>(5) The date and time that each deviation from an emission limitation (emission limit, operating limit, or work practice standard) started and stopped, and whether each deviation occurred during a period of startup, shutdown, or malfunction.</P>
          <P>(6) A description of corrective action taken in response to a deviation.</P>
          <P>(7) A summary of the total duration of the deviations during the reporting period and the total duration as a percentage of the total source operating time during that reporting period.</P>
          <P>(8) A breakdown of the total duration of the deviations during the reporting period into those that are due to startup, shutdown, control equipment problems, process problems, other known causes, and other unknown causes.</P>
          <P>(9) A summary of the total duration of CPMS downtime during the reporting period and the total duration of CPMS downtime as a percentage of the total source operating time during that reporting period.</P>
          <P>(10) A brief description of the process units.</P>
          <P>(11) A brief description of the CPMS.</P>
          <P>(12) The date of the latest CPMS initial validation or accuracy audit.</P>
          <P>(13) A description of any changes in CPMS, processes, or controls since the last reporting period.</P>
          <P>(f) If you have obtained a title V operating permit pursuant to 40 CFR part 70 or 40 CFR part 71, you must report all deviations as defined in this subpart in the semiannual monitoring report required by 40 CFR 70.6(a)(3)(iii)(A) or 40 CFR 71.6(a)(3)(iii)(A). If you submit a compliance report according to Table 10 to this subpart along with, or as part of, the semiannual monitoring report required by 40 CFR 70.6(a)(3)(iii)(A) or 40 CFR 71.6(a)(3)(iii)(A), and the compliance report includes all required information concerning deviations from any emission limitation (including any operating limit), then submitting the compliance report will satisfy any obligation to report the same deviations in the semiannual monitoring report. However, submitting a compliance report will not otherwise affect any obligation you may have to report deviations from permit requirements to the permit authority.</P>
          <P>(g) If you operate a clay refractory products kiln or a chromium refractory products kiln that is subject to the work practice standard specified in item 3 or 4 of Table 3 to this subpart, and you use a fuel other than natural gas or equivalent to fire the affected kiln, you must submit a report of alternative fuel use within 10 working days after terminating the use of the alternative fuel. The report must include the information in paragraphs (g)(1) through (6) of this section.</P>
          <P>(1) Company name and address.</P>
          <P>(2) Identification of the affected kiln.</P>
          <P>(3) Reason for using the alternative fuel.</P>
          <P>(4) Type of alternative fuel used to fire the affected kiln.</P>
          <P>(5) Dates that the use of the alternative fuel started and ended.</P>
          <P>(6) Amount of alternative fuel used.</P>
        </SECTION>
        <SECTION>
          <SECTNO>§ 63.9816</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>What records must I keep?</SUBJECT>
          <P>(a) You must keep the records listed in paragraphs (a)(1) through (3) of this section.</P>
          <P>(1) A copy of each notification and report that you submitted to comply with this subpart, including all documentation supporting any Initial Notification or Notification of Compliance Status that you submitted, according to the requirements in § 63.10(b)(2)(xiv).</P>
          <P>(2) The records in § 63.6(e)(3)(iii) through (v) related to startup, shutdown, and malfunction.</P>

          <P>(3) Records of performance tests as required in § 63.10(b)(2)(viii).<PRTPAGE P="102"/>
          </P>
          <P>(b) You must keep the records required in Tables 7 through 9 to this subpart to show continuous compliance with each emission limitation that applies to you.</P>
          <P>(c) You must also maintain the records listed in paragraphs (c)(1) through (10) of this section.</P>
          <P>(1) Records of emission data used to develop an emissions profile, as indicated in items 8(a)(i)(4) and 17(b)(i)(4) of Table 4 to this subpart.</P>
          <P>(2) Records that document how you comply with any applicable work practice standard.</P>
          <P>(3) For each bag leak detection system, records of each alarm, the time of the alarm, the time corrective action was initiated and completed, and a brief description of the cause of the alarm and the corrective action taken.</P>
          <P>(4) For each kiln controlled with a DLA, records that document the source of limestone used.</P>
          <P>(5) For each deviation of an operating limit parameter value, the date, time, and duration of the deviation, a brief explanation of the cause of the deviation and the corrective action taken, and whether the deviation occurred during a period of startup, shutdown, or malfunction.</P>
          <P>(6) For each affected source, records of production rate on a process throughput basis (either feed rate to the process unit or discharge rate from the process unit).</P>
          <P>(7) Records of any approved alternative monitoring method(s) or test procedure(s).</P>
          <P>(8) Records of maintenance activities and inspections performed on control devices, including all records associated with the scheduled maintenance of continuous kiln control devices, as specified in § 63.9792(e).</P>
          <P>(9) If you operate a source that is subject to the THC emission limits specified in item 2, 3, 6, or 7 of Table 1 to this subpart and is controlled with a catalytic oxidizer, records of annual checks of catalyst activity levels and subsequent corrective actions.</P>
          <P>(10) Current copies of the SSMP and the OM&amp;M plan, including any revisions and records documenting conformance with those revisions.</P>
        </SECTION>
        <SECTION>
          <SECTNO>§ 63.9818</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>In what form and how long must I keep my records?</SUBJECT>
          <P>(a) Your records must be in a form suitable and readily available for expeditious review, according to § 63.10(b)(1).</P>
          <P>(b) As specified in § 63.10(b)(1), you must keep each record for 5 years following the date of each occurrence, measurement, maintenance, corrective action, report, or record.</P>
          <P>(c) You must keep each record onsite for at least 2 years after the date of each occurrence, measurement, maintenance, corrective action, report, or record, according to § 63.10(b)(1). You may keep the records offsite for the remaining 3 years.</P>
        </SECTION>
      </SUBJGRP>
      <SUBJGRP>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">Other Requirements and Information</HD>
        <SECTION>
          <SECTNO>§ 63.9820</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>What parts of the General Provisions apply to me?</SUBJECT>
          <P>Table 11 to this subpart shows which parts of the General Provisions specified in §§ 63.1 through 63.15 apply to you.</P>
        </SECTION>
        <SECTION>
          <SECTNO>§ 63.9822</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Who implements and enforces this subpart?</SUBJECT>
          <P>(a) This subpart can be implemented and enforced by us, the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency (U.S. EPA), or a delegated authority such as your State, local, or tribal agency. If the U.S. EPA Administrator has delegated authority to your State, local, or tribal agency, then that agency, in addition to the U.S. EPA, has the authority to implement and enforce this subpart. You should contact your U.S. EPA Regional Office to find out if implementation and enforcement to this subpart is delegated to your State, local, or tribal agency.</P>
          <P>(b) In delegating implementation and enforcement authority to this subpart to a State, local, or tribal agency under 40 CFR part 63, subpart E, the authorities contained in paragraph (c) of this section are retained by the Administrator of the U.S. EPA and are not transferred to the State, local, or tribal agency.</P>

          <P>(c) The authorities that cannot be delegated to State, local, or tribal agencies are as specified in paragraphs (c)(1) through (4) of this section.<PRTPAGE P="103"/>
          </P>
          <P>(1) Approval of alternatives to the applicability requirements in §§ 63.9782 and 63.9784, the compliance date requirements in § 63.9786, and the emission limitations in § 63.9788.</P>
          <P>(2) Approval of major changes to test methods under § 63.7(e)(2)(ii) and (f) and as defined in § 63.90.</P>
          <P>(3) Approval of major changes to monitoring under § 63.8(f) and as defined in § 63.90.</P>
          <P>(4) Approval of major changes to recordkeeping and reporting under § 63.10(f) and as defined in § 63.90.</P>
        </SECTION>
        <SECTION>
          <SECTNO>§ 63.9824</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>What definitions apply to this subpart?</SUBJECT>
          <P>Terms used in this subpart are defined in the Clean Air Act, in 40 CFR 63.2, the General Provisions of this part, and in this section as follows:</P>
          <P>
            <E T="03">Additive</E> means a minor addition of a chemical, mineral, or metallic substance that is added to a refractory mixture to facilitate processing or impart specific properties to the final refractory product.</P>
          <P>
            <E T="03">Add-on air pollution control device (APCD)</E> means equipment installed on a process vent that reduces the quantity of a pollutant that is emitted to the air.</P>
          <P>
            <E T="03">Autoclave</E> means a vessel that is used to impregnate fired and/or unfired refractory shapes with pitch to form pitch-impregnated refractory products. Autoclaves also can be used as defumers following the impregnation process.</P>
          <P>
            <E T="03">Bag leak detection system</E> means an instrument that is capable of monitoring particulate matter loadings in the exhaust of a fabric filter in order to detect bag failures. A bag leak detection system includes, but is not limited to, an instrument that operates on triboelectric, light-scattering, light-transmittance, or other effects to monitor relative PM loadings.</P>
          <P>
            <E T="03">Basket</E> means the metal container used to hold refractory shapes for pitch impregnation during the shape preheating, impregnation, defuming, and, if applicable, coking processes.</P>
          <P>
            <E T="03">Batch process</E> means a process in which a set of refractory shapes is acted upon as a single unit according to a predetermined schedule, during which none of the refractory shapes being processed are added or removed. A batch process does not operate continuously.</P>
          <P>
            <E T="03">Binder</E> means a substance added to a granular material to give it workability and green or dry strength.</P>
          <P>
            <E T="03">Catalytic oxidizer</E> means an add-on air pollution control device that is designed specifically to destroy organic compounds in a process exhaust gas stream by catalytic incineration. A catalytic oxidizer includes a bed of catalyst media through which the process exhaust stream passes to promote combustion and incineration at a lower temperature than would be possible without the catalyst.</P>
          <P>
            <E T="03">Chromium refractory product</E> means a refractory product that contains at least 1 percent chromium by weight.</P>
          <P>
            <E T="03">Clay refractory product</E> means a refractory product that contains at least 10 percent uncalcined clay by weight prior to firing in a kiln. In this definition, the term “clay” means any of the following six classifications of clay defined by the U.S. Geologic Survey: ball clay, bentonite, common clay and shale, fire clay, fuller's earth, and kaolin.</P>
          <P>
            <E T="03">Coking oven</E> means a thermal process unit that operates at a peak temperature typically between 540° and 870 °C (1000° and 1600 °F) and is used to drive off the volatile constituents of pitch-impregnated refractory shapes under a reducing or oxygen-deprived atmosphere.</P>
          <P>
            <E T="03">Continuous parameter monitoring system (CPMS)</E> means the total equipment that is used to measure and record temperature, pressure, liquid flow rate, gas flow rate, or pH on a continuous basis in one or more locations. “Total equipment” includes the sensor, mechanical components, electronic components, data acquisition system, data recording system, electrical wiring, and other components of a CPMS.</P>
          <P>
            <E T="03">Continuous process</E> means a process that operates continuously. In a continuous process unit, the materials or shapes that are processed are either continuously charged (fed) to and discharged from the process unit, or are charged and discharged at regular time intervals without the process unit being shut down. Continuous thermal process units, such as tunnel kilns, <PRTPAGE P="104"/>generally include temperature zones that are maintained at relatively constant temperature and through which the materials or shapes being processed are conveyed continuously or at regular time intervals.</P>
          <P>
            <E T="03">Curing oven</E> means a thermal process unit that operates at a peak temperature typically between 90° and 340 °C (200° and 650 °F) and is used to activate a thermosetting resin, pitch, or other binder in refractory shapes. Curing ovens also perform the same function as shape dryers in removing the free moisture from refractory shapes.</P>
          <P>
            <E T="03">Defumer</E> means a process unit that is used for holding pitch-impregnated refractory shapes as the shapes defume or cool immediately following the impregnation process. This definition includes autoclaves that are opened and exhausted to the atmosphere following an impregnation cycle and used for holding pitch-impregnated refractory shapes while the shapes defume or cool.</P>
          <P>
            <E T="03">Deviation</E> means any instance in which an affected source subject to this subpart, or an owner or operator of such a source:</P>
          <P>(1) Fails to meet any requirement or obligation established by this subpart including, but not limited to, any emission limitation (emission limit, operating limit, or work practice standard);</P>
          <P>(2) Fails to meet any term or condition that is adopted to implement an applicable requirement in this subpart for any affected source required to obtain such a permit; or</P>
          <P>(3) Fails to meet any emission limitation (emission limit, operating limit, or work practice standard) in this subpart during startup, shutdown, or malfunction, regardless of whether or not such failure is permitted by this subpart.</P>
          <P>
            <E T="03">Dry injection fabric filter (DIFF)</E> means an add-on air pollution control device that includes continuous injection of hydrated lime or other sorbent into a duct or reaction chamber followed by a fabric filter.</P>
          <P>
            <E T="03">Dry lime scrubber/fabric filter (DLS/FF)</E> means an add-on air pollution control device that includes continuous injection of humidified hydrated lime or other sorbent into a reaction chamber followed by a fabric filter. These systems may include recirculation of some of the sorbent.</P>
          <P>
            <E T="03">Dry limestone adsorber (DLA)</E> means an air pollution control device that includes a limestone storage bin, a reaction chamber that is essentially a packed-tower filled with limestone, and may or may not include a peeling drum that mechanically scrapes reacted limestone to regenerate the stone for reuse.</P>
          <P>
            <E T="03">Emission limitation</E> means any restriction on the emissions a process unit may discharge.</P>
          <P>
            <E T="03">Fabric filter</E> means an add-on air pollution control device used to capture particulate matter by filtering a process exhaust stream through a filter or filter media; a fabric filter is also known as a baghouse.</P>
          <P>
            <E T="03">Fired refractory shape</E> means a refractory shape that has been fired in a kiln.</P>
          <P>
            <E T="03">HAP</E> means any hazardous air pollutant that appears in section 112(b) of the Clean Air Act.</P>
          <P>
            <E T="03">Kiln</E> means a thermal process unit that operates at a peak temperature greater than 820 °C (1500 °F) and is used for firing or sintering refractory, ceramic, or other shapes.</P>
          <P>
            <E T="03">Kiln furniture</E> means any refractory shape that is used to hold, support, or position ceramic or refractory products in a kiln during the firing process.</P>
          <P>
            <E T="03">Maximum organic HAP processing rate</E> means the combination of process and refractory product formulation that has the greatest potential to emit organic HAP. The maximum organic HAP processing rate is a function of the organic HAP processing rate, process operating temperature, and other process operating parameters that affect emissions of organic HAP. (See also the definition of <E T="03">organic HAP processing rate.</E>)</P>
          <P>
            <E T="03">Organic HAP processing rate</E> means the rate at which the mass of organic HAP materials contained in refractory shapes are processed in an affected thermal process unit. The organic HAP processing rate is a function of the amount of organic HAP contained in the resins, binders, and additives used in a refractory mix; the amounts of those resins, binders, and additives in the refractory mix; and the rate at which the refractory shapes formed <PRTPAGE P="105"/>from the refractory mix are processed in an affected thermal process unit. For continuous process units, the organic HAP processing rate is expressed in units of mass of organic HAP per unit of time (<E T="03">e.g.,</E> pounds per hour). For batch process units, the organic HAP processing rate is expressed in units of mass of organic HAP per unit mass of refractory shapes processed during the batch process cycle (<E T="03">e.g.,</E> pounds per ton).</P>
          <P>
            <E T="03">Particulate matter (PM)</E> means, for the purposes of this subpart, emissions of particulate matter that serve as a measure of total particulate emissions as measured by EPA Method 5 of 40 CFR part 60, appendix A.</P>
          <P>
            <E T="03">Peak emissions period</E> means the period of consecutive hourly mass emissions of the applicable pollutant that is greater than any other period of consecutive hourly mass emissions for the same pollutant over the course of a specified batch process cycle, as defined in paragraphs (1) and (2) of this definition. The peak emissions period is a function of the rate at which the temperature of the refractory shapes is increased, the mass and loading configuration of the shapes in the process unit, the constituents of the refractory mix, and the type of pollutants emitted.</P>
          <P>(1) The 3-hour peak THC emissions period is the period of 3 consecutive hours over which the sum of the hourly THC mass emissions rates is greater than the sum of the hourly THC mass emissions rates for any other period of 3 consecutive hours during the same batch process cycle.</P>
          <P>(2) The 3-hour peak HF emissions period is the period of 3 consecutive hours over which the sum of the hourly HF mass emissions rates is greater than the sum of the hourly HF mass emissions rates for any other period of 3 consecutive hours during the same batch process cycle.</P>
          <P>
            <E T="03">Period of natural gas curtailment or supply interruption</E> means a period of time during which the supply of natural gas to an affected facility is halted for reasons beyond the control of the facility. An increase in the cost or unit price of natural gas does not constitute a period of natural gas curtailment or supply interruption.</P>
          <P>
            <E T="03">Pitch</E> means the residue from the distillation of petroleum or coal tar.</P>
          <P>
            <E T="03">Pitch-bonded refractory product</E> means a formed refractory product that is manufactured using pitch as a bonding agent. Pitch-bonded refractory products are manufactured by mixing pitch with magnesium oxide, graphite, alumina, silicon carbide, silica, or other refractory raw materials, and forming the mix into shapes. After forming, pitch-bonded refractory products are cured in a curing oven and may be subsequently fired in a kiln.</P>
          <P>
            <E T="03">Pitch-impregnated refractory product</E> means a refractory shape that has been fired in a kiln, then impregnated with heated coal tar or petroleum pitch under pressure. After impregnation, pitch-impregnated refractory shapes may undergo the coking process in a coking oven. The total carbon content of a pitch-impregnated refractory product is less than 50 percent.</P>
          <P>
            <E T="03">Pitch working tank</E> means a tank that is used for heating pitch to the impregnation temperature, typically between 150° and 260 °C (300° and 500 °F); temporarily storing heated pitch between impregnation cycles; and transferring pitch to and from the autoclave during the impregnation step in manufacturing pitch-impregnated refractory products.</P>
          <P>
            <E T="03">Plant site</E> means all contiguous or adjoining property that is under common control, including properties that are separated only by a road or other public right-of-way. Common control includes properties that are owned, leased, or operated by the same entity, parent entity, subsidiary, or any combination thereof.</P>
          <P>
            <E T="03">Redundant sensor</E> means a second sensor or a back-up sensor that is integrated into a CPMS and is used to check the parameter value (<E T="03">e.g.,</E> temperature, pressure) measured by the primary sensor of the CPMS.</P>
          <P>
            <E T="03">Refractory product</E> means nonmetallic materials containing less than 50 percent carbon by weight and having those chemical and physical properties that make them applicable for structures, or as components of systems, that are exposed to environments above 538 °C (1000 °F). This definition includes, but is not limited to: refractory bricks, kiln furniture, crucibles, <PRTPAGE P="106"/>refractory ceramic fiber, and other materials used as linings for boilers, kilns, and other processing units and equipment where extremes of temperature, corrosion, and abrasion would destroy other materials.</P>
          <P>
            <E T="03">Refractory products that use organic HAP</E> means resin-bonded refractory products, pitch-bonded refractory products, and other refractory products that are produced using a substance that is an organic HAP, that releases an organic HAP during production of the refractory product, or that contains an organic HAP, such as methanol or ethylene glycol.</P>
          <P>
            <E T="03">Refractory shape</E> means any refractory piece forming a stable mass with specific dimensions.</P>
          <P>
            <E T="03">Research and development process unit</E> means any process unit whose purpose is to conduct research and development for new processes and products and is not engaged in the manufacture of products for commercial sale, except in a de minimis manner.</P>
          <P>
            <E T="03">Resin-bonded refractory product</E> means a formed refractory product that is manufactured using a phenolic resin or other type of thermosetting resin as a bonding agent. Resin-bonded refractory products are manufactured by mixing resin with alumina, magnesium oxide, graphite, silica, zirconia, or other refractory raw materials, and forming the mix into shapes. After forming, resin-bonded refractory products are cured in a curing oven and may be subsequently fired in a kiln.</P>
          <P>
            <E T="03">Responsible official</E> means one of the following:</P>
          <P>(1) For a corporation: a president, secretary, treasurer, or vice-president of the corporation in charge of a principal business function, or any other person who performs similar policy or decisionmaking functions for the corporation, or a duly authorized representative of such person if the representative is responsible for the overall operation of one or more manufacturing, production, or operating facilities applying for or subject to a permit and either:</P>
          <P>(i) The facilities employ more than 250 persons or have gross annual sales or expenditures exceeding $25 million (in second quarter 1980 dollars); or</P>
          <P>(ii) The delegation of authority to such representatives is approved in advance by the Administrator;</P>
          <P>(2) For a partnership or sole proprietorship: a general partner or the proprietor, respectively;</P>

          <P>(3) For a municipality, State, Federal, or other public agency: either a principal executive officer or ranking elected official. For the purposes of this part, a principal executive officer of a Federal agency includes the chief executive officer having responsibility for the overall operations of a principal geographic unit of the agency (<E T="03">e.g.,</E> a Regional Administrator of EPA); or</P>
          <P>(4) For affected sources (as defined in this subpart) applying for or subject to a title V permit: “responsible official” shall have the same meaning as defined in part 70 or Federal title V regulations in this chapter (42 U.S.C. 7661), whichever is applicable.</P>
          <P>
            <E T="03">Shape dryer</E> means a thermal process unit that operates at a peak temperature typically between 40° and 700 °C (100° and 1300 °F) and is used exclusively to reduce the free moisture content of a refractory shape. Shape dryers generally are the initial thermal process step following the forming step in refractory products manufacturing. (See also the definition of a <E T="03">curing oven.</E>)</P>
          <P>
            <E T="03">Shape preheater</E> means a thermal process unit that operates at a peak temperature typically between 180° and 320 °C (350° and 600 °F) and is used to heat fired refractory shapes prior to the impregnation step in manufacturing pitch-impregnated refractory products.</P>
          <P>
            <E T="03">Thermal oxidizer</E> means an add-on air pollution control device that includes one or more combustion chambers and is designed specifically to destroy organic compounds in a process exhaust gas stream by incineration.</P>
          <P>
            <E T="03">Uncalcined clay</E> means clay that has not undergone thermal processing in a calciner.</P>
          <P>
            <E T="03">Wet scrubber</E> means an add-on air pollution control device that removes pollutants from a gas stream by bringing them into contact with a liquid, typically water.</P>
          <P>
            <E T="03">Work practice standard</E> means any design, equipment, work practice, or operational standard, or combination <PRTPAGE P="107"/>thereof, that is promulgated pursuant to section 112(h) of the Clean Air Act.</P>
        </SECTION>
      </SUBJGRP>
      <APPENDIX>
        <EAR>Pt. 63, Subpt. SSSSS, Table 1</EAR>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">Table 1 to Subpart SSSSS of Part 63—Emission Limits</HD>
        <P>As stated in § 63.9788, you must comply with the emission limits for affected sources in the following table:</P>
        <GPOTABLE CDEF="s100,r100" COLS="2" OPTS="L2">
          <BOXHD>
            <CHED H="1" O="L">For . . .</CHED>
            <CHED H="1" O="L">You must meet the following emission limits . . .</CHED>
          </BOXHD>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">1. Each new or existing curing oven, shape dryer, and kiln that is used to process refractory products that use organic HAP; each new or existing coking oven and defumer that is used to produce pitch-impregnated refractory products; each new shape preheater that is used to produce pitch-impregnated refractory products; AND each new or existing process unit that is exhausted to a thermal or catalytic oxidizer that also controls emissions from an affected shape preheater or pitch working tank</ENT>
            <ENT>As specified in items 2 through 9 of this table.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">2. Continuous process units that are controlled with a thermal or catalytic oxidizer</ENT>
            <ENT>a. The 3-hour block average THC concentration must not exceed 20 parts per million by volume, dry basis (ppmvd), corrected to 18 percent oxygen, at the outlet of the control device; or</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT>b. The 3-hour block average THC mass emissions rate must be reduced by at least 95 percent.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">3. Continuous process units that are equipped with a control device other than a thermal or catalytic oxidizer</ENT>
            <ENT>a. The 3-hour block average THC concentration must not exceed 20 ppmvd, corrected to 18 percent oxygen, at the outlet of the control device; or</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT>b. The 3-hour block average THC mass emissions rate must be reduced by at least 95 percent.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">4. Continuous process units that use process changes to reduce organic HAP emissions</ENT>
            <ENT>The 3-hour block average THC concentration must not exceed 20 ppmvd, corrected to 18 percent oxygen, at the outlet of the process gas stream.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">5. Continuous kilns that are not equipped with a control device</ENT>
            <ENT>The 3-hour block average THC concentration must not exceed 20 ppmvd, corrected to 18 percent oxygen, at the outlet of the process gas stream.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">6. Batch process units that are controlled with a thermal or catalytic oxidizer</ENT>
            <ENT>a. The 2-run block average THC concentration for the 3-hour peak emissions period must not exceed 20 ppmvd, corrected to 18 percent oxygen, at the outlet of the control device; or</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT>b. The 2-run block average THC mass emissions rate for the 3-hour peak emissions period must be reduced by at least 95 percent.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">7. Batch process units that are equipped with a control device other than a thermal or catalytic oxidizer</ENT>
            <ENT>a. The 2-run block average THC concentration for the 3-hour peak emissions period must not exceed 20 ppmvd, corrected to 18 percent oxygen, at the outlet of the control device; or</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT>b. The 2-run block average THC mass emissions rate for the 3-hour peak emissions period must be reduced by at least 95 percent.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">8. Batch process units that use process changes to reduce organic HAP emissions</ENT>
            <ENT>The 2-run block average THC concentration for the 3-hour peak emissions period must not exceed 20 ppmvd, corrected to 18 percent oxygen, at the outlet of the process gas stream.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">9. Batch process kilns that are not equipped with a control device</ENT>
            <ENT>The 2-run block average THC concentration for the 3-hour peak emissions period must not exceed 20 ppmvd, corrected to 18 percent oxygen, at the outlet of the process gas stream.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">10. Each new continuous kiln that is used to produce clay refractory products</ENT>
            <ENT>a. The 3-hour block average HF emissions must not exceed 0.019 kilograms per megagram (kg/Mg) (0.038 pounds per ton (lb/ton)) of uncalcined clay processed, OR the 3-hour block average HF mass emissions rate must be reduced by at least 90 percent; and</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT>b. The 3-hour block average HCl emissions must not exceed 0.091 kg/Mg (0.18 lb/ton) of uncalcined clay processed, OR the 3-hour block average HCl mass emissions rate must be reduced by at least 30 percent.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">11. Each new batch process kiln that is used to produce clay refractory products</ENT>
            <ENT>a. The 2-run block average HF mass emissions rate for the 3-hour peak emissions period must be reduced by at least 90 percent; and</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT>b. The 2-run block average HCl mass emissions rate for the 3-hour peak emissions period must be reduced by at least 30 percent.</ENT>
          </ROW>
        </GPOTABLE>
      </APPENDIX>
      <APPENDIX>
        <PRTPAGE P="108"/>
        <EAR>Pt. 63, Subpt. SSSSS, Table 2</EAR>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">Table 2 to Subpart SSSSS of Part 63—Operating Limits</HD>
        <P>As stated in § 63.9788, you must comply with the operating limits for affected sources in the following table:</P>
        <GPOTABLE CDEF="s100,r100" COLS="2" OPTS="L2">
          <BOXHD>
            <CHED H="1" O="L">For . . .</CHED>
            <CHED H="1" O="L">You must . . .</CHED>
          </BOXHD>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">1. Each affected source listed in Table 1 to this subpart</ENT>
            <ENT>a. Operate all affected sources according to the requirements to this subpart on and after the date on which the initial performance test is conducted or required to be conducted, whichever date is earlier; and</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT>b. Capture emissions and vent them through a closed system; and</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT>c. Operate each control device that is required to comply with this subpart on each affected source during all periods that the source is operating, except where specified in § 63.9792(e), item 2 of this table, and item 13 of Table 4 to this subpart; and</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT>d. Record all operating parameters specified in Table 8 to this subpart for the affected source; and</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT>e. Prepare and implement a written OM&amp;M plan as specified in § 63.9792(d).</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">2. Each affected continuous kiln that is equipped with an emission control device</ENT>
            <ENT>a. Receive approval from the Administrator before taking the control device on the affected kiln out of service for scheduled maintenance, as specified in § 63.9792(e); and</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT>b. Minimize HAP emissions from the affected kiln during all periods of scheduled maintenance of the kiln control device when the kiln is operating and the control device is out of service; and</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT>c. Minimize the duration of all periods of scheduled maintenance of the kiln control device when the kiln is operating and the control device is out of service.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">3. Each new or existing curing oven, shape dryer, and kiln that is used to process refractory products that use organic HAP; each new or existing coking oven and defumer that is used to produce pitch-impregnated refractory products; each new shape preheater that is used to produce pitch-impregnated refractory products; AND each new or existing process unit that is exhausted to a thermal or catalytic oxidizer that also controls emissions from an affected shape preheater or pitch working tank</ENT>
            <ENT>Satisfy the applicable operating limits specified in items 4 through 9 of this table.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">4. Each affected continuous process unit</ENT>
            <ENT>Maintain the 3-hour block average organic HAP processing rate (pounds per hour) at or below the maximum organic HAP processing rate established during the most recent performance test.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">5. Continuous process units that are equipped with a thermal oxidizer</ENT>
            <ENT>Maintain the 3-hour block average operating temperature in the thermal oxidizer combustion chamber at or above the minimum allowable operating temperature for the oxidizer established during the most recent performance test.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">6. Continuous process units that are equipped with a catalytic oxidizer</ENT>
            <ENT>a. Maintain the 3-hour block average operating temperature at the inlet of the catalyst bed of the oxidizer at or above the minimum allowable operating temperature for the oxidizer established during the most recent performance test; and</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT>b. Check the activity level of the catalyst at least every 12 months.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">7. Each affected batch process unit</ENT>
            <ENT>For each batch cycle, maintain the organic HAP processing rate (pounds per batch) at or below the maximum organic HAP processing rate established during the most recent performance test.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">8. Batch process units that are equipped with a thermal oxidizer</ENT>
            <ENT>a. From the start of each batch cycle until 3 hours have passed since the process unit reached maximum temperature, maintain the hourly average operating temperature in the thermal oxidizer combustion chamber at or above the minimum allowable operating temperature established for the corresponding period during the most recent performance test, as determined according to item 11 of Table 4 to this subpart; and</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT>b. For each subsequent hour of the batch cycle, maintain the hourly average operating temperature in the thermal oxidizer combustion chamber at or above the minimum allowable operating temperature established for the corresponding hour during the most recent performance test, as specified in item 13 of Table 4 to this subpart.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <PRTPAGE P="109"/>
            <ENT I="01">9. Batch process units that are equipped with a catalytic oxidizer</ENT>
            <ENT>a. From the start of each batch cycle until 3 hours have passed since the process unit reached maximum temperature, maintain the hourly average operating temperature at the inlet of the catalyst bed at or above the minimum allowable operating temperature established for the corresponding period during the most recent performance test, as determined according to item 12 of Table 4 to this subpart; and</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT>b. For each subsequent hour of the batch cycle, maintain the hourly average operating temperature at the inlet of the catalyst bed at or above the minimum allowable operating temperature established for the corresponding hour during the most recent performance test, as specified in item 13 of Table 4 to this subpart; and</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT>c. Check the activity level of the catalyst at least every 12 months.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">10. Each new kiln that is used to process clay refractory products</ENT>
            <ENT>Satisfy the applicable operating limits specified in items 11 through 13 of this table.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">11. Each affected kiln that is equipped with a DLA</ENT>
            <ENT>a. Maintain the 3-hour block average pressure drop across the DLA at or above the minimum levels established during the most recent performance test; and</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT>b. Maintain free-flowing limestone in the feed hopper, silo, and DLA at all times; and</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT>c. Maintain the limestone feeder at or above the level established during the most recent performance test; and</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT>d. Use the same grade of limestone from the same source as was used during the most recent performance test and maintain records of the source and type of limestone used.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">12. Each affected kiln that is equipped with a DIFF or DLS/FF</ENT>
            <ENT>a. Initiate corrective action within 1 hour of a bag leak detection system alarm and complete corrective actions in accordance with the OM&amp;M plan; and</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT>b. Verify at least once each 8-hour shift that lime is free-flowing by means of a visual check, checking the output of a load cell, carrier gas/lime flow indicator, or carrier gas pressure drop measurement system; and</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT>c. Record the lime feeder setting daily to verify that the feeder setting is at or above the level established during the most recent performance test.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">13. Each affected kiln that is equipped with a wet scrubber</ENT>
            <ENT>a. Maintain the 3-hour block average pressure drop across the scrubber, liquid pH, and liquid flow rate at or above the minimum levels established during the most recent performance test; and</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT>b. If chemicals are added to the scrubber liquid, maintain the 3-hour block average chemical feed rate at or above the minimum chemical feed rate established during the most recent performance test.</ENT>
          </ROW>
        </GPOTABLE>
      </APPENDIX>
      <APPENDIX>
        <EAR>Pt. 63, Subpt. SSSSS, Table 3</EAR>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">Table 3 to Subpart SSSSS of Part 63—Work Practice Standards</HD>

        <P>As stated in § 63.9788, you must comply with the work practice standards for affected sources in the following table:<PRTPAGE P="110"/>
        </P>
        <GPOTABLE CDEF="s75,r75,r75" COLS="3" OPTS="L2">
          <BOXHD>
            <CHED H="1" O="L">For . . .</CHED>
            <CHED H="1" O="L">You must . . .</CHED>
            <CHED H="1" O="L">According to one of the following requirements . . .</CHED>
          </BOXHD>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">1. Each basket or container that is used for holding fired refractory shapes in an existing shape preheater and autoclave during the pitch impregnation process</ENT>
            <ENT>a. Control POM emissions from any affected shape preheater</ENT>
            <ENT>i. At least every 10 preheating cycles, clean the residual pitch from the surfaces of the basket or container by abrasive blasting prior to placing the basket or container in the affected shape preheater; or<LI>ii. At least every 10 preheating cycles, subject the basket or container to a thermal process cycle that meets or exceeds the operating temperature and cycle time of the affected preheater, AND is conducted in a process unit that is exhausted to a thermal or catalytic oxidizer that is comparable to the control device used on an affected defumer or coking oven; or</LI>
              <LI>iii. Capture emissions from the affected shape preheater and vent them to the control device that is used to control emissions from an affected defumer or coking oven, or to a comparable thermal or catalytic oxidizer.</LI>
            </ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">2. Each new or existing pitch working tank</ENT>
            <ENT>Control POM emissions</ENT>
            <ENT>Capture emissions from the affected pitch working tank and vent them to the control device that is used to control emissions from an affected defumer or coking oven, OR to a comparable thermal or catalytic oxidizer.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">3. Each new or existing chromium refractory products kiln</ENT>
            <ENT>Minimize fuel-based HAP emissions</ENT>
            <ENT>Use natural gas, or equivalent, as the kiln fuel, except during periods of natural gas curtailment or supply interruption, as defined in § 63.9824.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">4. Each existing clay refractory products kiln</ENT>
            <ENT>Minimize fuel-based HAP emissions</ENT>
            <ENT>Use natural gas, or equivalent, as the kiln fuel, except during periods of natural gas curtailment or supply interruption, as defined in § 63.9824.</ENT>
          </ROW>
        </GPOTABLE>
      </APPENDIX>
      <APPENDIX>
        <EAR>Pt. 63, Subpt. SSSSS, Table 4</EAR>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">Table 4 to Subpart SSSSS to Part 63—Requirements for Performance Tests</HD>
        <P>As stated in § 63.9800, you must comply with the requirements for performance tests for affected sources in the following table:</P>
        <GPOTABLE CDEF="s40,r80,r80,r80" COLS="4" OPTS="L2">
          <BOXHD>
            <CHED H="1" O="L">For . . .</CHED>
            <CHED H="1" O="L">You must . . .</CHED>
            <CHED H="1" O="L">Using . . .</CHED>
            <CHED H="1" O="L">According to the following requirements . . .</CHED>
          </BOXHD>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">1. Each affected source listed in Table 1 to this subpart</ENT>
            <ENT>a. Conduct performance tests</ENT>
            <ENT>i. The requirements of the general provisions in subpart A of this part and the requirements to this subpart</ENT>
            <ENT>(1) Record the date of the test; and<LI>(2) Identify the emission source that is tested; and</LI>
              <LI>(3) Collect and record the corresponding operating parameter and emission test data listed in this table for each run of the performance test; and</LI>
            </ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT O="xl"/>
            <ENT O="xl"/>
            <ENT>(4) Repeat the performance test at least every 5 years; and</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT O="xl"/>
            <ENT O="xl"/>
            <ENT>(5) Repeat the performance test before changing the parameter value for any operating limit specified in your OM&amp;M plan; and</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT O="xl"/>
            <ENT O="xl"/>
            <ENT>(6) If complying with the THC concentration or THC percentage reduction limits specified in items 2 through 9 of Table 1 to this subpart, repeat the performance test under the conditions specified in items 2.a.2. and 2.a.3. of this table; and</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <PRTPAGE P="111"/>
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT O="xl"/>
            <ENT O="xl"/>
            <ENT>(7) If complying with the emission limits for new clay refractory products kilns specified in items 10 and 11 of Table 1 to this subpart, repeat the performance test under the conditions specified in items 14.a.i.4. and 17.a.i.4. of this table.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT>b. Select the locations of sampling ports and the number of traverse points</ENT>
            <ENT>i. Method 1 or 1A of 40 CFR part 60, appendix A</ENT>
            <ENT>(1) To demonstrate compliance with the percentage reduction limits specified in items 2.b., 3.b., 6.b., 7.b., 10, and 11 of Table 1 to this subpart, locate sampling sites at the inlet of the control device and at either the outlet of the control device or at the stack prior to any releases to the atmosphere; and</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT O="xl"/>
            <ENT O="xl"/>
            <ENT>(2) To demonstrate compliance with any other emission limit specified in Table 1 to this subpart, locate all sampling sites at the outlet of the control device or at the stack prior to any releases to the atmosphere.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT>c. Determine gas velocity and volumetric flow rate</ENT>
            <ENT>Method 2, 2A, 2C, 2D, 2F, or 2G of 40 CFR part 60, appendix A</ENT>
            <ENT>Measure gas velocities and volumetric flow rates at 1-hour intervals throughout each test run.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT>d. Conduct gas molecular weight analysis</ENT>
            <ENT O="xl">(i) Method 3, 3A, or 3B of 40 CFR part 60, appendix A; or</ENT>
            <ENT>As specified in the applicable test method.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT O="xl"/>
            <ENT>(ii) ASME PTC 19.10-1981-Part 10</ENT>
            <ENT>You may use ASME PTC 19.10-1981-Part 10 (available for purchase from Three Park Avenue, New York, NY 10016-5990) as an alternative to EPA Method 3B.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT>e. Measure gas moisture content</ENT>
            <ENT>Method 4 of 40 CFR part 60, appendix A</ENT>
            <ENT>As specified in the applicable test method.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <PRTPAGE P="112"/>
            <ENT I="01">2. Each new or existing curing oven, shape dryer, and kiln that is used to process refractory products that use organic HAP; each new or existing coking oven and defumer that is used to produce pitch-impregnated refractory products; each new shape preheater that is used to produce pitch-impregnated refractory products; AND each new or existing process unit that is exhausted to a thermal or catalytic oxidizer that also controls emissions from an affected shape preheater or pitch working tank</ENT>
            <ENT>a. Conduct performance tests</ENT>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT>(1) Conduct the performance test while the source is operating at the maximum organic HAP processing rate, as defined in § 63.9824, reasonably expected to occur; and<LI>(2) Repeat the performance test before starting production of any product for which the organic HAP processing rate is likely to exceed the maximum organic HAP processing rate established during the most recent performance test by more than 10 percent, as specified in § 63.9798(c); and</LI>
              <LI>(3) Repeat the performance test on any affected uncontrolled kiln following process changes (e.g., shorter curing oven cycle time) that could increase organic HAP emissions from the affected kiln, as specified in § 63.9798(d).</LI>
            </ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT>b. Satisfy the applicable requirements listed in items 3 through 13 of this table</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">3. Each affected continuous process unit</ENT>
            <ENT>a. Perform a minimum of 3 test runs</ENT>
            <ENT>The appropriate test methods specified in items 1, 4, and 5 of this table</ENT>
            <ENT>Each test run must be at least 1 hour in duration.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT>b. Establish the operating limit for the maximum organic HAP processing rate</ENT>
            <ENT O="xl">i. Method 311 of 40 CFR part 63, appendix A, OR material safety data sheets (MSDS), OR product labels to determine the mass fraction of organic HAP in each resin, binder, or additive; and</ENT>
            <ENT>(1) Calculate and record the organic HAP content of all refractory shapes that are processed during the performance test, based on the mass fraction of organic HAP in the resins, binders, or additives; the mass fraction of each resin, binder, or additive, in the product; and the process feed rate; and</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT O="xl"/>
            <ENT O="xl">ii. Product formulation data that specify the mass fraction of each resin, binder, and additive in the products that are processed during the performance test; and</ENT>
            <ENT>(2) Calculate and record the organic HAP processing rate (pounds per hour) for each test run; and</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT O="xl"/>
            <ENT>iii. Process feed rate data (tons per hour)</ENT>
            <ENT>(3) Calculate and record the maximum organic HAP processing rate as the average of the organic HAP processing rates for the three test runs.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT>c. Record the operating temperature of the affected source</ENT>
            <ENT>Process data</ENT>
            <ENT>During each test run and at least once per hour, record the operating temperature in the highest temperature zone of the affected source.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <PRTPAGE P="113"/>
            <ENT I="01">4. Each continuous process unit that is subject to the THC emission limit listed in item 2.a., 3.a., 4, or 5 of Table 1 to this subpart</ENT>
            <ENT>a. Measure THC concentrations at the outlet of the control device or in the stack</ENT>
            <ENT>i. Method 25A of 40 CFR part 60, appendix A</ENT>
            <ENT>(1) Each minute, measure and record the concentrations of THC in the exhaust stream; and<LI>(2) Provide at least 50 1-minute measurements for each valid hourly average THC concentration.</LI>
            </ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT>b. Measure oxygen concentrations at the outlet of the control device or in the stack</ENT>
            <ENT>i. Method 3A of 40 CFR part 60, appendix A</ENT>
            <ENT>(1) Each minute, measure and record the concentrations of oxygen in the exhaust stream; and<LI>(2) Provide at least 50 1-minute measurements for each valid hourly average THC concentration.</LI>
            </ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT>c. Determine the hourly average THC concentration, corrected to 18 percent oxygen</ENT>
            <ENT>i. Equation 1 of § 63.9800(g)(1); and<LI>ii. The 1-minute THC and oxygen concentration data</LI>
            </ENT>
            <ENT>(1) Calculate the hourly average THC concentration for each hour of the performance test as the average of the 1-minute THC measurements; and</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT O="xl"/>
            <ENT O="xl"/>
            <ENT>(2) Calculate the hourly average oxygen concentration for each hour of the performance test as the average of the 1-minute oxygen measurements; and</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT O="xl"/>
            <ENT O="xl"/>
            <ENT>(3) Correct the hourly average THC concentrations to 18 percent oxygen using Equation 1 of § 63.9800(g)(1).</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT>d. Determine the 3-hour block average THC emission concentration, corrected to 18 percent oxygen</ENT>
            <ENT>The hourly average concentration of THC, corrected to 18 percent oxygen, for each test run</ENT>
            <ENT>Calculate the 3-hour block average THC emission concentration, corrected to 18 percent oxygen, as the average of the hourly average THC emission concentrations, corrected to 18 percent oxygen.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">5. Each continuous process unit that is subject to the THC percentage reduction limit listed in item 2.b. or 3.b. of Table 1 to this subpart</ENT>
            <ENT>a. Measure THC concentrations at the inlet and outlet of the control device</ENT>
            <ENT>i. Method 25A of 40 CFR part 60, appendix A</ENT>
            <ENT>(1) Each minute, measure and record the concentrations of THC at the inlet and outlet of the control device; and<LI>(2) Provide at least 50 1-minute measurements for each valid hourly average THC concentration at the control device inlet and outlet.</LI>
            </ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT>b. Determine the hourly THC mass emissions rates at the inlet and outlet of the control device</ENT>
            <ENT O="xl">i. The 1-minute THC concentration data at the control device inlet and outlet; and<LI>ii. The volumetric flow rates at the control device inlet and outlet</LI>
            </ENT>
            <ENT>Calculate the hourly THC mass emissions rates at the control device inlet and outlet for each hour of the performance test.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT>c. Determine the 3-hour block average THC percentage reduction</ENT>
            <ENT>i. The hourly THC mass emissions rates at the inlet and outlet of the control device</ENT>
            <ENT>(1) Calculate the hourly THC percentage reduction for each hour of the performance test using Equation 2 of § 63.9800(g)(1); and<LI>(2) Calculate the 3-hour block average THC percentage reduction.</LI>
            </ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <PRTPAGE P="114"/>
            <ENT I="01">6. Each continous process unit that is equipped with a thermal oxidizer</ENT>
            <ENT>a. Establish the operating limit for the minimum allowable thermal oxidizer combustion chamber temperature</ENT>
            <ENT>i. Continuous recording of the output of the combustion chamber temperature measurement device</ENT>
            <ENT>(1) At least every 15 minutes, measure and record the thermal oxidizer combustion chamber temperature; and<LI>(2) Provide at least one measurement during at least three 15-minute periods per hour of testing; and</LI>
              <LI>(3) Calculate the hourly average thermal oxidizer combustion chamber temperature for each hour of the performance test; and</LI>
              <LI>(4) Calculate the minimum allowable combustion chamber temperature as the average of the combustion chamber temperatures for the three test runs, minus 14 °C (25 °F).</LI>
            </ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">7. Each continuous process unit that is equipped with a catalytic oxidizer</ENT>
            <ENT>a. Establish the operating limit for the minimum allowable temperature at the inlet of the catalyst bed</ENT>
            <ENT>i. Continuous recording of the output of the temperature measurement device</ENT>
            <ENT>(1) At least every 15 minutes, measure and record the temperature at the inlet of the catalyst bed; and<LI>(2) Provide at least one catalyst bed inlet temperature measurement during at least three 15-minute periods per hour of testing; and</LI>
            </ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT O="xl"/>
            <ENT O="xl"/>
            <ENT>(3) Calculate the hourly average catalyst bed inlet temperature for each hour of the performance test; and</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT O="xl"/>
            <ENT O="xl"/>
            <ENT>(4) Calculate the minimum allowable catalyst bed inlet temperature as the average of the catalyst bed inlet temperatures for the three test runs, minus 14 °C (25 °F).</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">8. Each affected batch process unit</ENT>
            <ENT>a. Perform a minimum of two test runs</ENT>
            <ENT>i. The appropriate test methods specified in items 1, 9, and 10 of this table</ENT>
            <ENT>(1) Each test run must be conducted over a separate batch cycle unless you satisfy the requirements of § 63.9800(f)(3) and (4); and</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT O="xl"/>
            <ENT O="xl"/>
            <ENT>(2) Each test run must begin with the start of a batch cycle, except as specified in item 8.a.i.4. of this table; and</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT O="xl"/>
            <ENT O="xl"/>
            <ENT>(3) Each test run must continue until the end of the batch cycle, except as specified in items 8.a.i.4. and 8.a.i.5. of this table; and</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT O="xl"/>
            <ENT O="xl"/>
            <ENT>(4) If you develop an emissions profile, as described in § 63.9802(a), AND for sources equipped with a thermal or catalytic oxidizer, you do not reduce the oxidizer operating temperature, as specified in item 13 of this table, you can limit each test run to the 3-hour peak THC emissions period; and</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <PRTPAGE P="115"/>
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT O="xl"/>
            <ENT O="xl"/>
            <ENT>(5) If you do not develop an emissions profile, a test run can be stopped, and the results of that run considered complete, if you measure emissions continuously until at least 3 hours after the affected process unit has reached maximum temperature, AND the hourly average THC mass emissions rate has not increased during the 3-hour period since maximum process temperature was reached, and the hourly average concentrations of THC at the inlet of the control device have not exceeded 20 ppmvd, corrected to 18 percent oxygen, during the 3-hour period since maximum process temperature was reached or the hourly average THC percentage reduction has been at least 95 percent during the 3-hour period since maximum process temperature was reached, AND, for sources equipped with a thermal or catalytic oxidizer, at least 1 hour has passed since any reduction in the operating temperature of the oxidizer, as specified in item 13 of this table.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT>b. Establish the operating limit for the maximum organic HAP processing rate</ENT>
            <ENT O="xl">i. Method 311 of 40 CFR part 63, appendix A, OR MSDS, OR product labels to determine the mass fraction of organic HAP in each resin, binder, or additive; and</ENT>
            <ENT>(1) Calculate and record the organic HAP content of all refractory shapes that are processed during the performance test, based on the mass fraction of HAP in the resins, binders, or additives; the mass fraction of each resin, binder, or additive, in the product, and the batch weight prior to processing; and</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT O="xl"/>
            <ENT O="xl">ii. Product formulation data that specify the mass fraction of each resin, binder, and additive in the products that are processed during the performance test; and<LI>iii. Batch weight (tons)</LI>
            </ENT>
            <ENT>(2) Calculate and record the organic HAP processing rate (pounds per batch) for each test run; and<LI>(3) Calculate and record the maximum organic HAP processing rate as the average of the organic HAP processing rates for the two test runs.</LI>
            </ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT>c. Record the batch cycle time</ENT>
            <ENT>Process data</ENT>
            <ENT>Record the total elapsed time from the start to the completion of the batch cycle.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT>d. Record the operating temperature of the affected source</ENT>
            <ENT>Process data</ENT>
            <ENT>Record the operating temperature of the affected source at least once every hour from the start to the completion of the batch cycle.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">9. Each batch process unit that is subject to the THC emission limit listed in item 6.a., 7.a., 8, or 9 of Table 1 to this subpart</ENT>
            <ENT>a. Measure THC concentrations at the outlet of the control device or in the stack</ENT>
            <ENT>i. Method 25A of 40 CFR part 60, appendix A</ENT>
            <ENT>(1) Each minute, measure and record the concentrations of THC in the exhaust stream; and<LI>(2) Provide at least 50 1-minute measurements for each valid hourly average THC concentration.</LI>
            </ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <PRTPAGE P="116"/>
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT>b. Measure oxygen concentrations at the outlet of the control device or in the stack</ENT>
            <ENT>i. Method 3A of 40 CFR part 60, appendix A</ENT>
            <ENT>(1) Each minute, measure and record the concentrations of oxygen in the exhaust stream; and<LI>(2) Provide at least 50 1-minute measurements for each valid hourly average oxygen concentration.</LI>
            </ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT>c. Determine the hourly average THC concentration, corrected to 18 percent oxygen</ENT>
            <ENT>i. Equation 1 of § 63.9800(g)(1); and<LI>ii. The 1-minute THC and oxygen concentration data</LI>
            </ENT>
            <ENT>(1) Calculate the hourly average THC concentration for each hour of the performance test as the average of the 1-minute THC measurements; and</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT O="xl"/>
            <ENT O="xl"/>
            <ENT>(2) Calculate the hourly average oxygen concentration for each hour of the performance test as the average of the 1-minute oxygen measurements; and</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT O="xl"/>
            <ENT O="xl"/>
            <ENT>(3) Correct the hourly average THC concentrations to 18 percent oxygen using Equation 1 of § 63.9800(g)(1).</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT>d. Determine the 3-hour peak THC emissions period for each test run</ENT>
            <ENT>The hourly average THC concentrations, corrected to 18 percent oxygen</ENT>
            <ENT>Select the period of 3 consecutive hours over which the sum of the hourly average THC concentrations, corrected to 18 percent oxygen, is greater than the sum of the hourly average THC emission concentrations, corrected to 18 percent oxygen, for any other period of 3 consecutive hours during the test run.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT>e. Determine the average THC concentration, corrected to 18 percent oxygen, for each test run</ENT>
            <ENT>The hourly average THC emission concentrations, corrected to 18 percent oxygen, for the 3-hour peak THC emissions period</ENT>
            <ENT>Calculate the average of the hourly average THC concentrations, corrected to 18 percent oxygen, for the 3 hours of the peak emissions period for each test run.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT>f. Determine the 2-run block average THC concentration, corrected to 18 percent oxygen, for the emission test</ENT>
            <ENT>The average THC concentration, corrected to 18 percent oxygen, for each test run</ENT>
            <ENT>Calculate the average of the average THC concentrations, corrected to 18 percent oxygen, for each run.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">10. Each batch process unit that is subject to the THC percentage reduction limit listed in item 6.b. or 7.b. of Table 1 to this subpart</ENT>
            <ENT>a. Measure THC concentrations at the inlet and outlet of the control device</ENT>
            <ENT>i. Method 25A of 40 CFR part 60, appendix A</ENT>
            <ENT>(1) Each minute, measure and record the concentrations of THC at the control device inlet and outlet; and<LI>(2) Provide at least 50 1-minute measurements for each valid hourly average THC concentration at the control device inlet and outlet.</LI>
            </ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT>b. Determine the hourly THC mass emissions rates at the control device inlet and outlet</ENT>
            <ENT O="xl">i. The 1-minute THC concentration data at the control device inlet and outlet; and<LI>ii. The volumetric flow rates at the control device inlet and outlet</LI>
            </ENT>
            <ENT>(1) Calculate the hourly mass emissions rates at the control device inlet and outlet for each hour of the performance test.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT>c. Determine the 3-hour peak THC emissions period for each test run</ENT>
            <ENT>The hourly THC mass emissions rates at the control device inlet</ENT>
            <ENT>Select the period of 3 consecutive hours over which the sum of the hourly THC mass emissions rates at the control device inlet is greater than the sum of the hourly THC mass emissions rates at the control device inlet for any other period of 3 consecutive hours during the test run.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT>d. Determine the average THC percentage reduction for each test run</ENT>
            <ENT>i. Equation 2 of § 63.9800(g)(2); and<LI>ii. The hourly THC mass emissions rates at the control device inlet and outlet for the 3-hour peak THC emissions period</LI>
            </ENT>
            <ENT>Calculate the average THC percentage reduction for each test run using Equation 2 of § 63.9800(g)(2).</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <PRTPAGE P="117"/>
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT>e. Determine the 2-run block average THC percentage reduction for the emission test</ENT>
            <ENT>The average THC percentage reduction for each test run</ENT>
            <ENT>Calculate the average of the average THC percentage reductions for each test run.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">11. Each batch process unit that is equipped with a thermal oxidizer</ENT>
            <ENT>a. Establish the operating limit for the minimum thermal oxidizer combustion chamber temperature</ENT>
            <ENT>i. Continuous recording of the output of the combustion chamber temperature measurement device</ENT>
            <ENT>(1) At least every 15 minutes, measure and record the thermal oxidizer combustion chamber temperature; and<LI>(2) Provide at least one temperature measurement during at least three 15-minute periods per hour of testing; and</LI>
              <LI>(3) Calculate the hourly average combustion chamber temperature for each hour of the 3-hour peak emissions period, as defined in item 9.d. or 10.c. of this table, whichever applies; and</LI>
              <LI>(4) Calculate the minimum allowable thermal oxidizer combustion chamber operating temperature as the average of the hourly combustion chamber temperatures for the 3-hour peak emissions period, minus 14 °C (25 °F).</LI>
            </ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">12. Each batch process unit that is equipped with a catalytic oxidizer</ENT>
            <ENT>a. Establish the operating limit for the minimum temperature at the inlet of the catalyst bed</ENT>
            <ENT>i. Continuous recording of the output of the temperature measurement device</ENT>
            <ENT>(1) At least every 15 minutes, measure and record the temperature at the inlet of the catalyst bed; and<LI>(2) Provide at least one catalyst bed inlet temperature measurement during at least three 15-minute periods per hour of testing; and</LI>
            </ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT O="xl"/>
            <ENT O="xl"/>
            <ENT>(3) Calculate the hourly average catalyst bed inlet temperature for each hour of the 3-hour peak emissions period, as defined in item 9.d. or 10.c. of this table, whichever applies; and</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT O="xl"/>
            <ENT O="xl"/>
            <ENT>(4) Calculate the minimum allowable catalytic oxidizer catalyst bed inlet temperature as the average of the hourly catalyst bed inlet temperatures for the 3-hour peak emissions period, minus 14 °C (25 °F).</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">13. Each batch process unit that is equipped with a thermal or catalytic oxidizer</ENT>
            <ENT>a. During each test run, maintain the applicable operating temperature of the oxidizer until emission levels allow the oxidizer to be shut off or the operating temperature of the oxidizer to be reduced</ENT>
            <ENT O="xl"/>
            <ENT>(1) The oxidizer can be shut off or the oxidizer operating temperature can be reduced if you do not use an emission profile to limit testing to the 3-hour peak emissions period, as specified in item 8.a.i.4. of this table; and</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT O="xl"/>
            <ENT O="xl"/>
            <ENT>(2) At least 3 hours have passed since the affected process unit reached maximum temperature; and</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT O="xl"/>
            <ENT O="xl"/>
            <ENT>(3) The applicable emission limit specified in item 6.a. or 6.b. of Table 1 to this subpart was met during each of the previous three 1-hour periods; and</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT O="xl"/>
            <ENT O="xl"/>
            <ENT>(4) The hourly average THC mass emissions rate did not increase during the 3-hour period since maximum process temperature was reached; and</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <PRTPAGE P="118"/>
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT O="xl"/>
            <ENT O="xl"/>
            <ENT>(5) The applicable emission limit specified in item 6.a. and 6.b. of Table 1 to this subpart was met during each of the four 15-minute periods immediately following the oxidizer temperature reduction; and</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT O="xl"/>
            <ENT O="xl"/>
            <ENT>(6) If the applicable emission limit specified in item 6.a. or 6.b. of Table 1 to this subpart was not met during any of the four 15-minute periods immediately following the oxidizer temperature reduction, you must return the oxidizer to its normal operating temperature as soon as possible and maintain that temperature for at least 1 hour; and</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT O="xl"/>
            <ENT O="xl"/>
            <ENT>(7) Continue the test run until the applicable emission limit specified in items 6.a. and 6.b. of Table 1 to this subpart is met for at least four consecutive 15-minute periods that immediately follow the temperature reduction; and</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT O="xl"/>
            <ENT O="xl"/>
            <ENT>(8) Calculate the hourly average oxidizer operating temperature for each hour of the performance test since the affected process unit reached maximum temperature.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">14. Each new continuous kiln that is used to process clay refractory products</ENT>
            <ENT>a. Measure emissions of HF and HCl</ENT>
            <ENT O="xl">i. Method 26A of 40 CFR part 60, appendix A; or<LI O="xl">ii. Method 26 of 40 CFR part 60, appendix A; or</LI>
              <LI>iii. Method 320 of 40 CFR part 63, appendix A</LI>
            </ENT>

            <ENT>(1) Conduct the test while the kiln is operating at the maximum production level; and<LI>(2) You may use Method 26 of 40 CFR part 60, appendix A, only if no acid PM (<E T="03">e.g.,</E> HF or HCl dissolved in water droplets emitted by sources controlled by a wet scrubber) is present; and</LI>
            </ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT O="xl"/>
            <ENT O="xl"/>
            <ENT>(3) If you use Method 320 of 40 CFR part 63, appendix A, you must follow the analyte spiking procedures of Section 13 of Method 320 unless you can demonstrate that the complete spiking procedure has been conducted at a similar source; and</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT O="xl"/>
            <ENT O="xl"/>
            <ENT>(4) Repeat the performance test if the affected source is controlled with a DLA and you change the source of the limestone used in the DLA.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT>b. Perform a minimum of 3 test runs</ENT>
            <ENT>The appropriate test methods specified in items 1 and 14.a. of this table</ENT>
            <ENT>Each test run must be at least 1 hour in duration.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">15. Each new continuous kiln that is subject to the production-based HF and HCl emission limits specified in items 10.a. and 10.b. of Table 1 to this subpart</ENT>
            <ENT>a. Record the uncalcined clay processing rate</ENT>
            <ENT>i. Production data; and<LI>ii. Product formulation data that specify the mass fraction of uncalcined clay in the products that are processed during the performance test</LI>
            </ENT>
            <ENT>(1) Record the production rate (tons per hour of fired product); and<LI>(2) Calculate and record the average rate at which uncalcined clay is processed (tons per hour) for each test run; and</LI>
              <LI>(3) Calculate and record the 3-run average uncalcined clay processing rate as the average of the average uncalcined clay processing rates for each test run.</LI>
            </ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <PRTPAGE P="119"/>
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT>b. Determine the HF mass emissions rate at the outlet of the control device or in the stack</ENT>
            <ENT O="xl">i. Method 26A of 40 CFR part 60, appendix A; or<LI O="xl">ii. Method 26 of 40 CFR part 60, appendix A; or</LI>
              <LI>iii. Method 320 of 40 CFR part 63, appendix A</LI>
            </ENT>
            <ENT>Calculate the HF mass emissions rate for each test.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT>c. Determine the 3-hour block average production-based HF emissions rate</ENT>
            <ENT O="xl">i. The HF mass emissions rate for each test run; and<LI>ii. The average uncalcined clay processing rate</LI>
            </ENT>
            <ENT>(1) Calculate the hourly production-based HF emissions rate for each test run using Equation 3 of § 63.9800(g)(3); and</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT O="xl"/>
            <ENT O="xl"/>
            <ENT>(2) Calculate the 3-hour block average production-based HF emissions rate as the average of the hourly production-based HF emissions rates for each test run.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT>d. Determine the HCl mass emissions rate at the outlet of the control device or in the stack</ENT>
            <ENT O="xl">i. Method 26A of 40 CFR part 60, appendix A; or<LI O="xl">ii. Method 26 of 40 CFR part 60, appendix A; or</LI>
              <LI>iii. Method 320 of 40 CFR part 63, appendix A</LI>
            </ENT>
            <ENT>Calculate the HCl mass emissions rate for each test run.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT>e. Determine the 3-hour block average production-based HCl emissions rate</ENT>
            <ENT O="xl">i. The HCl mass emissions rate for each test run; and<LI>ii. The average uncalcined clay processing rate</LI>
            </ENT>
            <ENT>(1) Calculate the hourly production-based HCl emissions rate for each test run using Equation 3 of § 63.9800(g)(3); and<LI>(2) Calculate the 3-hour block average production-based HCl emissions rate as the average of the production-based HCl emissions rates for each test run.</LI>
            </ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">16. Each new continuous kiln that is subject to the HF and HCl percentage reduction limits specified in items 10.a. and 10.b. of Table 1 to this subpart</ENT>
            <ENT>a. Measure the HF mass emissions rates at the inlet and outlet of the control device</ENT>
            <ENT O="xl">i. Method 26A of 40 CFR part 60, appendix A; or<LI O="xl">ii. Method 26 of 40 CFR part 60, appendix A; or</LI>
              <LI>iii. Method 320 of 40 CFR part 63, appendix A</LI>
            </ENT>
            <ENT>Calculate the HF mass emissions rates at the control device inlet and outlet for each test run.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT>b. Determine the 3-hour block average HF percentage reduction</ENT>
            <ENT O="xl">i. The HF mass emissions rates at the inlet and outlet of the control device for each test run</ENT>
            <ENT>(1) Calculate the hourly HF percentage reduction using Equation 2 of § 63.9800(g)(2); and</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT O="xl"/>
            <ENT O="xl"/>
            <ENT>(2) Calculate the 3-hour block average HF percentage reduction as the average of the HF percentage reductions for each test run.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT>c. Measure the HCl mass emissions rates at the inlet and outlet of the control device</ENT>
            <ENT O="xl">i. Method 26A of 40 CFR part 60, appendix A; or<LI O="xl">ii. Method 26 of 40 CFR part 60, appendix A; or</LI>
              <LI>iii. Method 320 of 40 CFR part 63, appendix A</LI>
            </ENT>
            <ENT>Calculate the HCl mass emissions rates at the control device inlet and outlet for each test run.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT O="xl">d. Determine the 3-hour block average HCl percentage reduction.</ENT>
            <ENT>i. The HCl mass emissions rates at the inlet and outlet of the control device for each test run</ENT>
            <ENT>(1) Calculate the hourly HCl percentage reduction using Equation 2 of § 63.9800(g)(2); and<LI>(2) Calculate the 3-hour block average HCl percentage reduction as the average of HCl percentage reductions for each test run.</LI>
            </ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <PRTPAGE P="120"/>
            <ENT I="01">17. Each new batch process kiln that is used to process clay refractory products</ENT>
            <ENT>a. Measure emissions of HF and HCl at the inlet and outlet of the control device</ENT>
            <ENT O="xl">i. Method 26A of 40 CFR part 60, appendix A; or<LI O="xl">ii. Method 26 of 40 CFR part 60, appendix A; or</LI>
              <LI>iii. Method 320 of 40 CFR part 63, appendix A</LI>
            </ENT>

            <ENT>(1) Conduct the test while the kiln is operating at the maximum production level; and<LI>(2) You may use Method 26 of 40 CFR part 60, appendix A, only if no acid PM (<E T="03">e.g.,</E> HF or HCl dissolved in water droplets emitted by sources controlled by a wet scrubber) is present; and</LI>
              <LI>(3) If you use Method 320 of 40 CFR part 63, you must follow the analyte spiking procedures of Section 13 of Method 320 unless you can demonstrate that the complete spiking procedure has been conducted at a similar source; and</LI>
            </ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT O="xl"/>
            <ENT O="xl"/>
            <ENT>(4) Repeat the performance test if the affected source is controlled with a DLA and you change the source of the limestone used in the DLA.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT>b. Perform a minimum of 2 test runs</ENT>
            <ENT>i. The appropriate test methods specified in items 1 and 17.a. of this table</ENT>
            <ENT>(1) Each test run must be conducted over a separate batch cycle unless you satisfy the requirements of § 63.9800(f)(3) and (4); and</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT O="xl"/>
            <ENT O="xl"/>
            <ENT>(2) Each test run must consist of a series of 1-hour runs at the inlet and outlet of the control device, beginning with the start of a batch cycle, except as specified in item 17.b.i.4. of this table; and</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT O="xl"/>
            <ENT O="xl"/>
            <ENT>(3) Each test run must continue until the end of the batch cycle, except as specified in item 17.b.i.4. of this table; and</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT O="xl"/>
            <ENT O="xl"/>
            <ENT>(4) If you develop an emissions profile, as described in § 63.9802(b), you can limit each test run to the 3-hour peak HF emissions period.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT>c. Determine the hourly HF and HCl mass emissions rates at the inlet and outlet of the control device</ENT>
            <ENT>i. The appropriate test methods specified in items 1 and 17.a. of this table</ENT>
            <ENT>Determine the hourly mass HF and HCl emissions rates at the inlet and outlet of the control device for each hour of each test run.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT>d. Determine the 3-hour peak HF emissions period</ENT>
            <ENT>The hourly HF mass emissions rates at the inlet of the control device</ENT>
            <ENT>Select the period of 3 consecutive hours over which the sum of the hourly HF mass emissions rates at the control device inlet is greater than the sum of the hourly HF mass emissions rates at the control device inlet for any other period of 3 consecutive hours during the test run.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT>e. Determine the 2-run block average HF percentage reduction for the emissions test</ENT>
            <ENT>i. The hourly average HF emissions rates at the inlet and outlet of the control device</ENT>
            <ENT>(1) Calculate the HF percentage reduction for each hour of the 3-hour peak HF emissions period using Equation 2 of § 63.9800(g)(2); and</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT O="xl"/>
            <ENT O="xl"/>
            <ENT>(2) Calculate the average HF percentage reduction for each test run as the average of the hourly HF percentage reductions for the 3-hour peak HF emissions period for that run; and</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <PRTPAGE P="121"/>
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT O="xl"/>
            <ENT O="xl"/>
            <ENT>(3) Calculate the 2-run block average HF percentage reduction for the emission test as the average of the average HF percentage reductions for the two test runs.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT>f. Determine the 2-run block average HCl percentage reduction for the emission test</ENT>
            <ENT>i. The hourly average HCl emissions rates at the inlet and outlet of the control device</ENT>
            <ENT>(1) Calculate the HCl percentage reduction for each hour of the 3-hour peak HF emissions period using Equation 2 § 63.9800(g)(2); and<LI>(2) Calculate the average HCl percentage reduction for each test run as the average of the hourly HCl percentage reductions for the 3-hour peak HF emissions period for that run; and</LI>
            </ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT O="xl"/>
            <ENT O="xl"/>
            <ENT>(3) Calculate the 2-run block average HCl percentage reduction for the emission test as the average of the average HCl percentage reductions for the two test runs.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">18. Each new kiln that is used to process clay refractory products and is equipped with a DLA</ENT>
            <ENT>a. Establish the operating limit for the minimum pressure drop across the DLA</ENT>
            <ENT>Data from the pressure drop measurement device during the performance test</ENT>
            <ENT>(1) At least every 15 minutes, measure the pressure drop across the DLA; and<LI>(2) Provide at least one pressure drop measurement during at least three 15-minute periods per hour of testing; and</LI>
              <LI>(3) Calculate the hourly average pressure drop across the DLA for each hour of the performance test; and</LI>
            </ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT O="xl"/>
            <ENT O="xl"/>
            <ENT>(4) Calculate and record the minimum pressure drop as the average of the hourly average pressure drops across the DLA for the two or three test runs, whichever applies.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT>b. Establish the operating limit for the limestone feeder setting</ENT>
            <ENT>Data from the limestone feeder during the performance test</ENT>
            <ENT>(1) Ensure that limestone in the feed hopper, silo, and DLA is free-flowing at all times during the performance test; and</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT O="xl"/>
            <ENT O="xl"/>
            <ENT>(2) Establish the limestone feeder setting 1 week prior to the performance test; and</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT O="xl"/>
            <ENT O="xl"/>
            <ENT>(3) Record and maintain the feeder setting for the 1-week period that precedes the performance test and during the performance test.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">19. Each new kiln that is used to process clay refractory products and is equipped with a DIFF or DLS/FF</ENT>
            <ENT>a. Document conformance with specifications and requirements of the bag leak detection system</ENT>
            <ENT>Data from the installation and calibration of the bag leak detection system</ENT>
            <ENT>Submit analyses and supporting documentation demonstrating conformance with EPA guidance and specifications for bag leak detection systems as part of the Notification of Compliance Status.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT>b. Establish the operating limit for the lime feeder setting</ENT>
            <ENT>i. Data from the lime feeder during the performance test</ENT>
            <ENT>(1) For continuous lime injection systems, ensure that lime in the feed hopper or silo is free-flowing at all times during the performance test; and</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT O="xl"/>
            <ENT O="xl"/>
            <ENT>(2) Record the feeder setting for the three test runs; and</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT O="xl"/>
            <ENT O="xl"/>
            <ENT>(3) If the feed rate setting varies during the three test runs, calculate and record the average feed rate for the two or three test runs, whichever applies.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <PRTPAGE P="122"/>
            <ENT I="01">20. Each new kiln that is used to process clay refractory products and is equipped with a wet scrubber</ENT>
            <ENT>a. Establish the operating limit for the minimum scrubber pressure drop</ENT>
            <ENT>i. Data from the pressure drop measurement device during the performance test</ENT>
            <ENT>(1) At least every 15 minutes, measure the pressure drop across the scrubber; and<LI>(2) Provide at least one pressure drop measurement during at least three 15-minute periods per hour of testing; and</LI>
            </ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT O="xl"/>
            <ENT O="xl"/>
            <ENT>(3) Calculate the hourly average pressure drop across the scrubber for each hour of the performance test; and</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT O="xl"/>
            <ENT O="xl"/>
            <ENT>(4) Calculate and record the minimum pressure drop as the average of the hourly average pressure drops across the scrubber for the two or three test runs, whichever applies.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT>b. Establish the operating limit for the minimum scrubber liquid pH</ENT>
            <ENT>i. Data from the pH measurement device during the performance test</ENT>
            <ENT>(1) At least every 15 minutes, measure scrubber liquid pH; and</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT O="xl"/>
            <ENT O="xl"/>
            <ENT>(2) Provide at least one pH measurement during at least three 15-minute periods per hour of testing; and</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT O="xl"/>
            <ENT O="xl"/>
            <ENT>(3) Calculate the hourly average pH values for each hour of the performance test; and</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT O="xl"/>
            <ENT O="xl"/>
            <ENT>(4) Calculate and record the minimum liquid pH as the average of the hourly average pH measurements for the two or three test runs, whichever applies.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT>c. Establish the operating limit for the minimum scrubber liquid flow rate</ENT>
            <ENT>i. Data from the flow rate measurement device during the performance test</ENT>
            <ENT>(1) At least every 15 minutes, measure the scrubber liquid flow rate; and<LI>(2) Provide at least one flow rate measurement during at least three 15-minute periods per hour of testing; and</LI>
            </ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT O="xl"/>
            <ENT O="xl"/>
            <ENT>(3) Calculate the hourly average liquid flow rate for each hour of the performance test; and</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT O="xl"/>
            <ENT O="xl"/>
            <ENT>(4) Calculate and record the minimum liquid flow rate as the average of the hourly average liquid flow rates for the two or three test runs, whichever applies.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT>d. If chemicals are added to the scrubber liquid, establish the operating limit for the minimum scrubber chemical feed rate</ENT>
            <ENT>i. Data from the chemical feed rate measurement device during the performance test</ENT>
            <ENT>(1) At least every 15 minutes, measure the scrubber chemical feed rate; and<LI>(2) Provide at least one chemical feed rate measurement during at least three 15-minute periods per hour of testing; and</LI>
            </ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT O="xl"/>
            <ENT O="xl"/>
            <ENT>(3) Calculate the hourly average chemical feed rate for each hour of the performance test; and</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT O="xl"/>
            <ENT O="xl"/>
            <ENT>(4) Calculate and record the minimum chemical feed rate as the average of the hourly average chemical feed rates for the two or three test runs, whichever applies.</ENT>
          </ROW>
        </GPOTABLE>
      </APPENDIX>
      <APPENDIX>
        <EAR>Pt. 63, Subpt. SSSSS, Table 5</EAR>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">Table 5 to Subpart SSSSS of Part 63—Initial Compliance with Emission Limits</HD>

        <P>As stated in § 63.9806, you must show initial compliance with the emission limits for affected sources according to the following table:<PRTPAGE P="123"/>
        </P>
        <GPOTABLE CDEF="s100,r100,r100" COLS="3" OPTS="L2">
          <BOXHD>
            <CHED H="1" O="L">For . . .</CHED>
            <CHED H="1" O="L">For the following emission limit . . .</CHED>
            <CHED H="1" O="L">You have demonstrated compliance if . . .</CHED>
          </BOXHD>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">1. Each affected source listed in Table 1 to this subpart</ENT>
            <ENT>a. Each applicable emission limit listed in Table 1 to this subpart</ENT>
            <ENT>i. Emissions measured using the test methods specified in Table 4 to this subpart satisfy the applicable emission limits specified in Table 1 to this subpart; and</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT O="xl"/>
            <ENT>ii. You establish and have a record of the operating limits listed in Table 2 to this subpart over the performance test period; and</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT O="xl"/>
            <ENT>iii. You report the results of the performance test in the Notification of Compliance Status, as specified by § 63.9812(e)(1) and (2).</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">2. Each new or existing curing oven, shape dryer, and kiln that is used to process refractory products that use organic HAP; each new or existing coking oven and defumer that is used to produce pitch-impregnated refractory products; each new shape preheater that is used to produce pitch-impregnated refractory products; AND each new or existing process unit that is exhausted to a thermal or catalytic oxidizer that also controls emissions from an affected shape preheater or pitch working tank</ENT>
            <ENT>As specified in items 3 through 8 of this table</ENT>
            <ENT>You have satisfied the applicable requirements specified in items 3 through 8 of this table.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">3. Each affected continuous process unit that is subject to the THC emission concentration limit listed in item 2.a., 3.a., 4, or 5 of Table 1 to this subpart</ENT>
            <ENT>The average THC concentration must not exceed 20 ppmvd, corrected to 18 percent oxygen</ENT>
            <ENT>The 3-hour block average THC emission concentration measured during the performance test using Methods 25A and 3A is equal to or less than 20 ppmvd, corrected to 18 percent oxygen.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">4. Each affected continuous process unit that is subject to the THC percentage reduction limit listed in item 2.b. or 3.b. of Table 1 to this subpart</ENT>
            <ENT>The average THC percentage reduction must equal or exceed 95 percent</ENT>
            <ENT>The 3-hour block average THC percentage reduction measured during the performance test using Method 25A is equal to or greater than 95 percent.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">5. Each affected batch process unit that is subject to the THC emission concentration limit listed in item 6.a., 7.a., 8, or 9 of Table 1 to this subpart</ENT>
            <ENT>The average THC concentration must not exceed 20 ppmvd, corrected to 18 percent oxygen</ENT>
            <ENT>The 2-run block average THC emission concentration for the 3-hour peak emissions period measured during the performance test using Methods 25A and 3A is equal to or less than 20 ppmvd, corrected to 18 percent oxygen.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">6. Each affected batch process unit that is subject to the THC percentage reduction limit listed in item 6.b. or 7.b. of Table 1 to this subpart</ENT>
            <ENT>The average THC percentage reduction must equal or exceed 95 percent</ENT>
            <ENT>The 2-run block average THC percentage reduction for the 3-hour peak emissions period measured during the performance test using Method 25A is equal to or exceeds 95 percent.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">7. Each affected continuous or batch process unit that is equipped with a control device other than a thermal or catalytic oxidizer and is subject to the emission limit listed in item 3 or 7 of Table 1 to this subpart</ENT>
            <ENT O="xl">a. The average THC concentration must not exceed 20 ppmvd, corrected to 18 percent oxygen; or</ENT>
            <ENT O="xl">i. You have installed a THC CEMS at the outlet of the control device or in the stack of the affected source; and</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT>b. The average THC percentage reduction must equal or exceed 95 percent</ENT>
            <ENT>ii. You have satisfied the requirements of PS-8 of 40 CFR part 60, appendix B.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">8. Each affected continuous or batch process unit that uses process changes to reduce organic HAP emissions and is subject to the emission limit listed in item 4 or 8 of Table 1 to this subpart</ENT>
            <ENT>The average THC concentration must not exceed 20 ppmvd, corrected to 18 percent oxygen</ENT>
            <ENT>i. You have installed a THC CEMS at the outlet of the control device or in the stack of the affected source; and<LI>ii. You have satisfied the requirements of PS-8 of 40 CFR part 60, appendix B.</LI>
            </ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">9. Each new continuous kiln that is used to process clay refractory products</ENT>
            <ENT>a. The average HF emissions must not exceed 0.019 kg/Mg (0.038 lb/ton) of uncalcined clay processed; OR the average uncontrolled HF emissions must be reduced by at least 90 percent</ENT>
            <ENT>i. The 3-hour block average production-based HF emissions rate measured during the performance test using one of the methods specified in item 14.a.i. of Table 4 to this subpart is equal to or less than 0.019 kg/Mg (0.038 lb/ton) of uncalcined clay processed; or</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT O="xl"/>
            <ENT>ii. The 3-hour block average HF emissions reduction measured during the performance test is equal to or greater than 90 percent.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <PRTPAGE P="124"/>
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT>b. The average HCl emissions must not exceed 0.091 kg/Mg (0.18 lb/ton) of uncalcined clay processed; OR the average uncontrolled HCl emissions must be reduced by at least 30 percent</ENT>
            <ENT>i. The 3-hour block average production-based HCl emissions rate measured during the performance test using one of the methods specified in item 14.a.i. of Table 4 to this subpart is equal to or less than 0.091 kg/Mg (0.18 lb/ton) of uncalcined clay processed; or</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT O="xl"/>
            <ENT>ii. The 3-hour block average HCl emissions reduction measured during the performance test is equal to or greater than 30 percent.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">10. Each new batch process kiln that is used to process clay refractory products</ENT>
            <ENT>a. The average uncontrolled HF emissions must be reduced by at least 90 percent</ENT>
            <ENT>The 2-run block average HF emission reduction measured during the performance test is equal to or greater than 90 percent.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT>b. The average uncontrolled HCl emissions must be reduced by at least 30 percent</ENT>
            <ENT>The 2-run block average HCl emissions reduction measured during the performance test is equal to or greater than 30 percent.</ENT>
          </ROW>
        </GPOTABLE>
      </APPENDIX>
      <APPENDIX>
        <EAR>Pt. 63, Subpt. SSSSS, Table 6</EAR>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">Table 6 to Subpart SSSSS of Part 63—Initial Compliance with Work Practice Standards</HD>
        <P>As stated in § 63.9806, you must show initial compliance with the work practice standards for affected sources according to the following table:</P>
        <GPOTABLE CDEF="s100,r100,r100" COLS="3" OPTS="L2">
          <BOXHD>
            <CHED H="1" O="L">For each . . .</CHED>
            <CHED H="1" O="L">For the following standard . . .</CHED>
            <CHED H="1" O="L">You have demonstrated initial compliance if . . .</CHED>
          </BOXHD>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">1. Each affected source listed in Table 3 to this subpart</ENT>
            <ENT>a. Each applicable work practice standard listed in Table 3 to this subpart</ENT>
            <ENT>i. You have selected a method for performing each of the applicable work practice standards listed in Table 3 to this subpart; and</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT O="xl"/>
            <ENT>ii. You have included in your Initial Notification a description of the method selected for complying with each applicable work practice standard, as required by § 63.9(b); and</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT O="xl"/>
            <ENT>iii. You submit a signed statement with the Notification of Compliance Status that you have implemented the applicable work practice standard listed in Table 3 to this subpart; and</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT O="xl"/>
            <ENT>iv. You have described in your OM&amp;M plan the method for complying with each applicable work practice standard specified in Table 3 to this subpart.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">2. Each basket or container that is used for holding fired refractory shapes in an existing shape preheater and autoclave during the pitch impregnation process</ENT>
            <ENT>a. Control POM emissions from any affected shape preheater</ENT>
            <ENT>i. You have implemented at least one of the work practice standards listed in item 1 of Table 3 to this subpart; and<LI>ii. You have established a system for recording the date and cleaning method for each time you clean an affected basket or container.</LI>
            </ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">3. Each affected new or existing pitch working tank</ENT>
            <ENT>Control POM emissions</ENT>
            <ENT>You have captured and vented emissions from the affected pitch working tank to the device that is used to control emissions from an affected defumer or coking oven, or to a thermal or catalytic oxidizer that is comparable to the control device used on an affected defumer or coking oven.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">4. Each new or existing chromium refractory products kiln</ENT>
            <ENT>Minimize fuel-based HAP emissions</ENT>
            <ENT>You use natural gas, or equivalent, as the kiln fuel.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">5. Each existing clay refractory products kiln</ENT>
            <ENT>Minimize fuel-based HAP emissions</ENT>
            <ENT>You use natural gas, or equivalent, as the kiln fuel.</ENT>
          </ROW>
        </GPOTABLE>
      </APPENDIX>
      <APPENDIX>
        <PRTPAGE P="125"/>
        <EAR>Pt. 63, Subpt. SSSSS, Table 7</EAR>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">Table 7 to Subpart SSSSS of Part 63—Continuous Compliance with Emission Limits</HD>
        <P>As stated in § 63.9810, you must show continuous compliance with the emission limits for affected sources according to the following table:</P>
        <GPOTABLE CDEF="s100,r100,r100" COLS="3" OPTS="L2">
          <BOXHD>
            <CHED H="1" O="L">For . . .</CHED>
            <CHED H="1" O="L">For the following emission limit . . .</CHED>
            <CHED H="1" O="L">You must demonstrate continuous compliance by . . .</CHED>
          </BOXHD>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">1. Each affected source listed in Table 1 to this subpart</ENT>
            <ENT>a. Each applicable emission limit listed in Table 1 to this subpart</ENT>
            <ENT>i. Collecting and recording the monitoring and process data listed in Table 2 (operating limits) to this subpart; and</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT O="xl"/>
            <ENT>ii. Reducing the monitoring and process data associated with the operating limits specified in Table 2 to this subpart; and</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT O="xl"/>
            <ENT>iii. Recording the results of any control device inspections; and</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT O="xl"/>
            <ENT>iv. Reporting, in accordance with § 63.9814(e), any deviation from the applicable operating limits specified in Table 2 to this subpart.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">2. Each new or existing curing oven, shape dryer, and kiln that is used to process refractory products that use organic HAP; each new or existing coking oven and defumer that is used to produce pitch-impregnated refractory products; each new shape preheater that is used to produce pitch-impregnated refractory products; AND each new or existing process unit that is exhausted to a thermal or catalytic oxidizer that also controls emissions from an affected shape preheater or pitch working tank</ENT>
            <ENT>As specified in items 3 though 7 of this table</ENT>
            <ENT>Satisfying the applicable requirements specified in items 3 through 7 of this table.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">3. Each affected process unit that is equipped with a thermal or catalytic oxidizer</ENT>
            <ENT>a. The average THC concentration must not exceed 20 ppmvd, corrected to 18 percent oxygen; OR the average THC percentage reduction must equal or exceed 95 percent</ENT>
            <ENT>i. Collecting the applicable data measured by the control device temperature monitoring system, as specified in items 5, 6, 8, and 9 of Table 8 to this subpart; and<LI>ii. Reducing the applicable data measured by the control device temperature monitoring system, as specified in items 5, 6, 8, and 9 of Table 8 to this subpart; and</LI>
            </ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT O="xl"/>
            <ENT>iii. Maintaining the average control device operating temperature for the applicable averaging period specified in items 5, 6, 8, and 9 of Table 2 to this subpart at or above the minimum allowable operating temperature established during the most recent performance test.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">4. Each affected process unit that is equipped with a control device other than a thermal or catalytic oxidizer</ENT>
            <ENT>The average THC concentration must not exceed 20 ppmvd, corrected to 18 percent oxygen; OR the average THC performance reduction must equal or exceed 95 percent</ENT>
            <ENT>Operating and maintaining a THC CEMS at the outlet of the control device or in the stack of the affected source, according to the requirements of Procedure 1 of 40 CFR part 60, appendix F.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">5. Each affected process unit that uses process changes to meet the applicable emission limit</ENT>
            <ENT>The average THC concentration must not exceed 20 ppmvd, corrected to 18 percent oxygen</ENT>
            <ENT>Operating and maintaining a THC CEMS at the outlet of the control device or in the stack of the affected source, according to the requirements of Procedure 1 of 40 CFR part 60, appendix F.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">6. Each affected continuous process unit</ENT>
            <ENT>The average THC concentration must not exceed 20 ppmvd, corrected to 18 percent oxygen; OR the average THC percentage reduction must equal or exceed 95 percent</ENT>
            <ENT>Recording the organic HAP processing rate (pounds per hour) and the operating temperature of the affected source, as specified in items 3.b. and 3.c. of Table 4 to this subpart.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <PRTPAGE P="126"/>
            <ENT I="01">7. Each affected batch process unit</ENT>
            <ENT>The average THC concentration must not exceed 20 ppmvd, corrected to 18 percent oxygen; OR the average THC percentage reduction must equal or exceed 95 percent</ENT>
            <ENT>Recording the organic HAP processing rate (pounds per batch); and process cycle time for each batch cycle; and hourly average operating temperature of the affected source, as specified in items 8.b. through 8.d. of Table 4 to this subpart.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">8. Each kiln that is used to process clay refractory products</ENT>
            <ENT>As specified in items 9 through 11 of this table</ENT>
            <ENT>Satisfying the applicable requirements specified in items 9 through 11 of this table.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">9. Each affected kiln that is equipped with a DLA</ENT>
            <ENT O="xl">a. The average HF emissions must not exceed 0.019 kg/Mg (0.038 lb/ton) of uncalcined clay processed, OR the average uncontrolled HF emissions must be reduced by at least 90 percent; and<LI>b. The average HCl emissions must not exceed 0.091 kg/Mg (0.18 lb/ton) of uncalcined clay processed, or the average uncontrolled HCl emissions must be reduced by at least 30 percent</LI>
            </ENT>
            <ENT>i. Maintaining the pressure drop across the DLA at or above the minimum levels established during the most recent performance test; and<LI>ii. Verifying that the limestone hopper contains an adequate amount of free-flowing limestone by performing a daily visual check of the limestone in the feed hopper; and</LI>
              <LI>iii. Recording the limestone feeder setting daily to verify that the feeder setting is at or above the level established during the most recent performance test; and</LI>
              <LI>iv. Using the same grade of limestone as was used during the most recent performance test and maintaining records of the source and grade of limestone.</LI>
            </ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">10. Each affected kiln that is equipped with a DIFF or DLS/FF</ENT>
            <ENT O="xl">a. The average HF emissions must not exceed 0.019 kg/Mg (0.038 lb/ton) of uncalcined clay processed; OR the average uncontrolled HF emissions must be reduced by at least 90 percent; and</ENT>
            <ENT>i. Verifying at least once each 8-hour shift that lime is free-flowing by means of a visual check, checking the output of a load cell, carrier gas/lime flow indicator, or carrier gas pressure drop measurement system; and</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT>b. The average HCl emissions must not exceed 0.091 kg/Mg (0.18 lb/ton) of uncalcined clay processed; OR the average uncontrolled HCl emissions must be reduced by at least 30 percent</ENT>
            <ENT>ii. Recording feeder setting daily to verify that the feeder setting is at or above the level established during the most recent performance test; and</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT O="xl"/>
            <ENT>iii. Initiating corrective action within 1 hour of a bag leak detection system alarm AND completing corrective actions in accordance with the OM&amp;M plan, AND operating and maintaining the fabric filter such that the alarm does not engage for more than 5 percent of the total operating time in a 6-month block reporting period.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">11. Each affected kiln that is equipped with a wet scrubber</ENT>
            <ENT O="xl">a. The average HF emissions must not exceed 0.019 kg/Mg (0.038 lb/ton) of uncalcined clay processed; OR the average uncontrolled HF emissions must be reduced by at least 90 percent; and</ENT>
            <ENT>i. Maintaining the pressure drop across the scrubber, liquid pH, and liquid flow rate at or above the minimum levels established during the most recent performance test; and</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT>b. The average HCl emissions must not exceed 0.091 kg/Mg (0.18 lb/ton) of uncalcined clay processed; OR the average uncontrolled HCl emissions must be reduced by at least 30 percent</ENT>
            <ENT>ii. If chemicals are added to the scrubber liquid, maintaining the average chemical feed rate at or above the minimum chemical feed rate established during the most recent performance test.</ENT>
          </ROW>
        </GPOTABLE>
      </APPENDIX>
      <APPENDIX>
        <EAR>Pt. 63, Subpt. SSSSS, Table 8</EAR>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">Table 8 to Subpart SSSSS of Part 63—Continuous Compliance with Operating Limits</HD>

        <P>As stated in § 63.9810, you must show continuous compliance with the operating limits for affected sources according to the following table:<PRTPAGE P="127"/>
        </P>
        <GPOTABLE CDEF="s100,r100,r100" COLS="3" OPTS="L2">
          <BOXHD>
            <CHED H="1" O="L">For . . .</CHED>
            <CHED H="1" O="L">For the following operating limit . . .</CHED>
            <CHED H="1" O="L">You must demonstrate continuous compliance by . . .</CHED>
          </BOXHD>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">1. Each affected source listed in Table 2 to this subpart</ENT>
            <ENT O="xl">a. Each applicable operating limit listed in Table 2 to this subpart.</ENT>
            <ENT>i. Maintaining all applicable process and control device operating parameters within the limits established during the most recent performance test; and<LI>ii. Conducting annually an inspection of all duct work, vents, and capture devices to verify that no leaks exist and that the capture device is operating such that all emissions are properly vented to the control device in accordance with the OM&amp;M plan.</LI>
            </ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">2. Each affected continuous kiln that is equipped with a control device</ENT>
            <ENT>a. The operating limits specified in items 2.a. through 2.c. of Table 2 to this subpart</ENT>
            <ENT>i. Operating the control device on the affected kiln during all times except during periods of approved scheduled maintenance, as specified in § 63.9792(e); and</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT O="xl"/>
            <ENT>ii. Minimizing HAP emissions from the affected kiln during all periods of scheduled maintenance of the kiln control device when the kiln is operating and the control device is out of service; and</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT O="xl"/>
            <ENT>iii. Minimizing the duration of all periods of scheduled maintenance of the kiln control device when the kiln is operating and the control device is out of service.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">3. Each new or existing curing oven, shape dryer, and kiln that is used to process refractory products that use organic HAP; each new or existing coking oven and defumer that is used to produce pitch-impregnated refractory products; each new shape preheater that is used to produce pitch-impregnated refractory products; AND each new or existing process unit that is exhausted to a thermal or catalytic oxidizer that also controls emissions from an affected shape preheater or pitch working tank</ENT>
            <ENT O="xl">As specified in items 4 through 9 of this table.</ENT>
            <ENT>Satisfying the applicable requirements specified in items 4 through 9 of this table.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">4. Each affected continuous process unit</ENT>
            <ENT>Maintain process operating parameters within the limits established during the most recent performance test</ENT>
            <ENT>i. Recording the organic HAP processing rate (pounds per hour); and<LI>ii. Recording the operating temperature of the affected source at least hourly; and</LI>
              <LI>iii. Maintaining the 3-hour block average organic HAP processing rate at or below the maximum organic HAP processing rate established during the most recent performance test.</LI>
            </ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">5. Continuous process units that are equipped with a thermal oxidizer</ENT>
            <ENT>Maintain the 3-hour block average operating temperature in the thermal oxidizer combustion chamber at or above the minimum allowable operating temperature established during the most recent performance test</ENT>
            <ENT>i. Measuring and recording the thermal oxidizer combustion chamber temperature at least every 15 minutes; and<LI>ii. Calculating the hourly average thermal oxidizer combustion chamber temperature; and</LI>
              <LI>iii. Maintaining the 3-hour block average thermal oxidizer combustion chamber temperature at or above the minimum allowable operating temperature established during the most recent performance test; and</LI>
            </ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT O="xl"/>
            <ENT>iv. Reporting, in accordance with § 63.9814(e), any 3-hour block average operating temperature measurements below the minimum allowable thermal oxidizer combustion chamber operating temperature established during the most recent performance test.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <PRTPAGE P="128"/>
            <ENT I="01">6. Continuous process units that are equipped with a catalytic oxidizer</ENT>
            <ENT>a. Maintain the 3-hour block average temperature at the inlet of the catalyst bed at or above the minimum allowable catalyst bed inlet temperature established during the most recent performance test</ENT>
            <ENT>i. Measuring and recording the temperature at the inlet of the catalyst bed at least every 15 minutes; and<LI>ii. Calculating the hourly average temperature at the inlet of the catalyst bed; and</LI>
              <LI>iii. Maintaining the 3-hour block average temperature at the inlet of the catalyst bed at or above the minimum allowable catalyst bed inlet temperature established during the most recent performance test; and</LI>
            </ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT O="xl"/>
            <ENT>iv. Reporting, in accordance with § 63.9814(e), any 3-hour block average catalyst bed inlet temperature measurements below the minimum allowable catalyst bed inlet temperature established during the most recent performance; and</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT O="xl"/>
            <ENT>v. Checking the activity level of the catalyst at least every 12 months and taking any necessary corrective action, such as replacing the catalyst, to ensure that the catalyst is performing as designed.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">7. Each affected batch process unit</ENT>
            <ENT>Maintain process operating parameters within the limits established during the most recent performance test</ENT>
            <ENT>i. Recording the organic HAP processing rate (pounds per batch); and<LI>ii. Recording the hourly average operating temperature of the affected source; and</LI>
              <LI>iii. Recording the process cycle time for each batch cycle; and</LI>
            </ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT O="xl"/>
            <ENT>iv. Maintaining the organic HAP processing rate at or below the maximum organic HAP processing rate established during the most recent performance test.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">8. Batch process units that are equipped with a thermal oxidizer</ENT>
            <ENT>Maintain the hourly average temperature in the thermal oxidizer combustion chamber at or above the hourly average temperature established for the corresponding 1-hour period of the cycle during the most recent performance test</ENT>
            <ENT>i. Measuring and recording the thermal oxidizer combustion chamber temperature at least every 15 minutes; and<LI>ii. Calculating the hourly average thermal oxidizer combustion chamber temperature; and</LI>
              <LI>iii. From the start of each batch cycle until 3 hours have passed since the process unit reached maximum temperature, maintaining the hourly average operating temperature in the thermal oxidizer combustion chamber at or above the minimum allowable operating temperature established for the corresponding period during the most recent performance test, as determined according to item 11 of Table 4 to this subpart; and</LI>
            </ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT O="xl"/>
            <ENT>iv. For each subsequent hour of the batch cycle, maintaining the hourly average operating temperature in the thermal oxidizer combustion chamber at or above the minimum allowable operating temperature established for the corresponding hour during the most recent performance test, as specified in item 13 of Table 4 to this subpart; and</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT O="xl"/>
            <ENT>v. Reporting, in accordance with § 63.9814(e), any temperature measurements below the minimum allowable thermal oxidizer combustion chamber temperature measured during the most recent performance test.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <PRTPAGE P="129"/>
            <ENT I="01">9. Batch process units that are equipped with a catalytic oxidizer</ENT>
            <ENT>Maintain the hourly average temperature at the inlet of the catalyst bed at or above the corresponding hourly average temperature established for the corresponding 1-hour period of the cycle during the most recent performance test</ENT>
            <ENT>i. Measuring and recording temperatures at the inlet of the catalyst bed at least every 15 minutes; and<LI>ii. Calculating the hourly average temperature at the inlet of the catalyst bed; and</LI>
              <LI>iii. From the start of each batch cycle until 3 hours have passed since the process unit reached maximum temperature, maintaining the hourly average operating temperature at the inlet of the catalyst bed at or above the minimum allowable bed inlet temperature established for the corresponding period during the most recent performance test, as determined according to item 12 of Table 4 to this subpart; and</LI>
            </ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT O="xl"/>
            <ENT>iv. For each subsequent hour of the batch cycle, maintaining the hourly average operating temperature at the inlet of the catalyst bed at or above the minimum allowable bed inlet temperature established for the corresponding hour during the most recent performance test, as specified in item 13 of Table 4 to this subpart; and</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT O="xl"/>
            <ENT>v. Reporting, in accordance with § 63.9814(e), any catalyst bed inlet temperature measurements below the minimum allowable bed inlet temperature measured during the most recent performance test; and</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT O="xl"/>
            <ENT>vi. Checking the activity level of the catalyst at least every 12 months and taking any necessary corrective action, such as replacing the catalyst, to ensure that the catalyst is performing as designed.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">10. Each new kiln that is used to process clay refractory products</ENT>
            <ENT>As specified in items 11 through 13 of this table</ENT>
            <ENT>Satisfying the applicable requirements specified in items 11 through 13 of this table.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">11. Each new kiln that is equipped a DLA</ENT>
            <ENT>a. Maintain the average pressure drop across the DLA for each 3-hour block period at or above the minimum pressure drop established during the most recent performance test</ENT>
            <ENT>i. Collecting the DLA pressure drop data, as specified in item 18.a. of Table 4 to this subpart; and<LI>ii. Reducing the DLA pressure drop data to 1-hour and 3-hour block averages; and</LI>
            </ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT O="xl"/>
            <ENT>iii. Maintaining the 3-hour block average pressure drop across the DLA at or above the minimum pressure drop established during the most recent performance test.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT>b. Maintain free-flowing limestone in the feed hopper, silo, and DLA</ENT>
            <ENT>Verifying that the limestone hopper has an adequate amount of free-flowing limestone by performing a daily visual check of the limestone hopper.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT>c. Maintain the limestone feeder setting at or above the level established during the most recent performance test</ENT>
            <ENT>Recording the limestone feeder setting at least daily to verify that the feeder setting is being maintained at or above the level established during the most recent performance test.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT>d. Use the same grade of limestone from the same source as was used during the most recent performance test</ENT>
            <ENT>Using the same grade of limestone as was used during the most recent performance test and maintaining records of the source and grade of limestone.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <PRTPAGE P="130"/>
            <ENT I="01">12. Each new kiln that is equipped with a DIFF or DLS/FF</ENT>
            <ENT>a. Initiate corrective action within 1 hour of a bag leak detection system alarm and complete corrective actions in accordance with the OM&amp;M plan; AND operate and maintain the fabric filter such that the alarm does not engage for more than 5 percent of the total operating time in a 6-month block reporting period</ENT>
            <ENT>i. Initiating corrective action within 1 hour of a bag leak detection system alarm and completing corrective actions in accordance with the OM&amp;M plan; and<LI>ii. Operating and maintaining the fabric filter such that the alarm does not engage for more than 5 percent of the total operating time in a 6-month block reporting period; in calculating this operating time fraction, if inspection of the fabric filter demonstrates that no corrective action is required, no alarm time is counted; if corrective action is required, each alarm shall be counted as a minimum of 1 hour; if you take longer than 1 hour to initiate corrective action, the alarm time shall be counted as the actual amount of time taken by you to initiate corrective action.</LI>
            </ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT>b. Maintain free-flowing lime in the feed hopper or silo at all times for continuous injection systems; AND maintain feeder setting at or above the level established during the most recent performance test for continuous injection systems</ENT>
            <ENT>i. Verifying at least once each 8-hour shift that lime is free-flowing via a load cell, carrier gas/lime flow indicator, carrier gas pressure drop measurement system, or other system; recording all monitor or sensor output, and if lime is found not to be free flowing, promptly initiating and completing corrective actions; and</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT O="xl"/>
            <ENT>ii. Recording the feeder setting once each day of operation to verify that the feeder setting is being maintained at or above the level established during the most recent performance test.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">13. Each new kiln that is used to process clay refractory products and is equipped with a wet scrubber</ENT>
            <ENT>a. Maintain the average pressure drop across the scrubber for each 3-hour block period at or above the minimum pressure drop established during the most recent performance test</ENT>
            <ENT>i. Collecting the scrubber pressure drop data, as specified in item 20.a. of Table 4 to this subpart; and<LI>ii. Reducing the scrubber pressure drop data to 1-hour and 3-hour block averages; and</LI>
            </ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT O="xl"/>
            <ENT>iii. Maintaining the 3-hour block average scrubber pressure drop at or above the minimum pressure drop established during the most recent performance test.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT>b. Maintain the average scrubber liquid pH for each 3-hour block period at or above the minimum scrubber liquid pH established during the most recent performance test</ENT>
            <ENT>i. Collecting the scrubber liquid pH data, as specified in item 20.b. of Table 4 to this subpart; and<LI>ii. Reducing the scrubber liquid pH data to 1-hour and 3-hour block averages; and</LI>
            </ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT O="xl"/>
            <ENT>iii. Maintaining the 3-hour block average scrubber liquid pH at or above the minimum scrubber liquid pH established during the most recent performance test.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT>c. Maintain the average scrubber liquid flow rate for each 3-hour block period at or above the minimum scrubber liquid flow rate established during the most recent performance test</ENT>
            <ENT>i. Collecting the scrubber liquid flow rate data, as specified in item 20.c. of Table 4 to this subpart; and<LI>ii. Reducing the scrubber liquid flow rate data to 1-hour and 3-hour block averages; and</LI>
            </ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT O="xl"/>
            <ENT>iii. Maintaining the 3-hour block average scrubber liquid flow rate at or above the minimum scrubber liquid flow rate established during the most recent performance test.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT>d. If chemicals are added to the scrubber liquid, maintain the average scrubber chemical feed rate for each 3-hour block period at or above the minimum scrubber chemical feed rate established during the most recent performance test</ENT>
            <ENT>i. Collecting the scrubber chemical feed rate data, as specified in item 20.d. of Table 4 to this subpart; and<LI>ii. Reducing the scrubber chemical feed rate data to 1-hour and 3-hour block averages; and</LI>
            </ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <PRTPAGE P="131"/>
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT O="xl"/>
            <ENT>iii. Maintaining the 3-hour block average scrubber chemical feed rate at or above the minimum scrubber chemical feed rate established during the most recent performance test.</ENT>
          </ROW>
        </GPOTABLE>
      </APPENDIX>
      <APPENDIX>
        <EAR>Pt. 63, Subpt. SSSSS, Table 9</EAR>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">Table 9 to Subpart SSSSS of Part 63—Continuous Compliance with Work Practice Standards</HD>
        <P>As stated in § 63.9810, you must show continuous compliance with the work practice standards for affected sources according to the following table:</P>
        <GPOTABLE CDEF="s100,r100,r100" COLS="3" OPTS="L2">
          <BOXHD>
            <CHED H="1" O="L">For . . .</CHED>
            <CHED H="1" O="L">For the following work practice standard . . .</CHED>
            <CHED H="1" O="L">You must demonstrate continuous compliance by . . .</CHED>
          </BOXHD>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">1. Each affected source listed in Table 3 to this subpart</ENT>
            <ENT>Each applicable work practice requirement listed in Table 3 to this subpart</ENT>
            <ENT>i. Performing each applicable work practice standard listed in Table 3 to this subpart; and</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT O="xl"/>
            <ENT>ii. Maintaining records that document the method and frequency for complying with each applicable work practice standard listed in Table 3 to this subpart, as required by §§ 63.10(b) and 63.9816(c)(2).</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">2. Each basket or container that is used for holding fired refractory shapes in an existing shape preheater and autoclave during the pitch impregnation process</ENT>
            <ENT>Control POM emissions from any affected shape preheater</ENT>
            <ENT>i. Controlling emissions from the volatilization of residual pitch by implementing one of the work practice standards listed in item 1 of Table 3 to this subpart; and</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT O="xl"/>
            <ENT>ii. Recording the date and cleaning method each time you clean an affected basket or container.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">3. Each new or existing pitch working tank</ENT>
            <ENT>Control POM emissions</ENT>
            <ENT>Capturing and venting emissions from the affected pitch working tank to the control device that is used to control emissions from an affected defumer or coking oven, or to a thermal or catalytic oxidizer that is comparable to the control device used on an affected defumer or coking oven.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">4. Each new or existing chromium refractory products kiln</ENT>
            <ENT>Minimize fuel-based HAP emissions</ENT>
            <ENT>i. Using natural gas, or equivalent, as the kiln fuel at all times except during periods of natural gas curtailment or supply interruption; and</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT O="xl"/>
            <ENT>ii. If you intend to use an alternative fuel, submitting a notification of alternative fuel use within 48 hours of the declaration of a per-iod of natural gas curtailment or supply interruption, as defined in § 63.9824; and</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT O="xl"/>
            <ENT>iii. Submitting a report of alternative fuel use within 10 working days after terminating the use of the alternative fuel, as specified in § 63.9814(g).</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">5. Each existing clay refractory products kiln</ENT>
            <ENT>Minimize fuel-based HAP emissions</ENT>
            <ENT>i. Using natural gas, or equivalent, as the kiln fuel at all times except during periods of natural gas curtailment or supply interruption; and</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT O="xl"/>
            <ENT>ii. If you intend to use an alternative fuel, submitting a notification of alternative fuel use within 48 hours of the declaration of a per-iod of natural gas curtailment or supply interruption, as defined in § 63.9824; and</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT O="xl"/>
            <ENT>iii. Submitting a report of alternative fuel use within 10 working days after terminating the use of the alternative fuel, as specified in § 63.9814(g).</ENT>
          </ROW>
        </GPOTABLE>
      </APPENDIX>
      <APPENDIX>
        <PRTPAGE P="132"/>
        <EAR>Pt. 63, Subpt. SSSSS, Table 10</EAR>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">Table 10 to Subpart SSSSS of Part 63—Requirements for Reports</HD>
        <P>As stated in § 63.9814, you must comply with the requirements for reports in the following table:</P>
        <GPOTABLE CDEF="s100,r100,r100" COLS="3" OPTS="L2">
          <BOXHD>
            <CHED H="1" O="L">You must submit a(n) . . .</CHED>
            <CHED H="1" O="L">The report must contain . . .</CHED>
            <CHED H="1" O="L">You must submit the report . . .</CHED>
          </BOXHD>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">1. Compliance report</ENT>
            <ENT>The information in § 63.9814(c) through (f)</ENT>
            <ENT>Semiannually according to the requirements in § 63.9814(a) through (f).</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">2. Immediate startup, shutdown, and malfunction report if you had a startup, shutdown, or malfunction during the reporting period that is not consistent with your SSMP</ENT>
            <ENT>a. Actions taken for the event</ENT>
            <ENT>By fax or telephone within 2 working days after starting actions inconsistent with the plan.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT>b. The information in § 63.10(d)(5)(ii)</ENT>
            <ENT>By letter within 7 working days after the end of the event unless you have made alternative arrangements with the permitting authority.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">3. Report of alternative fuel use</ENT>
            <ENT>The information in § 63.9814(g) and items 4 and 5 of Table 9 to this subpart</ENT>
            <ENT>If you are subject to the work practice standard specified in item 3 or 4 of Table 3 to this subpart, and you use an alternative fuel in the affected kiln, by letter within 10 working days after terminating the use of the alternative fuel.</ENT>
          </ROW>
        </GPOTABLE>
      </APPENDIX>
      <APPENDIX>
        <EAR>Pt. 63, Subpt. SSSSS, Table 11</EAR>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">Table 11 to Subpart SSSSS of Part 63—Applicability of General Provisions to Subpart SSSSS</HD>
        <P>As stated in § 63.9820, you must comply with the applicable General Provisions requirements according to the following table:</P>
        <GPOTABLE CDEF="s40,r100,r100,r50" COLS="4" OPTS="L2">
          <BOXHD>
            <CHED H="1">Citation</CHED>
            <CHED H="1">Subject</CHED>
            <CHED H="1">Brief description</CHED>
            <CHED H="1">Applies to subpart SSSSS</CHED>
          </BOXHD>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">§ 63.1</ENT>
            <ENT>Applicability</ENT>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT>Yes.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">§ 63.2</ENT>
            <ENT>Definitions</ENT>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT>Yes.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">§ 63.3</ENT>
            <ENT>Units and Abbreviations</ENT>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT>Yes.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">§ 63.4</ENT>
            <ENT>Prohibited Activities</ENT>
            <ENT>Compliance date; circumvention, severability</ENT>
            <ENT>Yes.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">§ 63.5</ENT>
            <ENT>Construction/Reconstruction</ENT>
            <ENT>Applicability; applications; approvals</ENT>
            <ENT>Yes.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">§ 63.6(a)</ENT>
            <ENT>Applicability</ENT>
            <ENT>General Provisions (GP) apply unless compliance extension; GP apply to area sources that become major</ENT>
            <ENT>Yes.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">§ 63.6(b)(1)-(4)</ENT>
            <ENT>Compliance Dates for New and Reconstructed Sources</ENT>
            <ENT>Standards apply at effective date; 3 years after effective date; upon startup; 10 years after construction or reconstruction commences for section 112(f)</ENT>
            <ENT>Yes.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">§ 63.6(b)(5)</ENT>
            <ENT>Notification</ENT>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT>Yes.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">§ 63.6(b)(6)</ENT>
            <ENT O="xl">[Reserved]</ENT>
            <ENT O="xl"/>
            <ENT/>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">§ 63.6(b)(7)</ENT>
            <ENT>Compliance Dates for New and Reconstructed Area Sources That Become Major</ENT>
            <ENT>Area sources that become major must comply with major source standards immediately upon becoming major, regardless of whether required to comply when they were area sources</ENT>
            <ENT>Yes.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">§ 63.6(c)(1)-(2)</ENT>
            <ENT>Compliance Dates for Existing Sources</ENT>
            <ENT>Comply according to date in subpart, which must be no later than 3 years after effective date; for section 112(f) standards, comply within 90 days of effective date unless compliance extension</ENT>
            <ENT>Yes.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">§ 63.6(c)(3)-(4)</ENT>
            <ENT O="xl">[Reserved]</ENT>
            <ENT O="xl"/>
            <ENT/>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">§ 63.6(c)(5)</ENT>
            <ENT>Compliance Dates for Existing Area Sources That Become Major</ENT>
            <ENT>Area sources that become major must comply with major source standards by date indicated in subpart or by equivalent time period (for example, 3 years)</ENT>
            <ENT>Yes.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">§ 63.6(d)</ENT>
            <ENT O="xl">[Reserved]</ENT>
            <ENT O="xl"/>
            <ENT/>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">§ 63.6(e)(1)-(2)</ENT>
            <ENT>Operation &amp; Maintenance</ENT>
            <ENT>Operate to minimize emissions at all times; correct malfunctions as soon as practicable; requirements independently enforceable; information Administrator will use to determine if operation and maintenance requirements were met</ENT>
            <ENT>Yes.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <PRTPAGE P="133"/>
            <ENT I="01">§ 63.6(e)(3)</ENT>
            <ENT>Startup, Shutdown, and Malfunction Plan (SSMP)</ENT>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT>Yes.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">§ 63.6(f)(1)</ENT>
            <ENT>Compliance Except During SSM</ENT>
            <ENT>You must comply with emission standards at all times except during SSM</ENT>
            <ENT>Yes.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">§ 63.6(f)(2)-(3)</ENT>
            <ENT>Methods for Determining Compliance</ENT>
            <ENT>Compliance based on performance test, operation and maintenance plans, records, inspection</ENT>
            <ENT>Yes.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">§ 63.6(g)(1)-(3)</ENT>
            <ENT>Alternative Standard</ENT>
            <ENT O="xl">Procedures for getting an alternative standard.</ENT>
            <ENT>Yes.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">§ 63.6(h)(1)-(9)</ENT>
            <ENT>Opacity/Visible Emission (VE) Standards</ENT>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT>Not applicable.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">§ 63.6(i)(1)-(14)</ENT>
            <ENT>Compliance Extension</ENT>
            <ENT>Procedures and criteria for Administrator to grant compliance extension</ENT>
            <ENT>Yes.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">§ 63.6(j)</ENT>
            <ENT>Presidential Compliance Exemption</ENT>
            <ENT>President may exempt source category</ENT>
            <ENT>Yes.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">§ 63.7(a)(1)-(2)</ENT>
            <ENT>Performance Test Dates</ENT>
            <ENT>Dates for conducting initial performance testing and other compliance demonstrations; must conduct 180 days after first subject to rule</ENT>
            <ENT>Yes.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">§ 63.7(a)(3)</ENT>
            <ENT>Section 114 Authority</ENT>
            <ENT>Administrator may require a performance test under CAA section 114 at any time</ENT>
            <ENT>Yes.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">§ 63.7(b)(1)</ENT>
            <ENT>Notification of Performance Test</ENT>
            <ENT>Must notify Administrator 60 days before the test</ENT>
            <ENT>Yes.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">§ 63.7(b)(2)</ENT>
            <ENT>Notification of Rescheduling</ENT>
            <ENT>Must notify Administrator 5 days before scheduled date and provide rescheduled date</ENT>
            <ENT>Yes.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">§ 63.7(c)</ENT>
            <ENT>Quality Assurance/Test Plan</ENT>
            <ENT>Requirements; test plan approval procedures; performance audit requirements; internal and external QA procedures for testing</ENT>
            <ENT>Yes.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">§ 63.7(d)</ENT>
            <ENT>Testing Facilities</ENT>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT>Yes.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">§ 63.7(e)(1)</ENT>
            <ENT>Conditions for Conducting Performance Tests</ENT>
            <ENT>Performance tests must be conducted under representative conditions; cannot conduct performance tests during SSM; not a violation to exceed standard during SSM</ENT>
            <ENT>No, § 63.9800 specifies requirements; Yes; Yes.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">§ 63.7(e)(2)</ENT>
            <ENT>Conditions for Conducting Performance Tests</ENT>
            <ENT>Must conduct according to subpart and EPA test methods unless Administrator approves alternative</ENT>
            <ENT>Yes.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">§ 63.7(e)(3)</ENT>
            <ENT>Test Run Duration</ENT>
            <ENT>Must have three test runs of at least 1 hour each; compliance is based on arithmetic mean of three runs; conditions when data from an additional test run can be used</ENT>
            <ENT>Yes; Yes, except where specified in § 63.9800 for batch process sources; Yes.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">§ 63.7(f)</ENT>
            <ENT>Alternative Test Method</ENT>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT>Yes.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">§ 63.7(g)</ENT>
            <ENT>Performance Test Data Analysis</ENT>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT>Yes.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">§ 63.7(h)</ENT>
            <ENT>Waiver of Test</ENT>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT>Yes.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">§ 63.8(a)(1)</ENT>
            <ENT>Applicability of Monitoring Requirements</ENT>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT>Yes.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">§ 63.8(a)(2)</ENT>
            <ENT>Performance Specifications</ENT>
            <ENT>Performance Specifications in appendix B of 40 CFR part 60 apply</ENT>
            <ENT>Yes.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">§ 63.8(a)(3)</ENT>
            <ENT O="xl">[Reserved]</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">§ 63.8(a)(4)</ENT>
            <ENT>Monitoring with Flares</ENT>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT>Not applicable.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">§ 63.8(b)(1)</ENT>
            <ENT>Monitoring</ENT>
            <ENT>Must conduct monitoring according to standard unless Administrator approves alternative</ENT>
            <ENT>Yes.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">§ 63.8(b)(2)-(3)</ENT>
            <ENT>Multiple Effluents and Multiple Monitoring Systems</ENT>
            <ENT>Specific requirements for installing and reporting on monitoring systems</ENT>
            <ENT>Yes.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">§ 63.8(c)(1)</ENT>
            <ENT>Monitoring System Operation and Maintenance</ENT>
            <ENT>Maintenance consistent with good air pollution control practices</ENT>
            <ENT>Yes.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">§ 63.8(c)(1)(i)</ENT>
            <ENT>Routine and Predictable SSM</ENT>
            <ENT>Reporting requirements for SSM when action is described in SSMP</ENT>
            <ENT>Yes.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">§ 63.8(c)(1)(ii)</ENT>
            <ENT>SSM not in SSMP</ENT>
            <ENT>Reporting requirements for SSM when action is not described in SSMP</ENT>
            <ENT>Yes.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">§ 63.8(c)(1)(iii)</ENT>
            <ENT>Compliance with Operation and Maintenance Requirements</ENT>
            <ENT>How Administrator determines if source is complying with operation and maintenance requirements</ENT>
            <ENT>Yes.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">§ 63.8(c)(2)-(3)</ENT>
            <ENT>Monitoring System Installation</ENT>
            <ENT>Must install to get representative emission and parameter measurements</ENT>
            <ENT>Yes.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">§ 63.8(c)(4)</ENT>
            <ENT>CMS Requirements</ENT>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT>No, § 63.9808 specifies requirements.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">§ 63.8(c)(5)</ENT>
            <ENT>COMS Minimum Procedures</ENT>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT>Not applicable.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">§ 63.8(c)(6)</ENT>
            <ENT>CMS Requirements</ENT>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT>Applies only to sources required to install and operate a THC CEMS.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <PRTPAGE P="134"/>
            <ENT I="01">§ 63.8(c)(7)(i)(A)</ENT>
            <ENT>CMS Requirements</ENT>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT>Applies only to sources required to install and operate a THC CEMS.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">§ 63.8(c)(7)(i)(B)</ENT>
            <ENT>CMS Requirements</ENT>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT>Applies only to sources required to install and operate a THC CEMS.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">§ 63.8(c)(7)(i)(C)</ENT>
            <ENT>CMS Requirements</ENT>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT>Not applicable.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">§ 63.8(c)(7)(ii)</ENT>
            <ENT>CMS Requirements</ENT>
            <ENT>Corrective action required when CMS is out of control</ENT>
            <ENT>Yes.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">§ 63.8(c)(8)</ENT>
            <ENT>CMS Requirements</ENT>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT>Yes.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">§ 63.8(d)</ENT>
            <ENT>CMS Quality Control</ENT>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT>Applies only to sources required to install and operate a THC CEMS.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">§ 63.8(e)</ENT>
            <ENT>CMS Performance Evaluation</ENT>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT>Applies only to sources required to install and operate a THC CEMS.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">§ 63.8(f)(1)-(5)</ENT>
            <ENT>Alternative Monitoring Method</ENT>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT>Yes.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">§ 63.8(f)(6)</ENT>
            <ENT>Alternative to Relative Accuracy Test</ENT>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT>Yes.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">§ 63.8(g)</ENT>
            <ENT>Data Reduction</ENT>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT>Applies only to sources required to install and operate a THC CEMS.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">§ 63.9(a)</ENT>
            <ENT>Notification Requirements</ENT>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT>Yes.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">§ 63.9(b)(1)-(5)</ENT>
            <ENT>Initial Notifications</ENT>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT>Yes.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">§ 63.9(c)</ENT>
            <ENT>Request for Compliance Extension</ENT>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT>Yes.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">§ 63.9(d)</ENT>
            <ENT>Notification of Special Compliance Requirements for New Source</ENT>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT>Yes.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">§ 63.9(e)</ENT>
            <ENT>Notification of Performance Test</ENT>
            <ENT>Notify Administrator 60 days prior</ENT>
            <ENT>Yes.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">§ 63.9(f)</ENT>
            <ENT>Notification of VE/Opacity Test</ENT>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT>Not applicable.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">§ 63.9(g)</ENT>
            <ENT>Additional Notifications When Using CMS</ENT>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT>Applies only to sources required to install and operate a THC CEMS.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">§ 63.9(h)</ENT>
            <ENT>Notification of Compliance Status</ENT>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT>Yes.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">§ 63.9(i)</ENT>
            <ENT>Adjustment of Submittal Deadlines</ENT>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT>Yes.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">§ 63.9(j)</ENT>
            <ENT>Change in Previous Information</ENT>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT>Yes.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">§ 63.10(a)</ENT>
            <ENT>Recordkeeping/Reporting</ENT>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT>Yes.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">§ 63.10(b)(1)</ENT>
            <ENT>Recordkeeping/Reporting</ENT>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT>Yes.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">§ 63.10(b)(2)(i)-(v)</ENT>
            <ENT>Records Related to Startup, Shutdown, and Malfunction</ENT>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT>Yes.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">§ 63.10(b)(2)(vi) and (x-xi)</ENT>
            <ENT>CMS Records</ENT>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT>Yes.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">§ 63.10(b)(2)(vii)-(ix)</ENT>
            <ENT>Records</ENT>
            <ENT>Measurements to demonstrate compliance with emission limitations; performance test, performance evaluation, and visible emission observation results; measurements to determine conditions of performance tests and performance evaluations</ENT>
            <ENT>Yes.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">§ 63.10(b)(2)(xii)</ENT>
            <ENT>Records</ENT>
            <ENT>Records when under waiver</ENT>
            <ENT>Yes.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">§ 63.10(b)(2)(xiii)</ENT>
            <ENT>Records</ENT>
            <ENT>Records when using alternative to relative accuracy test</ENT>
            <ENT>Not applicable.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">§ 63.10(b)(2)(xiv)</ENT>
            <ENT>Records</ENT>
            <ENT>All documentation supporting Initial Notification and Notification of Compliance Status</ENT>
            <ENT>Yes.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">§ 63.10(b)(3)</ENT>
            <ENT>Records</ENT>
            <ENT>Applicability Determinations</ENT>
            <ENT>Yes.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">§ 63.10(c)(1)-(6), (9)-(15)</ENT>
            <ENT>Records</ENT>
            <ENT>Additional Records for CMS</ENT>
            <ENT>Not applicable.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">§ 63.10(c)(7)-(8)</ENT>
            <ENT>Records</ENT>
            <ENT>Records of excess emissions and parameter monitoring exceedances for CMS</ENT>
            <ENT>No, § 63.9816 specifies requirements.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">§ 63.10(d)(1)</ENT>
            <ENT>General Reporting Requirements</ENT>
            <ENT>Requirements for reporting</ENT>
            <ENT>Yes.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">§ 63.10(d)(2)</ENT>
            <ENT>Report of Performance Test Results</ENT>
            <ENT>When to submit to Federal or State authority</ENT>
            <ENT>Yes.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">§ 63.10(d)(3)</ENT>
            <ENT>Reporting Opacity or VE Observations</ENT>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT>Not applicable.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">§ 63.10(d)(4)</ENT>
            <ENT>Progress Reports</ENT>
            <ENT>Must submit progress reports on schedule if under compliance extension</ENT>
            <ENT>Yes.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">§ 63.10(d)(5)</ENT>
            <ENT>Startup, Shutdown, and Malfunction Reports</ENT>
            <ENT>Contents and submission</ENT>
            <ENT>Yes.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <PRTPAGE P="135"/>
            <ENT I="01">§ 63.10(e)(1)-(2)</ENT>
            <ENT>Additional CMS Reports</ENT>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT>Applies only to sources required to install and operate a THC CEMS.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">§ 63.10(e)(3)</ENT>
            <ENT>Reports</ENT>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT>No, § 63.9814 specifies requirements.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">§ 63.10(e)(4)</ENT>
            <ENT>Reporting COMS data</ENT>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT>Not applicable.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">§ 63.10(f)</ENT>
            <ENT>Waiver for Recordkeeping/Reporting</ENT>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT>Yes.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">§ 63.11</ENT>
            <ENT>Flares</ENT>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT>Not applicable.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">§ 63.12</ENT>
            <ENT>Delegation</ENT>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT>Yes.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">§ 63.13</ENT>
            <ENT>Addresses</ENT>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT>Yes.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">§ 63.14</ENT>
            <ENT>Incorporation by Reference</ENT>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT>Yes.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">§ 63.15</ENT>
            <ENT>Availability of Information</ENT>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT>Yes.</ENT>
          </ROW>
        </GPOTABLE>
      </APPENDIX>
    </SUBPART>
    <SUBPART>
      <HD SOURCE="HED">Subpart TTTTT—National Emissions Standards for Hazardous Air Pollutants for Primary Magnesium Refining</HD>
      <SOURCE>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">Source:</HD>
        <P>68 FR 58620, Oct. 10, 2003, unless otherwise noted.</P>
      </SOURCE>
      <SUBJGRP>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">What This Subpart Covers</HD>
        <SECTION>
          <SECTNO>§ 63.9880</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>What is the purpose of this subpart?</SUBJECT>
          <P>This subpart establishes national emission standards for hazardous air pollutants (NESHAP) for primary magnesium refineries. This subpart also establishes requirements to demonstrate initial and continuous compliance with all applicable emission limitations, work practice standards, and operation and maintenance requirements.</P>
        </SECTION>
        <SECTION>
          <SECTNO>§ 63.9881</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Am I subject to this subpart?</SUBJECT>
          <P>You are subject to this subpart if you own or operate a primary magnesium refinery that is (or is part of) a major source of hazardous air pollutant (HAP) emissions. Your primary magnesium refinery is a major source of HAP if it emits or has the potential to emit any single HAP at a rate of 10 tons or more per year or any combination of HAP at a rate of 25 tons or more per year.</P>
        </SECTION>
        <SECTION>
          <SECTNO>§ 63.9882</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>What parts of my plant does this subpart cover?</SUBJECT>
          <P>(a) The affected sources are each new and existing primary magnesium refining facility.</P>
          <P>(b) This subpart covers emissions from each spray dryer stack, magnesium chloride storage bins scrubber stack, melt/reactor system stack, and launder off-gas system stack at your primary magnesium refining facility. This subpart also covers fugitive dust emissions.</P>
          <P>(c) Each primary magnesium refining facility is existing if you commenced construction or reconstruction of the affected source before January 22, 2003.</P>
          <P>(d) Each primary magnesium refining facility is new if you commence construction or reconstruction of the affected source on or after January 22, 2003. An affected source is reconstructed if it meets the definition of reconstruction in § 63.2.</P>
        </SECTION>
        <SECTION>
          <SECTNO>§ 63.9883</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>When do I have to comply with this subpart?</SUBJECT>
          <P>(a) If you have an existing source, you must comply with each emission limitation, work practice standard, and operation and maintenance requirement in this subpart that applies to you no later than October 11, 2004.</P>
          <P>(b) If you have a new affected source and its initial startup date is on or before October 11, 2003, you must comply with each emission limitation, work practice standard, and operation and maintenance requirement in this subpart that applies to you by October 10, 2003.</P>
          <P>(c) If you have a new affected source and its initial startup date is after October 10, 2003, you must comply with each emission limitation, work practice standard, and operation and maintenance requirement in this subpart that applies to you upon initial startup.</P>

          <P>(d) If your primary magnesium refinery is an area source that becomes a major source of HAP, the compliance <PRTPAGE P="136"/>dates in paragraphs (d)(1) and (2) of this section apply to you:</P>
          <P>(1) Any portion of the existing primary magnesium refinery that is a new affected source or a new reconstructed source must be in compliance with this subpart upon startup.</P>
          <P>(2) All other parts of the primary magnesium refinery must be in compliance with this subpart no later than 2 years after it becomes a major source.</P>
          <P>(e) You must meet the notification and schedule requirements in § 63.9930. Several of these notifications must be submitted before the compliance date for your affected source.</P>
        </SECTION>
      </SUBJGRP>
      <SUBJGRP>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">Emission Limitations and Work Practice Standards</HD>
        <SECTION>
          <SECTNO>§ 63.9890</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>What emission limitations must I meet?</SUBJECT>
          <P>(a) You must meet each emission limit in Table 1 to this subpart that applies to you.</P>

          <P>(b) For each wet scrubber applied to meet any particulate matter, particulate matter less than 10 microns (PM<E T="52">10</E>), chlorine, hydrochloric acid, or dioxins/furans emission limit in Table 1 to this subpart, you must maintain the hourly average pressure drop and scrubber liquid flow rate at or above the minimum level established during the initial or subsequent performance test.</P>
        </SECTION>
        <SECTION>
          <SECTNO>§ 63.9891</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>What work practice standards must I meet for my fugitive dust sources?</SUBJECT>
          <P>(a) You must prepare and at all times operate according to a fugitive dust emissions control plan that describes in detail the measures that will be put in place to control fugitive dust emissions from all unpaved roads and other unpaved operational areas.</P>
          <P>(b) You must submit a copy of your fugitive dust emissions control plan for approval to the Administrator on or before the applicable compliance date for the affected source as specified in § 63.9883. The requirement to operate according to the fugitive dust emissions control plan must be incorporated by reference in the source's operating permit issued by the permitting authority under 40 CFR part 70 or 40 CFR part 71.</P>
          <P>(c) You can use an existing fugitive dust emissions control plan provided it meets the requirements in paragraphs (c)(1) through (3) of this section.</P>
          <P>(1) The plan satisfies the requirements of paragraph (a) of this section.</P>
          <P>(2) The plan describes the current measures to control fugitive dust emission sources.</P>
          <P>(3) The plan has been approved as part of a State implementation plan or title V permit.</P>
          <P>(d) You must maintain a current copy of the fugitive dust emissions control plan on-site and available for inspection upon request. You must keep the plan for the life of the affected source or until the affected source is no longer subject to the requirements of this subpart.</P>
        </SECTION>
      </SUBJGRP>
      <SUBJGRP>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">Operation and Maintenance Requirements</HD>
        <SECTION>
          <SECTNO>§ 63.9900</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>What are my operation and maintenance requirements?</SUBJECT>
          <P>(a) As required by § 63.6(e)(1)(i), you must always operate and maintain your affected source, including air pollution control and monitoring equipment, in a manner consistent with good air pollution control practices for minimizing emissions at least to the levels required by this subpart.</P>
          <P>(b) You must prepare and operate at all times according to a written operation and maintenance plan for each control device subject to an operating limit in § 63.9890(b). Each plan must address preventative maintenance for each control device, including a preventative maintenance schedule that is consistent with the manufacturer's instructions for routine and long-term maintenance.</P>
          <P>(c) You must maintain a current copy of the operation and maintenance plan required in paragraph (b) of this section on-site and available for inspection upon request. You must keep the plan for the life of the affected source or until the affected source is no longer subject to the requirements of this subpart.</P>
        </SECTION>
      </SUBJGRP>
      <SUBJGRP>
        <PRTPAGE P="137"/>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">General Compliance Requirements</HD>
        <SECTION>
          <SECTNO>§ 63.9910</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>What are my general requirements for complying with this subpart?</SUBJECT>
          <P>(a) You must be in compliance with the emission limitations, work practice standards, and operation and maintenance requirements in this subpart at all times, except during periods of startup, shutdown, and malfunction as defined in § 63.2.</P>
          <P>(b) You must develop a written startup, shutdown, and malfunction plan according to the provisions in § 63.6(e)(3).</P>
          <CITA>[68 FR 58620, Oct. 10, 2003, as amended at 71 FR 20471, Apr. 20, 2006]</CITA>
        </SECTION>
      </SUBJGRP>
      <SUBJGRP>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">Initial Compliance Requirements</HD>
        <SECTION>
          <SECTNO>§ 63.9911</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>By what date must I conduct performance tests or other initial compliance demonstrations?</SUBJECT>
          <P>(a) As required in § 63.7(a)(2), you must conduct a performance test to demonstrate initial compliance with each emission limit in Table 1 to this subpart that applies to you as indicated in paragraphs (a)(1) through (3) of this section:</P>
          <P>(1) Within 180 calendar days after the compliance date that is specified in § 63.9883 for your existing affected source;</P>
          <P>(2) By April 7, 2004 for a new source that has an initial startup date before October 10, 2003; or</P>
          <P>(3) Within 180 days after initial startup for a new source that has an initial startup date after October 10, 2003.</P>
          <P>(b) For each operation and maintenance requirement that applies to you where initial compliance is not demonstrated using a performance test, you must demonstrate initial compliance within 30 calendar days after the compliance date that is specified for your affected source in § 63.9883.</P>
          <P>(c) If you commenced construction or reconstruction between January 22, 2003 and October 10, 2003, you must demonstrate initial compliance with either the proposed emission limitation or the promulgated emission limitation no later than April 7, 2004 or no later than 180 calendar days after startup of the source, whichever is later, according to § 63.7(a)(2)(ix).</P>
          <P>(d) If you commenced construction or reconstruction between January 22, 2003 and October 10, 2003, and you chose to comply with the proposed emission limit when demonstrating initial compliance, you must conduct a second performance test to demonstrate compliance with the promulgated emission limit by April 11, 2005, or after startup of the source, whichever is later, according to § 63.7(a)(2)(ix).</P>
        </SECTION>
        <SECTION>
          <SECTNO>§ 63.9912</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>When must I conduct subsequent performance tests?</SUBJECT>
          <P>You must conduct subsequent performance tests to demonstrate continuous compliance with all applicable emission limits in Table 1 to this subpart no less frequently than twice (at mid-term and renewal) during each term of your title V operating permit.</P>
        </SECTION>
        <SECTION>
          <SECTNO>§ 63.9913</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>What test methods and other procedures must I use to demonstrate initial compliance with the emission limits for particulate matter and PM10?</SUBJECT>
          <P>(a) You must conduct each performance test that applies to your affected source according to the requirements in § 63.7(e)(1).</P>
          <P>(b) To determine compliance with the applicable emission limits for particulate matter in Table 1 to this subpart, you must follow the test methods and procedures in paragraphs (b)(1) and (2) of this section.</P>
          <P>(1) Determine the concentration of particulate matter according to the following test methods in appendix A to 40 CFR part 60:</P>
          <P>(i) Method 1 to select sampling port locations and the number of traverse points. Sampling ports must be located at the outlet of the control device and prior to any releases to the atmosphere.</P>
          <P>(ii) Method 2, 2F, or 2G to determine the volumetric flow rate of the stack gas.</P>
          <P>(iii) Method 3, 3A, or 3B to determine the dry molecular weight of the stack gas.</P>
          <P>(iv) Method 4 to determine the moisture content of the stack gas.</P>

          <P>(v) Method 5 or 5D, as applicable, to determine the concentration of particulate matter.<PRTPAGE P="138"/>
          </P>

          <P>(vi) Method 201 or 201A, as applicable, to determine the concentration of PM<E T="52">10</E>.</P>

          <P>(2) Collect a minimum sample volume of 60 dry standard cubic feet (dscf) during each particulate matter or PM<E T="52">10</E> test run. Three valid test runs are needed to comprise a performance test.</P>
          <P>(c) Compute the mass emissions rate in pounds per hour (lbs/hr) for each test run using Equation 1 of this section:</P>
          <MATH DEEP="26" SPAN="1">
            <MID>ER10OC03.000</MID>
          </MATH>
          <EXTRACT>
            <FP>Where:</FP>
            
            <FP SOURCE="FP-1">E<E T="52">lbs/hr</E> = Mass emissions rate of particulate matter or PM<E T="52">10</E> (lbs/hr);</FP>
            <FP SOURCE="FP-1">C<E T="52">s</E> = Concentration of particulate matter or PM<E T="52">10</E> in the gas stream, grains per dry standard cubic feet (gr/dscf);</FP>
            <FP SOURCE="FP-1">Q<E T="52">std</E> = Volumetric flow rate of stack gas, dry standard cubic feet per minute (dscfm);</FP>
            <FP SOURCE="FP-1">60 = Conversion factor, minutes per hour (min/hr); and</FP>
            <FP SOURCE="FP-1">7,000 = Conversion factor, grains per pound (gr/lb).</FP>
          </EXTRACT>
        </SECTION>
        <SECTION>
          <SECTNO>§ 63.9914</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>What test methods and other procedures must I use to demonstrate initial compliance with chlorine and hydrochloric acid emission limits?</SUBJECT>
          <P>(a) You must conduct each performance test that applies to your affected source according to the requirements in § 63.7(e)(1).</P>
          <P>(b) To determine compliance with the applicable emission limits for chlorine and hydrochloric acid in Table 1 to this subpart, you must follow the test methods and procedures specified in paragraphs (b)(1) and (2) of this section.</P>
          <P>(1) Determine the concentration of chlorine and hydrochloric acid according to the following test methods in appendix A to 40 CFR part 60:</P>
          <P>(i) Method 1 to select sampling port locations and the number of traverse points. Sampling ports must be located at the outlet of the control device and prior to any releases to the atmosphere.</P>
          <P>(ii) Method 2, 2F, or 2G to determine the volumetric flow of the stack gas.</P>
          <P>(iii) Method 3, 3A, or 3B to determine the dry molecular weight of the stack gas.</P>
          <P>(iv) Method 4 to determine the moisture content of the stack gas.</P>
          <P>(v) Method 26 or 26A, as applicable, to determine the concentration of hydrochloric acid and chlorine.</P>
          <P>(2) Collect a minimum sample of 60 dscf during each test run for chlorine and hydrochloric acid. Three valid test runs are needed to comprise a performance test.</P>
          <P>(c) Compute the mass emissions rate (lbs/hr) for each test run using Equation 1 of this section:</P>
          <MATH DEEP="26" SPAN="1">
            <MID>ER10OC03.001</MID>
          </MATH>
          <EXTRACT>
            <FP>Where:</FP>
            
            <FP SOURCE="FP-1">E<E T="52">lbs/hr</E> = Mass emissions rate of chlorine or hydrochloric acid (lbs/hr);</FP>
            <FP SOURCE="FP-1">C<E T="52">s</E> = Concentration of chlorine or hydrochloric acid in the gas stream, milligrams per dry standard cubic meter (mg/dscm);</FP>
            <FP SOURCE="FP-1">Q<E T="52">std</E> = Volumetric flow rate of stack gas (dscfm);</FP>
            <FP SOURCE="FP-1">60 = Conversion factor (min/hr);</FP>
            <FP SOURCE="FP-1">35.31 = Conversion factor (dscf/dscm); and</FP>
            <FP SOURCE="FP-1">454,000 = Conversion factor (mg/lb).</FP>
          </EXTRACT>
        </SECTION>
        <SECTION>
          <SECTNO>§ 63.9915</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>What test methods and other procedures must I use to demonstrate initial compliance with dioxin/furan emission limits?</SUBJECT>
          <P>(a) You must conduct each performance test that applies to your affected source according to the requirements in § 63.7(e)(1).</P>
          <P>(b) To determine compliance with the applicable emission limit for dioxins/furans in Table 1 to this subpart, you must follow the test methods and procedures specified in paragraphs (b)(1) and (2) of this section.</P>
          <P>(1) Determine the concentration of dioxin and furan according to the following test methods in appendix A to 40 CFR part 60:</P>
          <P>(i) Method 1 to select sampling port locations and the number of traverse points. Sampling ports must be located at the outlet of the control device and prior to any releases to the atmosphere.</P>
          <P>(ii) Method 2, 2F, or 2G to determine the volumetric flow of the stack gas.</P>
          <P>(iii) Method 3, 3A, or 3B to determine the dry molecular weight of the stack gas.</P>
          <P>(iv) Method 4 to determine the moisture content of the stack gas.</P>

          <P>(v) Method 23 to determine the concentration of dioxins/furans. For each <PRTPAGE P="139"/>dioxin/furan congener measured in accordance with this paragraph (b)(v), multiply the congener concentration by its corresponding toxic equivalency factor specified in Table 2 of this subpart.</P>
          <P>(2) Collect a minimum sample of 100 dscf during each test run. Three valid test runs are needed to comprise a performance test.</P>
        </SECTION>
        <SECTION>
          <SECTNO>§ 63.9916</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>What test methods and other procedures must I use to establish and demonstrate initial compliance with the operating limits?</SUBJECT>
          <P>For a wet scrubber subject to operating limits for pressure drop and scrubber water flow rate in § 63.9890(b), you must establish site-specific operating limits according to the procedures in paragraphs (a) and (b) of this section.</P>
          <P>(a) Using the continuous parameter monitoring system (CPMS) required in § 63.9920, measure and record the pressure drop and scrubber water flow rate at least every 15 minutes during each run of the particulate matter performance test.</P>
          <P>(b) Compute and record the average pressure drop and scrubber water flow rate for each individual test run. Your operating limits are the lowest average individual pressure drop and scrubber water flow rate values in any of the three runs that meet the applicable emission limit.</P>
        </SECTION>
        <SECTION>
          <SECTNO>§ 63.9917</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>How do I demonstrate initial compliance with the emission limitations and work practice standards that apply to me?</SUBJECT>
          <P>(a) For each affected source subject to an emission limit in Table 1 to this subpart, you have demonstrated initial compliance if:</P>
          <P>(1) You have met the conditions in Table 3 to this subpart; and</P>
          <P>(2) For each wet scrubber subject to the operating limits for pressure drop and scrubber water flow rate in § 63.9890(b), you have established appropriate site-specific operating limits and have a record of the pressure drop and scrubber water flow rate measured during the performance test in accordance with § 63.9916.</P>
          <P>(b) You have demonstrated initial compliance with the work practice standards in § 63.9891 if you have certified in your notification of compliance status that:</P>
          <P>(1) You have prepared a fugitive dust emissions control plan according to the requirements in § 63.9891 and submitted the plan for approval; and</P>
          <P>(2) You will operate according to the requirements in the plan.</P>
        </SECTION>
        <SECTION>
          <SECTNO>§ 63.9918</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>How do I demonstrate initial compliance with the operation and maintenance requirements that apply to me?</SUBJECT>
          <P>You must demonstrate initial compliance by certifying in your notification of compliance status that you have met the requirements in paragraphs (a) and (b) of this section.</P>
          <P>(a) You have prepared the operation and maintenance plan according to the requirements in § 63.9910; and</P>
          <P>(b) You will operate each control device according to the procedures in the plan.</P>
        </SECTION>
      </SUBJGRP>
      <SUBJGRP>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">Continuous Compliance Requirements</HD>
        <SECTION>
          <SECTNO>§ 63.9920</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>What are my continuous monitoring requirements?</SUBJECT>
          <P>For each wet scrubber subject to the operating limits for pressure drop and scrubber water flow rates in § 63.9890(b), you must at all times monitor the hourly average pressure drop and liquid flow rate using a CPMS according to the requirements in § 63.9921(a).</P>
        </SECTION>
        <SECTION>
          <SECTNO>§ 63.9921</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>What are the installation, operation and maintenance requirements for my monitors?</SUBJECT>
          <P>(a) For each wet scrubber subject to the operating limits in § 63.9890(b) for pressure drop and scrubber water flow rate, you must install, operate, and maintain each CPMS according to the requirements in paragraphs (a)(1) and (2) of this section.</P>
          <P>(1) For the pressure drop CPMS, you must:</P>
          <P>(i) Locate the pressure sensor(s) in or as close to a position that provides a representative measurement of the pressure and that minimizes or eliminates pulsating pressure, vibration, and internal and external corrosion.</P>

          <P>(ii) Use a gauge with a minimum measurement sensitivity of 0.5 inch of water or a transducer with a minimum measurement sensitivity of 1 percent of the pressure range.<PRTPAGE P="140"/>
          </P>
          <P>(iii) Check the pressure tap for pluggage daily.</P>
          <P>(iv) Using a manometer, check gauge calibration quarterly and transducer calibration monthly.</P>
          <P>(v) Conduct calibration checks any time the sensor exceeds the manufacturer's specified maximum operating pressure range, or install a new pressure sensor.</P>
          <P>(vi) At least monthly, inspect all components for integrity, all electrical connections for continuity, and all mechanical connections for leakage.</P>
          <P>(2) For the scrubber water flow rate CPMS, you must:</P>
          <P>(i) Locate the flow sensor and other necessary equipment in a position that provides a representative flow and that reduces swirling flow or abnormal velocity distributions due to upstream and downstream disturbances.</P>
          <P>(ii) Use a flow sensor with a minimum measurement sensitivity of 2 percent of the flow rate.</P>
          <P>(iii) Conduct a flow sensor calibration check at least semiannually according to the manufacturer's instructions.</P>
          <P>(iv) At least monthly, inspect all components for integrity, all electrical connections for continuity, and all mechanical connections for leakage.</P>
          <P>(b) You must install, operate, and maintain each CPMS for a wet scrubber according to the requirements in paragraphs (b)(1) through (3) of this section.</P>
          <P>(1) Each CPMS must complete a minimum of one cycle of operation for each successive 15-minute period.</P>
          <P>(2) Each CPMS must have valid data for at least 95 percent of every averaging period.</P>
          <P>(3) Each CPMS must determine and record the hourly average of all recorded readings.</P>
        </SECTION>
        <SECTION>
          <SECTNO>§ 63.9922</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>How do I monitor and collect data to demonstrate continuous compliance?</SUBJECT>
          <P>(a) Except for monitoring malfunctions, associated repairs, and required quality assurance or control activities (including, as applicable, calibration checks and required zero and span adjustments), you must monitor continuously (or collect data at all required intervals) at all times an affected source is operating.</P>
          <P>(b) You may not use data recorded during monitoring malfunctions, associated repairs, and required quality assurance or control activities in data averages and calculations used to report emission or operating levels or to fulfill a minimum data availability requirement, if applicable. You must use all the data collected during all other periods in assessing compliance.</P>
          <P>(c) A monitoring malfunction is any sudden, infrequent, not reasonably preventable failure of the monitoring to provide valid data. Monitoring failures that are caused in part by poor maintenance or careless operation are not malfunctions.</P>
        </SECTION>
        <SECTION>
          <SECTNO>§ 63.9923</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>How do I demonstrate continuous compliance with the emission limitations and work practice standards that apply to me?</SUBJECT>
          <P>(a) For each affected source subject to an emission limit in Table 1 to this subpart, you must demonstrate continuous compliance according to the requirements in Table 4 to this subpart.</P>
          <P>(b) For each wet scrubber subject to the operating limits for pressure drop and scrubber water flow rate in § 63.9890(b), you must demonstrate continuous compliance according to the requirements in paragraphs (b)(1) and (2) of this section.</P>
          <P>(1) Collecting and reducing the monitoring data according to § 63.9921(b); and</P>
          <P>(2) Maintaining the hourly average pressure drop and scrubber water flow rate at or above the minimum level established during the initial or subsequent performance.</P>
          <P>(c) You must demonstrate continuous compliance with the work practice standards in § 63.9891 by operating according to the requirements in your fugitive dust emissions control plan and recording information needed to document conformance with the requirements.</P>
        </SECTION>
        <SECTION>
          <PRTPAGE P="141"/>
          <SECTNO>§ 63.9924</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>How do I demonstrate continuous compliance with the operation and maintenance requirements that apply to me?</SUBJECT>
          <P>For each emission point subject to an emission limit in Table 1 to this subpart, you must demonstrate continuous compliance with the operation and maintenance requirements in § 63.9900 by performing preventive maintenance for each control device according to § 63.9900(b) and recording all information needed to document conformance with these requirements.</P>
        </SECTION>
        <SECTION>
          <SECTNO>§ 63.9925</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>What other requirements must I meet to demonstrate continuous compliance?</SUBJECT>
          <P>(a) <E T="03">Deviations.</E> You must report each instance in which you did not meet each emission limitation in § 63.9890 or work practice standard in § 63.9891 that applies to you. This includes periods of startup, shutdown, and malfunction. You must also report each instance in which you did not meet each operation and maintenance requirement required in § 63.9900 that applies to you. These instances are deviations from the emission limitations, work practice standards, and operation and maintenance requirements in this subpart. These deviations must be reported according to the requirements in § 63.9931.</P>
          <P>(b) <E T="03">Startups, shutdowns, and malfunctions.</E> (1) Consistent with §§ 63.6(e) and 63.7(e)(1), deviations that occur during a period of startup, shutdown, or malfunction are not violations if you demonstrate to the Administrator's satisfaction that you were operating in accordance with § 63.6(e)(1).</P>
          <P>(2) The Administrator will determine whether deviations that occur during a period of startup, shutdown, or malfunction are violations, according to the provisions in § 63.6(e).</P>
          <CITA>[68 FR 58620, Oct. 10, 2003, as amended at 71 FR 20471, Apr. 20, 2006]</CITA>
        </SECTION>
      </SUBJGRP>
      <SUBJGRP>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">Notifications, Reports, and Records</HD>
        <SECTION>
          <SECTNO>§ 63.9930</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>What notifications must I submit and when?</SUBJECT>
          <P>(a) You must submit all of the notifications in §§ 63.7(b) and (c), 63.8(f)(4), 63.9(b), and 63.9(h) that apply to you by the specified dates.</P>
          <P>(b) As specified in § 63.9(b)(2), if you startup your affected source before October 10, 2003, you must submit your initial notification no later than February 9, 2004.</P>
          <P>(c) As specified in § 63.9(b)(3), if you start your new affected source on or after October 10, 2003, you must submit your initial notification no later that 120 calendar days after you become subject to this subpart.</P>
          <P>(d) If you are required to conduct a performance test, you must submit a notification of intent to conduct a performance test at least 60 calendar days before the performance test is scheduled to begin as required in § 63.7(b)(1).</P>
          <P>(e) If you are required to conduct a performance test or other initial compliance demonstration, you must submit a notification of compliance status according to § 63.9(h)(2)(ii), and the requirements in paragraphs (e)(1) and (2) of this section:</P>
          <P>(1) For each initial compliance demonstration that does not include a performance test, you must submit the notification of compliance status before the close of business on the 30th calendar day following completion of the initial compliance demonstration.</P>
          <P>(2) For each initial compliance demonstration that does include a performance test, you must submit the notification of compliance status, including the performance test results, before the close of business on the 60th calendar day following the completion of the performance test according to § 63.10(d)(2).</P>
        </SECTION>
        <SECTION>
          <SECTNO>§ 63.9931</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>What reports must I submit and when?</SUBJECT>
          <P>(a) <E T="03">Compliance report due dates.</E> Unless the Administrator has approved a different schedule, you must submit a semiannual compliance report to your permitting authority according to the requirements in paragraphs (a) (1) through (5) of this section.</P>

          <P>(1) The first compliance report must cover the period beginning on the compliance date that is specified for your affected source in § 63.9883 and ending on June 30 or December 31, whichever date comes after the compliance date that is specified for your source in § 63.9883.<PRTPAGE P="142"/>
          </P>
          <P>(2) The first compliance report must be postmarked or delivered no later than July 31 or January 31, whichever date comes first after your compliance report is due.</P>
          <P>(3) Each subsequent compliance report must cover the semiannual reporting period from January 1 through June 30 or the semiannual reporting period from July 1 through December 31.</P>
          <P>(4) Each subsequent compliance report must be postmarked or delivered no later than July 31 or January 31, whichever date comes first after the end of the semiannual reporting period.</P>
          <P>(5) For each affected source that is subject to permitting regulations pursuant to 40 CFR part 70 or 40 CFR part 71, and if the permitting authority has established dates for submitting semiannual reports pursuant to 40 CFR 70.6(a)(3)(iii)(A) or 40 CFR 71.6(a)(3)(iii)(A), you may submit the first and subsequent compliance reports according to the dates the permitting authority has established instead of according to the dates in paragraphs (a)(1) through (4) of this section.</P>
          <P>(b) <E T="03">Compliance report contents.</E> Each compliance report must include the information in paragraphs (b)(1) through (3) of this section and, as applicable, paragraphs (b)(4) through (8) of this section.</P>
          <P>(1) Company name and address.</P>
          <P>(2) Statement by a responsible official, with that official's name, title, and signature, certifying the truth, accuracy, and completeness of the content of the report.</P>
          <P>(3) Date of report and beginning and ending dates of the reporting period.</P>
          <P>(4) If you had a startup, shutdown, or malfunction during the reporting period and you took actions consistent with your startup, shutdown, and malfunction plan, the compliance report must include the information in § 63.10(d)(5)(i).</P>
          <P>(5) If there were no deviations from the continuous compliance requirements in §§ 63.9923 and 63.9924 that apply to you, a statement that there were no deviations from the emission limitations, work practice standards, or operation and maintenance requirements during the reporting period.</P>
          <P>(6) If there were no periods during which a CPMS was out-of-control as specified in § 63.8(c)(7), a statement that there were no periods during which the CPMS was out-of-control during the reporting period.</P>
          <P>(7) For each deviation from an emission limitation in § 63.9890 that occurs at an affected source where you are not using a CPMS to comply with an emission limitation in this subpart, the compliance report must contain the information in paragraphs (b)(1) through (4) of this section and the information in paragraphs (b)(7)(i) and (ii) of this section. This includes periods of startup, shutdown, and malfunction.</P>
          <P>(i) The total operating time of each affected source during the reporting period.</P>
          <P>(ii) Information on the number, duration, and cause of deviations (including unknown cause, if applicable) as applicable and the corrective action taken.</P>
          <P>(8) For each deviation from an emission limitation occurring at an affected source where you are using a CPMS to comply with the emission limitation in this subpart, you must include the information in paragraphs (b)(1) through (4) of this section and the information in paragraphs (b)(8)(i) through (xi) of this section. This includes periods of startup, shutdown, and malfunction.</P>
          <P>(i) The date and time that each malfunction started and stopped.</P>
          <P>(ii) The date and time that each continuous monitoring was inoperative, except for zero (low-level) and high-level checks.</P>
          <P>(iii) The date, time, and duration that each continuous monitoring system was out-of-control, including the information in § 63.8(c)(8).</P>
          <P>(iv) The date and time that each deviation started and stopped, and whether each deviation occurred during a period of startup, shutdown, or malfunction or during another period.</P>
          <P>(v) A summary of the total duration of the deviation during the reporting period and the total duration as a percent of the total source operating time during that reporting period.</P>

          <P>(vi) A breakdown of the total duration of the deviations during the reporting period including those that are due to startup, shutdown, control <PRTPAGE P="143"/>equipment problems, process problems, other known causes, and other unknown causes.</P>
          <P>(vii) A summary of the total duration of continuous monitoring system downtime during the reporting period and the total duration of continuous monitoring system downtime as a percent of the total source operating time during the reporting period.</P>
          <P>(viii) A brief description of the process units.</P>
          <P>(ix) A brief description of the continuous monitoring system.</P>
          <P>(x) The date of the latest continuous monitoring system certification or audit.</P>
          <P>(xi) A description of any changes in continuous monitoring systems, processes, or controls since the last reporting period.</P>
          <P>(c) <E T="03">Immediate startup, shutdown, and malfunction report.</E> If you had a startup, shutdown, or malfunction during the semiannual reporting period that was not consistent with your startup, shutdown, and malfunction plan, you must submit an immediate startup, shutdown, and malfunction report according to the requirements in § 63.10(d)(5)(ii).</P>
          <P>(d) <E T="03">Part 70 monitoring report.</E> If you have obtained a title V operating permit for an affected source pursuant to 40 CFR part 70 or 40 CFR part 71, you must report all deviations as defined in this subpart in the semiannual monitoring report required by 40 CFR 70.6(a)(3)(iii)(A) or 40 CFR 71.6(a)(3)(iii)(A). If you submit a compliance report for an affected source along with, or as part of, the semiannual monitoring report required by 40 CFR 70.6(a)(3)(iii)(A) or 40 CFR 71.6(a)(3)(iii)(A), and the compliance report includes all the required information concerning deviations from any emissions limitation, work practice standards, or operation and maintenance requirement in this subpart, submission of the compliance report satisfies any obligation to report the same deviations in the semiannual monitoring report. However, submission of the compliance report does not otherwise affect any obligation you may have to report deviations from permit requirements for an affected source to your permitting authority.</P>
        </SECTION>
        <SECTION>
          <SECTNO>§ 63.9932</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>What records must I keep?</SUBJECT>
          <P>(a) You must keep the records as indicated in paragraphs (a)(1) through (3) of this section:</P>
          <P>(1) A copy of each notification and report that you submitted to comply with this subpart, including all documentation supporting any initial notification or notification of compliance status that you submitted, according to the requirements in § 63.10(b)(2)(xiv).</P>
          <P>(2) The records in § 63.6(e)(3)(iii) through (v) related to startup, shutdown, and malfunction.</P>
          <P>(3) Records of performance tests and performance evaluations as required in § 63.10(b)(2)(viii).</P>
          <P>(b) You must keep the records required in §§ 63.9932 and 63.9933 to show continuous compliance with each emission limitation, work practice standard, and operating and maintenance requirement that applies to you.</P>
        </SECTION>
        <SECTION>
          <SECTNO>§ 63.9933</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>In what form and how long must I keep my records?</SUBJECT>
          <P>(a) Your records must be in a form suitable and readily available for expeditious review, according to § 63.10(b)(1).</P>
          <P>(b) As specified in § 63.10(b)(1), you must keep each record for 5 years following the date of each occurrence, measurement, maintenance, corrective action, report, or record.</P>
          <P>(c) You must keep each record on site for at least 2 years after the date of each occurrence, measurement, maintenance, corrective action, report, or record according to § 63.10(b)(1). You can keep the records off site for the remaining 3 years.</P>
          <P>(d) You must keep your fugitive dust emissions control plan and your operation and maintenance plan on-site according to the requirements in §§ 63.9891(d) and 63.9900(c).</P>
        </SECTION>
      </SUBJGRP>
      <SUBJGRP>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">Other Requirements and Information</HD>
        <SECTION>
          <SECTNO>§ 63.9940</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>What parts of the General Provisions apply to me?</SUBJECT>
          <P>Table 4 to this subpart shows which parts of the General Provisions in §§ 63.1 through 63.15 apply to you.</P>
        </SECTION>
        <SECTION>
          <PRTPAGE P="144"/>
          <SECTNO>§ 63.9941</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Who implements and enforces this subpart?</SUBJECT>
          <P>(a) This subpart can be implemented and enforced by us, the United States Environmental Protection Agency (U.S. EPA) or a delegated authority such as your State, local, or tribal agency. If the EPA Administrator has delegated authority to your State, local, or tribal agency, then that agency has the authority to implement and enforce this subpart. You should contact your EPA Regional Office to find out if this subpart is delegated to your State, local, or tribal agency.</P>
          <P>(b) In delegating implementation and enforcement authority of this subpart to a State, local, or tribal agency under subpart E of this part, the authorities contained in paragraph (c) of this section are retained by the Administrator of the EPA and are not transferred to the State, local, or tribal agency.</P>
          <P>(c) The authorities that will not be delegated to State, local, or tribal agencies are specified in paragraphs (c)(1) through (4) of this section.</P>
          <P>(1) Approval of alternatives to the non-opacity emission limitations in § 63.9890 and work practice standards in § 63.9891 under § 63.6(g).</P>
          <P>(2) Approval of major alternatives to test methods under § 63.7(e)(2)(ii) and (f) and as defined in § 63.90.</P>
          <P>(3) Approval of major alternatives to monitoring under § 63.8(f) and as defined in § 63.90.</P>
          <P>(4) Approval of major alternatives to recordkeeping and reporting under § 63.10(f) and as defined in § 63.90.</P>
        </SECTION>
        <SECTION>
          <SECTNO>§ 63.9942</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>What definitions apply to this subpart?</SUBJECT>
          <P>Terms used in this subpart are defined in the Clean Air Act, in § 63.2, and in this section as follows:</P>
          <P>
            <E T="03">Chlorine plant bypass scrubber</E> means the wet scrubber that captures chlorine gas during a chlorine plant shut down or failure.</P>
          <P>
            <E T="03">Deviation</E> means any instance in which an affected source subject to this subpart, or an owner or operator of such a source:</P>
          <P>(1) Fails to meet any requirement or obligation established by this subpart, including but not limited to any emission limitation (including operating limits) or operation and maintenance requirement;</P>
          <P>(2) Fails to meet any term or condition that is adopted to implement an applicable requirement in this subpart and that is included in the operating permit for any affected source required to obtain such a permit; or</P>
          <P>(3) Fails to meet any emission limitation in this subpart during startup, shutdown, or malfunction, regardless of whether or not such failure is permitted by this subpart.</P>
          <P>
            <E T="03">Emission limitation</E> means any emission limit, opacity limit, or operating limit.</P>
          <P>
            <E T="03">Launder off-gas system</E> means a system that collects chlorine and hydrochloric acid fumes from collection points within the melt/reactor system building. The system then removes particulate matter and hydrochloric acid from the collected gases prior to discharge to the atmosphere.</P>
          <P>
            <E T="03">Magnesium chloride storage bins</E> means vessels that store dried magnesium chloride powder produced from the spray drying operation.</P>
          <P>
            <E T="03">Melt/reactor system</E> means a system that melts and chlorinates dehydrated brine to produce high purity molten magnesium chloride feed for electrolysis.</P>
          <P>
            <E T="03">Primary magnesium refining</E> means the production of magnesium metal and magnesium metal alloys from natural sources of magnesium chloride such as sea water or water from the Great Salt Lake and magnesium bearing ores.</P>
          <P>
            <E T="03">Responsible official</E> means responsible official as defined in § 63.2.</P>
          <P>
            <E T="03">Spray dryer</E> means dryers that evaporate brine to form magnesium powder by contact with high temperature gases exhausted from gas turbines.</P>
          <P>
            <E T="03">Wet scrubber</E> means a device that contacts an exhaust gas with a liquid to remove particulate matter and acid gases from the exhaust. Examples are packed-bed wet scrubbers and venturi scrubbers.</P>
          <P>
            <E T="03">Work practice standard</E> means any design, equipment, work practice, or operational standard, or combination thereof, that is promulgated pursuant to section 112(h) of the Clean Air Act.</P>
        </SECTION>
      </SUBJGRP>
      <APPENDIX>
        <PRTPAGE P="145"/>
        <EAR>Pt. 63, Subpt. TTTTT, Table 1</EAR>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">Table 1 to Subpart TTTTT of Part 63—Emission Limits</HD>
        <P>As required in § 63.9890(a), you must comply with each applicable emission limit in the following table:</P>
        <GPOTABLE CDEF="s100,r200" COLS="2" OPTS="L2">
          <BOXHD>
            <CHED H="1" O="L">For . . .</CHED>
            <CHED H="1" O="L">You must comply with each of the following . . .</CHED>
          </BOXHD>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">1. Each spray dryer stack</ENT>
            <ENT>a. You must not cause to be discharged to the atmosphere any gases that contain particulate matter in excess of 100 lbs/hr; and</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT>b. You must not cause to be discharged to the atmosphere any gases that contain hydrochloric acid in excess of 200 lbs/hr.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">2. Each magnesium chloride storage bins scrubber stack</ENT>
            <ENT>a. You must not cause to be discharged to the atmosphere any gases that contain hydrochloric acid in excess of 47.5 lbs/hr and 0.35 gr/dscf; and</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="22"/>

            <ENT>b. You must not cause to be discharged to the atmosphere any gases that contain PM<E T="52">10</E> in excess of 2.7 lbs/hr and 0.016 gr/dscf.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">3. Each melt/reactor system stack</ENT>

            <ENT>a. You must not cause to be discharged to the atmosphere any gases that contain PM<E T="52">10</E> in excess of 13.1 lbs/hr; and</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT>b. You must not cause to be discharged to the atmosphere any gases that contain hydrochloric acid in excess of 7.2 lbs/hr; and</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT>c. You must not cause to be discharged to the atmosphere any gases that contain chlorine in excess of 100 lbs/hr; and</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT>d. You must not cause to be discharged to the atmosphere any gases that contain 36 ng TEQ/dscm corrected to 7% oxygen.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">4. Each launder off-gas system stack</ENT>
            <ENT>a. You must not cause to be discharged to the atmosphere any gases that contain particulate matter in excess of 37.5 lbs/hr; and</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT>b. You must not cause to be discharged to the atmosphere any gases that contain hydrochloric acid in excess of 46.0 lbs/hr; and</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT>c. You must not cause to be discharged to the atmosphere any gases that contain chlorine in excess of 26.0 lbs/hr.</ENT>
          </ROW>
        </GPOTABLE>
      </APPENDIX>
      <APPENDIX>
        <EAR>Pt. 63, Subpt. TTTTT, Table 2</EAR>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">Table 2 to Subpart TTTTT of Part 63—Toxic Equivalency Factors</HD>
        <GPOTABLE CDEF="s200,9.4" COLS="2" OPTS="L2">
          <BOXHD>
            <CHED H="1">Dioxin/furan congener</CHED>
            <CHED H="1">Toxic equivalency factor</CHED>
          </BOXHD>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">2,3,7,8-tetrachlorinated dibenzo-p-dioxin</ENT>
            <ENT>1</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">1,2,3,7,8-pentachlorinated dibenzo-p-dioxin</ENT>
            <ENT>1</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">1,2,3,4,7,8-hexachlorinated dibenzo-p-dioxin</ENT>
            <ENT>0.1</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">1,2,3,7,8,9-hexachlorinated dibenzo-p-dioxin</ENT>
            <ENT>0.1</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">1,2,3,6,7,8-hexachlorinated dibenzo-p-dioxin</ENT>
            <ENT>0.1</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">1,2,3,4,6,7,8-heptachlorinated dibenzo-p-dioxin</ENT>
            <ENT>0.01</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">octachlorinated dibenzo-p-dioxin</ENT>
            <ENT>0.0001</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">2,3,7,8-tetrachlorinated dibenzofuran</ENT>
            <ENT>0.1</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">2,3,4,7,8-pentachlorinated dibenzofuran</ENT>
            <ENT>0.5</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">1,2,3,7,8-pentachlorinated dibenzofuran</ENT>
            <ENT>0.05</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">1,2,3,4,7,8-hexachlorinated dibenzofuran</ENT>
            <ENT>0.1</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">1,2,3,6,7,8-hexachlorinated dibenzofuran</ENT>
            <ENT>0.1</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">1,2,3,7,8,9-hexachlorinated dibenzofuran</ENT>
            <ENT>0.1</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">2,3,4,6,7,8-hexachlorinated dibenzofuran</ENT>
            <ENT>0.1</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">1,2,3,4,6,7,8-heptachlorinated dibenzofuran</ENT>
            <ENT>0.01</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">1,2,3,4,7,8,9-heptachlorinated dibenzofuran</ENT>
            <ENT>0.01</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">octachlorinated dibenzofuran</ENT>
            <ENT>0.0001</ENT>
          </ROW>
        </GPOTABLE>
      </APPENDIX>
      <APPENDIX>
        <EAR>Pt. 63, Subpt. TTTTT, Table 3</EAR>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">Table 3 to Subpart TTTTT of Part 63—Initial Compliance with Emission Limits</HD>
        <P>As required in 63.9916, you must demonstrate initial compliance with the emission limits according to the following table:</P>
        <GPOTABLE CDEF="s100,r200" COLS="2" OPTS="L2">
          <BOXHD>
            <CHED H="1" O="L">For . . .</CHED>
            <CHED H="1" O="L">You have demonstrated initial compliance if . . .</CHED>
          </BOXHD>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">1. Each spray dryer stack</ENT>
            <ENT>a. The average mass flow of particulate matter from the control system applied to emissions from each spray dryer, measured according to the performance test procedures in § 63.9913(c), did not exceed 100 lbs/hr; and</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT>b. The average mass flow of hydrochloric acid from the control system applied to emissions from each spray dryer, determined according to the performance test procedures in § 63.9914(c), did not exceed 200 lbs/hr.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">2. Each magnesium chloride storage bin scrubber stack</ENT>
            <ENT>a. The average mass flow of hydrochloric acid from the control system applied to the magnesium chloride storage bins scrubber exhaust, measured according to the performance test procedure in § 63.9914, did not exceed 47.5 lbs/hr and 0.35 gr/dscf; and</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <PRTPAGE P="146"/>
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT>b. The average mass flow of PM<E T="52">10</E> from the control system applied to the magnesium chloride storage bins scrubber exhaust, determined according to the performance test procedures in § 63.9913, did not exceed 2.7 lbs/hr and 0.016 gr/dscf.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">3. Each melt/reactor system stack</ENT>
            <ENT>a. The average mass flow of PM<E T="52">10</E> from the control system applied to the melt/reactor system exhaust, measured according to the performance test procedures in § 63.9913, did not exceed 13.1 lbs/hr; and</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT>b. The average mass flow of hydrochloric acid from the control system applied to the melt/reactor system exhaust, measured according to the performance test procedures in § 63.9914, did not exceed 7.2 lbs/hr; and</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT>c. The average mass flow of chlorine from the control system applied to the melt/reactor system exhaust, measured according to the performance test procedures in § 63.9914, did not exceed 100 lbs/hr.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT>d. The average concentration of dioxins/furans from the control system applied to the melt/reactor system exhaust, measured according to the performance test procedures in § 63.9915, did not exceed 36 ng TEQ/dscm corrected to 7% oxygen.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">4. Each launder off-gas system stack</ENT>
            <ENT>a. The average mass flow of particulate matter from the control system applied to the launder off-gas system collection system exhaust, measured according to the performance test procedures in § 63.9913, did not exceed 37.5 lbs/hr; and</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT>b. The average mass flow of hydrochloric acid from the control system applied to the launder off-gas system collection system exhaust, measured according to the performance test procedures in § 63.9914, did not exceed 46.0 lbs/hr; and</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT>c. The average mass flow of chlorine from the control system applied to the launder off-gas system collection system exhaust, measured according to the performance test procedures in § 63.9914, did not exceed 26.0 lbs/hr.</ENT>
          </ROW>
        </GPOTABLE>
      </APPENDIX>
      <APPENDIX>
        <EAR>Pt. 63, Subpt. TTTTT, Table 4</EAR>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">Table 4 to Subpart TTTTT of Part 63—Continuous Compliance with Emission Limits</HD>
        <P>As required in § 63.9923, you must demonstrate continuous compliance with the emission limits according to the following table:</P>
        <GPOTABLE CDEF="s100,r200" COLS="2" OPTS="L2">
          <BOXHD>
            <CHED H="1" O="L">For . . .</CHED>
            <CHED H="1" O="L">You must demonstrate continuous compliance by . . .</CHED>
          </BOXHD>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">1. Each spray dryer stack</ENT>
            <ENT>a. Maintaining emissions of PM<E T="52">10</E> at or below 100 lbs/hr; and</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT>b. Maintaining emissions of hydrochloric acid at or below 200 lbs/hr; and</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT>c. Conducting subsequent performance tests at least twice during each term of your title V operating permit (at mid-term and renewal).</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">2. Magnesium chloride storage bins scrubber stack</ENT>
            <ENT>a. Maintaining emissions of hydrochloric acid at or below 47.5 lbs/hr and 0.35 gr/dscf; and</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT>b. Maintaining emissions of PM<E T="52">10</E> at or below 2.7 lbs/hr and 0.016 gr/dscf; and</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT>c. Conducting subsequent performance tests at least twice during each term of your title V operating permit (at mid-term and renewal).</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">3. Each melt/reactor system stack</ENT>
            <ENT>a. Maintaining emissions of PM<E T="52">10</E> at or below 13.1 lbs/hr; and</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT>b. Maintaining emissions of hydrochloric acid at or below 7.2 lbs/hr; and</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT>c. Maintaining emissions of chlorine at or below 100 lbs/hr; and</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT>d. Maintaining emissions of dioxins/furans at or below 36 ng TEQ/dscm corrected to 7% oxygen.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT>e. Conducting subsequent performance test at least twice during each term of your title V operating permit (at mid-term and renewal).</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">4. Each launder off-gas system stack</ENT>
            <ENT>a. Maintaining emissions of particulate matter at or below 37.5 lbs/hr; and</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT>b. Maintaining emissions of hydrochloric acid at or below 46.0 lbs/hr; and</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT>c. Maintaining emissions of chlorine at or below 26.0 lbs/hr; and</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT>d. Conducting subsequent performance tests at least twice during each term of your title V operating permit (at mid-term and renewal).</ENT>
          </ROW>
        </GPOTABLE>
      </APPENDIX>
      <APPENDIX>
        <EAR>Pt. 63, Subpt. TTTTT, Table 5</EAR>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">Table 5 to Subpart TTTTT of Part 63—Applicability of General Provisions to Subpart TTTTT of Part 63</HD>
        <P>As required in § 63.9950, you must comply with the requirements of the NESHAP General Provisions (40 CFR part 63, subpart A) shown in the following table:</P>
        <GPOTABLE CDEF="s50,r50,xs60,r50" COLS="4" OPTS="L2">
          <BOXHD>
            <CHED H="1">Citation</CHED>
            <CHED H="1">Subject</CHED>
            <CHED H="1">Applies to Subpart<LI>TTTTT</LI>
            </CHED>
            <CHED H="1">Explanation</CHED>
          </BOXHD>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">63.1</ENT>
            <ENT>Applicability</ENT>
            <ENT O="xl">Yes.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">63.2</ENT>
            <ENT>Definitions</ENT>
            <ENT O="xl">Yes.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">63.3</ENT>
            <ENT>Units and Abbreviations</ENT>
            <ENT O="xl">Yes.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">63.4</ENT>
            <ENT>Prohibited Activities</ENT>
            <ENT O="xl">Yes.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">63.5</ENT>
            <ENT>Construction and Reconstruction</ENT>
            <ENT O="xl">Yes.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <PRTPAGE P="147"/>
            <ENT I="01">63.6(a)-(g)</ENT>
            <ENT>Compliance with Standards and Maintenance Requirements</ENT>
            <ENT O="xl">Yes.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">63.6(h)</ENT>
            <ENT>Determining Compliance with Opacity and Visible Emission Standards</ENT>
            <ENT O="xl">No.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">63.6(i)-(j)</ENT>
            <ENT>Extension of Compliance and Presidential Compliance Exemption</ENT>
            <ENT O="xl">Yes.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">63.7(a)(1)-(2)</ENT>
            <ENT>Applicability and Performance Test Dates</ENT>
            <ENT O="xl">No</ENT>
            <ENT>Subpart TTTTT specifies performance test applicability and dates.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">63.7(a)(3), (b)-(h)</ENT>
            <ENT>Performance Testing Requirements</ENT>
            <ENT O="xl">Yes.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">63.8 except for (a)(4),(c)(4), and (f)(6)</ENT>
            <ENT>Monitoring Requirements</ENT>
            <ENT O="xl">Yes.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">63.8(a)(4)</ENT>
            <ENT>Additional Monitoring Requirements for Control Devices in § 63.11</ENT>
            <ENT>No</ENT>
            <ENT>Subpart TTTTT does not require flares.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">63.8(c)(4)</ENT>
            <ENT>Continuous Monitoring System Requirements</ENT>
            <ENT>No</ENT>
            <ENT>Subpart TTTTT specifies requirements for operation of CMS.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">63.8(f)(6)</ENT>
            <ENT>Relative Accuracy Test Alternative (RATA)</ENT>
            <ENT>No</ENT>
            <ENT>Subpart TTTTT does not require continuous emission monitoring systems.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">63.9</ENT>
            <ENT>Notification Requirements</ENT>
            <ENT O="xl">Yes.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">63.9(g)(5)</ENT>
            <ENT>Data Reduction</ENT>
            <ENT>No</ENT>
            <ENT>Subpart TTTTT specifies data reduction requirements.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">63.10 except for (b)(2)(xiii) and (c)(7)-(8)</ENT>
            <ENT>Recordkeeping and Reporting Requirements</ENT>
            <ENT O="xl">Yes.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">63.10(b)(2)(xiii)</ENT>
            <ENT>Continuous Monitoring System (CMS) Records for RATA Alternative</ENT>
            <ENT>No</ENT>
            <ENT>Subpart TTTTT does not require continuous emission monitoring systems.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">63.10(c)(7)-(8)</ENT>
            <ENT>Records of Excess Emissions and Parameter Monitoring Accedences for CMS</ENT>
            <ENT>No</ENT>
            <ENT>Subpart TTTTT specifies recordkeeping requirements.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">63.11</ENT>
            <ENT>Control Device Requirements</ENT>
            <ENT>No</ENT>
            <ENT>Subpart TTTTT does not require flares.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">63.12</ENT>
            <ENT>State Authority and Delegations</ENT>
            <ENT O="xl">Yes.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">63.13-63.15</ENT>
            <ENT>Addresses, Incorporation by Reference, Availability of Information</ENT>
            <ENT O="xl">Yes.</ENT>
          </ROW>
        </GPOTABLE>
      </APPENDIX>
      <APPENDIX>
        <EAR>Pt. 63, App. A</EAR>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">Appendix A to Part 63—Test Methods</HD>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">Method 301—Field Validation of Pollutant Measurement Methods from Various Waste Media</HD>
        <HD SOURCE="HD3">1. Applicability and principle</HD>
        <P>1.1<E T="03">Applicability.</E> This method, as specified in the applicable subpart, is to be used whenever a source owner or operator (hereafter referred to as an “analyst”) proposes a test method to meet a U.S. Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) requirement in the absence of a validated method. This Method includes procedures for determining and documenting the quality, i.e., systematic error (bias) and random error (precision), of the measured concentrations from an effected source. This method is applicable to various waste media (i.e., exhaust gas, wastewater, sludge, etc.).</P>
        <P>1.1.1If EPA currently recognizes an appropriate test method or considers the analyst's test method to be satisfactory for a particular source, the Administrator may waive the use of this protocol or may specify a less rigorous validation procedure. A list of validated methods may be obtained by contacting the Emission Measurement Technical Information Center (EMTIC), Mail Drop 19, U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, Research Triangle Park, NC 27711, (919) 541-0200. Procedures for obtaining a waiver are in Section 12.0.</P>

        <P>1.1.2This method includes optional procedures that may be used to expand the applicability of the proposed method. Section 7.0 involves ruggedness testing (Laboratory Evaluation), which demonstrates the sensitivity of the method to various parameters. Section 8.0 involves a procedure for including sample stability in bias and precision for assessing sample recovery and analysis times; Section 9.0 involves a procedure for the determination of the practical limit of quantitation for determining the lower limit of the method. These optional procedures are required for the waiver consideration outlined in Section 12.0.<PRTPAGE P="148"/>
        </P>
        <P>1.2<E T="03">Principle.</E> The purpose of these procedures is to determine bias and precision of a test method at the level of the applicable standard. The procedures involve (a) introducing known concentrations of an analyte or comparing the test method against a validated test method to determine the method's bias and (b) collecting multiple or collocated simultaneous samples to determine the method's precision.</P>
        <P>1.2.1<E T="03">Bias.</E> Bias is established by comparing the method's results against a reference value and may be eliminated by employing a correction factor established from the data obtained during the validation test. An offset bias may be handled accordingly. Methods that have bias correction factors outside 0.7 to 1.3 are unacceptable. Validated method to proposed method comparisons, section 6.2, requires a more restrictive test of central tendency and a lower correction factor allowance of 0.90 to 1.10.</P>
        <P>1.2.2<E T="03">Precision.</E> At the minimum, paired sampling systems shall be used to establish precision. The precision of the method at the level of the standard shall not be greater than 50 percent relative standard deviation. For a validated method to proposed method equivalency comparisons, section 6.2, the analyst must demonstrate that the precision of the proposed test method is as precise as the validated method for acceptance.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD3">2. Definitions</HD>
        <P>2.1<E T="03">Negative bias.</E> Bias resulting when the measured result is less than the “true” value.</P>
        <P>2.2<E T="03">Paired sampling system.</E> A sampling system capable of obtaining two replicate samples that were collected as closely as possible in sampling time and sampling location.</P>
        <P>2.3<E T="03">Positive bias.</E> Bias resulting when the measured result is greater than the “true” value.</P>
        <P>2.4<E T="03">Proposed method.</E> The sampling and analytical methodology selected for field validation using the method described herein.</P>
        <P>2.5<E T="03">Quadruplet sampling system.</E> A sampling system capable of obtaining four replicate samples that were collected as closely as possible in sampling time and sampling location.</P>
        <P>2.6<E T="03">Surrogate compound.</E> A compound that serves as a model for the types of compounds being analyzed (i.e., similar chemical structure, properties, behavior). The model can be distinguished by the method from the compounds being analyzed.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD3">3. Reference Material</HD>
        <P>The reference materials shall be obtained or prepared at the level of the standard. Additional runs with higher and lower reference material concentrations may be made to expand the applicable range of the method, in accordance with the ruggedness test procedures.</P>
        <P>3.1<E T="03">Exhaust Gas Tests.</E> The analyst shall obtain a known concentration of the reference material (i.e., analyte of concern) from an independent source such as a specialty gas manufacturer, specialty chemical company, or commercial laboratory. A list of vendors may be obtained from EMTIC (see Section 1.1.1). The analyst should obtain the manufacturer's stability data of the analyte concentration and recommendations for recertification.</P>
        <P>3.2<E T="03">Other Waste Media Tests.</E> The analyst shall obtain pure liquid components of the reference materials (i.e., analytes of concern) from an independent manufacturer and dilute them in the same type matrix as the source waste. The pure reference materials shall be certified by the manufacturer as to purity and shelf life. The accuracy of all diluted reference material concentrations shall be verified by comparing their response to independently-prepared materials (independently prepared in this case means prepared from pure components by a different analyst).</P>
        <P>3.3<E T="03">Surrogate Reference Materials.</E> The analyst may use surrogate compounds, e.g., for highly toxic or reactive organic compounds, provided the analyst can demonstrate to the Administrator's satisfaction that the surrogate compound behaves as the analyte. A surrogate may be an isotope or one that contains a unique element (e.g., chlorine) that is not present in the source or a derivation of the toxic or reactive compound, if the derivative formation is part of the method's procedure. Laboratory experiments or literature data may be used to show behavioral acceptability.</P>
        <P>3.4<E T="03">Isotopically Labeled Materials.</E> Isotope mixtures may contain the isotope and the natural analyte. For best results, the isotope labeled analyte concentration should be more than five times the natural concentration of the analyte.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD3">4. EPA Performance Audit Material</HD>
        <P>4.1To assess the method bias independently, the analyst shall use (in addition to the reference material) an EPA performance audit material, if it is available. The analyst may contact EMTIC (see section 1.1.1) to receive a list of currently available EPA audit materials. If the analyte is listed, the analyst should request the audit material at least 30 days before the validation test. If an EPA audit material is not available, request documentation from the validation report reviewing authority that the audit material is currently not available from EPA. Include this documentation with the field validation report.</P>

        <P>4.2The analyst shall sample and analyze the performance audit sample three times according to the instructions provided with <PRTPAGE P="149"/>the audit sample. The analyst shall submit the three results with the field validation report. Although no acceptance criteria are set for these performance audit results, the analyst and reviewing authority may use them to assess the relative error of sample recovery, sample preparation, and analytical procedures and then consider the relative error in evaluating the measured emissions.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD3">5. Procedure for Determination of Bias and Precision in the Field</HD>
        <P>The analyst shall select one of the sampling approaches below to determine the bias and precision of the data. After analyzing the samples, the analyst shall calculate the bias and precision according to the procedure described in section 6.0. When sampling a stationary source, follow the probe placement procedures in section 5.4.</P>
        <P>5.1<E T="03">Isotopic Spiking.</E> This approach shall be used only for methods that require mass spectrometry (MS) analysis. Bias and precision are calculated by procedures described in section 6.1.</P>
        <P>5.1.1<E T="03">Number of Samples and Sampling Runs.</E> Collect a total of 12 replicate samples by either obtaining six sets of paired samples or three sets of quadruplet samples.</P>
        <P>5.1.2<E T="03">Spiking Procedure.</E> Spike all 12 samples with the reference material at the level of the standard. Follow the appropriate spiking procedures listed below for the applicable waste medium.</P>
        <P>5.1.2.1<E T="03">Exhaust Gas Testing.</E> The spike shall be introduced as close to the tip of the sampling probe as possible.</P>
        <P>5.1.2.1.1<E T="03">Gaseous Reference Material with Sorbent or Impinger Sampling Trains.</E> Sample the reference material (in the laboratory or in the field) at a concentration which is close to the allowable concentration standard for the time required by the method, and then sample the gas stream for an equal amount of time. The time for sampling both the reference material and gas stream should be equal; however, the time should be adjusted to avoid sorbent breakthrough.</P>
        <P>5.1.2.1.2<E T="03">Gaseous Reference Material with Sample Container (Bag or Canister).</E> Spike the sample containers after completion of each test run with an amount equal to the allowable concentration standard of the emission point. The final concentration of the reference material shall approximate the level of the emission concentration in the stack. The volume amount of reference material shall be less than 10 percent of the sample volume.</P>
        <P>5.1.2.1.3<E T="03">Liquid and Solid Reference Material with Sorbent or Impinger Trains.</E> Spike the trains with an amount equal to the allowable concentration standard before sampling the stack gas. The spiking should be done in the field; however, it may be done in the laboratory.</P>
        <P>5.1.2.1.4<E T="03">Liquid and Solid Reference Material with Sample Container (Bag or Canister).</E> Spike the containers at the completion of each test run with an amount equal to the level of the emission standard.</P>
        <P>5.1.2.2<E T="03">Other Waste Media.</E> Spike the 12 replicate samples with the reference material either before or directly after sampling in the field.</P>
        <P>5.2<E T="03">Comparison Against a Validated Test Method.</E> Bias and precision are calculated using the procedures described in section 6.2. This approach shall be used when a validated method is available and an alternative method is being proposed.</P>
        <P>5.2.1<E T="03">Number of Samples and Sampling Runs.</E> Collect nine sets of replicate samples using a paired sampling system (a total of 18 samples) or four sets of replicate samples using a quadruplet sampling system (a total of 16 samples). In each sample set, the validated test method shall be used to collect and analyze half of the samples.</P>
        <P>5.2.2<E T="03">Performance Audit Exception.</E> Conduct the performance audit as required in section 4.0 for the validated test method. Conducting a performance audit on the test method being evaluated is recommended.</P>
        <P>5.3<E T="03">Analyte Spiking.</E> This approach shall be used when sections 5.1 and 5.2 are not applicable. Bias and precision are calculated using the procedures described in Section 6.3.</P>
        <P>5.3.1<E T="03">Number of Samples and Sampling Runs.</E> Collect a total of 24 samples using the quadruplet sampling system (a total of 6 sets of replicate samples).</P>
        <P>5.3.2In each quadruplet set, spike half of the samples (two out of the four) with the reference material according to the applicable procedure in section 5.1.2.1 or 5.1.2.2.</P>
        <P>5.4<E T="03">Probe Placement and Arrangement for Stationary Source Stack or Duct Sampling.</E> The probes shall be placed in the same horizontal plane. For paired sample probes the arrangement should be that the probe tip is 2.5 cm from the outside edge of the other with a pitot tube on the outside of each probe. Other paired arrangements for the pitot tube may be acceptable. For quadruplet sampling probes, the tips should be in a 6.0 cm × 6.0 cm square area measured from the center line of the opening of the probe tip with a single pitot tube in the center or two pitot tubes with their location on either side of the probe tip configuration. An alternative arrangement should be proposed whenever the cross-sectional area of the probe tip configuration is approximately 5 percent of the stack or duct cross-sectional area.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD3">6. Calculations</HD>

        <P>Data resulting from the procedures specified in section 5.0 shall be treated as follows to determine bias, correction factors, relative standard deviations, precision, and data acceptance.<PRTPAGE P="150"/>
        </P>
        <P>6.1<E T="03">Isotopic Spiking.</E> Analyze the data for isotopic spiking tests as outlined in sections 6.1.1 through 6.1.6.</P>

        <P>6.1.1Calculate the numerical value of the bias using the results from the analysis of the isotopically spiked field samples and the calculated value of the isotopically labeled spike:
        </P>
        <FP SOURCE="FP-1">B=CS−S<E T="52">m</E>Eq. 301=1</FP>
        
        <FP>where:</FP>
        
        <FP SOURCE="FP-1">B=Bias at the spike level.</FP>
        <FP SOURCE="FP-1">S<E T="52">m</E>=Mean of the measured values of the isotopically spiked samples.</FP>
        <FP SOURCE="FP-1">CS=Calculated value of the isotopically labeled spike.</FP>
        <P>6.1.2Calculate the standard deviation of the S<E T="52">i</E> values as follows:</P>
        <MATH DEEP="37" SPAN="1">
          <MID>EC01MY92.048</MID>
        </MATH>
        
        <FP SOURCE="FP-1">Eq. 301-2</FP>
        
        <FP>where:</FP>
        
        <FP SOURCE="FP-1">S <E T="52">i</E>=Measured value of the isotopically labeled analyte in the ith field sample,</FP>
        <FP SOURCE="FP-1">n=Number of isotopically spiked samples, 12.</FP>
        <P>6.1.3.Calculate the standard deviation of the mean (SDM) as follows:</P>
        <MATH DEEP="27" SPAN="1">
          <MID>EC01MY92.049</MID>
        </MATH>
        
        <FP SOURCE="FP-1">Eq. 301-3</FP>
        <P>6.1.4 Test the bias for statistical significance by calculating the t-statistic,</P>
        <MATH DEEP="27" SPAN="1">
          <MID>EC01MY92.050</MID>
        </MATH>
        <FP SOURCE="FP-1">Eq. 301-4</FP>
        
        <FP>and compare it with the critical value of the two-sided t-distribution at the 95-percent confidence level and n−1 degrees of freedom. This critical value is 2.201 for the eleven degrees of freedom when the procedure specified in section 5.1.2 is followed. If the calculated t-value is greater than the critical value the bias is statistically significant and the analyst should proceed to evaluate the correction factor.</FP>
        <P>6.1.5<E T="03">Calculation of a Correction Factor.</E> If the t-test does not show that the bias is statistically significant, use all analytical results without correction and proceed to the precision evaluation. If the method's bias is statistically significant, calculate the correction factor, CF, using the following equation:</P>
        <MATH DEEP="39" SPAN="1">
          <MID>EC01MY92.051</MID>
        </MATH>
        <FP SOURCE="FP-1">Eq. 301-5</FP>
        <FP>If the CF is outside the range of 0.70 to 1.30, the data and method are considered unacceptable. For correction factors within the range, multiply all analytical results by the CF to obtain the final values.</FP>
        <P>6.1.6<E T="03">Calculation of the Relative Standard Deviation (Precision).</E> Calculate the relative standard deviation as follows:</P>
        <MATH DEEP="36" SPAN="1">
          <MID>EC01MY92.052</MID>
        </MATH>
        <FP SOURCE="FP-1">Eq. 301-6</FP>
        <FP SOURCE="FP-1">where S<E T="52">m</E> is the measured mean of the isotopically labeled spiked samples.</FP>
        <P>6.2<E T="03">Comparison with Validated Method.</E> Analyze the data for comparison with a validated method as outlined in sections 6.2.1 or 6.2.2, as appropriate. Conduct these procedures in order to determine if a proposed method produces results equivalent to a validated method. Make all necessary bias corrections for the validated method, as appropriate. If the proposed method fails either test, the method results are unacceptable, and conclude that the proposed method is not as precise or accurate as the validated method. For highly variable sources, additional precision checks may be necessary. The analyst should consult with the Administrator if a highly variable source is suspected.</P>
        <P>6.2.1<E T="03">Paired Sampling Systems.</E>
        </P>
        <P>6.2.1.1.<E T="03">Precision.</E> Determine the acceptance of the proposed method's variance with respect to the variability of the validated method results. If a significant difference is determined, the proposed method and the results are rejected. Proposed methods demonstrating F-values equal to or less than the critical value have acceptable precision.</P>
        <P>6.2.1.2Calculate the variance of the proposed method, S<E T="52">p</E>2, and the variance of the validated method, S<E T="52">v</E>2, using the following equation:
        </P>
        <FP SOURCE="FP-1">S<E T="52">(porv)</E>2=SD<SU>2</SU>Eq. 301-7</FP>
        
        <FP>where:</FP>
        
        <FP SOURCE="FP-1">SD<E T="52">v</E>=Standard deviation provided with the validated method,</FP>
        <FP SOURCE="FP-1">SD<E T="52">p</E>=Standard deviation of the proposed method calculated using Equation 301-9a.</FP>
        
        <P>6.2.1.3<E T="03">The F-test.</E> Determine if the variance of the proposed method is significantly different from that of the validated method by calculating the F-value using the following equation:</P>
        <MATH DEEP="34" SPAN="1">
          <PRTPAGE P="151"/>
          <MID>EC01MY92.053</MID>
        </MATH>
        <FP>Eq. 301-8</FP>
        <P>Compare the experimental F value with the critical value of F. The critical value is 1.0 when the procedure specified in section 5.2.1 for paired trains is followed. If the calculated F is greater than the critical value, the difference in precision is significant and the data and proposed method are unacceptable.</P>
        <P>6.2.1.4<E T="03">Bias Analysis.</E> Test the bias for statistical significance by calculating the t-statistic and determine if the mean of the differences between the proposed method and the validated method is significant at the 80-percent confidence level. This procedure requires the standard deviation of the validated method, SD<E T="52">v</E>, to be known. Employ the value furnished with the method. If the standard deviation of the validated method is not available, the paired replicate sampling procedure may not be used. Determine the mean of the paired sample differences, d<E T="52">m</E>, and the standard deviation, SD<E T="52">d</E>, of the differences, d<E T="52">1</E>'s, using Equation 301-2 where: d<E T="52">i</E> replaces S<E T="52">i</E>, d<E T="52">m</E> replaces S<E T="52">m</E>. Calculate the standard deviation of the proposed method, SD<E T="52">p</E>, as follows:
        </P>
        <FP SOURCE="FP-1">SD<E T="52">p</E>=SD<E T="52">d</E>−SD<E T="52">v</E>Eq. 301-9a</FP>
        
        <FP SOURCE="FP-1">(If SD<E T="52">v</E>&gt;SD<E T="52">d</E>, let SD=SD<E T="52">d</E>/1.414).</FP>
        
        <P>Calculate the value of the t-statistic using the following equation:</P>
        <MATH DEEP="35" SPAN="1">
          <MID>EC01MY92.054</MID>
        </MATH>
        <FP>Eq. 301-9</FP>
        
        <FP SOURCE="FP-1">where n is the total number of paired samples. For the procedure in section 5.2.1, n equals nine. Compare the calculated t-statistic with the corresponding value from the table of the t-statistic. When nine runs are conducted, as specified in section 5.2.1, the critical value of the t-statistic is 1.397 for eight degrees of freedom. If the calculated t-value is greater than the critical value the bias is statistically significant and the analyst should proceed to evaluate the correction factor.</FP>
        <P>6.2.1.5<E T="03">Calculation of a Correction Factor.</E> If the statistical test cited above does not show a significant bias with respect to the reference method, assume that the proposed method is unbiased and use all analytical results without correction. If the method's bias is statistically significant, calculate the correction factor, CF, as follows:</P>
        <MATH DEEP="42" SPAN="1">
          <MID>EC01MY92.055</MID>
        </MATH>
        <FP>Eq. 301-10</FP>
        
        <FP SOURCE="FP-1">where V<E T="52">m</E> is the mean of the validated method's values.</FP>
        <P>Multiply all analytical results by CF to obtain the final values. The method results, and the method, are unacceptable if the correction factor is outside the range of 0.9 to 1.10.</P>
        <P>6.2.2<E T="03">Quadruplet Replicate Sampling Systems.</E>
        </P>
        <P>6.2.2.1<E T="03">Precision.</E> Determine the acceptance of the proposed method's variance with respect to the variability of the validated method results. If a significant difference is determined the proposed method and the results are rejected.</P>
        <P>6.2.2.2Calculate the variance of the proposed method, S<E T="52">p</E>
          <SU>2</SU>, using the following equation:</P>
        <MATH DEEP="31" SPAN="1">
          <MID>EC01MY92.056</MID>
        </MATH>
        <FP>Eq. 301-11</FP>
        
        <FP SOURCE="FP-1">where the d<E T="52">i</E>'s are the differences between the validated method values and the proposed method values.</FP>
        
        <P>6.2.2.3<E T="03">The F-test.</E> Determine if the variance of the proposed method is more variable than that of the validated method by calculating the F-value using Equation 301-8. Compare the experimental F value with the critical value of F. The critical value is 1.0 when the procedure specified in section 5.2.2 for quadruplet trains is followed. The calculated F should be less than or equal to the critical value. If the difference in precision is significant the results and the proposed method are unacceptable.</P>
        <P>6.2.2.4<E T="03">Bias Analysis.</E> Test the bias for statistical significance at the 80 percent confidence level by calculating the t-statistic. Determine the bias (mean of the differences between the proposed method and the validated method, d<E T="52">m</E>) and the standard deviation, SD<E T="52">d</E>, of the differences. Calculate the standard deviation of the differences, SD<E T="52">d</E>, using Equation 301-2 and substituting d<E T="52">i</E> for S<E T="52">i</E>. The following equation is used to calculate d<E T="52">i</E>:</P>
        <MATH DEEP="34" SPAN="1">
          <MID>EC01MY92.057</MID>
        </MATH>
        <FP>Eq. 301-12</FP>
        
        <FP SOURCE="FP-1">and: V<E T="52">1i</E>=First measured value of the validated method in the ith test sample.<PRTPAGE P="152"/>
        </FP>
        <FP SOURCE="FP-1">P<E T="52">1i</E>=First measured value of the proposed method in the ith test sample.</FP>
        

        <P>Calculate the t-statistic using Equation 301-9 where n is the total number of test sample differences (d<E T="52">i</E>). For the procedure in section 5.2.2, n equals four. Compare the calculated t-statistic with the corresponding value from the table of the t-statistic and determine if the mean is significant at the 80-percent confidence level. When four runs are conducted, as specified in section 5.2.2, the critical value of the t-statistic is 1.638 for three degrees of freedom. If the calculated t-value is greater than the critical value the bias is statistically significant and the analyst should proceed to evaluate the correction factor.</P>
        <P>6.2.2.5<E T="03">Correction Factor Calculation.</E> If the method's bias is statistically significant, calculate the correction factor, CF, using Equation 301-10. Multiply all analytical results by CF to obtain the final values. The method results, and the method, are unacceptable if the correction factor is outside the range of 0.9 to 1.10.</P>
        <P>6.3<E T="03">Analyte Spiking.</E> Analyze the data for analyte spike testing as outlined in Sections 6.3.1 through 6.3.3.</P>
        <P>6.3.1<E T="03">Precision.</E>
        </P>
        <P>6.3.1.1<E T="03">Spiked Samples.</E> Calculate the difference, d<E T="52">i</E>, between the pairs of the spiked proposed method measurements for each replicate sample set. Determine the standard deviation (SD<E T="52">s</E>) of the spiked values using the following equation:</P>
        <MATH DEEP="42" SPAN="1">
          <MID>EC01MY92.058</MID>
        </MATH>
        <FP>Eq. 301-13</FP>
        
        <FP>where: n = Number of runs.</FP>

        <P>Calculate the relative standard deviation of the proposed spiked method using Equation 301-6 where S<E T="52">m</E> is the measured mean of the analyte spiked samples. The proposed method is unacceptable if the RSD is greater than 50 percent.</P>
        <P>6.3.1.2<E T="03">Unspiked Samples.</E> Calculate the standard deviation of the unspiked values using Equation 301-13 and the relative standard deviation of the proposed unspiked method using Equation 301-6 where S<E T="52">m</E> is the measured mean of the analyte spiked samples. The RSD must be less than 50 percent.</P>
        <P>6.3.2<E T="03">Bias.</E> Calculate the numerical value of the bias using the results from the analysis of the spiked field samples, the unspiked field samples, and the calculated value of the spike:
        </P>
        <FP SOURCE="FP-1">B=S<E T="52">m</E>−M<E T="52">m</E>−CS</FP>
        <FP>Eq. 301-14</FP>
        
        <FP>where: B = Bias at the spike level.</FP>
        <FP SOURCE="FP-1">S<E T="52">m</E> = Mean of the spiked samples.</FP>
        <FP SOURCE="FP-1">M<E T="52">m</E> = Mean of the unspiked samples.</FP>
        <FP SOURCE="FP-1">CS = Calculated value of the spiked level.</FP>

        <P>6.3.2.1Calculate the standard deviation of the mean using the following equation where SD<E T="52">s</E> and SD<E T="52">u</E> are the standard deviations of the spiked and unspiked sample values respectively as calculated using Equation 301-13.</P>
        <MATH DEEP="20" SPAN="1">
          <MID>EC01MY92.059</MID>
        </MATH>
        <FP>Eq. 301-15</FP>
        
        <P>6.3.2.2Test the bias for statistical significance by calculating the t-statistic using Equation 301-4 and comparing it with the critical value of the two-sided t-distribution at the 95-percent confidence level and n-1 degrees of freedom. This critical value is 2.201 for the eleven degrees of freedom.</P>
        <P>6.3.3<E T="03">Calculation of a Correction Factor.</E> If the t-test shows that the bias is not statistically significant, use all analytical results without correction. If the method's bias is statistically significant, calculate the correction factor using Equation 301-5. Multiply all analytical results by CF to obtain the final values.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD3">7. Ruggedness Testing (Optional)</HD>
        <P>7.1<E T="03">Laboratory Evaluation.</E>
        </P>
        <P>7.1.1Ruggedness testing is a useful and cost-effective laboratory study to determine the sensitivity of a method to certain parameters such as sample collection rate, interferant concentration, collecting medium temperature, or sample recovery temperature. This Section generally discusses the principle of the ruggedness test. A more detailed description is presented in citation 10 of Section 13.0.</P>
        <P>7.1.2In a ruggedness test, several variables are changed simultaneously rather than one variable at a time. This reduces the number of experiments required to evaluate the effect of a variable. For example, the effect of seven variables can be determined in eight experiments rather than 128 (W.J. Youden, Statistical Manual of the Association of Official Analytical Chemists, Association of Official Analytical Chemists, Washington, DC, 1975, pp. 33-36).</P>
        <P>7.1.3Data from ruggedness tests are helpful in extending the applicability of a test method to different source concentrations or source categories.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD3">8. Procedure for Including Sample Stability in Bias and Precision Evaluations</HD>
        <P>8.1<E T="03">Sample Stability.</E>
        </P>
        <P>8.1.1The test method being evaluated must include procedures for sample storage and the time within which the collected samples shall be analyzed.</P>

        <P>8.1.2This section identifies the procedures for including the effect of storage time <PRTPAGE P="153"/>in bias and precision evaluations. The evaluation may be deleted if the test method specifies a time for sample storage.</P>
        <P>8.2<E T="03">Stability Test Design.</E> The following procedures shall be conducted to identify the effect of storage times on analyte samples. Store the samples according to the procedure specified in the test method. When using the analyte spiking procedures (section 5.3), the study should include equal numbers of spiked and unspiked samples.</P>
        <P>8.2.1Stack Emission Testing.</P>
        <P>8.2.1.1For sample container (bag or canister) and impinger sampling systems, sections 5.1 and 5.3, analyze six of the samples at the minimum storage time. Then analyze the same six samples at the maximum storage time.</P>
        <P>8.2.1.2For sorbent and impinger sampling systems, sections 5.1 and 5.3, that require extraction or digestion, extract or digest six of the samples at the minimum storage time and extract or digest six other samples at the maximum storage time. Analyze an aliquot of the first six extracts (digestates) at both the minimum and maximum storage times. This will provide some freedom to analyze extract storage impacts.</P>
        <P>8.2.1.3For sorbent sampling systems, sections 5.1 and 5.3, that require thermal desorption, analyze six samples at the minimum storage time. Analyze another set of six samples at the maximum storage time.</P>
        <P>8.2.1.4For systems set up in accordance with section 5.2, the number of samples analyzed at the minimum and maximum storage times shall be half those collected (8 or 9). The procedures for samples requiring extraction or digestion should parallel those in section 8.2.1.</P>
        <P>8.2.2<E T="03">Other Waste Media Testing.</E> Analyze half of the replicate samples at the minimum storage time and the other half at the maximum storage time in order to identify the effect of storage times on analyte samples.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD3">9. Procedure for Determination of Practical Limit of Quantitation (Optional)</HD>
        <P>9.1<E T="03">Practical Limit of Quantitation.</E>
        </P>

        <P>9.1.1The practical limit of quantitation (PLQ) is the lowest level above which quantitative results may be obtained with an acceptable degree of confidence. For this protocol, the PLQ is defined as 10 times the standard deviation, s<E T="52">o</E>, at the blank level. This PLQ corresponds to an uncertainty of ±30 percent at the 99-percent confidence level.</P>
        <P>9.1.2The PLQ will be used to establish the lower limit of the test method.</P>
        <P>9.2<E T="03">Procedure I for Estimating s</E>
          <E T="52">o</E>. This procedure is acceptable if the estimated PLQ is no more than twice the calculated PLQ. If the PLQ is greater than twice the calculated PLQ use Procedure II.</P>
        <P>9.2.1Estimate the PLQ and prepare a test standard at this level. The test standard could consist of a dilution of the reference material described in section 3.0.</P>
        <P>9.2.2Using the normal sampling and analytical procedures for the method, sample and analyze this standard at least seven times in the laboratory.</P>
        <P>9.2.3Calculate the standard deviation, s<E T="52">o</E>, of the measured values.</P>
        <P>9.2.4Calculate the PLQ as 10 times s<E T="52">o</E>.</P>
        <P>9.3<E T="03">Procedure II for Estimating s</E>
          <E T="52">o</E>. This procedure is to be used if the estimated PLQ is more than twice the calculated PLQ.</P>
        <P>9.3.1Prepare two additional standards at concentration levels lower than the standard used in Procedure I.</P>
        <P>9.3.2Sample and analyze each of these standards at least seven times.</P>
        <P>9.3.3Calculate the standard deviation for each concentration level.</P>
        <P>9.3.4Plot the standard deviations of the three test standards as a function of the standard concentrations.</P>

        <P>9.3.5Draw a best-fit straight line through the data points and extrapolate to zero concentration. The standard deviation at zero concentration is S<E T="52">0</E>.</P>
        <P>9.3.6Calculate the PLQ as 10 times S<E T="52">0</E>.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD3">10.0 Field Validation Report Requirements</HD>
        <P>The field validation report shall include a discussion of the regulatory objectives for the testing which describe the reasons for the test, applicable emission limits, and a description of the source. In addition, validation results shall include:</P>
        <P>10.1Summary of the results and calculations shown in section 6.0.</P>
        <P>10.2Reference material certification and value(s).</P>
        <P>10.3Performance audit results or letter from the reviewing authority stating the audit material is currently not available.</P>
        <P>10.4Laboratory demonstration of the quality of the spiking system.</P>
        <P>10.5Discussion of laboratory evaluations.</P>
        <P>10.6Discussion of field sampling.</P>
        <P>10.7Discussion of sample preparations and analysis.</P>
        <P>10.8Storage times of samples (and extracts, if applicable).</P>
        <P>10.9Reasons for eliminating any results.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD3">11. Followup Testing</HD>

        <P>The correction factor calculated in section 6.0 shall be used to adjust the sample concentrations in all followup tests conducted at the same source. These tests shall consist of at least three replicate samples, and the average shall be used to determine the pollutant concentration. The number of samples to be collected and analyzed shall be as follows, depending on the validated method precision level:<PRTPAGE P="154"/>
        </P>
        <P>11.1Validated relative standard deviation (RSD) ≤ ±15 Percent. Three replicate samples.</P>
        <P>11.2Validated RSD ≤ ±30 Percent. Six replicate samples.</P>
        <P>11.3Validated RSD ≤ ±50 Percent. Nine replicate samples.</P>
        <P>11.4Equivalent method. Three replicate samples.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD3">12. Procedure for Obtaining a Waiver</HD>
        <P>12.1<E T="03">Waivers.</E> These procedures may be waived or a less rigorous protocol may be granted for site-specific applications. The following are three example situations for which a waiver may be considered.</P>
        <P>12.1.1<E T="03">“Similar” Sources.</E> If the test method has been validated previously at a “similar” source, the procedures may be waived provided the requester can demonstrate to the satisfaction of the Administrator that the sources are “similar.” The methods's applicability to the “similar” source may be demonstrated by conducting a ruggedness test as described in section 6.0.</P>
        <P>12.1.2“<E T="03">Documented” Methods.</E> In some cases, bias and precision may have been documented through laboratory tests or protocols different from this method. If the analyst can demonstrate to the satisfaction of the Administrator that the bias and precision apply to a particular application, the Administrator may waive these procedures or parts of the procedures.</P>
        <P>12.1.3“<E T="03">Conditional” Test Methods.</E> When the method has been demonstrated to be valid at several sources, the analyst may seek a “conditional” method designation from the Administrator. “Conditional” method status provides an automatic waiver from the procedures provided the test method is used within the stated applicability.</P>
        <P>12.2<E T="03">Application for Waiver.</E> In general, the requester shall provide a thorough description of the test method, the intended application, and results of any validation or other supporting documents. Because of the many potential situations in which the Administrator may grant a waiver, it is neither possible nor desirable to prescribe the exact criteria for a waiver. At a minimum, the requester is responsible for providing the following.</P>
        <P>12.2.1A clearly written test method, preferably in the format of 40 CFR part 60, appendix A Test Methods. The method must include an applicability statement, concentration range, precision, bias (accuracy), and time in which samples must be analyzed.</P>
        <P>12.2.2.2Summaries (see section 10.0) of previous validation tests or other supporting documents. If a different procedure from that described in this method was used, the requester shall provide appropriate documents substantiating (to the satisfaction of the Administrator) the bias and precision values.</P>
        <P>12.2.2.3Results of testing conducted with respect to sections 7.0, 8.0, and 9.0.</P>
        <P>12.2.3Discussion of the applicability statement and arguments for approval of the waiver. This discussion should address as applicable the following: Applicable regulation, emission standards, effluent characteristics, and process operations.</P>
        <P>12.3<E T="03">Requests for Waiver.</E> Each request shall be in writing and signed by the analyst. Submit requests to the Director, OAQPS, Technical Support Division, U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, Research Triangle Park, NC 27711.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD3">13. Bibliography</HD>
        <P>1. Albritton, J.R., G.B. Howe, S.B. Tompkins, R.K.M. Jayanty, and C.E. Decker, 1989. Stability of Parts-Per-Million Organic Cylinder Gases and Results of Source Test Analysis Audits, Status Report No. 11. Environmental Protection Agency Contract 68-02-4125. Research Triangle Institute, Research Triangle Park, NC. September.</P>
        <P>2. DeWees, W.G., P.M. Grohse, K.K. Luk, and F.E. Butler. 1989. Laboratory and Field Evaluation of a Methodology for Speciating Nickel Emissions from Stationary Sources. EPA Contract 68-02-4442. Prepared for Atmospheric Research and Environmental Assessment Laboratory, Office of Research and Development, U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, Research Triangle Park, NC 27711. January.</P>
        <P>3. Keith, L.H., W. Crummer, J. Deegan Jr., R.A. Libby, J.K. Taylor, and G. Wentler. 1983. Principles of Environmental Analysis. American Chemical Society, Washington, DC.</P>
        <P>4. Maxwell, E.A. 1974. Estimating variances from one or two measurements on each sample. Amer. Statistician 28:96-97.</P>
        <P>5. Midgett, M.R. 1977. How EPA Validates NSPS Methodology. Environ. Sci. &amp; Technol. 11(7):655-659.</P>
        <P>6. Mitchell, W.J., and M.R. Midgett. 1976. Means to evaluate performance of stationary source test methods. Environ. Sci. &amp; Technol. 10:85-88.</P>
        <P>7. Plackett, R.L., and J.P. Burman. 1946. The design of optimum multifactorial experiments. Biometrika, 33:305.</P>
        <P>8. Taylor, J.K. 1987. Quality Assurance of Chemical Measurements. Lewis Publishers, Inc., pp. 79-81.</P>
        <P>9. U.S. Environmental Protection Agency. 1978. Quality Assurance Handbook for Air Pollution Measurement Systems: Volume III. Stationary Source Specific Methods. Publication No. EPA-600/4-77-027b. Office of Research and Development Publications, 26 West St. Clair St., Cincinnati, OH 45268.</P>

        <P>10. U.S. Environmental Protection Agency. 1981. A Procedure for Establishing Traceability of Gas Mixtures to Certain National Bureau of Standards Standard Reference Materials. Publication No. EPA-600/7-<PRTPAGE P="155"/>81-010. Available from the U.S. EPA, Quality Assurance Division (MD-77), Research Triangle Park, NC 27711.</P>
        <P>11. U.S. Environmental Protection Agency. 1991. Protocol for The Field Validation of Emission Concentrations From Stationary Sources. Publication No. 450/4-90-015. Available from the U.S. EPA, Emission Measurement Technical Information Center, Technical Support Division (MD-14), Research Triangle Park, NC 27711.</P>
        <P>12. Youdon, W.J. Statistical techniques for collaborative tests. In: Statistical Manual of the Association of Official Analytical Chemists, Association of Official Analytical Chemists, Washington, DC, 1975, pp. 33-36.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">Method 303—Determination of Visible Emissions From By-Product Coke Oven Batteries</HD>
        <NOTE>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">Note:</HD>
          <P>This method is not inclusive with respect to observer certification. Some material is incorporated by reference from other methods in appendix A to 40 CFR part 60. Therefore, to obtain reliable results, persons using this method should have a thorough knowledge of Method 9.</P>
        </NOTE>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">1.0Scope and Application</HD>
        <P>1.1Applicability. This method is applicable for the determination of visible emissions (VE) from the following by-product coke oven battery sources: charging systems during charging; doors, topside port lids, and offtake systems on operating coke ovens; and collecting mains. This method is also applicable for qualifying observers for visually determining the presence of VE.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">2.0Summary of Method</HD>
        <P>2.1A certified observer visually determines the VE from coke oven battery sources. Certification procedures are presented. This method does not require that opacity of emissions be determined or that magnitude be differentiated.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">3.0Definitions</HD>
        <P>3.1<E T="03">Bench</E> means the platform structure in front of the oven doors.</P>
        <P>3.2<E T="03">By-product Coke Oven Battery</E> means a source consisting of a group of ovens connected by common walls, where coal undergoes destructive distillation under positive pressure to produce coke and coke oven gas, from which by-products are recovered.</P>
        <P>3.3<E T="03">Charge or charging period</E> means the period of time that commences when coal begins to flow into an oven through a topside port and ends when the last charging port is recapped.</P>
        <P>3.4<E T="03">Charging system</E> means an apparatus used to charge coal to a coke oven (<E T="03">e.g.,</E> a larry car for wet coal charging systems).</P>
        <P>3.5<E T="03">Coke oven door</E> means each end enclosure on the push side and the coking side of an oven. The chuck, or leveler-bar, door is considered part of the push side door. The coke oven door area includes the entire area on the vertical face of a coke oven between the bench and the top of the battery between two adjacent buck stays.</P>
        <P>3.6<E T="03">Coke side</E> means the side of a battery from which the coke is discharged from ovens at the end of the coking cycle.</P>
        <P>3.7<E T="03">Collecting</E> main means any apparatus that is connected to one or more offtake systems and that provides a passage for conveying gases under positive pressure from the by-product coke oven battery to the by-product recovery system.</P>
        <P>3.8<E T="03">Consecutive charges</E> means charges observed successively, excluding any charge during which the observer's view of the charging system or topside ports is obscured.</P>
        <P>3.9<E T="03">Damper-off</E> means to close off the gas passage between the coke oven and the collecting main, with no flow of raw coke oven gas from the collecting main into the oven or into the oven's offtake system(s).</P>
        <P>3.10<E T="03">Decarbonization period</E> means the period of time for combusting oven carbon that commences when the oven lids are removed from an empty oven or when standpipe caps of an oven are opened. The period ends with the initiation of the next charging period for that oven.</P>
        <P>3.11<E T="03">Larry car</E> means an apparatus used to charge coal to a coke oven with a wet coal charging system.</P>
        <P>3.12<E T="03">Log average</E> means logarithmic average as calculated in Section 12.4.</P>
        <P>3.13<E T="03">Offtake system</E> means any individual oven apparatus that is stationary and provides a passage for gases from an oven to a coke oven battery collecting main or to another oven. Offtake system components include the standpipe and standpipe caps, goosenecks, stationary jumper pipes, mini-standpipes, and standpipe and gooseneck connections.</P>
        <P>3.14<E T="03">Operating oven</E> means any oven not out of operation for rebuild or maintenance work extensive enough to require the oven to be skipped in the charging sequence.</P>
        <P>3.15<E T="03">Oven</E> means a chamber in the coke oven battery in which coal undergoes destructive distillation to produce coke.</P>
        <P>3.16<E T="03">Push side</E> means the side of the battery from which the coke is pushed from ovens at the end of the coking cycle.</P>
        <P>3.17<E T="03">Run</E> means the observation of visible emissions from topside port lids, offtake systems, coke oven doors, or the charging of a single oven in accordance with this method.</P>
        <P>3.18<E T="03">Shed</E> means an enclosure that covers the side of the coke oven battery, captures emissions from pushing operations and from leaking coke oven doors on the coke side or push side of the coke oven battery, and routes the emissions to a control device or system.<PRTPAGE P="156"/>
        </P>
        <P>3.19<E T="03">Standpipe cap</E> means An apparatus used to cover the opening in the gooseneck of an offtake system.</P>
        <P>3.20<E T="03">Topside port lid</E> means a cover, removed during charging or decarbonizing, that is placed over the opening through which coal can be charged into the oven of a by-product coke oven battery.</P>
        <P>3.21<E T="03">Traverse time</E> means accumulated time for a traverse as measured by a stopwatch. Traverse time includes time to stop and write down oven numbers but excludes time waiting for obstructions of view to clear or for time to walk around obstacles.</P>
        <P>3.22<E T="03">Visible Emissions or VE</E> means any emission seen by the unaided (except for corrective lenses) eye, excluding steam or condensing water.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">4.0Interferences <E T="01">[Reserved]</E>
        </HD>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">5.0Safety</HD>
        <P>5.1Disclaimer. This method may involve hazardous materials, operations, and equipment. This test method may not address all of the safety problems associated with its use. It is the responsibility of the user of this test method to establish appropriate safety and health practices and determine the applicability of regulatory limitations prior to performing this test method.</P>
        <P>5.2Safety Training. Because coke oven batteries have hazardous environments, the training materials and the field training (Section 10.0) shall cover the precautions required by the company to address health and safety hazards. Special emphasis shall be given to the Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA) regulations pertaining to exposure of coke oven workers (see Reference 3 in Section 16.0). In general, the regulation requires that special fire-retardant clothing and respirators be worn in certain restricted areas of the coke oven battery. The OSHA regulation also prohibits certain activities, such as chewing gum, smoking, and eating in these areas.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">6.0Equipment and Supplies <E T="01">[Reserved]</E>
        </HD>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">7.0Reagents and Standards <E T="01">[Reserved]</E>
        </HD>

        <HD SOURCE="HD2">8.0Sample Collection, Preservation, Transport, and Storage <E T="01">[Reserved]</E>
        </HD>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">9.0Quality Control <E T="01">[Reserved]</E>
        </HD>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">10.0Calibration and Standardization</HD>
        <P>Observer certification and training requirements are as follows:</P>
        <P>10.1Certification Procedures. This method requires only the determination of whether VE occur and does not require the determination of opacity levels; therefore, observer certification according to Method 9 in appendix A to part 60 of this chapter is not required to obtain certification under this method. However, in order to receive Method 303 observer certification, the first-time observer (trainee) shall have attended the lecture portion of the Method 9 certification course. In addition, the trainee shall successfully complete the Method 303 training course, satisfy the field observation requirement, and demonstrate adequate performance and sufficient knowledge of Method 303. The Method 303 training course shall be conducted by or under the sanction of the EPA and shall consist of classroom instruction and field observations, and a proficiency test.</P>
        <P>10.1.1The classroom instruction shall familiarize the trainees with Method 303 through lecture, written training materials, and a Method 303 demonstration video. A successful completion of the classroom portion of the Method 303 training course shall be demonstrated by a perfect score on a written test. If the trainee fails to answer all of the questions correctly, the trainee may review the appropriate portion of the training materials and retake the test.</P>
        <P>10.1.2The field observations shall be a minimum of 12 hours and shall be completed before attending the Method 303 certification course. Trainees shall observe the operation of a coke oven battery as it pertains to Method 303, including topside operations, and shall also practice conducting Method 303 or similar methods. During the field observations, trainees unfamiliar with coke battery operations shall receive instruction from an experienced coke oven observer familiar with Method 303 or similar methods and with the operation of coke batteries. The trainee must verify completion of at least 12 hours of field observation prior to attending the Method 303 certification course.</P>

        <P>10.1.3All trainees must demonstrate proficiency in the application of Method 303 to a panel of three certified Method 303 observers, including an ability to differentiate coke oven emissions from condensing water vapor and smoldering coal. Each panel member shall have at least 120 days experience in reading visible emissions from coke ovens. The visible emissions inspections that will satisfy the experience requirement must be inspections of coke oven battery fugitive emissions from the emission points subject to emission standards under subpart L of this part (<E T="03">i.e.,</E> coke oven doors, topside port lids, offtake system(s), and charging operations), using either Method 303 or predecessor State or local test methods. A “day's experience” for a particular inspection is a day on which one complete inspection was performed for that emission point under Method 303 or a predecessor State or local method. A “day's experience” does not mean 8 or 10 hours performing inspections, or any particular time expressed in minutes or hours that may have been spent performing <PRTPAGE P="157"/>them. Thus, it would be possible for an individual to qualify as a Method 303 panel member for some emission points, but not others (<E T="03">e.g.,</E> an individual might satisfy the experience requirement for coke oven doors, but not topside port lids). Until November 15, 1994, the EPA may waive the certification requirement (but not the experience requirement) for panel members. The composition of the panel shall be approved by the EPA. The panel shall observe the trainee in a series of training runs and a series of certification runs. There shall be a minimum of 1 training run for doors, topside port lids, and offtake systems, and a minimum of 5 training runs (<E T="03">i.e.,</E> 5 charges) for charging. During training runs, the panel can advise the trainee on proper procedures. There shall be a minimum of 3 certification runs for doors, topside port lids, and offtake systems, and a minimum of 15 certification runs for charging (<E T="03">i.e.,</E> 15 charges). The certifications runs shall be unassisted. Following the certification test runs, the panel shall approve or disapprove certification based on the trainee's performance during the certification runs. To obtain certification, the trainee shall demonstrate to the satisfaction of the panel a high degree of proficiency in performing Method 303. To aid in evaluating the trainee's performance, a checklist, provided by the EPA, will be used by the panel members.</P>
        <P>10.2Observer Certification/Recertification. The coke oven observer certification is valid for 1 year from date of issue. The observer shall recertify annually by viewing the training video and answering all of the questions on the certification test correctly. Every 3 years, an observer shall be required to pass the proficiency test in Section 10.1.3 in order to be certified.</P>
        <P>10.3The EPA (or applicable enforcement agency) shall maintain records reflecting a certified observer's successful completion of the proficiency test, which shall include the completed proficiency test checklists for the certification runs.</P>
        <P>10.4An owner or operator of a coke oven battery subject to subpart L of this part may observe a training and certification program under this section.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">11.0Procedure</HD>
        <P>11.1Procedure for Determining VE from Charging Systems During Charging.</P>
        <P>11.1.1Number of Oven Charges. Refer to § 63.309(c)(1) of this part for the number of oven charges to observe. The observer shall observe consecutive charges. Charges that are nonconsecutive can only be observed when necessary to replace observations terminated prior to the completion of a charge because of visual interferences. (See Section 11.1.5).</P>
        <P>11.1.2Data Records. Record all the information requested at the top of the charging system inspection sheet (Figure 303-1). For each charge, record the identification number of the oven being charged, the approximate beginning time of the charge, and the identification of the larry car used for the charge.</P>
        <P>11.1.3Observer Position. Stand in an area or move to positions on the topside of the coke oven battery with an unobstructed view of the entire charging system. For wet coal charging systems or non-pipeline coal charging systems, the observer should have an unobstructed view of the emission points of the charging system, including larry car hoppers, drop sleeves, and the topside ports of the oven being charged. Some charging systems are configured so that all emission points can only be seen from a distance of five ovens. For other batteries, distances of 8 to 12 ovens are adequate.</P>
        <P>11.1.4Observation. The charging period begins when coal begins to flow into the oven and ends when the last charging port is recapped. During the charging period, observe all of the potential sources of VE from the entire charging system. For wet coal charging systems or non-pipeline coal charging systems, sources of VE typically include the larry car hoppers, drop sleeves, slide gates, and topside ports on the oven being charged. Any VE from an open standpipe cap on the oven being charged is included as charging VE.</P>
        <P>11.1.4.1Using an accumulative-type stopwatch with unit divisions of at least 0.5 seconds, determine the total time VE are observed as follows. Upon observing any VE emerging from any part of the charging system, start the stopwatch. Stop the watch when VE are no longer observed emerging, and restart the watch when VE reemerges.</P>
        <P>11.1.4.2When VE occur simultaneously from several points during a charge, consider the sources as one. Time overlapping VE as continuous VE. Time single puffs of VE only for the time it takes for the puff to emerge from the charging system. Continue to time VE in this manner for the entire charging period. Record the accumulated time to the nearest 0.5 second under “Visible emissions, seconds” on Figure 303-1.</P>

        <P>11.1.5Visual Interference. If fugitive VE from other sources at the coke oven battery site (<E T="03">e.g.,</E> door leaks or condensing water vapor from the coke oven wharf) prevent a clear view of the charging system during a charge, stop the stopwatch and make an appropriate notation under “Comments” on Figure 303-1. Label the observation an observation of an incomplete charge, and observe another charge to fulfill the requirements of Section 11.1.1.</P>
        <P>11.1.6VE Exemptions. Do not time the following VE:</P>
        <P>11.1.6.1The VE from burning or smoldering coal spilled on top of the oven, topside port lid, or larry car surfaces;</P>
        <NOTE>
          <PRTPAGE P="158"/>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">Note:</HD>
          <P>The VE from smoldering coal are generally white or gray. These VE generally have a plume of less than 1 meter long. If the observer cannot safely and with reasonable confidence determine that VE are from charging, do not count them as charging emissions.</P>
        </NOTE>
        <P>11.1.6.2The VE from the coke oven doors or from the leveler bar; or</P>
        <P>11.1.6.3The VE that drift from the top of a larry car hopper if the emissions had already been timed as VE from the drop sleeve.</P>
        <NOTE>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">Note:</HD>
          <P>When the slide gate on a larry car hopper closes after the coal has been added to the oven, the seal may not be airtight. On occasions, a puff of smoke observed at the drop sleeves is forced past the slide gate up into the larry car hopper and may drift from the top; time these VE either at the drop sleeves or the hopper. If the larry car hopper does not have a slide gate or the slide gate is left open or partially closed, VE may quickly pass through the larry car hopper without being observed at the drop sleeves and will appear as a strong surge of smoke; time these as charging VE.</P>
        </NOTE>
        <P>11.1.7Total Time Record. Record the total time that VE were observed for each charging operation in the appropriate column on the charging system inspection sheet.</P>
        <P>11.1.8Determination of Validity of a Set of Observations. Five charging observations (runs) obtained in accordance with this method shall be considered a valid set of observations for that day. No observation of an incomplete charge shall be included in a daily set of observations that is lower than the lowest reading for a complete charge. If both complete and incomplete charges have been observed, the daily set of observations shall include the five highest values observed. Four or three charging observations (runs) obtained in accordance with this method shall be considered a valid set of charging observations only where it is not possible to obtain five charging observations, because visual interferences (see Section 11.1.5) or inclement weather prevent a clear view of the charging system during charging. However, observations from three or four charges that satisfy these requirements shall not be considered a valid set of charging observations if use of such set of observations in a calculation under Section 12.4 would cause the value of A to be less than 145.</P>
        <P>11.1.9Log Average. For each day on which a valid daily set of observations is obtained, calculate the daily 30-day rolling log average of seconds of visible emissions from the charging operation for each battery using these data and the 29 previous valid daily sets of observations, in accordance with Section 12.4.</P>
        <P>11.2.Procedure for Determining VE from Coke Oven Door Areas. The intent of this procedure is to determine VE from coke oven door areas by carefully observing the door area from a standard distance while walking at a normal pace.</P>
        <P>11.2.1Number of Runs. Refer to § 63.309(c)(1) of this part for the appropriate number of runs.</P>
        <P>11.2.2Battery Traverse. To conduct a battery traverse, walk the length of the battery on the outside of the pusher machine and quench car tracks at a steady, normal walking pace, pausing to make appropriate entries on the door area inspection sheet (Figure 303-2). A single test run consists of two timed traverses, one for the coke side and one for the push side. The walking pace shall be such that the duration of the traverse does not exceed an average of 4 seconds per oven door, excluding time spent moving around stationary obstructions or waiting for other obstructions to move from positions blocking the view of a series of doors. Extra time is allowed for each leak (a maximum of 10 additional seconds for each leaking door) for the observer to make the proper notation. A walking pace of 3 seconds per oven door has been found to be typical. Record the actual traverse time with a stopwatch.</P>
        <P>11.2.2.1Include in the traverse time only the time spent observing the doors and recording door leaks. To measure actual traverse time, use an accumulative-type stopwatch with unit divisions of 0.5 seconds or less. Exclude interruptions to the traverse and time required for the observer to move to positions where the view of the battery is unobstructed, or for obstructions, such as the door machine, to move from positions blocking the view of a series of doors.</P>

        <P>11.2.2.2Various situations may arise that will prevent the observer from viewing a door or a series of doors. Prior to the door inspection, the owner or operator may elect to temporarily suspend charging operations for the duration of the inspection, so that all of the doors can be viewed by the observer. The observer has two options for dealing with obstructions to view: (a) Stop the stopwatch and wait for the equipment to move or the fugitive emissions to dissipate before completing the traverse; or (b) stop the stopwatch, skip the affected ovens, and move to an unobstructed position to continue the traverse. Restart the stopwatch and continue the traverse. After the completion of the traverse, if the equipment has moved or the fugitive emissions have dissipated, inspect the affected doors. If the equipment is still preventing the observer from viewing the doors, then the affected doors may be counted as not observed. If option (b) is used because of doors blocked by machines during charging operations, then, of the affected doors, exclude the door from the most recently charged oven from the inspection. <PRTPAGE P="159"/>Record the oven numbers and make an appropriate notation under “Comments” on the door area inspection sheet (Figure 303-2).</P>
        <P>11.2.2.3When batteries have sheds to control emissions, conduct the inspection from outside the shed unless the doors cannot be adequately viewed. In this case, conduct the inspection from the bench. Be aware of special safety considerations pertinent to walking on the bench and follow the instructions of company personnel on the required equipment and procedures. If possible, conduct the bench traverse whenever the bench is clear of the door machine and hot coke guide.</P>

        <P>11.2.3Observations. Record all the information requested at the top of the door area inspection sheet (Figure 303-2), including the number of non-operating ovens. Record the clock time at the start of the traverse on each side of the battery. Record which side is being inspected (<E T="03">i.e.,</E> coke side or push side). Other information may be recorded at the discretion of the observer, such as the location of the leak (<E T="03">e.g.,</E> top of the door, chuck door, etc.), the reason for any interruption of the traverse, or the position of the sun relative to the battery and sky conditions (<E T="03">e.g.,</E> overcast, partly sunny, etc.).</P>
        <P>11.2.3.1Begin the test run by starting the stopwatch and traversing either the coke side or the push side of the battery. After completing one side, stop the watch. Complete this procedure on the other side. If inspecting more than one battery, the observer may view the push sides and the coke sides sequentially.</P>

        <P>11.2.3.2During the traverse, look around the entire perimeter of each oven door. The door is considered leaking if VE are detected in the coke oven door area. The coke oven door area includes the entire area on the vertical face of a coke oven between the bench and the top of the battery between two adjacent buck stays (<E T="03">e.g.,</E> the oven door, chuck door, between the masonry brick, buck stay or jamb, or other sources). Record the oven number and make the appropriate notation on the door area inspection sheet (Figure 303-2).
        </P>
        <NOTE>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">Note:</HD>
          <P>Multiple VE from the same door area (<E T="03">e.g.,</E> VE from both the chuck door and the push side door) are counted as only one emitting door, not as multiple emitting doors.</P>
        </NOTE>
        
        <P>11.2.3.3Do not record the following sources as door area VE:</P>
        <P>11.2.3.3.1VE from ovens with doors removed. Record the oven number and make an appropriate notation under “Comments;”</P>
        <P>11.2.3.3.2VE from ovens taken out of service. The owner or operator shall notify the observer as to which ovens are out of service. Record the oven number and make an appropriate notation under “Comments;” or</P>
        <P>11.2.3.3.3VE from hot coke that has been spilled on the bench as a result of pushing.</P>
        <P>11.2.4Criteria for Acceptance. After completing the run, calculate the maximum time allowed to observe the ovens using the equation in Section 12.2. If the total traverse time exceeds T, void the run, and conduct another run to satisfy the requirements of § 63.309(c)(1) of this part.</P>
        <P>11.2.5Percent Leaking Doors. For each day on which a valid observation is obtained, calculate the daily 30-day rolling average for each battery using these data and the 29 previous valid daily observations, in accordance with Section 12.5.</P>
        <P>11.3Procedure for Determining VE from Topside Port Lids and Offtake Systems.</P>
        <P>11.3.1Number of Runs. Refer to § 63.309(c)(1) of this part for the number of runs to be conducted. Simultaneous runs or separate runs for the topside port lids and offtake systems may be conducted.</P>
        <P>11.3.2Battery Traverse. To conduct a topside traverse of the battery, walk the length of the battery at a steady, normal walking pace, pausing only to make appropriate entries on the topside inspection sheet (Figure 303-3). The walking pace shall not exceed an average rate of 4 seconds per oven, excluding time spent moving around stationary obstructions or waiting for other obstructions to move from positions blocking the view. Extra time is allowed for each leak for the observer to make the proper notation. A walking pace of 3 seconds per oven is typical. Record the actual traverse time with a stopwatch.</P>

        <P>11.3.3Topside Port Lid Observations. To observe lids of the ovens involved in the charging operation, the observer shall wait to view the lids until approximately 5 minutes after the completion of the charge. Record all the information requested on the topside inspection sheet (Figure 303-3). Record the clock time when traverses begin and end. If the observer's view is obstructed during the traverse (<E T="03">e.g.,</E> steam from the coke wharf, larry car, etc.), follow the guidelines given in Section 11.2.2.2.</P>

        <P>11.3.3.1To perform a test run, conduct a single traverse on the topside of the battery. The observer shall walk near the center of the battery but may deviate from this path to avoid safety hazards (such as open or closed charging ports, luting buckets, lid removal bars, and topside port lids that have been removed) and any other obstacles. Upon noting VE from the topside port lid(s) of an oven, record the oven number and port number, then resume the traverse. If any oven is dampered-off from the collecting main for decarbonization, note this under “Comments” for that particular oven.
        </P>
        <NOTE>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">Note:</HD>

          <P>Count the number of topside ports, not the number of points, exhibiting VE, <E T="03">i.e.,</E> if a topside port has several points of VE, count this as one port exhibiting VE.</P>
        </NOTE>
        
        <PRTPAGE P="160"/>
        <P>11.3.3.2Do not count the following as topside port lid VE:</P>
        <P>11.3.3.2.1VE from between the brickwork and oven lid casing or VE from cracks in the oven brickwork. Note these VE under “Comments;”</P>

        <P>11.3.3.2.2VE from topside ports involved in a charging operation. Record the oven number, and make an appropriate notation (<E T="03">e.g.,</E> not observed because ports open for charging) under “Comments;”</P>
        <P>11.3.3.2.3Topside ports having maintenance work done. Record the oven number and make an appropriate notation under “Comments;” or</P>
        <P>11.3.3.2.4Condensing water from wet-sealing material. Ports with only visible condensing water from wet-sealing material are counted as observed but not as having VE.</P>
        <P>11.3.3.2.5Visible emissions from the flue inspection ports and caps.</P>

        <P>11.3.4Offtake Systems Observations. To perform a test run, traverse the battery as in Section 11.3.3.1. Look ahead and back two to four ovens to get a clear view of the entire offtake system for each oven. Consider visible emissions from the following points as offtake system VE: (a) the flange between the gooseneck and collecting main (“saddle”), (b) the junction point of the standpipe and oven (“standpipe base”), (c) the other parts of the offtake system (<E T="03">e.g.,</E> the standpipe cap), and (d) the junction points with ovens and flanges of jumper pipes.</P>
        <P>11.3.4.1Do not stray from the traverse line in order to get a “closer look” at any part of the offtake system unless it is to distinguish leaks from interferences from other sources or to avoid obstacles.</P>

        <P>11.3.4.2If the centerline does not provide a clear view of the entire offtake system for each oven (<E T="03">e.g.,</E> when standpipes are longer than 15 feet), the observer may conduct the traverse farther from (rather than closer to) the offtake systems.</P>
        <P>11.3.4.3Upon noting a leak from an offtake system during a traverse, record the oven number. Resume the traverse. If the oven is dampered-off from the collecting main for decarbonization and VE are observed, note this under “Comments” for that particular oven.</P>
        <P>11.3.4.4If any part or parts of an offtake system have VE, count it as one emitting offtake system. Each stationary jumper pipe is considered a single offtake system.</P>

        <P>11.3.4.5Do not count standpipe caps open for a decarbonization period or standpipes of an oven being charged as source of offtake system VE. Record the oven number and write “Not observed” and the reason (<E T="03">i.e.,</E> decarb or charging) under “Comments.”
        </P>
        <NOTE>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">Note:</HD>
          <P>VE from open standpipes of an oven being charged count as charging emissions. All VE from closed standpipe caps count as offtake leaks.</P>
        </NOTE>
        
        <P>11.3.5Criteria for Acceptance. After completing the run (allow 2 traverses for batteries with double mains), calculate the maximum time allowed to observe the topside port lids and/or offtake systems using the equation in Section 12.3. If the total traverse time exceeds T, void the run and conduct another run to satisfy the requirements of § 63.309(c)(1) of this part.</P>
        <P>11.3.6In determining the percent leaking topside port lids and percent leaking offtake systems, do not include topside port lids or offtake systems with VE from the following ovens:</P>
        <P>11.3.6.1Empty ovens, including ovens undergoing maintenance, which are properly dampered off from the main.</P>
        <P>11.3.6.2Ovens being charged or being pushed.</P>
        <P>11.3.6.3Up to 3 full ovens that have been dampered off from the main prior to pushing.</P>
        <P>11.3.6.4Up to 3 additional full ovens in the pushing sequence that have been dampered off from the main for offtake system cleaning, for decarbonization, for safety reasons, or when a charging/pushing schedule involves widely separated ovens (e.g., a Marquard system); or that have been dampered off from the main for maintenance near the end of the coking cycle. Examples of reasons that ovens are dampered off for safety reasons are to avoid exposing workers in areas with insufficient clearance between standpipes and the larry car, or in areas where workers could be exposed to flames or hot gases from open standpipes, and to avoid the potential for removing a door on an oven that is not dampered off from the main.</P>
        <P>11.3.7Percent Leaking Topside Port Lids and Offtake Systems. For each day on which a valid observation is obtained, calculate the daily 30-day rolling average for each battery using these data and the 29 previous valid daily observations, in accordance with Sections 12.6 and 12.7.</P>
        <P>11.4Procedure for Determining VE from Collecting Mains.</P>
        <P>11.4.1Traverse. To perform a test run, traverse both the collecting main catwalk and the battery topside along the side closest to the collecting main. If the battery has a double main, conduct two sets of traverses for each run, i.e., one set for each main.</P>
        <P>11.4.2Data Recording. Upon noting VE from any portion of a collection main, identify the source and approximate location of the source of VE and record the time under “Collecting main” on Figure 303-3; then resume the traverse.</P>

        <P>11.4.3Collecting Main Pressure Check. After the completion of the door traverse, the topside port lids, and offtake systems, compare the collecting main pressure during the inspection to the collecting main pressure during the previous 8 to 24 hours. Record the following: (a) the pressure during inspection, (b) presence of pressure deviation <PRTPAGE P="161"/>from normal operations, and (c) the explanation for any pressure deviation from normal operations, if any, offered by the operators. The owner or operator of the coke battery shall maintain the pressure recording equipment and conduct the quality assurance/quality control (QA/QC) necessary to ensure reliable pressure readings and shall keep the QA/QC records for at least 6 months. The observer may periodically check the QA/QC records to determine their completeness. The owner or operator shall provide access to the records within 1 hour of an observer's request.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">12.0Data Analysis and Calculations</HD>
        <P>12.1Nomenclature.
        </P>
        <FP SOURCE="FP-1">A = 150 or the number of valid observations (runs). The value of A shall not be less than 145, except for purposes of determinations under § 63.306(c) (work practice plan implementation) or § 63.306(d) (work practice plan revisions) of this part. No set of observations shall be considered valid for such a recalculation that otherwise would not be considered a valid set of observations for a calculation under this paragraph.</FP>
        <FP SOURCE="FP-1">D<E T="52">i</E> = Number of doors on non-operating ovens.</FP>
        <FP SOURCE="FP-1">D<E T="52">no</E> = Number of doors not observed.</FP>
        <FP SOURCE="FP-1">D<E T="52">ob</E> = Total number of doors observed on operating ovens.</FP>
        <FP SOURCE="FP-1">D<E T="52">t</E> = Total number of oven doors on the battery.</FP>
        <FP SOURCE="FP-1">e = 2.72</FP>
        <FP SOURCE="FP-1">J = Number of stationary jumper pipes.</FP>
        <FP SOURCE="FP-1">L = Number of doors with VE.</FP>
        <FP SOURCE="FP-1">L<E T="52">b</E> = Yard-equivalent reading.</FP>
        <FP SOURCE="FP-1">L<E T="52">s</E> = Number of doors with VE observed from the bench under sheds.</FP>
        <FP SOURCE="FP-1">L<E T="52">y</E> = Number of doors with VE observed from the yard.</FP>
        <FP SOURCE="FP-1">L<E T="52">y</E> = Number of doors with VE observed from the yard on the push side.</FP>
        <FP SOURCE="FP-1">ln = Natural logarithm.</FP>
        <FP SOURCE="FP-1">N = Total number of ovens in the battery.</FP>
        <FP SOURCE="FP-1">N<E T="52">i</E> = Total number of inoperable ovens.</FP>
        <FP SOURCE="FP-1">P<E T="52">NO</E> = Number of ports not observed.</FP>
        <FP SOURCE="FP-1">P<E T="52">ovn</E> = Number of ports per oven.</FP>
        <FP SOURCE="FP-1">P<E T="52">VE</E> = Number of topside port lids with VE.</FP>
        <FP SOURCE="FP-1">PLD = Percent leaking coke oven doors for the test run.</FP>
        <FP SOURCE="FP-1">PLL = Percent leaking topside port lids for the run.</FP>
        <FP SOURCE="FP-1">PLO = Percent leaking offtake systems.</FP>
        <FP SOURCE="FP-1">T = Total time allowed for traverse, seconds.</FP>
        <FP SOURCE="FP-1">T<E T="52">ovn</E> = Number of offtake systems (excluding jumper pipes) per oven.</FP>
        <FP SOURCE="FP-1">T<E T="52">NO</E> = Number of offtake systems not observed.</FP>
        <FP SOURCE="FP-1">T<E T="52">VE</E> = Number of offtake systems with VE.</FP>
        <FP SOURCE="FP-1">X<E T="52">i</E> = Seconds of VE during the ith charge.</FP>
        <FP SOURCE="FP-1">Z = Number of topside port lids or offtake systems with VE.</FP>
        
        <P>12.2Criteria for Acceptance for VE Determinations from Coke Oven Door Areas. After completing the run, calculate the maximum time allowed to observe the ovens using the following equation:</P>
        <MATH DEEP="15" SPAN="2">
          <MID>er17oc00.535</MID>
        </MATH>
        <P>12.3Criteria for Acceptance for VE Determinations from Topside Port Lids and Offtake Systems. After completing the run (allow 2 traverses for batteries with double mains), calculate the maximum time allowed to observe the topside port lids and/or offtake systems by the following equation:</P>
        <MATH DEEP="12" SPAN="2">
          <MID>er17oc00.536</MID>
        </MATH>
        <P>12.4Average Duration of VE from Charging Operations. Use Equation 303-3 to calculate the daily 30-day rolling log average of seconds of visible emissions from the charging operation for each battery using these current day's observations and the 29 previous valid daily sets of observations.</P>
        <MATH DEEP="15" SPAN="2">
          <MID>er17oc00.537</MID>
        </MATH>
        <P>12.5Percent Leaking Doors (PLD). Determine the total number of doors for which observations were made on the coke oven battery as follows:</P>
        <MATH DEEP="15" SPAN="2">
          <PRTPAGE P="162"/>
          <MID>er17oc00.538</MID>
        </MATH>
        <P>12.5.1For each test run (one run includes both the coke side and the push side traverses), sum the number of doors with door area VE. For batteries subject to an approved alternative standard under § 63.305 of this part, calculate the push side and the coke side PLD separately.</P>
        <P>12.5.2Calculate percent leaking doors by using Equation 303-5:</P>
        <MATH DEEP="28" SPAN="2">
          <MID>er17oc00.539</MID>
        </MATH>
        <P>12.5.3When traverses are conducted from the bench under sheds, calculate the coke side and the push side separately. Use Equation 303-6 to calculate a yard-equivalent reading:</P>
        <MATH DEEP="12" SPAN="2">
          <MID>er17oc00.540</MID>
        </MATH>
        <FP>If L<E T="52">b</E> is less than zero, use zero for L<E T="52">b</E> in Equation 303-7 in the calculation of PLD.</FP>
        <P>12.5.3.1Use Equation 303-7 to calculate PLD:</P>
        <MATH DEEP="28" SPAN="2">
          <MID>er17oc00.541</MID>
        </MATH>
        <FP>Round off PLD to the nearest hundredth of 1 percent and record as the percent leaking coke oven doors for the run.</FP>
        <P>12.5.3.2Average Percent Leaking Doors. Use Equation 303-8 to calculate the daily 30-day rolling average percent leaking doors for each battery using these current day's observations and the 29 previous valid daily sets of observations.</P>
        <MATH DEEP="27" SPAN="2">
          <MID>er17oc00.542</MID>
        </MATH>
        <P>12.6Topside Port Lids. Determine the percent leaking topside port lids for each run as follows:</P>
        <MATH DEEP="28" SPAN="2">
          <MID>er17oc00.543</MID>
        </MATH>

        <P>12.6.1Round off this percentage to the nearest hundredth of 1 percent and record this percentage as the percent leaking topside port lids for the run.<PRTPAGE P="163"/>
        </P>
        <P>12.6.2Average Percent Leaking Topside Port Lids. Use Equation 303-10 to calculate the daily 30-day rolling average percent leaking topside port lids for each battery using these current day's observations and the 29 previous valid daily sets of observations.</P>
        <MATH DEEP="27" SPAN="2">
          <MID>er17oc00.544</MID>
        </MATH>
        <P>12.7Offtake Systems. Determine the percent leaking offtake systems for the run as follows:</P>
        <MATH DEEP="28" SPAN="2">
          <MID>er17oc00.545</MID>
        </MATH>
        <P>12.7.1Round off this percentage to the nearest hundredth of 1 percent and record this percentage as the percent leaking offtake systems for the run.</P>
        <P>12.7.2Average Percent Leaking Offtake Systems. Use Equation 303-12 to calculate the daily 30-day rolling average percent leaking offtake systems for each battery using these current day's observations and the 29 previous valid daily sets of observations.</P>
        <MATH DEEP="27" SPAN="2">
          <MID>ER17OC00.546</MID>
        </MATH>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">13.0Method Performance <E T="01">[Reserved]</E>
        </HD>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">14.0Pollution Prevention <E T="01">[Reserved]</E>
        </HD>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">15.0Waste Management <E T="01">[Reserved]</E>
        </HD>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">16.0References.</HD>
        <P>1. Missan, R., and A. Stein. Guidelines for Evaluation of Visible Emissions Certification, Field Procedures, Legal Aspects, and Background Material. U.S. Environmental Protection Agency. EPA Publication No. EPA-340/1-75-007. April 1975.</P>
        <P>2. Wohlschlegel, P., and D. E. Wagoner. Guideline for Development of a Quality Assurance Program: Volume IX—Visual Determination of Opacity Emission from Stationary Sources. U.S. Environmental Protection Agency. EPA Publication No. EPA-650/4-74-005i. November 1975.</P>
        <P>3. U.S. Occupational Safety and Health Administration. Code of Federal Regulations. Title 29, Chapter XVII, Section 1910.1029(g). Washington, D.C. Government Printing Office. July 1, 1990.</P>

        <P>4. U.S. Environmental Protection Agency. National Emission Standards for Hazardous Air Pollutants; Coke Oven Emissions from Wet-Coal Charged By-Product Coke Oven Batteries; Proposed Rule and Notice of Public Hearing. Washington, D.C. <E T="04">Federal Register.</E> Vol. 52, No. 78 (13586). April 23, 1987.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">17.0Tables, Diagrams, Flowcharts, and Validation Data</HD>
        <FP SOURCE="FP-DASH">Company name:</FP>
        <FP>Battery no.: ___ Date: ___ Run no.: ___</FP>
        <FP SOURCE="FP-DASH">City, State:</FP>
        <FP SOURCE="FP-DASH">Observer name:</FP>
        <FP SOURCE="FP-DASH">Company representative(s):</FP>
        <GPOTABLE CDEF="s25,xs36,xs36,r50,r100" COLS="5" OPTS="L2">
          <BOXHD>
            <CHED H="1">Charge No.</CHED>
            <CHED H="1">Oven<LI>No.</LI>
            </CHED>
            <CHED H="1">Clock time</CHED>
            <CHED H="1">Visible<LI>emissions,</LI>
              <LI>seconds</LI>
            </CHED>
            <CHED H="1">Comments</CHED>
          </BOXHD>
          <ROW RUL="s">
            <ENT I="22"/>
          </ROW>
          <ROW RUL="s">
            <PRTPAGE P="164"/>
            <ENT I="22"/>
          </ROW>
          <ROW RUL="s">
            <ENT I="22"/>
          </ROW>
          <ROW RUL="s">
            <ENT I="22"/>
          </ROW>
          <ROW RUL="s">
            <ENT I="22"/>
          </ROW>
          <ROW RUL="s">
            <ENT I="22"/>
          </ROW>
          <ROW RUL="s">
            <ENT I="22"/>
          </ROW>
          <ROW RUL="s">
            <ENT I="22"/>
          </ROW>
          <ROW RUL="s">
            <ENT I="22"/>
          </ROW>
          <ROW RUL="s">
            <ENT I="22"/>
          </ROW>
          <ROW RUL="s">
            <ENT I="22"/>
          </ROW>
          <ROW RUL="s">
            <ENT I="22"/>
          </ROW>
          <ROW RUL="s">
            <ENT I="22"/>
          </ROW>
          <ROW RUL="s">
            <ENT I="22"/>
          </ROW>
          <ROW RUL="s">
            <ENT I="22"/>
          </ROW>
          <ROW RUL="s">
            <ENT I="22"/>
          </ROW>
          <ROW RUL="s">
            <ENT I="22"/>
          </ROW>
          <ROW RUL="s">
            <ENT I="22"/>
          </ROW>
          <ROW RUL="s">
            <ENT I="22"/>
          </ROW>
          <ROW RUL="s">
            <ENT I="22"/>
          </ROW>
          <ROW RUL="s">
            <ENT I="22"/>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="22"/>
          </ROW>
        </GPOTABLE>
        <HD SOURCE="HD3">Figure 303-1. Charging System Inspection</HD>
        <FP SOURCE="FP-DASH">Company name:</FP>
        <FP SOURCE="FP-DASH">Battery no.:</FP>
        <FP SOURCE="FP-DASH">Date:</FP>
        <FP SOURCE="FP-DASH">City, State:</FP>
        <FP SOURCE="FP-DASH">Total no. of ovens in battery:</FP>
        <FP SOURCE="FP-DASH">Observer name:</FP>
        <FP SOURCE="FP-DASH">Certification expiration date:</FP>
        <FP SOURCE="FP-DASH">Inoperable ovens:</FP>
        <FP SOURCE="FP-DASH">Company representative(s):</FP>
        <FP SOURCE="FP-DASH">Traverse time CS:</FP>
        <FP SOURCE="FP-DASH">Traverse time PS:</FP>
        <FP SOURCE="FP-DASH">Valid run (Y or N):</FP>
        <GPOTABLE CDEF="s50,8,10,r150" COLS="4" OPTS="L2">
          <BOXHD>
            <CHED H="1">Time traverse started/completed</CHED>
            <CHED H="1">PS/CS</CHED>
            <CHED H="1">Door No.</CHED>
            <CHED H="1">Comments<LI>(No. of blocked doors, interruptions to traverse, etc.)</LI>
            </CHED>
          </BOXHD>
          <ROW RUL="s">
            <ENT I="22"/>
          </ROW>
          <ROW RUL="s">
            <ENT I="22"/>
          </ROW>
          <ROW RUL="s">
            <ENT I="22"/>
          </ROW>
          <ROW RUL="s">
            <ENT I="22"/>
          </ROW>
          <ROW RUL="s">
            <ENT I="22"/>
          </ROW>
          <ROW RUL="s">
            <ENT I="22"/>
          </ROW>
          <ROW RUL="s">
            <PRTPAGE P="165"/>
            <ENT I="22"/>
          </ROW>
          <ROW RUL="s">
            <ENT I="22"/>
          </ROW>
          <ROW RUL="s">
            <ENT I="22"/>
          </ROW>
          <ROW RUL="s">
            <ENT I="22"/>
          </ROW>
          <ROW RUL="s">
            <ENT I="22"/>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="22"/>
          </ROW>
        </GPOTABLE>
        <HD SOURCE="HD3">Figure 303-2. Door Area Inspection.</HD>
        <FP SOURCE="FP-DASH">Company name:</FP>
        <FP SOURCE="FP-DASH">Battery no.:</FP>
        <FP SOURCE="FP-DASH">Date:</FP>
        <FP SOURCE="FP-DASH">City, State:</FP>
        <FP SOURCE="FP-DASH">Total no. of ovens in battery:</FP>
        <FP SOURCE="FP-DASH">Observer name:</FP>
        <FP SOURCE="FP-DASH">Certification expiration date:</FP>
        <FP SOURCE="FP-DASH">Inoperable ovens:</FP>
        <FP SOURCE="FP-DASH">Company representative(s):</FP>
        <FP SOURCE="FP-DASH">Total no. of lids:</FP>
        <FP SOURCE="FP-DASH">Total no. of offtakes:</FP>
        <FP SOURCE="FP-DASH">Total no. of jumper pipes:</FP>
        <FP SOURCE="FP-DASH">Ovens not observed:</FP>
        <FP SOURCE="FP-DASH">Total traverse time:</FP>
        <FP SOURCE="FP-DASH">Valid run (Y or N):</FP>
        <GPOTABLE CDEF="s50,r75,s50,r75" COLS="4" OPTS="L2">
          <BOXHD>
            <CHED H="1">Time traverse started/completed</CHED>
            <CHED H="1">Type of Inspection<LI>(lids, offtakes, collecting main)</LI>
            </CHED>
            <CHED H="1">Location of VE<LI>(Oven #/Port #)</LI>
            </CHED>
            <CHED H="1">Comments</CHED>
          </BOXHD>
          <ROW RUL="s">
            <ENT I="22"/>
          </ROW>
          <ROW RUL="s">
            <ENT I="22"/>
          </ROW>
          <ROW RUL="s">
            <ENT I="22"/>
          </ROW>
          <ROW RUL="s">
            <ENT I="22"/>
          </ROW>
          <ROW RUL="s">
            <ENT I="22"/>
          </ROW>
          <ROW RUL="s">
            <ENT I="22"/>
          </ROW>
          <ROW RUL="s">
            <ENT I="22"/>
          </ROW>
          <ROW RUL="s">
            <ENT I="22"/>
          </ROW>
          <ROW RUL="s">
            <ENT I="22"/>
          </ROW>
          <ROW RUL="s">
            <ENT I="22"/>
          </ROW>
          <ROW RUL="s">
            <ENT I="22"/>
          </ROW>
          <ROW RUL="s">
            <ENT I="22"/>
          </ROW>
          <ROW RUL="s">
            <ENT I="22"/>
          </ROW>
          <ROW RUL="s">
            <ENT I="22"/>
          </ROW>
          <ROW RUL="s">
            <ENT I="22"/>
          </ROW>
          <ROW RUL="s">
            <ENT I="22"/>
          </ROW>
          <ROW RUL="s">
            <ENT I="22"/>
          </ROW>
          <ROW RUL="s">
            <ENT I="22"/>
          </ROW>
          <ROW RUL="s">
            <ENT I="22"/>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="22"/>
          </ROW>
        </GPOTABLE>
        <PRTPAGE P="166"/>
        <HD SOURCE="HD3">Figure 303-3. Topside Inspection</HD>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">Method 303A—Determination of Visible Emissions From Nonrecovery Coke Oven Batteries</HD>
        <NOTE>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">Note:</HD>
          <P>This method does not include all of the specifications pertaining to observer certification. Some material is incorporated by reference from other methods in this part and in appendix A to 40 CFR Part 60. Therefore, to obtain reliable results, persons using this method should have a thorough knowledge of Method 9 and Method 303.</P>
        </NOTE>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">1.0Scope and Application</HD>
        <P>1.1Applicability. This method is applicable for the determination of visible emissions (VE) from leaking doors at nonrecovery coke oven batteries.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">2.0Summary of Method</HD>
        <P>2.1A certified observer visually determines the VE from coke oven battery sources while walking at a normal pace. This method does not require that opacity of emissions be determined or that magnitude be differentiated.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">3.0Definitions</HD>
        <P>3.1<E T="03">Bench</E> means the platform structure in front of the oven doors.</P>
        <P>3.2<E T="03">Coke oven door</E> means each end enclosure on the push side and the coking side of an oven.</P>
        <P>3.3<E T="03">Coke side</E> means the side of a battery from which the coke is discharged from ovens at the end of the coking cycle.</P>
        <P>3.4<E T="03">Nonrecovery coke oven battery</E> means a source consisting of a group of ovens connected by common walls and operated as a unit, where coal undergoes destructive distillation under negative pressure to produce coke, and which is designed for the combustion of coke oven gas from which by-products are not recovered.</P>
        <P>3.5<E T="03">Operating oven</E> means any oven not out of operation for rebuild or maintenance work extensive enough to require the oven to be skipped in the charging sequence.</P>
        <P>3.6<E T="03">Oven</E> means a chamber in the coke oven battery in which coal undergoes destructive distillation to produce coke.</P>
        <P>3.7<E T="03">Push side</E> means the side of the battery from which the coke is pushed from ovens at the end of the coking cycle.</P>
        <P>3.8<E T="03">Run</E> means the observation of visible emissions from coke oven doors in accordance with this method.</P>
        <P>3.9<E T="03">Shed</E> means an enclosure that covers the side of the coke oven battery, captures emissions from pushing operations and from leaking coke oven doors on the coke side or push side of the coke oven battery, and routes the emissions to a control device or system.</P>
        <P>3.10<E T="03">Traverse time</E> means accumulated time for a traverse as measured by a stopwatch. Traverse time includes time to stop and write down oven numbers but excludes time waiting for obstructions of view to clear or for time to walk around obstacles.</P>
        <P>3.11<E T="03">Visible Emissions or VE</E> means any emission seen by the unaided (except for corrective lenses) eye, excluding steam or condensing water.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">4.0Interferences <E T="01">[Reserved]</E>
        </HD>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">5.0Safety</HD>
        <P>5.1Disclaimer. This method may involve hazardous materials, operations, and equipment. This test method may not address all of the safety problems associated with its use. It is the responsibility of the user of this test method to establish appropriate safety and health practices and determine the applicability of regulatory limitations prior to performing this test method.</P>
        <P>5.2Safety Training. Because coke oven batteries have hazardous environments, the training materials and the field training (Section 10.0) shall cover the precautions required by the company to address health and safety hazards. Special emphasis shall be given to the Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA) regulations pertaining to exposure of coke oven workers (see Reference 3 in Section 16.0). In general, the regulation requires that special fire-retardant clothing and respirators be worn in certain restricted areas of the coke oven battery. The OSHA regulation also prohibits certain activities, such as chewing gum, smoking, and eating in these areas.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">6.0Equipment and Supplies <E T="01">[Reserved]</E>
        </HD>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">7.0Reagents and Standards <E T="01">[Reserved]</E>
        </HD>

        <HD SOURCE="HD2">8.0Sample Collection, Preservation, Transport, and Storage <E T="01">[Reserved]</E>
        </HD>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">9.0Quality Control <E T="01">[Reserved]</E>
        </HD>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">10.0Calibration and Standardization.</HD>

        <P>10.1Training. This method requires only the determination of whether VE occur and does not require the determination of opacity levels; therefore, observer certification according to Method 9 in Appendix A to Part 60 is not required. However, the first-time observer (trainee) shall have attended the lecture portion of the Method 9 certification course. Furthermore, before conducting any VE observations, an observer shall become familiar with nonrecovery coke oven battery operations and with this test method by observing for a minimum of 4 hours the operation of a nonrecovery coke oven battery in the presence of personnel experienced in performing Method 303 assessments.<PRTPAGE P="167"/>
        </P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">11.0Procedure</HD>
        <P>The intent of this procedure is to determine VE from coke oven door areas by carefully observing the door area while walking at a normal pace.</P>
        <P>11.1Number of Runs. Refer to § 63.309(c)(1) of this part for the appropriate number of runs.</P>
        <P>11.2Battery Traverse. To conduct a battery traverse, walk the length of the battery on the outside of the pusher machine and quench car tracks at a steady, normal walking pace, pausing to make appropriate entries on the door area inspection sheet (Figure 303A-1). The walking pace shall be such that the duration of the traverse does not exceed an average of 4 seconds per oven door, excluding time spent moving around stationary obstructions or waiting for other obstructions to move from positions blocking the view of a series of doors. Extra time is allowed for each leak (a maximum of 10 additional seconds for each leaking door) for the observer to make the proper notation. A walking pace of 3 seconds per oven door has been found to be typical. Record the actual traverse time with a stopwatch. A single test run consists of two timed traverses, one for the coke side and one for the push side.</P>

        <P>11.2.1Various situations may arise that will prevent the observer from viewing a door or a series of doors. The observer has two options for dealing with obstructions to view: (a) Wait for the equipment to move or the fugitive emissions to dissipate before completing the traverse; or (b) skip the affected ovens and move to an unobstructed position to continue the traverse. Continue the traverse. After the completion of the traverse, if the equipment has moved or the fugitive emissions have dissipated, complete the traverse by inspecting the affected doors. Record the oven numbers and make an appropriate notation under “Comments” on the door area inspection sheet (Figure 303A-1).
        </P>
        <NOTE>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">Note:</HD>
          <P>Extra time incurred for handling obstructions is not counted in the traverse time.</P>
        </NOTE>
        
        <P>11.2.2When batteries have sheds to control pushing emissions, conduct the inspection from outside the shed, if the shed allows such observations, or from the bench. Be aware of special safety considerations pertinent to walking on the bench and follow the instructions of company personnel on the required equipment and operations procedures. If possible, conduct the bench traverse whenever the bench is clear of the door machine and hot coke guide.</P>

        <P>11.3Observations. Record all the information requested at the top of the door area inspection sheet (Figure 303A-1), including the number of non-operating ovens. Record which side is being inspected, <E T="03">i.e.,</E> coke side or push side. Other information may be recorded at the discretion of the observer, such as the location of the leak (<E T="03">e.g.,</E> top of the door), the reason for any interruption of the traverse, or the position of the sun relative to the battery and sky conditions (<E T="03">e.g.,</E> overcast, partly sunny, etc.).</P>
        <P>11.3.1Begin the test run by traversing either the coke side or the push side of the battery. After completing one side, traverse the other side.</P>
        <P>11.3.2During the traverse, look around the entire perimeter of each oven door. The door is considered leaking if VE are detected in the coke oven door area. The coke oven door area includes the entire area on the vertical face of a coke oven between the bench and the top of the battery and the adjacent doors on both sides. Record the oven number and make the appropriate notation on the door area inspection sheet (Figure 303A-1).</P>
        <P>11.3.3Do not record the following sources as door area VE:</P>
        <P>11.3.3.1VE from ovens with doors removed. Record the oven number and make an appropriate notation under “Comments”;</P>
        <P>11.3.3.2VE from ovens where maintenance work is being conducted. Record the oven number and make an appropriate notation under “Comments”; or</P>
        <P>11.3.3.3VE from hot coke that has been spilled on the bench as a result of pushing.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">12.0Data Analysis and Calculations</HD>
        <P>Same as Method 303, Section 12.1, 12.2, 12.3, 12.4, and 12.5.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">13.0Method Performance <E T="01">[Reserved]</E>
        </HD>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">14.0Pollution Prevention <E T="01">[Reserved]</E>
        </HD>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">15.0Waste Management <E T="01">[Reserved]</E>
        </HD>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">16.0References</HD>
        <P>Same as Method 303, Section 16.0.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">17.0Tables, Diagrams, Flowcharts, and Validation Data</HD>
        <FP SOURCE="FP-DASH">Company name:</FP>
        <FP SOURCE="FP-DASH">Battery no.:</FP>
        <FP SOURCE="FP-DASH">Date:</FP>
        <FP SOURCE="FP-DASH">City, State:</FP>
        <FP SOURCE="FP-DASH">Total no. of ovens in battery:</FP>
        <FP SOURCE="FP-DASH">Observer name:</FP>
        <FP SOURCE="FP-DASH">Certification expiration date:<PRTPAGE P="168"/>
        </FP>
        <FP SOURCE="FP-DASH">Inoperable ovens:</FP>
        <FP SOURCE="FP-DASH">Company representative(s):</FP>
        <FP SOURCE="FP-DASH">Traverse time CS:</FP>
        <FP SOURCE="FP-DASH">Traverse time PS:</FP>
        <FP SOURCE="FP-DASH">Valid run (Y or N):</FP>
        <GPOTABLE CDEF="s50,8,10,r150" COLS="4" OPTS="L2">
          <BOXHD>
            <CHED H="1">Time traverse started/completed</CHED>
            <CHED H="1">PS/CS</CHED>
            <CHED H="1">Door No.</CHED>
            <CHED H="1">Comments<LI>(No. of blocked doors, interruptions to traverse, etc.)</LI>
            </CHED>
          </BOXHD>
          <ROW RUL="s">
            <ENT I="22"/>
          </ROW>
          <ROW RUL="s">
            <ENT I="22"/>
          </ROW>
          <ROW RUL="s">
            <ENT I="22"/>
          </ROW>
          <ROW RUL="s">
            <ENT I="22"/>
          </ROW>
          <ROW RUL="s">
            <ENT I="22"/>
          </ROW>
          <ROW RUL="s">
            <ENT I="22"/>
          </ROW>
          <ROW RUL="s">
            <ENT I="22"/>
          </ROW>
          <ROW RUL="s">
            <ENT I="22"/>
          </ROW>
          <ROW RUL="s">
            <ENT I="22"/>
          </ROW>
          <ROW RUL="s">
            <ENT I="22"/>
          </ROW>
          <ROW RUL="s">
            <ENT I="22"/>
          </ROW>
          <ROW RUL="s">
            <ENT I="22"/>
          </ROW>
          <ROW RUL="s">
            <ENT I="22"/>
          </ROW>
          <ROW RUL="s">
            <ENT I="22"/>
          </ROW>
          <ROW RUL="s">
            <ENT I="22"/>
          </ROW>
          <ROW RUL="s">
            <ENT I="22"/>
          </ROW>
          <ROW RUL="s">
            <ENT I="22"/>
          </ROW>
          <ROW RUL="s">
            <ENT I="22"/>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="22"/>
          </ROW>
        </GPOTABLE>
        <HD SOURCE="HD3">Figure 303A-1. Door Area Inspection</HD>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">Method 304A: Determination of Biodegradation Rates of Organic Compounds (Vent Option)</HD>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">1.0Scope and Application</HD>
        <P>1.1Applicability. This method is applicable for the determination of biodegradation rates of organic compounds in an activated sludge process. The test method is designed to evaluate the ability of an aerobic biological reaction system to degrade or destroy specific components in waste streams. The method may also be used to determine the effects of changes in wastewater composition on operation. The biodegradation rates determined by utilizing this method are not representative of a full-scale system. The rates measured by this method shall be used in conjunction with the procedures listed in appendix C of this part to calculate the fraction emitted to the air versus the fraction biodegraded.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">2.0Summary of Method</HD>

        <P>2.1A self-contained benchtop bioreactor system is assembled in the laboratory. A sample of mixed liquor is added and the waste stream is then fed continuously. The benchtop bioreactor is operated under conditions nearly identical to the target full-scale activated sludge process. Bioreactor temperature, dissolved oxygen concentration, average residence time in the reactor, waste composition, biomass concentration, and biomass composition of the full-scale process are the parameters which are duplicated in the benchtop bioreactor. Biomass shall be removed from the target full-scale activated sludge unit and held for no more than 4 hours prior to use in the benchtop bioreactor. If antifoaming agents are used in the full-scale system, they shall also be used in the benchtop bioreactor. The feed flowing into and the effluent exiting the benchtop bioreactor are analyzed to determine the <PRTPAGE P="169"/>biodegradation rates of the target compounds. The flow rate of the exit vent is used to calculate the concentration of target compounds (utilizing Henry's law) in the exit gas stream. If Henry's law constants for the compounds of interest are not known, this method cannot be used in the determination of the biodegradation rate and Method 304B is the suggested method. The choice of analytical methodology for measuring the compounds of interest at the inlet and outlet to the benchtop bioreactor are left to the discretion of the source, except where validated methods are available.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">3.0Definitions <E T="01">[Reserved]</E>
        </HD>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">4.0Interferences <E T="01">[Reserved]</E>
        </HD>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">5.0Safety</HD>
        <P>5.1If explosive gases are produced as a byproduct of biodegradation and could realistically pose a hazard, closely monitor headspace concentration of these gases to ensure laboratory safety. Placement of the benchtop bioreactor system inside a laboratory hood is recommended regardless of byproducts produced.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">6.0.Equipment and Supplies</HD>
        <NOTE>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">Note:</HD>
          <P>Figure 304A-1 illustrates a typical laboratory apparatus used to measure biodegradation rates. While the following description refers to Figure 304A-1, the EPA recognizes that alternative reactor configurations, such as alternative reactor shapes and locations of probes and the feed inlet, will also meet the intent of this method. Ensure that the benchtop bioreactor system is self-contained and isolated from the atmosphere (except for the exit vent stream) by leak-checking fittings, tubing, etc.</P>
        </NOTE>
        
        <P>6.1Benchtop Bioreactor. The biological reaction is conducted in a biological oxidation reactor of at least 6 liters capacity. The benchtop bioreactor is sealed and equipped with internal probes for controlling and monitoring dissolved oxygen and internal temperature. The top of the reactor is equipped for aerators, gas flow ports, and instrumentation (while ensuring that no leaks to the atmosphere exist around the fittings).</P>

        <P>6.2Aeration gas. Aeration gas is added to the benchtop bioreactor through three diffusers, which are glass tubes that extend to the bottom fifth of the reactor depth. A pure oxygen pressurized cylinder is recommended in order to maintain the specified oxygen concentration. Install a blower (<E T="03">e.g.,</E> Diaphragm Type, 15 SCFH capacity) to blow the aeration gas into the reactor diffusers. Measure the aeration gas flow rate with a rotameter (<E T="03">e.g.,</E> 0-15 SCFH recommended). The aeration gas will rise through the benchtop bioreactor, dissolving oxygen into the mixture in the process. The aeration gas must provide sufficient agitation to keep the solids in suspension. Provide an exit for the aeration gas from the top flange of the benchtop bioreactor through a water-cooled (<E T="03">e.g.,</E> Allihn-type) vertical condenser. Install the condenser through a gas-tight fitting in the benchtop bioreactor closure. Install a splitter which directs a portion of the gas to an exit vent and the rest of the gas through an air recycle pump back to the benchtop bioreactor. Monitor and record the flow rate through the exit vent at least 3 times per day throughout the day.</P>

        <P>6.3Wastewater Feed. Supply the wastewater feed to the benchtop bioreactor in a collapsible low-density polyethylene container or collapsible liner in a container (<E T="03">e.g.,</E> 20 L) equipped with a spigot cap (collapsible containers or liners of other material may be required due to the permeability of some volatile compounds through polyethylene). Obtain the wastewater feed by sampling the wastewater feed in the target process. A representative sample of wastewater shall be obtained from the piping leading to the aeration tank. This sample may be obtained from existing sampling valves at the discharge of the wastewater feed pump, or collected from a pipe discharging to the aeration tank, or by pumping from a well-mixed equalization tank upstream from the aeration tank. Alternatively, wastewater can be pumped continuously to the laboratory apparatus from a bleed stream taken from the equalization tank of the full-scale treatment system.</P>
        <P>6.3.1Refrigeration System. Keep the wastewater feed cool by ice or by refrigeration to 4 °C. If using a bleed stream from the equalization tank, refrigeration is not required if the residence time in the bleed stream is less than five minutes.</P>
        <P>6.3.2Wastewater Feed Pump. The wastewater is pumped from the refrigerated container using a variable-speed peristaltic pump drive equipped with a peristaltic pump head. Add the feed solution to the benchtop bioreactor through a fitting on the top flange. Determine the rate of feed addition to provide a retention time in the benchtop bioreactor that is numerically equivalent to the retention time in the full-scale system. The wastewater shall be fed at a rate sufficient to achieve 90 to 100 percent of the full-scale system residence time.</P>
        <P>6.3.3Treated wastewater feed. The benchtop bioreactor effluent exits at the bottom of the reactor through a tube and proceeds to the clarifier.</P>

        <P>6.4Clarifier. The effluent flows to a separate closed clarifier that allows separation of biomass and effluent (<E T="03">e.g.,</E> 2-liter pear-shaped glass separatory funnel, modified by removing the stopcock and adding a 25-mm OD glass tube at the bottom). Benchtop bioreactor effluent enters the clarifier through a tube inserted to a depth of 0.08 m (3 in.) through a stopper at the top of the clarifier. <PRTPAGE P="170"/>System effluent flows from a tube inserted through the stopper at the top of the clarifier to a drain (or sample bottle when sampling). The underflow from the clarifier leaves from the glass tube at the bottom of the clarifier. Flexible tubing connects this fitting to the sludge recycle pump. This pump is coupled to a variable speed pump drive. The discharge from this pump is returned through a tube inserted in a port on the side of the benchtop bioreactor. An additional port is provided near the bottom of the benchtop bioreactor for sampling the reactor contents. The mixed liquor from the benchtop bioreactor flows into the center of the clarifier. The clarified system effluent separates from the biomass and flows through an exit near the top of the clarifier. There shall be no headspace in the clarifier.</P>
        <P>6.5Temperature Control Apparatus. Capable of maintaining the system at a temperature equal to the temperature of the full-scale system. The average temperature should be maintained within ±2 °C of the set point.</P>
        <P>6.5.1Temperature Monitoring Device. A resistance type temperature probe or a thermocouple connected to a temperature readout with a resolution of 0.1 °C or better.</P>
        <P>6.5.2Benchtop Bioreactor Heater. The heater is connected to the temperature control device.</P>
        <P>6.6Oxygen Control System. Maintain the dissolved oxygen concentration at the levels present in the full-scale system. Target full-scale activated sludge systems with dissolved oxygen concentration below 2 mg/L are required to maintain the dissolved oxygen concentration in the benchtop ioreactor within 0.5 mg/L of the target dissolved oxygen level. Target full-scale activated sludge systems with dissolved oxygen concentration above 2 mg/L are required to maintain the dissolved oxygen concentration in the benchtop bioreactor within 1.5 mg/L of the target dissolved oxygen concentration; however, for target full-scale activated sludge systems with dissolved oxygen concentrations above 2 mg/L, the dissolved oxygen concentration in the benchtop bioreactor may not drop below 1.5 mg/L. If the benchtop bioreactor is outside the control range, the dissolved oxygen is noted and the reactor operation is adjusted.</P>

        <P>6.6.1Dissolved Oxygen Monitor. Dissolved oxygen is monitored with a polarographic probe (gas permeable membrane) connected to a dissolved oxygen meter (<E T="03">e.g.,</E> 0 to 15 mg/L, 0 to 50 °C).</P>
        <P>6.6.2Benchtop Bioreactor Pressure Monitor. The benchtop bioreactor pressure is monitored through a port in the top flange of the reactor. This is connected to a gauge control with a span of 13-cm water vacuum to 13-cm water pressure or better. A relay is activated when the vacuum exceeds an adjustable setpoint which opens a solenoid valve (normally closed), admitting oxygen to the system. The vacuum setpoint controlling oxygen addition to the system shall be set at approximately 2.5 ±0.5 cm water and maintained at this setting except during brief periods when the dissolved oxygen concentration is adjusted.</P>
        <P>6.7Connecting Tubing. All connecting tubing shall be Teflon or equivalent in impermeability. The only exception to this specification is the tubing directly inside the pump head of the wastewater feed pump, which may be Viton, Silicone or another type of flexible tubing.</P>
        <NOTE>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">Note:</HD>
          <P>Mention of trade names or products does not constitute endorsement by the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency.</P>
        </NOTE>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">7.0Reagents and Standards</HD>
        <P>7.1Wastewater. Obtain a representative sample of wastewater at the inlet to the full-scale treatment plant if there is an existing full-scale treatment plant (see section 6.3). If there is no existing full-scale treatment plant, obtain the wastewater sample as close to the point of determination as possible. Collect the sample by pumping the wastewater into the 20-L collapsible container. The loss of volatiles shall be minimized from the wastewater by collapsing the container before filling, by minimizing the time of filling, and by avoiding a headspace in the container after filling. If the wastewater requires the addition of nutrients to support the biomass growth and maintain biomass characteristics, those nutrients are added and mixed with the container contents after the container is filled.</P>

        <P>7.2Biomass. Obtain the biomass or activated sludge used for rate constant determination in the bench-scale process from the existing full-scale process or from a representative biomass culture (<E T="03">e.g.,</E> biomass that has been developed for a future full-scale process). This biomass is preferentially obtained from a thickened acclimated mixed liquor sample. Collect the sample either by bailing from the mixed liquor in the aeration tank with a weighted container, or by collecting aeration tank effluent at the effluent overflow weir. Transport the sample to the laboratory within no more than 4 hours of collection. Maintain the biomass concentration in the benchtop bioreactor at the level of the full-scale system +10 percent throughout the sampling period of the test method.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">8.0Sample Collection, Preservation, Storage, and Transport</HD>

        <P>8.1Benchtop Bioreactor Operation. Charge the mixed liquor to the benchtop bioreactor, minimizing headspace over the liquid surface to minimize entrainment of mixed liquor in the circulating gas. Fasten the benchtop bioreactor headplate to the reactor over the liquid surface. Maintain the <PRTPAGE P="171"/>temperature of the contents of the benchtop bioreactor system at the temperature of the target full-scale system, ±2 °C, throughout the testing period. Monitor and record the temperature of the benchtop bioreactor contents at least to the nearest 0.1 °C.</P>
        <P>8.1.1Wastewater Storage. Collect the wastewater sample in the 20-L collapsible container. Store the container at 4 °C throughout the testing period. Connect the container to the benchtop bioreactor feed pump.</P>
        <P>8.1.2Wastewater Flow Rate.</P>
        <P>8.1.2.1The hydraulic residence time of the aeration tank is calculated as the ratio of the volume of the tank (L) to the flow rate (L/min). At the beginning of a test, the container shall be connected to the feed pump and solution shall be pumped to the benchtop bioreactor at the required flow rate to achieve the calculated hydraulic residence time of wastewater in the aeration tank.</P>
        <MATH DEEP="27" SPAN="2">
          <MID>ER17OC00.547</MID>
        </MATH>
        <FP>Where:</FP>
        
        <FP SOURCE="FP-1">Q<E T="52">test</E> = wastewater flow rate (L/min)</FP>
        <FP SOURCE="FP-1">Q<E T="52">fs</E> = average flow rate of full-scale process (L/min)</FP>
        <FP SOURCE="FP-1">V<E T="52">fs</E> = volume of full-scale aeration tank (L)</FP>
        
        <P>8.1.2.2The target flow rate in the test apparatus is the same as the flow rate in the target full-scale process multiplied by the ratio of benchtop bioreactor volume (e.g., 6 L) to the volume of the full-scale aeration tank. The hydraulic residence time shall be maintained at 90 to 100 percent of the residence time maintained in the full-scale unit. A nominal flow rate is set on the pump based on a pump calibration. Changes in the elasticity of the tubing in the pump head and the accumulation of material in the tubing affect this calibration. The nominal pumping rate shall be changed as necessary based on volumetric flow measurements. Discharge the benchtop bioreactor effluent to a wastewater storage, treatment, or disposal facility, except during sampling or flow measurement periods.</P>
        <P>8.1.3Sludge Recycle Rate. Set the sludge recycle rate at a rate sufficient to prevent accumulation in the bottom of the clarifier. Set the air circulation rate sufficient to maintain the biomass in suspension.</P>
        <P>8.1.4Benchtop Bioreactor Operation and Maintenance. Temperature, dissolved oxygen concentration, exit vent flow rate, benchtop bioreactor effluent flow rate, and air circulation rate shall be measured and recorded three times throughout each day of benchtop bioreactor operation. If other parameters (such as pH) are measured and maintained in the target full-scale unit, these parameters, where appropriate, shall be monitored and maintained to target full-scale specifications in the benchtop bioreactor. At the beginning of each sampling period (Section 8.2), sample the benchtop bioreactor contents for suspended solids analysis. Take this sample by loosening a clamp on a length of tubing attached to the lower side port. Determine the suspended solids gravimetrically by the Gooch crucible/glass fiber filter method for total suspended solids, in accordance with Standard Methods<SU>3</SU> or equivalent. When necessary, sludge shall be wasted from the lower side port of the benchtop bioreactor, and the volume that is wasted shall be replaced with an equal volume of the reactor effluent. Add thickened activated sludge mixed liquor as necessary to the benchtop bioreactor to increase the suspended solids concentration to the desired level. Pump this mixed liquor to the benchtop bioreactor through the upper side port (Item 24 in Figure 304A-1). Change the membrane on the dissolved oxygen probe before starting the test. Calibrate the oxygen probe immediately before the start of the test and each time the membrane is changed.</P>
        <P>8.1.5Inspection and Correction Procedures. If the feed line tubing becomes clogged, replace with new tubing. If the feed flow rate is not within 5 percent of target flow any time the flow rate is measured, reset pump or check the flow measuring device and measure flow rate again until target flow rate is achieved.</P>

        <P>8.2Test Sampling. At least two and one half hydraulic residence times after the system has reached the targeted specifications shall be permitted to elapse before the first sample is taken. Effluent samples of the clarifier discharge (Item 20 in Figure 304A-1) and the influent wastewater feed are collected in 40-mL septum vials to which two drops of 1:10 hydrochloric acid (HCl) in water have been added. Sample the clarifier discharge directly from the drain line. These samples will be composed of the entire flow from the system for a period of several minutes. Feed samples shall be taken from the feed pump suction line after temporarily stopping the benchtop bioreactor feed, removing a connector, and squeezing the collapsible feed container. Store both influent and effluent samples at 4 °C immediately <PRTPAGE P="172"/>after collection and analyze within 8 hours of collection.</P>

        <P>8.2.1Frequency of Sampling. During the test, sample and analyze the wastewater feed and the clarifier effluent at least six times. The sampling intervals shall be separated by at least 8 hours. During any individual sampling interval, sample the wastewater feed simultaneously with or immediately after the effluent sample. Calculate the relative standard deviation (RSD) of the amount removed (<E T="03">i.e.,</E> effluent concentration—wastewater feed concentration). The RSD values shall be &lt; 15 percent. If an RSD value is &gt; 15 percent, continue sampling and analyzing influent and effluent sets of samples until the RSD values are within specifications.</P>
        <P>8.2.2Sampling After Exposure of System to Atmosphere. If, after starting sampling procedures, the benchtop bioreactor system is exposed to the atmosphere (due to leaks, maintenance, etc.), allow at least one hydraulic residence time to elapse before resuming sampling.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">9.0Quality Control</HD>
        <P>9.1Dissolved Oxygen. Fluctuation in dissolved oxygen concentration may occur for numerous reasons, including undetected gas leaks, increases and decreases in mixed liquor suspended solids resulting from cell growth and solids loss in the effluent stream, changes in diffuser performance, cycling of effluent flow rate, and overcorrection due to faulty or sluggish dissolved oxygen probe response. Control the dissolved oxygen concentration in the benchtop bioreactor by changing the proportion of oxygen in the circulating aeration gas. Should the dissolved oxygen concentration drift below the designated experimental condition, bleed a small amount of aeration gas from the system on the pressure side (i.e., immediately upstream of one of the diffusers). This will create a vacuum in the system, triggering the pressure sensitive relay to open the solenoid valve and admit oxygen to the system. Should the dissolved oxygen concentration drift above the designated experimental condition, slow or stop the oxygen input to the system until the dissolved oxygen concentration approaches the correct level.</P>
        <P>9.2Sludge Wasting.</P>
        <P>9.2.1Determine the suspended solids concentration (section 8.1.4) at the beginning of a test, and once per day thereafter during the test. If the test is completed within a two day period, determine the suspended solids concentration after the final sample set is taken. If the suspended solids concentration exceeds the specified concentration, remove a fraction of the sludge from the benchtop bioreactor. The required volume of mixed liquor to remove is determined as follows:</P>
        <GPH DEEP="31" SPAN="2">
          <GID>ER17OC00.548</GID>
        </GPH>
        <FP>Where:</FP>
        
        <FP SOURCE="FP-1">V<E T="52">w</E> is the wasted volume (Liters),</FP>
        <FP SOURCE="FP-1">V<E T="52">r</E> is the volume of the benchtop bioreactor (Liters),</FP>
        <FP SOURCE="FP-1">S<E T="52">m</E> is the measured solids (g/L), and</FP>
        <FP SOURCE="FP-1">S<E T="52">s</E> is the specified solids (g/L).</FP>
        
        <P>9.2.2Remove the mixed liquor from the benchtop bioreactor by loosening a clamp on the mixed liquor sampling tube and allowing the required volume to drain to a graduated flask. Clamp the tube when the correct volume has been wasted. Replace the volume of the liquid wasted by pouring the same volume of effluent back into the benchtop bioreactor. Dispose of the waste sludge properly.</P>
        <P>9.3Sludge Makeup. In the event that the suspended solids concentration is lower than the specifications, add makeup sludge back into the benchtop bioreactor. Determine the amount of sludge added by the following equation:</P>
        <GPH DEEP="31" SPAN="2">
          <GID>ER17OC00.549</GID>
        </GPH>
        <FP>Where:</FP>
        
        <FP SOURCE="FP-1">V<E T="52">w</E> is the volume of sludge to add (Liters),</FP>
        <FP SOURCE="FP-1">V<E T="52">r</E> is the volume of the benchtop bioreactor (Liters),</FP>
        <FP SOURCE="FP-1">S<E T="52">w</E> is the solids in the makeup sludge (g/L),</FP>
        <FP SOURCE="FP-1">S<E T="52">m</E> is the measured solids (g/L), and S<E T="52">s</E> is the specified solids (g/L).<PRTPAGE P="173"/>
        </FP>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">10.0Calibration and Standardization</HD>
        <P>10.1Wastewater Pump Calibration. Determine the wastewater flow rate by collecting the system effluent for a time period of at least one hour, and measuring the volume with a graduated cylinder. Record the collection time period and volume collected. Determine flow rate. Adjust the pump speed to deliver the specified flow rate.</P>
        <P>10.2Calibration Standards. Prepare calibration standards from pure certified standards in an aqueous medium. Prepare and analyze three concentrations of calibration standards for each target component (or for a mixture of components) in triplicate daily throughout the analyses of the test samples. At each concentration level, a single calibration shall be within 5 percent of the average of the three calibration results. The low and medium calibration standards shall bracket the expected concentration of the effluent (treated) wastewater. The medium and high standards shall bracket the expected influent concentration.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">11.0Analytical Procedures</HD>
        <P>11.1Analysis. If the identity of the compounds of interest in the wastewater is not known, a representative sample of the wastewater shall be analyzed in order to identify all of the compounds of interest present. A gas chromatography/mass spectrometry screening method is recommended.</P>
        <P>11.1.1After identifying the compounds of interest in the wastewater, develop and/or use one or more analytical techniques capable of measuring each of those compounds (more than one analytical technique may be required, depending on the characteristics of the wastewater). Test Method 18, found in appendix A of 40 CFR 60, may be used as a guideline in developing the analytical technique. Purge and trap techniques may be used for analysis providing the target components are sufficiently volatile to make this technique appropriate. The limit of quantitation for each compound shall be determined (see reference 1). If the effluent concentration of any target compound is below the limit of quantitation determined for that compound, the operation of the Method 304 unit may be altered to attempt to increase the effluent concentration above the limit of quantitation. Modifications to the method shall be approved prior to the test. The request should be addressed to Method 304 contact, Emissions Measurement Center, Mail Drop 19, U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, Research Triangle Park, NC 27711.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">12.0Data Analysis and Calculations</HD>

        <P>12.1Nomenclature. The following symbols are used in the calculations.
        </P>
        <FP SOURCE="FP-1">C<E T="52">i</E> = Average inlet feed concentration for a compound of interest, as analyzed (mg/L)</FP>
        <FP SOURCE="FP-1">C<E T="52">o</E> = Average outlet (effluent) concentration for a compound of interest, as analyzed (mg/L)</FP>
        <FP SOURCE="FP-1">X = Biomass concentration, mixed liquor suspended solids (g/L)</FP>
        <FP SOURCE="FP-1">t = Hydraulic residence time in the benchtop bioreactor (hours)</FP>
        <FP SOURCE="FP-1">V = Volume of the benchtop bioreactor (L)</FP>
        <FP SOURCE="FP-1">Q = Flow rate of wastewater into the benchtop bioreactor, average (L/hour)</FP>
        
        <P>12.2Residence Time. The hydraulic residence time of the benchtop bioreactor is equal to the ratio of the volume of the benchtop bioreactor (L) to the flow rate (L/h):</P>
        <GPH DEEP="26" SPAN="1">
          <GID>ER17OC00.550</GID>
        </GPH>
        <P>12.3Rate of Biodegradation. Calculate the rate of biodegradation for each component with the following equation:</P>
        <GPH DEEP="27" SPAN="1">
          <GID>ER17OC00.551</GID>
        </GPH>
        <P>12.4First-Order Biorate Constant. Calculate the first-order biorate constant (K1) for each component with the following equation:</P>
        <GPH DEEP="30" SPAN="2">
          <GID>ER17OC00.552</GID>
        </GPH>
        <P>12.5Relative Standard Deviation (RSD). Determine the standard deviation of both the influent and effluent sample concentrations (S) using the following equation:</P>
        <GPH DEEP="43" SPAN="2">
          <PRTPAGE P="174"/>
          <GID>ER17OC00.553</GID>
        </GPH>

        <P>12.6Determination of Percent Air Emissions and Percent Biodegraded. Use the results from this test method and follow the applicable procedures in appendix C of 40 CFR part 63, entitled, “Determination of the Fraction Biodegraded (F<E T="52">bio</E>) in a Biological Treatment Unit” to determine F<E T="52">bio</E>.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">13.0Method Performance <E T="01">[Reserved]</E>
        </HD>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">14.0Pollution Prevention <E T="01">[Reserved]</E>
        </HD>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">15.0Waste Management <E T="01">[Reserved]</E>
        </HD>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">16.0References</HD>
        <P>1. “Guidelines for data acquisition and data quality evaluation in Environmental Chemistry,” Daniel MacDoughal, Analytical Chemistry, Volume 52, p. 2242, 1980.</P>
        <P>2. Test Method 18, 40 CFR 60, appendix A.</P>
        <P>3. Standard Methods for the Examination of Water and Wastewater, 16th Edition, Method 209C, Total Suspended Solids Dried at 103-105 °C, APHA, 1985.</P>
        <P>4. Water7, Hazardous Waste Treatment, Storage, and Disposal Facilities (TSDF)—Air Emission Models, U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, EPA-450/3-87-026, Review Draft, November 1989.</P>
        <P>5. Chemdat7, Hazardous Waste Treatment, Storage, and Disposal Facilities (TSDF)—Air Emission Models, U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, EPA-450/3-87-026, Review Draft, November 1989.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">17.0Tables, Diagrams, Flowcharts, and Validation Data</HD>
        <GPH DEEP="428" SPAN="2">
          <PRTPAGE P="175"/>
          <GID>ER17OC00.554</GID>
        </GPH>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">Method 304B: Determination of Biodegradation Rates of Organic Compounds (Scrubber Option)</HD>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">1.0Scope and Application</HD>

        <P>1.1Applicability. This method is applicable for the determination of biodegradation rates of organic compounds in an activated sludge process. The test method is designed to evaluate the ability of an aerobic biological reaction system to degrade or destroy specific components in waste streams. The method may also be used to determine the effects of changes in wastewater composition on operation. The biodegradation rates determined by utilizing this method are not representative of a full-scale system. Full-scale systems embody biodegradation and air <PRTPAGE P="176"/>emissions in competing reactions. This method measures biodegradation in absence of air emissions. The rates measured by this method shall be used in conjunction with the procedures listed in appendix C of this part to calculate the fraction emitted to the air versus the fraction biodegraded.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">2.0Summary of Method</HD>
        <P>2.1A self-contained benchtop bioreactor system is assembled in the laboratory. A sample of mixed liquor is added and the waste stream is then fed continuously. The benchtop bioreactor is operated under conditions nearly identical to the target full-scale activated sludge process, except that air emissions are not a factor. The benchtop bioreactor temperature, dissolved oxygen concentration, average residence time in the reactor, waste composition, biomass concentration, and biomass composition of the target full-scale process are the parameters which are duplicated in the laboratory system. Biomass shall be removed from the target full-scale activated sludge unit and held for no more than 4 hours prior to use in the benchtop bioreactor. If antifoaming agents are used in the full-scale system, they shall also be used in the benchtop bioreactor. The feed flowing into and the effluent exiting the benchtop bioreactor are analyzed to determine the biodegradation rates of the target compounds. The choice of analytical methodology for measuring the compounds of interest at the inlet and outlet to the benchtop bioreactor are left to the discretion of the source, except where validated methods are available.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">3.0Definitions <E T="01">[Reserved]</E>
        </HD>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">4.0Interferences <E T="01">[Reserved]</E>
        </HD>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">5.0Safety</HD>
        <P>5.1If explosive gases are produced as a byproduct of biodegradation and could realistically pose a hazard, closely monitor headspace concentration of these gases to ensure laboratory safety. Placement of the benchtop bioreactor system inside a laboratory hood is recommended regardless of byproducts produced.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">6.0Equipment and Supplies</HD>
        <NOTE>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">Note:</HD>
          <P>Figure 304B-1 illustrates a typical laboratory apparatus used to measure biodegradation rates. While the following description refers to Figure 304B-1, the EPA recognizes that alternative reactor configurations, such as alternative reactor shapes and locations of probes and the feed inlet, will also meet the intent of this method. Ensure that the benchtop bioreactor system is self-contained and isolated from the atmosphere by leak-checking fittings, tubing, etc.</P>
        </NOTE>
        <P>6.1Benchtop Bioreactor. The biological reaction is conducted in a biological oxidation reactor of at least 6-liters capacity. The benchtop bioreactor is sealed and equipped with internal probes for controlling and monitoring dissolved oxygen and internal temperature. The top of the benchtop bioreactor is equipped for aerators, gas flow ports, and instrumentation (while ensuring that no leaks to the atmosphere exist around the fittings).</P>

        <P>6.2Aeration gas. Aeration gas is added to the benchtop bioreactor through three diffusers, which are glass tubes that extend to the bottom fifth of the reactor depth. A pure oxygen pressurized cylinder is recommended in order to maintain the specified oxygen concentration. Install a blower (<E T="03">e.g.,</E> Diaphragm Type, 15 SCFH capacity) to blow the aeration gas into the benchtop bioreactor diffusers. Measure the aeration gas flow rate with a rotameter (<E T="03">e.g.,</E> 0-15 SCFH recommended). The aeration gas will rise through the benchtop bioreactor, dissolving oxygen into the mixture in the process. The aeration gas must provide sufficient agitation to keep the solids in suspension. Provide an exit for the aeration gas from the top flange of the benchtop bioreactor through a water-cooled (<E T="03">e.g.,</E> Allihn-type) vertical condenser. Install the condenser through a gas-tight fitting in the benchtop bioreactor closure. Design the system so that at least 10 percent of the gas flows through an alkaline scrubber containing 175 mL of 45 percent by weight solution of potassium hydroxide (KOH) and 5 drops of 0.2 percent alizarin yellow dye. Route the balance of the gas through an adjustable scrubber bypass. Route all of the gas through a 1-L knock-out flask to remove entrained moisture and then to the intake of the blower. The blower recirculates the gas to the benchtop bioreactor.</P>

        <P>6.3Wastewater Feed. Supply the wastewater feed to the benchtop bioreactor in a collapsible low-density polyethylene container or collapsible liner in a container (<E T="03">e.g.,</E> 20 L) equipped with a spigot cap (collapsible containers or liners of other material may be required due to the permeability of some volatile compounds through polyethylene). Obtain the wastewater feed by sampling the wastewater feed in the target process. A representative sample of wastewater shall be obtained from the piping leading to the aeration tank. This sample may be obtained from existing sampling valves at the discharge of the wastewater feed pump, or collected from a pipe discharging to the aeration tank, or by pumping from a well-mixed equalization tank upstream from the aeration tank. Alternatively, wastewater can be pumped continuously to the laboratory apparatus from a bleed stream taken from the equalization tank of the full-scale treatment system.</P>

        <P>6.3.1Refrigeration System. Keep the wastewater feed cool by ice or by refrigeration to 4 °C. If using a bleed stream from the <PRTPAGE P="177"/>equalization tank, refrigeration is not required if the residence time in the bleed stream is less than five minutes.</P>
        <P>6.3.2Wastewater Feed Pump. The wastewater is pumped from the refrigerated container using a variable-speed peristaltic pump drive equipped with a peristaltic pump head. Add the feed solution to the benchtop bioreactor through a fitting on the top flange. Determine the rate of feed addition to provide a retention time in the benchtop bioreactor that is numerically equivalent to the retention time in the target full-scale system. The wastewater shall be fed at a rate sufficient to achieve 90 to 100 percent of the target full-scale system residence time.</P>
        <P>6.3.3Treated wastewater feed. The benchtop bioreactor effluent exits at the bottom of the reactor through a tube and proceeds to the clarifier.</P>

        <P>6.4Clarifier. The effluent flows to a separate closed clarifier that allows separation of biomass and effluent (<E T="03">e.g.,</E> 2-liter pear-shaped glass separatory funnel, modified by removing the stopcock and adding a 25-mm OD glass tube at the bottom). Benchtop bioreactor effluent enters the clarifier through a tube inserted to a depth of 0.08 m (3 in.) through a stopper at the top of the clarifier. System effluent flows from a tube inserted through the stopper at the top of the clarifier to a drain (or sample bottle when sampling). The underflow from the clarifier leaves from the glass tube at the bottom of the clarifier. Flexible tubing connects this fitting to the sludge recycle pump. This pump is coupled to a variable speed pump drive. The discharge from this pump is returned through a tube inserted in a port on the side of the benchtop bioreactor. An additional port is provided near the bottom of the benchtop bioreactor for sampling the reactor contents. The mixed liquor from the benchtop bioreactor flows into the center of the clarifier. The clarified system effluent separates from the biomass and flows through an exit near the top of the clarifier. There shall be no headspace in the clarifier.</P>
        <P>6.5Temperature Control Apparatus. Capable of maintaining the system at a temperature equal to the temperature of the full-scale system. The average temperature should be maintained within ±2 °C of the set point.</P>
        <P>6.5.1Temperature Monitoring Device. A resistance type temperature probe or a thermocouple connected to a temperature readout with a resolution of 0.1 °C or better.</P>
        <P>6.5.2Benchtop Bioreactor Heater. The heater is connected to the temperature control device.</P>
        <P>6.6Oxygen Control System. Maintain the dissolved oxygen concentration at the levels present in the full-scale system. Target full-scale activated sludge systems with dissolved oxygen concentration below 2 mg/L are required to maintain the dissolved oxygen concentration in the benchtop bioreactor within 0.5 mg/L of the target dissolved oxygen level. Target full-scale activated sludge systems with dissolved oxygen concentration above 2 mg/L are required to maintain the dissolved oxygen concentration in the benchtop bioreactor within 1.5 mg/L of the target dissolved oxygen concentration; however, for target full-scale activated sludge systems with dissolved oxygen concentrations above 2 mg/L, the dissolved oxygen concentration in the benchtop bioreactor may not drop below 1.5 mg/L. If the benchtop bioreactor is outside the control range, the dissolved oxygen is noted and the reactor operation is adjusted.</P>

        <P>6.6.1Dissolved Oxygen Monitor. Dissolved oxygen is monitored with a polarographic probe (gas permeable membrane) connected to a dissolved oxygen meter (<E T="03">e.g.,</E> 0 to 15 mg/L, 0 to 50 °C).</P>
        <P>6.6.2Benchtop Bioreactor Pressure Monitor. The benchtop bioreactor pressure is monitored through a port in the top flange of the reactor. This is connected to a gauge control with a span of 13-cm water vacuum to 13-cm water pressure or better. A relay is activated when the vacuum exceeds an adjustable setpoint which opens a solenoid valve (normally closed), admitting oxygen to the system. The vacuum setpoint controlling oxygen addition to the system shall be set at approximately 2.5 ±0.5 cm water and maintained at this setting except during brief periods when the dissolved oxygen concentration is adjusted.</P>
        <P>6.7Connecting Tubing. All connecting tubing shall be Teflon or equivalent in impermeability. The only exception to this specification is the tubing directly inside the pump head of the wastewater feed pump, which may be Viton, Silicone or another type of flexible tubing.</P>
        <NOTE>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">Note:</HD>
          <P>Mention of trade names or products does not constitute endorsement by the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency.</P>
        </NOTE>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">7.0.Reagents and Standards</HD>

        <P>7.1Wastewater. Obtain a representative sample of wastewater at the inlet to the full-scale treatment plant if there is an existing full-scale treatment plant (See Section 6.3). If there is no existing full-scale treatment plant, obtain the wastewater sample as close to the point of determination as possible. Collect the sample by pumping the wastewater into the 20-L collapsible container. The loss of volatiles shall be minimized from the wastewater by collapsing the container before filling, by minimizing the time of filling, and by avoiding a headspace in the container after filling. If the wastewater requires the addition of nutrients to support the biomass growth and maintain biomass characteristics, those nutrients are added and mixed with the container contents after the container is filled.<PRTPAGE P="178"/>
        </P>

        <P>7.2Biomass. Obtain the biomass or activated sludge used for rate constant determination in the bench-scale process from the existing full-scale process or from a representative biomass culture (<E T="03">e.g.,</E> biomass that has been developed for a future full-scale process). This biomass is preferentially obtained from a thickened acclimated mixed liquor sample. Collect the sample either by bailing from the mixed liquor in the aeration tank with a weighted container, or by collecting aeration tank effluent at the effluent overflow weir. Transport the sample to the laboratory within no more than 4 hours of collection. Maintain the biomass concentration in the benchtop bioreactor at the level of the target full-scale system +10 percent throughout the sampling period of the test method.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">8.0Sample Collection, Preservation, Storage, and Transport</HD>
        <P>8.1Benchtop Bioreactor Operation. Charge the mixed liquor to the benchtop bioreactor, minimizing headspace over the liquid surface to minimize entrainment of mixed liquor in the circulating gas. Fasten the benchtop bioreactor headplate to the reactor over the liquid surface. Maintain the temperature of the contents of the benchtop bioreactor system at the temperature of the target full-scale system, ±2 °C, throughout the testing period. Monitor and record the temperature of the reactor contents at least to the nearest 0.1 °C.</P>
        <P>8.1.1Wastewater Storage. Collect the wastewater sample in the 20-L collapsible container. Store the container at 4 °C throughout the testing period. Connect the container to the benchtop bioreactor feed pump.</P>
        <P>8.1.2Wastewater Flow Rate.</P>
        <P>8.1.2.1The hydraulic residence time of the aeration tank is calculated as the ratio of the volume of the tank (L) to the flow rate (L/min). At the beginning of a test, the container shall be connected to the feed pump and solution shall be pumped to the benchtop bioreactor at the required flow rate to achieve the calculated hydraulic residence time of wastewater in the aeration tank.</P>
        <MATH DEEP="27" SPAN="2">
          <MID>ER17OC00.555</MID>
        </MATH>
        <FP>Where:</FP>
        
        <FP SOURCE="FP-1">Q<E T="52">test</E> = wastewater flow rate (L/min)</FP>
        <FP SOURCE="FP-1">Q<E T="52">fs</E> = average flow rate of full-scale process (L/min)</FP>
        <FP SOURCE="FP-1">V<E T="52">fs</E> = volume of full-scale aeration tank (L)</FP>
        

        <P>8.1.2.2The target flow rate in the test apparatus is the same as the flow rate in the target full-scale process multiplied by the ratio of benchtop bioreactor volume (<E T="03">e.g.,</E> 6 L) to the volume of the full-scale aeration tank. The hydraulic residence time shall be maintained at 90 to 100 percent of the residence time maintained in the target full-scale unit. A nominal flow rate is set on the pump based on a pump calibration. Changes in the elasticity of the tubing in the pump head and the accumulation of material in the tubing affect this calibration. The nominal pumping rate shall be changed as necessary based on volumetric flow measurements. Discharge the benchtop bioreactor effluent to a wastewater storage, treatment, or disposal facility, except during sampling or flow measurement periods.</P>
        <P>8.1.3Sludge Recycle Rate. Set the sludge recycle rate at a rate sufficient to prevent accumulation in the bottom of the clarifier. Set the air circulation rate sufficient to maintain the biomass in suspension.</P>

        <P>8.1.4Benchtop Bioreactor Operation and Maintenance. Temperature, dissolved oxygen concentration, flow rate, and air circulation rate shall be measured and recorded three times throughout each day of testing. If other parameters (such as pH) are measured and maintained in the target full-scale unit, these parameters shall, where appropriate, be monitored and maintained to full-scale specifications in the benchtop bioreactor. At the beginning of each sampling period (section 8.2), sample the benchtop bioreactor contents for suspended solids analysis. Take this sample by loosening a clamp on a length of tubing attached to the lower side port. Determine the suspended solids gravimetrically by the Gooch crucible/glass fiber filter method for total suspended solids, in accordance with Standard Methods <SU>3</SU> or equivalent. When necessary, sludge shall be wasted from the lower side port of the benchtop bioreactor, and the volume that is wasted shall be replaced with an equal volume of the benchtop bioreactor effluent. Add thickened activated sludge mixed liquor as necessary to the benchtop bioreactor to increase the suspended solids concentration to the desired level. Pump this mixed liquor to the benchtop bioreactor through the upper side port (Item 24 in Figure 304B-1). Change the membrane on the dissolved oxygen probe before starting the test. Calibrate the oxygen probe immediately before the start of the test and each time the membrane is changed. <PRTPAGE P="179"/>The scrubber solution shall be replaced each weekday with 175 mL 45 percent W/W KOH solution to which five drops of 0.2 percent alizarin yellow indicator in water have been added. The potassium hydroxide solution in the alkaline scrubber shall be changed if the alizarin yellow dye color changes.</P>
        <P>8.1.5Inspection and Correction Procedures. If the feed line tubing becomes clogged, replace with new tubing. If the feed flow rate is not within 5 percent of target flow any time the flow rate is measured, reset pump or check the flow measuring device and measure flow rate again until target flow rate is achieved.</P>
        <P>8.2Test Sampling. At least two and one half hydraulic residence times after the system has reached the targeted specifications shall be permitted to elapse before the first sample is taken. Effluent samples of the clarifier discharge (Item 20 in Figure 304B-1) and the influent wastewater feed are collected in 40-mL septum vials to which two drops of 1:10 hydrochloric acid (HCl) in water have been added. Sample the clarifier discharge directly from the drain line. These samples will be composed of the entire flow from the system for a period of several minutes. Feed samples shall be taken from the feed pump suction line after temporarily stopping the benchtop bioreactor feed, removing a connector, and squeezing the collapsible feed container. Store both influent and effluent samples at 4 °C immediately after collection and analyze within 8 hours of collection.</P>

        <P>8.2.1Frequency of Sampling. During the test, sample and analyze the wastewater feed and the clarifier effluent at least six times. The sampling intervals shall be separated by at least 8 hours. During any individual sampling interval, sample the wastewater feed simultaneously with or immediately after the effluent sample. Calculate the RSD of the amount removed (<E T="03">i.e.,</E> effluent concentration—wastewater feed concentration). The RSD values shall be &lt;15 percent. If an RSD value is &gt;15 percent, continue sampling and analyzing influent and effluent sets of samples until the RSD values are within specifications.</P>
        <P>8.2.2Sampling After Exposure of System to Atmosphere. If, after starting sampling procedures, the benchtop bioreactor system is exposed to the atmosphere (due to leaks, maintenance, etc.), allow at least one hydraulic residence time to elapse before resuming sampling.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">9.0Quality Control</HD>

        <P>9.1Dissolved Oxygen. Fluctuation in dissolved oxygen concentration may occur for numerous reasons, including undetected gas leaks, increases and decreases in mixed liquor suspended solids resulting from cell growth and solids loss in the effluent stream, changes in diffuser performance, cycling of effluent flow rate, and overcorrection due to faulty or sluggish dissolved oxygen probe response. Control the dissolved oxygen concentration in the benchtop bioreactor by changing the proportion of oxygen in the circulating aeration gas. Should the dissolved oxygen concentration drift below the designated experimental condition, bleed a small amount of aeration gas from the system on the pressure side (<E T="03">i.e.,</E> immediately upstream of one of the diffusers). This will create a vacuum in the system, triggering the pressure sensitive relay to open the solenoid valve and admit oxygen to the system. Should the dissolved oxygen concentration drift above the designated experimental condition, slow or stop the oxygen input to the system until the dissolved oxygen concentration approaches the correct level.</P>
        <P>9.2Sludge Wasting.</P>
        <P>9.2.1Determine the suspended solids concentration (section 8.1.4) at the beginning of a test, and once per day thereafter during the test. If the test is completed within a two day period, determine the suspended solids concentration after the final sample set is taken. If the suspended solids concentration exceeds the specified concentration, remove a fraction of the sludge from the benchtop bioreactor. The required volume of mixed liquor to remove is determined as follows:</P>
        <GPH DEEP="31" SPAN="2">
          <GID>ER17OC00.556</GID>
        </GPH>
        <FP>Where:</FP>
        
        <FP SOURCE="FP-1">V<E T="52">w</E> is the wasted volume (Liters),</FP>
        <FP SOURCE="FP-1">V<E T="52">r</E> is the volume of the benchtop bioreactor (Liters),</FP>
        <FP SOURCE="FP-1">S<E T="52">m</E> is the measured solids (g/L), and</FP>
        <FP SOURCE="FP-1">S<E T="52">s</E> is the specified solids (g/L).</FP>
        

        <P>9.2.2Remove the mixed liquor from the benchtop bioreactor by loosening a clamp on the mixed liquor sampling tube and allowing the required volume to drain to a graduated flask. Clamp the tube when the correct volume has been wasted. Replace the volume of <PRTPAGE P="180"/>the liquid wasted by pouring the same volume of effluent back into the benchtop bioreactor. Dispose of the waste sludge properly.</P>
        <P>9.3Sludge Makeup. In the event that the suspended solids concentration is lower than the specifications, add makeup sludge back into the benchtop bioreactor. Determine the amount of sludge added by the following equation:</P>
        <MATH DEEP="31" SPAN="2">
          <MID>ER17OC00.557</MID>
        </MATH>
        <FP>Where:</FP>
        
        <FP SOURCE="FP-1">V<E T="52">w</E> is the volume of sludge to add (Liters),</FP>
        <FP SOURCE="FP-1">V<E T="52">r</E> is the volume of the benchtop bioreactor (Liters),</FP>
        <FP SOURCE="FP-1">S<E T="52">w</E> is the solids in the makeup sludge (g/L),</FP>
        <FP SOURCE="FP-1">S<E T="52">m</E> is the measured solids (g/L), and</FP>
        <FP SOURCE="FP-1">S<E T="52">s</E> is the specified solids (g/L).</FP>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">10.0Calibration and Standardizations</HD>
        <P>10.1Wastewater Pump Calibration. Determine the wastewater flow rate by collecting the system effluent for a time period of at least one hour, and measuring the volume with a graduated cylinder. Record the collection time period and volume collected. Determine flow rate. Adjust the pump speed to deliver the specified flow rate.</P>
        <P>10.2Calibration Standards. Prepare calibration standards from pure certified standards in an aqueous medium. Prepare and analyze three concentrations of calibration standards for each target component (or for a mixture of components) in triplicate daily throughout the analyses of the test samples. At each concentration level, a single calibration shall be within 5 percent of the average of the three calibration results. The low and medium calibration standards shall bracket the expected concentration of the effluent (treated) wastewater. The medium and high standards shall bracket the expected influent concentration.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">11.0Analytical Test Procedures</HD>
        <P>11.1Analysis. If the identity of the compounds of interest in the wastewater is not known, a representative sample of the wastewater shall be analyzed in order to identify all of the compounds of interest present. A gas chromatography/mass spectrometry screening method is recommended.</P>
        <P>11.1.1After identifying the compounds of interest in the wastewater, develop and/or use one or more analytical technique capable of measuring each of those compounds (more than one analytical technique may be required, depending on the characteristics of the wastewater). Method 18, found in appendix A of 40 CFR 60, may be used as a guideline in developing the analytical technique. Purge and trap techniques may be used for analysis providing the target components are sufficiently volatile to make this technique appropriate. The limit of quantitation for each compound shall be determined.<SU>1</SU> If the effluent concentration of any target compound is below the limit of quantitation determined for that compound, the operation of the Method 304 unit may be altered to attempt to increase the effluent concentration above the limit of quantitation. Modifications to the method shall be approved prior to the test. The request should be addressed to Method 304 contact, Emissions Measurement Center, Mail Drop 19, U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, Research Triangle Park, NC 27711.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">12.0Data Analysis and Calculations</HD>
        

        <P>12.1Nomenclature. The following symbols are used in the calculations.
        </P>
        <FP SOURCE="FP-1">C<E T="52">i</E> = Average inlet feed concentration for a compound of interest, as analyzed (mg/L)</FP>
        <FP SOURCE="FP-1">C<E T="52">o</E> = Average outlet (effluent) concentration for a compound of interest, as analyzed (mg/L)</FP>
        <FP SOURCE="FP-1">X = Biomass concentration, mixed liquor suspended solids (g/L)</FP>
        <FP SOURCE="FP-1">t = Hydraulic residence time in the benchtop bioreactor (hours)</FP>
        <FP SOURCE="FP-1">V = Volume of the benchtop bioreactor (L)</FP>
        <FP SOURCE="FP-1">Q = Flow rate of wastewater into the benchtop bioreactor, average (L/hour)</FP>
        
        <P>12.2Residence Time. The hydraulic residence time of the benchtop bioreactor is equal to the ratio of the volume of the benchtop bioreactor (L) to the flow rate (L/h)</P>
        <GPH DEEP="26" SPAN="2">
          <GID>ER17OC00.558</GID>
        </GPH>
        <PRTPAGE P="181"/>
        <P>12.3Rate of Biodegradation. Calculate the rate of biodegradation for each component with the following equation:</P>
        <GPH DEEP="27" SPAN="2">
          <GID>ER17OC00.559</GID>
        </GPH>
        <P>12.4First-Order Biorate Constant. Calculate the first-order biorate constant (K1) for each component with the following equation:</P>
        <GPH DEEP="30" SPAN="2">
          <GID>ER17OC00.560</GID>
        </GPH>
        <P>12.5Relative Standard Deviation (RSD). Determine the standard deviation of both the influent and effluent sample concentrations (S) using the following equation:</P>
        <GPH DEEP="43" SPAN="2">
          <GID>ER17OC00.561</GID>
        </GPH>

        <P>12.6Determination of Percent Air Emissions and Percent Biodegraded. Use the results from this test method and follow the applicable procedures in appendix C of 40 CFR Part 63, entitled, “Determination of the Fraction Biodegraded (F<E T="52">bio</E>) in a Biological Treatment Unit” to determine F<E T="52">bio</E>.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">13.0Method Performance <E T="01">[Reserved]</E>
        </HD>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">14.0Pollution Prevention <E T="01">[Reserved]</E>
        </HD>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">15.0Waste Management <E T="01">[Reserved]</E>
        </HD>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">16.0References</HD>
        <P>1. “Guidelines for data acquisition and data quality evaluation in Environmental Chemistry”, Daniel MacDoughal, Analytical Chemistry, Volume 52, p. 2242, 1980.</P>
        <P>2. Test Method 18, 40 CFR 60, Appendix A.</P>
        <P>3. Standard Methods for the Examination of Water and Wastewater, 16th Edition, Method 209C, Total Suspended Solids Dried at 103-105 °C, APHA, 1985.</P>
        <P>4. Water—7, Hazardous Waste Treatment, Storage, and Disposal Facilities (TSDF)—Air Emission Models, U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, EPA-450/3-87-026, Review Draft, November 1989.</P>
        <P>5. Chemdat7, Hazardous Waste Treatment, Storage, and Disposal Facilities (TSDF)—Air Emission Models, U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, EPA-450/3-87-026, Review Draft, November 1989.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">17.0Tables, Diagrams, Flowcharts, and Validation Data</HD>
        <GPH DEEP="400" SPAN="2">
          <PRTPAGE P="182"/>
          <GID>ER17oc00.562</GID>
        </GPH>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">Method 305: Measurement of Emission Potential of Individual Volatile Organic Compounds in Waste</HD>
        <NOTE>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">Note:</HD>
          <P>This method does not include all of the specifications (<E T="03">e.g.,</E> equipment and supplies) and procedures (<E T="03">e.g.,</E> sampling and analytical) essential to its performance. Some material is incorporated by reference from other methods in 40 CFR Part 60, Appendix A. Therefore, to obtain reliable results, persons using this method should have a thorough knowledge of at least Method 25D.</P>
        </NOTE>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">1.0Scope and Application</HD>
        <P>1.1Analyte. Volatile Organics. No CAS No. assigned.</P>
        <P>1.2Applicability. This procedure is used to determine the emission potential of individual volatile organics (VOs) in waste.</P>

        <P>1.3Data Quality Objectives. Adherence to the requirements of this method will enhance the quality of the data obtained from air pollutant sampling methods.<PRTPAGE P="183"/>
        </P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">2.0Summary of Method</HD>

        <P>2.1The heated purge conditions established by Method 25D (40 CFR Part 60, Appendix A) are used to remove VOs from a 10 gram sample of waste suspended in a 50/50 solution of polyethylene glycol (PEG) and water. The purged VOs are quantified by using the sample collection and analytical techniques (<E T="03">e.g.</E> gas chromatography) appropriate for the VOs present in the waste. The recovery efficiency of the sample collection and analytical technique is determined for each waste matrix. A correction factor is determined for each compound (if acceptable recovery criteria requirements are met of 70 to 130 percent recovery for every target compound), and the measured waste concentration is corrected with the correction factor for each compound. A minimum of three replicate waste samples shall be analyzed.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">3.0Definitions <E T="01">[Reserved]</E>
        </HD>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">4.0Interferences <E T="01">[Reserved]</E>
        </HD>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">5.0Safety</HD>
        <P>5.1Disclaimer. This method may involve hazardous materials, operations, and equipment. This test method may not address all of the safety problems associated with its use. It is the responsibility of the user of this test method to establish appropriate safety and health practices and to determine the applicability of regulatory limitations prior to performing this test method.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">6.0Equipment and Supplies</HD>
        <P>6.1Method 25D Purge Apparatus.</P>
        <P>6.1.1Purge Chamber. The purge chamber shall accommodate the 10 gram sample of waste suspended in a matrix of 50 mL of PEG and 50 mL of deionized, hydrocarbon-free water. Three fittings are used on the glass chamber top. Two #7 Ace-threads are used for the purge gas inlet and outlet connections. A #50 Ace-thread is used to connect the top of the chamber to the base (see Figure 305-1). The base of the chamber has a side-arm equipped with a #22 Sovirel fitting to allow for easy sample introductions into the chamber. The dimensions of the chamber are shown in Figure 305-1.</P>
        <P>6.1.2Flow Distribution Device (FDD). The FDD enhances the gas-to-liquid contact for improved purging efficiency. The FDD is a 6 mm OD (0.2 in) by 30 cm (12 in) long glass tube equipped with four arm bubblers as shown in Figure 305-1. Each arm shall have an opening of 1 mm (0.04 in) in diameter.</P>
        <P>6.1.3Coalescing Filter. The coalescing filter serves to discourage aerosol formation of sample gas once it leaves the purge chamber. The glass filter has a fritted disc mounted 10 cm (3.9 in) from the bottom. Two #7 Ace-threads are used for the inlet and outlet connections. The dimensions of the chamber are shown in Figure 305-2.</P>
        <P>6.1.4Oven. A forced convection airflow oven capable of maintaining the purge chamber and coalescing filter at 75 ±2 °C (167 ±3.6 °F).</P>
        <P>6.1.5Toggle Valve. An on/off valve constructed from brass or stainless steel rated to 100 psig. This valve is placed in line between the purge nitrogen source and the flow controller.</P>
        <P>6.1.6Flow Controller. High-quality stainless steel flow controller capable of restricting a flow of nitrogen to 6 ±0.06 L/min (0.2 ±0.002 ft<SU>3</SU>/min) at 40 psig.</P>
        <P>6.1.7Polyethylene Glycol Cleaning System.</P>
        <P>6.1.7.1Round-Bottom Flask. One liter, three-neck glass round-bottom flask for cleaning PEG. Standard taper 24/40 joints are mounted on each neck.</P>
        <P>6.1.7.2Heating Mantle. Capable of heating contents of the 1-L flask to 120 °C (248 °F).</P>
        <P>6.1.7.3Nitrogen Bubbler. Teflon<E T="51">®</E> or glass tube, 0.25 in OD (6.35 mm).</P>
        <P>6.1.7.4Temperature Sensor. Partial immersion glass thermometer.</P>
        <P>6.1.7.5Hose Adapter. Glass with 24/40 standard tapered joint.</P>
        <P>6.2Volatile Organic Recovery System.</P>
        <P>6.2.1Splitter Valve (Optional). Stainless steel cross-pattern valve capable of splitting nominal flow rates from the purge flow of 6 L/min (0.2 ft<SU>3</SU>/min). The valve shall be maintained at 75 + 2 °C (167 ±3.6 °F) in the heated zone and shall be placed downstream of the coalescing filter. It is recommended that 0.125 in OD (3.175 mm) tubing be used to direct the split vent flow from the heated zone. The back pressure caused by the 0.125 in OD (3.175 mm) tubing is critical for maintaining proper split valve operation.</P>
        <NOTE>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">Note:</HD>
          <P>The splitter valve design is optional; it may be used in cases where the concentration of a pollutant would saturate the adsorbents.</P>
        </NOTE>
        <P>6.2.2Injection Port. Stainless steel 1/4 in OD (6.35 mm) compression fitting tee with a 6 mm (0.2 in) septum fixed on the top port. The injection port is the point of entry for the recovery study solution. If using a gaseous standard to determine recovery efficiency, connect the gaseous standard to the injection port of the tee.</P>
        <P>6.2.3Knockout Trap (Optional but Recommended). A 25 mL capacity glass reservoir body with a full-stem impinger (to avoid leaks, a modified midget glass impinger with a screw cap and ball/socket clamps on the inlet and outlet is recommended). The empty impinger is placed in an ice water bath between the injection port and the sorbent cartridge. Its purpose is to reduce the water content of the purge gas (saturated at 75 °C (167 °F)) before the sorbent cartridge.</P>

        <P>6.2.4Insulated Ice Bath. A 350 mL dewar or other type of insulated bath is used to <PRTPAGE P="184"/>maintain ice water around the knockout trap.</P>
        <P>6.2.5Sorbent Cartridges. Commercially available glass or stainless steel cartridge packed with one or more appropriate sorbents. The amount of adsorbent packed in the cartridge depends on the breakthrough volume of the test compounds but is limited by back pressure caused by the packing (not to exceed 7 psig). More than one sorbent cartridge placed in series may be necessary depending upon the mixture of the measured components.</P>
        <P>6.2.6Volumetric Glassware. Type A glass 10 mL volumetric flasks for measuring a final volume from the water catch in the knockout trap.</P>
        <P>6.2.7Thermal Desorption Unit. A clam-shell type oven, used for the desorption of direct thermal desorption sorbent tubes. The oven shall be capable of increasing the temperature of the desorption tubes rapidly to recommended desorption temperature.</P>
        <P>6.2.8Ultrasonic Bath. Small bath used to agitate sorbent material and desorption solvent. Ice water shall be used in the bath because of heat transfer caused by operation of the bath.</P>
        <P>6.2.9Desorption Vials. Four-dram (15 mL) capacity borosilicate glass vials with Teflon-lined caps.</P>
        <P>6.3Analytical System. A gas chromatograph (GC) is commonly used to separate and quantify compounds from the sample collection and recovery procedure. Method 18 (40 CFR Part 60, Appendix A) may be used as a guideline for determining the appropriate GC column and GC detector based on the test compounds to be determined. Other types of analytical instrumentation may be used (HPLC) in lieu of GC systems as long as the recovery efficiency criteria of this method are met.</P>
        <P>6.3.1Gas Chromatograph (GC). The GC shall be equipped with a constant-temperature liquid injection port or a heated sampling loop/valve system, as appropriate. The GC oven shall be temperature-programmable over the useful range of the GC column. The choice of detectors is based on the test compounds to be determined.</P>

        <P>6.3.2GC Column. Select the appropriate GC column based on (1) literature review or previous experience, (2) polarity of the analytes, (3) capacity of the column, or (4) resolving power (<E T="03">e.g.,</E> length, diameter, film thickness) required.</P>
        <P>6.3.3Data System. A programmable electronic integrator for recording, analyzing, and storing the signal generated by the detector.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">7.0Reagents and Standards</HD>
        <P>7.1Method 25D Purge Apparatus.</P>
        <P>7.1.1Polyethylene Glycol (PEG). Ninety-eight percent pure organic polymer with an average molecular weight of 400 g/mol. Volatile organics are removed from the PEG prior to use by heating to 120 ±5 °C (248 ±9 °F) and purging with pure nitrogen at 1 L/min (0.04 ft<SU>3</SU>/min) for 2 hours. After purging and heating, the PEG is maintained at room temperature under a nitrogen purge maintained at 1 L/min (0.04 ft<SU>3</SU>/min) until used. A typical apparatus used to clean the PEG is shown in Figure 305-3.</P>
        <P>7.1.2Water. Organic-free deionized water is required.</P>
        <P>7.1.3Nitrogen. High-purity nitrogen (less than 0.5 ppm total hydrocarbons) is used to remove test compounds from the purge matrix. The source of nitrogen shall be regulated continuously to 40 psig before the on/off toggle valve.</P>
        <P>7.2Volatile Organic Recovery System.</P>
        <P>7.2.1Water. Organic-free deionized water is required.</P>
        <P>7.2.2Desorption Solvent (when used). Appropriate high-purity (99.99 percent) solvent for desorption shall be used. Analysis shall be performed (utilizing the same analytical technique as that used in the analysis of the waste samples) on each lot to determine purity.</P>
        <P>7.3Analytical System. The gases required for GC operation shall be of the highest obtainable purity (hydrocarbon free). Consult the operating manual for recommended settings.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">8.0Sample Collection, Preservation, Storage, and Transport</HD>
        <P>8.1Assemble the glassware and associated fittings (see Figures 305-3 and 305-4, as appropriate) and leak-check the system (approximately 7 psig is the target pressure). After an initial leak check, mark the pressure gauge and use the initial checkpoint to monitor for leaks throughout subsequent analyses. If the pressure in the system drops below the target pressure at any time during analysis, that analysis shall be considered invalid.</P>

        <P>8.2Recovery Efficiency Determination. Determine the individual recovery efficiency (RE) for each of the target compounds in duplicate before the waste samples are analyzed. To determine the RE, generate a water blank (Section 11.1) and use the injection port to introduce a known volume of spike solution (or certified gaseous standard) containing all of the target compounds at the levels expected in the waste sample. Introduce the spike solution immediately after the nitrogen purge has been started (Section 8.3.2). Follow the procedures outlined in Section 8.3.3. Analyze the recovery efficiency samples using the techniques described in Section 11.2. Determine the recovery efficiency (Equation 305-1, Section 12.2) by comparing the amount of compound recovered to the theoretical amount spiked. Determine the RE twice for each compound; the relative <PRTPAGE P="185"/>standard deviation, (RSD) shall be ≤10 percent for each compound. If the RSD for any compound is not ≤ 10 percent, modify the sampling/analytical procedure and complete an RE study in duplicate, or continue determining RE until the RSD meets the acceptable criteria. The average RE shall be 0.70 ≤ RE ≤ 1.30 for each compound. If the average RE does not meet these criteria, an alternative sample collection and/or analysis technique shall be developed and the recovery efficiency determination shall be repeated for that compound until the criteria are met for every target compound. Example modifications of the sampling/analytical system include changing the adsorbent material, changing the desorption solvent, utilizing direct thermal desorption of test compounds from the sorbent tubes, utilizing another analytical technique.</P>
        <P>8.3Sample Collection and Recovery.</P>
        <P>8.3.1The sample collection procedure in Method 25D shall be used to collect (into a preweighed vial) 10 g of waste into PEG, cool, and ship to the laboratory. Remove the sample container from the cooler and wipe the exterior to remove any ice or water. Weigh the container and sample to the nearest 0.01 g and record the weight. Pour the sample from the container into the purge flask. Rinse the sample container three times with approximately 6 mL of PEG (or the volume needed to total 50 mL of PEG in the purge flask), transferring the rinses to the purge flask. Add 50 mL of organic-free deionized water to the purge flask. Cap the purge flask tightly in between each rinse and after adding all the components into the flask.</P>
        <P>8.3.2Allow the oven to equilibrate to 75 ±2 °C (167 ±3.6 °F). Begin the sample recovery process by turning the toggle valve on, thus allowing a 6 L/min flow of pure nitrogen through the purge chamber.</P>
        <P>8.3.3Stop the purge after 30 min. Immediately remove the sorbent tube(s) from the apparatus and cap both ends. Remove the knockout trap and transfer the water catch to a 10 mL volumetric flask. Rinse the trap with organic-free deionized water and transfer the rinse to the volumetric flask. Dilute to the 10 mL mark with water. Transfer the water sample to a sample vial and store at 4 °C (39.2 °F) with zero headspace. The analysis of the contents of the water knockout trap is optional for this method. If the target compounds are water soluble, analysis of the water is recommended; meeting the recovery efficiency criteria in these cases would be difficult without adding the amount captured in the knockout trap.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">9.0Quality Control</HD>
        <P>9.1Miscellaneous Quality Control Measures.</P>
        <GPOTABLE CDEF="s50,r75,r100" COLS="3" OPTS="L2">
          <BOXHD>
            <CHED H="1">Section</CHED>
            <CHED H="1">Quality control measure</CHED>
            <CHED H="1">Effect</CHED>
          </BOXHD>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">8.1</ENT>
            <ENT>Sampling equipment leak-check</ENT>
            <ENT>Ensures accurate measurement of sample volume.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">8.2</ENT>
            <ENT>Recovery efficiency (RE) determination for each measured compound.</ENT>
            <ENT>Ensures accurate sample collection and analysis.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">8.3</ENT>
            <ENT>Calibration of analytical instrument with at least 3 calibration standards.</ENT>
            <ENT>Ensures linear measurement of compounds over the instrument span.</ENT>
          </ROW>
        </GPOTABLE>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">10.0Calibration and Standardization</HD>
        <P>10.1The analytical instrument shall be calibrated with a minimum of three levels of standards for each compound whose concentrations bracket the concentration of test compounds from the sorbent tubes. Liquid calibration standards shall be used for calibration in the analysis of the solvent extracts. The liquid calibration standards shall be prepared in the desorption solvent matrix. The calibration standards may be prepared and injected individually or as a mixture. If thermal desorption and focusing (onto another sorbent or cryogen focusing) are used, a certified gaseous mixture or a series of gaseous standards shall be used for calibration of the instrument. The gaseous standards shall be focused and analyzed in the same manner as the samples.</P>

        <P>10.2The analytical system shall be certified free from contaminants before a calibration is performed (see Section 11.1). The calibration standards are used to determine the linearity of the analytical system. Perform an initial calibration and linearity check by analyzing the three calibration standards for each target compound in triplicate starting with the lowest level and continuing to the highest level. If the triplicate analyses do not agree within 5 percent of their average, additional analyses will be needed until the 5 percent criteria is met. Calculate the response factor (Equation 305-3, Section 12.4) from the average area counts of the injections for each concentration level. Average the response factors of the standards for each compound. The linearity of the detector is acceptable if the response factor of each compound at a particular concentration is within 10 percent of the overall mean response factor for that compound. Analyze daily a mid-level calibration standard in duplicate and calculate a new response factor. Compare the daily response factor average to the average response factor calculated for the mid-level calibration during the initial linearity check; repeat the three-<PRTPAGE P="186"/>level calibration procedure if the daily average response factor differs from the initial linearity check mid-level response factor by more than 10 percent. Otherwise, proceed with the sample analysis.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">11.0Analytical Procedure</HD>
        <P>11.1Water Blank Analysis. A water blank shall be analyzed daily to determine the cleanliness of the purge and recovery system. A water blank is generated by adding 60 mL of organic-free deionized water to 50 mL of PEG in the purge chamber. Treat the blank as described in Sections 8.3.2 and 8.3.3. The purpose of the water blank is to insure that no contaminants exist in the sampling and analytical apparatus which would interfere with the quantitation of the target compounds. If contaminants are present, locate the source of contamination, remove it, and repeat the water blank analysis.</P>
        <P>11.2Sample Analysis. Sample analysis in the context of this method refers to techniques to remove the target compounds from the sorbent tubes, separate them using a chromatography technique, and quantify them with an appropriate detector. Two types of sample extraction techniques typically used for sorbents include solvent desorption or direct thermal desorption of test compounds to a secondary focusing unit (either sorbent or cryogen based). The test compounds are then typically transferred to a GC system for analysis. Other analytical systems may be used (e.g., HPLC) in lieu of GC systems as long as the recovery efficiency criteria of this method are met.</P>
        <P>11.2.1Recover the test compounds from the sorbent tubes that require solvent desorption by transferring the adsorbent material to a sample vial containing the desorption solvent. The desorption solvent shall be the same as the solvent used to prepare calibration standards. The volume of solvent depends on the amount of adsorbed material to be desorbed (1.0 mL per 100 mg of adsorbent material) and also on the amount of test compounds present. Final volume adjustment and or dilution can be made so that the concentration of test compounds in the desorption solvent is bracketed by the concentration of the calibration solutions. Ultrasonicate the desorption solvent for 15 min in an ice bath. Allow the sample to sit for a period of time so that the adsorbent material can settle to the bottom of the vial. Transfer the solvent with a pasteur pipet (minimizing the amount of adsorbent material taken) to another vial and store at 4 °C (39.2 °F).</P>
        <P>11.2.2Analyze the desorption solvent or direct thermal desorption tubes from each sample using the same analytical parameters used for the calibration standard. Calculate the total weight detected for each compound (Equation 305-4, Section 12.5). The slope (area/amount) and y-intercept are calculated from the line bracketed between the two closest calibration points. Correct the concentration of each waste sample with the appropriate recovery efficiency factor and the split flow ratio (if used). The final concentration of each individual test compound is calculated by dividing the corrected measured weight for that compound by the weight of the original sample determined in Section 8.3.1 (Equation 305-5, Section 12.6).</P>
        <P>11.2.3Repeat the analysis for the three samples collected in Section 8.3. Report the corrected concentration of each of the waste samples, average waste concentration, and relative standard deviation (Equation 305-6, Section 12.7).</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">12.0Data Analysis and Calculations.</HD>
        <P>12.1Nomenclature.
        </P>
        <FP SOURCE="FP-1">A<E T="52">S</E> = Mean area counts of test compound in standard.</FP>
        <FP SOURCE="FP-1">A<E T="52">U</E> = Mean area counts of test compound in sample desorption solvent.</FP>
        <FP SOURCE="FP-1">b = Y-intercept of the line formed between the two closest calibration standards that bracket the concentration of the sample.</FP>
        <FP SOURCE="FP-1">C<E T="52">T</E> = Amount of test compound (µg) in calibration standard.</FP>
        <FP SOURCE="FP-1">C<E T="52">F</E> = Correction for adjusting final amount of sample detected for losses during individual sample runs.</FP>
        <FP SOURCE="FP-1">F<E T="52">P</E> = Nitrogen flow through the purge chamber (6 L/min).</FP>
        <FP SOURCE="FP-1">F<E T="52">S</E> = Nitrogen split flow directed to the sample recovery system (use 6 L/min if split flow design was not used).</FP>
        <FP SOURCE="FP-1">PPM = Final concentration of test compound in waste sample [µg/g (which is equivalent to parts per million by weight (ppmw))].</FP>
        <FP SOURCE="FP-1">RE = Recovery efficiency for adjusting final amount of sample detected for losses due to inefficient trapping and desorption techniques.</FP>
        <FP SOURCE="FP-1">R.F. = Response factor for test compound, calculated from a calibration standard.</FP>
        <FP SOURCE="FP-1">S = Slope of the line (area counts/C<E T="52">T</E>) formed between two closest calibration points that bracket the concentration of the sample.</FP>
        <FP SOURCE="FP-1">W<E T="52">C</E> = Weight of test compound expected to be recovered in spike solution based on theoretical amount (µg).</FP>
        <FP SOURCE="FP-1">W<E T="52">E</E> = Weight of vial and PEG (g).</FP>
        <FP SOURCE="FP-1">W<E T="52">F</E> = Weight of vial, PEG and waste sample (g).</FP>
        <FP SOURCE="FP-1">W<E T="52">S</E> = Weight of original waste sample (g).</FP>
        <FP SOURCE="FP-1">W<E T="52">T</E> = Corrected weight of test compound measured (µg) in sample.</FP>
        <FP SOURCE="FP-1">W<E T="52">X</E> = Weight of test compound measured during analysis of recovery efficiency spike samples (µg).</FP>
        
        <P>12.2Recovery efficiency for determining trapping/desorption efficiency of individual test compounds in the spike solution, decimal value.</P>
        <MATH DEEP="27" SPAN="2">
          <PRTPAGE P="187"/>
          <MID>ER17OC00.563</MID>
        </MATH>
        <P>12.3Weight of waste sample (g).</P>
        <MATH DEEP="12" SPAN="2">
          <MID>ER17OC00.564</MID>
        </MATH>
        <P>12.4Response factor for individual test compounds.</P>
        <MATH DEEP="27" SPAN="2">
          <MID>ER17OC00.565</MID>
        </MATH>
        <P>12.5Corrected weight of a test compound in the sample, in µg.</P>
        <MATH DEEP="28" SPAN="2">
          <MID>ER17OC00.566</MID>
        </MATH>
        <P>12.6Final concentration of a test compound in the sample in ppmw.</P>
        <MATH DEEP="27" SPAN="2">
          <MID>ER17OC00.567</MID>
        </MATH>
        <P>12.7Relative standard deviation (RSD) calculation.</P>
        <MATH DEEP="44" SPAN="2">
          <MID>ER17OC00.568</MID>
        </MATH>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">13.0Method Performance <E T="01">[Reserved]</E>
        </HD>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">14.0Pollution Prevention <E T="01">[Reserved]</E>
        </HD>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">15.0Waste Management <E T="01">[Reserved]</E>
        </HD>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">16.0References <E T="01">[Reserved]</E>
        </HD>
        <PRTPAGE P="188"/>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">17.0Tables, Diagrams, Flowcharts, and Validation Data</HD>
        <GPH DEEP="400" SPAN="2">
          <GID>ER17OC00.569</GID>
        </GPH>
        <GPH DEEP="28" SPAN="2">
          <GID>ER17OC00.570</GID>
        </GPH>
        <GPH DEEP="400" SPAN="2">
          <PRTPAGE P="189"/>
          <GID>ER17OC00.571</GID>
        </GPH>
        <GPH DEEP="240" SPAN="2">
          <PRTPAGE P="190"/>
          <GID>ER17OC00.572</GID>
        </GPH>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">Method 306—Determination of Chromium Emissions From Decorative and Hard Chromium Electroplating and Chromium Anodizing Operations—Isokinetic Method</HD>
        <NOTE>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">Note:</HD>
          <P>This method does not include all of the specifications (<E T="03">e.g.,</E> equipment and supplies) and procedures (<E T="03">e.g.,</E> sampling and analytical) essential to its performance. Some material is incorporated by reference from other methods in 40 CFR Part 60, Appendix A. Therefore, to obtain reliable results, persons using this method should have a thorough knowledge of at least Method 5.</P>
        </NOTE>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">1.0Scope and Application</HD>
        <P>1.1Analytes.</P>
        <GPOTABLE CDEF="s50,r75,r100" COLS="3" OPTS="L2">
          <BOXHD>
            <CHED H="1">Analyte</CHED>
            <CHED H="1">CAS No.</CHED>
            <CHED H="1">Sensitivity</CHED>
          </BOXHD>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">Chromium</ENT>
            <ENT>7440-47-3</ENT>
            <ENT>See Sec. 13.2.</ENT>
          </ROW>
        </GPOTABLE>
        <P>1.2Applicability. This method applies to the determination of chromium (Cr) in emissions from decorative and hard chrome electroplating facilities, chromium anodizing operations, and continuous chromium plating operations at iron and steel facilities.</P>
        <P>1.3Data Quality Objectives. [Reserved]</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">2.0Summary of Method</HD>

        <P>2.1Sampling. An emission sample is extracted isokinetically from the source using an unheated Method 5 sampling train (40 CFR Part 60, Appendix A), with a glass nozzle and probe liner, but with the filter omitted. The sample time shall be at least two hours. The Cr emissions are collected in an alkaline solution containing 0.1 N sodium hydroxide (NaOH) or 0.1 N sodium bicarbonate (NaHCO<E T="52">3</E>). The collected samples are recovered using an alkaline solution and are then transported to the laboratory for analysis.</P>
        <P>2.2Analysis.</P>
        <P>2.2.1Total chromium samples with high chromium concentrations (≥35 µg/L) may be analyzed using inductively coupled plasma emission spectrometry (ICP) at 267.72 nm.</P>
        <NOTE>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">Note:</HD>
          <P>The ICP analysis is applicable for this method only when the solution analyzed has a Cr concentration greater than or equal to 35 µg/L or five times the method detection limit as determined according to Appendix B in 40 CFR Part 136.</P>
        </NOTE>
        <PRTPAGE P="191"/>
        <P>2.2.2Alternatively, when lower total chromium concentrations (&lt;35 µg/L) are encountered, a portion of the alkaline sample solution may be digested with nitric acid and analyzed by graphite furnace atomic absorption spectroscopy (GFAAS) at 357.9 nm.</P>

        <P>2.2.3If it is desirable to determine hexavalent chromium (Cr<E T="51">+6</E>) emissions, the samples may be analyzed using an ion chromatograph equipped with a post-column reactor (IC/PCR) and a visible wavelength detector. To increase sensitivity for trace levels of Cr<E T="51">+6</E>, a preconcentration system may be used in conjunction with the IC/PCR.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">3.0Definitions</HD>
        <P>3.1<E T="03">Total Chromium</E>—measured chromium content that includes both major chromium oxidation states (Cr<E T="51">+3</E>, Cr<E T="51">+3</E>).</P>
        <P>3.2<E T="03">May</E>—Implies an optional operation.</P>
        <P>3.3<E T="03">Digestion</E>—The analytical operation involving the complete (or nearly complete) dissolution of the sample in order to ensure the complete solubilization of the element (analyte) to be measured.</P>
        <P>3.4<E T="03">Interferences</E>—Physical, chemical, or spectral phenomena that may produce a high or low bias in the analytical result.</P>
        <P>3.5<E T="03">Analytical System</E>—All components of the analytical process including the sample digestion and measurement apparatus.</P>
        <P>3.6<E T="03">Sample Recovery</E>—The quantitative transfer of sample from the collection apparatus to the sample preparation (digestion, etc.) apparatus. This term should not be confused with analytical recovery.</P>
        <P>3.7<E T="03">Matrix Modifier</E>—A chemical modification to the sample during GFAAS determinations to ensure that the analyte is not lost during the measurement process (prior to the atomization stage)</P>
        <P>3.8<E T="03">Calibration Reference Standards</E>—Quality control standards used to check the accuracy of the instrument calibration curve prior to sample analysis.</P>
        <P>3.9<E T="03">Continuing Check Standard</E>—Quality control standards used to verify that unacceptable drift in the measurement system has not occurred.</P>
        <P>3.10<E T="03">Calibration Blank</E>—A blank used to verify that there has been no unacceptable shift in the baseline either immediately following calibration or during the course of the analytical measurement.</P>
        <P>3.11<E T="03">Interference Check</E>—An analytical/measurement operation that ascertains whether a measurable interference in the sample exists.</P>
        <P>3.12<E T="03">Interelement Correction Factors</E>—Factors used to correct for interfering elements that produce a false signal (high bias).</P>
        <P>3.13<E T="03">Duplicate Sample Analysis</E>—Either the repeat measurement of a single solution or the measurement of duplicate preparations of the same sample. It is important to be aware of which approach is required for a particular type of measurement. For example, no digestion is required for the ICP determination and the duplicate instrument measurement is therefore adequate whereas duplicate digestion/instrument measurements are required for GFAAS.</P>
        <P>3.14<E T="03">Matrix Spiking</E>—Analytical spikes that have been added to the actual sample matrix either before (Section 9.2.5.2) or after (Section 9.1.6). Spikes added to the sample <E T="03">prior</E> to a preparation technique (<E T="03">e.g.,</E> digestion) allow for the assessment of an overall method accuracy while those added <E T="03">after</E> only provide for the <E T="03">measurement</E> accuracy determination.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">4.0Interferences</HD>
        <P>4.1ICP Interferences.</P>
        <P>4.1.1ICP Spectral Interferences. Spectral interferences are caused by: overlap of a spectral line from another element; unresolved overlap of molecular band spectra; background contribution from continuous or recombination phenomena; and, stray light from the line emission of high-concentrated elements. Spectral overlap may be compensated for by correcting the raw data with a computer and measuring the interfering element. At the 267.72 nm Cr analytical wavelength, iron, manganese, and uranium are potential interfering elements. Background and stray light interferences can usually be compensated for by a background correction adjacent to the analytical line. Unresolved overlap requires the selection of an alternative chromium wavelength. Consult the instrument manufacturer's operation manual for interference correction procedures.</P>

        <P>4.1.2ICP Physical Interferences. High levels of dissolved solids in the samples may cause significant inaccuracies due to salt buildup at the nebulizer and torch tips. This problem can be controlled by diluting the sample or by extending the rinse times between sample analyses. Standards shall be prepared in the same solution matrix as the samples (<E T="03">i.e.,</E> 0.1 N NaOH or 0.1 N NaHCO<E T="52">3</E>).</P>
        <P>4.1.3ICP Chemical Interferences. These include molecular compound formation, ionization effects and solute vaporization effects, and are usually not significant in the ICP procedure, especially if the standards and samples are matrix matched.</P>
        <P>4.2GFAAS Interferences.</P>
        <P>4.2.1GFAAS Chemical Interferences. Low concentrations of calcium and/or phosphate may cause interferences; at concentrations above 200 µg/L, calcium's effect is constant and eliminates the effect of phosphate. Calcium nitrate is therefore added to the concentrated analyte to ensure a known constant effect. Other matrix modifiers recommended by the instrument manufacturer may also be considered.</P>

        <P>4.2.2GFAAS Cyanide Band Interferences. Nitrogen should not be used as the purge gas due to cyanide band interference.<PRTPAGE P="192"/>
        </P>
        <P>4.2.3GFAAS Spectral Interferences. Background correction may be required because of possible significant levels of nonspecific absorption and scattering at the 357.9 nm analytical wavelength.</P>
        <P>4.2.4GFAAS Background Interferences. Zeeman or Smith-Hieftje background correction is recommended for interferences resulting from high levels of dissolved solids in the alkaline impinger solutions.</P>
        <P>4.3IC/PCR Interferences.</P>

        <P>4.3.1IC/PCR Chemical Interferences. Components in the sample matrix may cause Cr<E T="51">+6</E> to convert to trivalent chromium (Cr<E T="51">+3</E>) or cause Cr<E T="51">+3</E> to convert to Cr<E T="51">+6</E>. The chromatographic separation of Cr<E T="51">+6</E> using ion chromatography reduces the potential for other metals to interfere with the post column reaction. For the IC/PCR analysis, only compounds that coelute with Cr<E T="51">+6</E> and affect the diphenylcarbazide reaction will cause interference.</P>
        <P>4.3.2IC/PCR Background Interferences. Periodic analyses of reagent water blanks are used to demonstrate that the analytical system is essentially free of contamination. Sample cross-contamination can occur when high-level and low-level samples or standards are analyzed alternately and can be eliminated by thorough purging of the sample loop. Purging of the sample can easily be achieved by increasing the injection volume to ten times the size of the sample loop.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">5.0Safety</HD>
        <P>5.1Disclaimer. This method may involve hazardous materials, operations, and equipment. This test method may not address all of the safety problems associated with its use. It is the responsibility of the user to establish appropriate safety and health practices and to determine the applicability of regulatory limitations prior to performing this test method.</P>
        <P>5.2Hexavalent chromium compounds have been listed as carcinogens although chromium (III) compounds show little or no toxicity. Chromium can be a skin and respiratory irritant.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">6.0Equipment and Supplies</HD>
        <P>6.1Sampling Train.</P>
        <P>6.1.1A schematic of the sampling train used in this method is shown in Figure 306-1. The train is the same as shown in Method 5, Section 6.0 (40 CFR Part 60, Appendix A) except that the probe liner is unheated, the particulate filter is omitted, and quartz or borosilicate glass must be used for the probe nozzle and liner in place of stainless steel.</P>
        <P>6.1.2Probe fittings of plastic such as Teflon, polypropylene, etc. are recommended over metal fittings to prevent contamination. If desired, a single combined probe nozzle and liner may be used, but such a single glass assembly is not a requirement of this methodology.</P>
        <P>6.1.3Use 0.1 N NaOH or 0.1 N NaHCO<E T="52">3</E> in the impingers in place of water.</P>
        <P>6.1.4Operating and maintenance procedures for the sampling train are described in APTD-0576 of Method 5. Users should read the APTD-0576 document and adopt the outlined procedures.</P>
        <P>6.1.5Similar collection systems which have been approved by the Administrator may be used.</P>
        <P>6.2Sample Recovery. Same as Method 5, [40 CFR Part 60, Appendix A], with the following exceptions:</P>
        <P>6.2.1Probe-Liner and Probe-Nozzle Brushes. Brushes are not necessary for sample recovery. If a probe brush is used, it must be non-metallic.</P>

        <P>6.2.2Sample Recovery Solution. Use 0.1 N NaOH or 0.1 N NaHCO<E T="52">3</E>, whichever is used as the impinger absorbing solution, in place of acetone to recover the sample.</P>
        <P>6.2.3Sample Storage Containers. Polyethylene, with leak-free screw cap, 250 mL, 500 mL or 1,000 mL.</P>
        <P>6.3Analysis.</P>
        <P>6.3.1General. For analysis, the following equipment is needed.</P>
        <P>6.3.1.1Phillips Beakers. (Phillips beakers are preferred, but regular beakers may also be used.)</P>
        <P>6.3.1.2Hot Plate.</P>
        <P>6.3.1.3Volumetric Flasks. Class A, various sizes as appropriate.</P>
        <P>6.3.1.4Assorted Pipettes.</P>
        <P>6.3.2Analysis by ICP.</P>
        <P>6.3.2.1ICP Spectrometer. Computer-controlled emission spectrometer with background correction and radio frequency generator.</P>
        <P>6.3.2.2Argon Gas Supply. Welding grade or better.</P>
        <P>6.3.3Analysis by GFAAS.</P>
        <P>6.3.3.1Chromium Hollow Cathode Lamp or Electrodeless Discharge Lamp.</P>
        <P>6.3.3.2Graphite Furnace Atomic Absorption Spectrophotometer.</P>
        <P>6.3.3.3Furnace Autosampler.</P>
        <P>6.3.4Analysis by IC/PCR.</P>

        <P>6.3.4.1IC/PCR System. High performance liquid chromatograph pump, sample injection valve, post-column reagent delivery and mixing system, and a visible detector, capable of operating at 520 nm-540 nm, all with a non-metallic (or inert) flow path. An electronic peak area mode is recommended, but other recording devices and integration techniques are acceptable provided the repeatability criteria and the linearity criteria for the calibration curve described in Section 10.4 can be satisfied. A sample loading system is required if preconcentration is employed.<PRTPAGE P="193"/>
        </P>
        <P>6.3.4.2Analytical Column. A high performance ion chromatograph (HPIC) non-metallic column with anion separation characteristics and a high loading capacity designed for separation of metal chelating compounds to prevent metal interference. Resolution described in Section 11.6 must be obtained. A non-metallic guard column with the same ion-exchange material is recommended.</P>
        <P>6.3.4.3Preconcentration Column (for older instruments). An HPIC non-metallic column with acceptable anion retention characteristics and sample loading rates must be used as described in Section 11.6.</P>
        <P>6.3.4.4Filtration Apparatus for IC/PCR.</P>
        <P>6.3.4.4.1Teflon, or equivalent, filter holder to accommodate 0.45-µm acetate, or equivalent, filter, if needed to remove insoluble particulate matter.</P>
        <P>6.3.4.4.20.45-µm Filter Cartridge. For the removal of insoluble material. To be used just prior to sample injection/analysis.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">7.0Reagents and Standards</HD>
        <NOTE>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">Note:</HD>

          <P>Unless otherwise indicated, all reagents should conform to the specifications established by the Committee on Analytical Reagents of the American Chemical Society (ACS reagent grade). Where such specifications are not available, use the best available grade. Reagents should be checked by the appropriate analysis prior to field use to assure that contamination is below the analytical detection limit for the ICP or GFAAS total chromium analysis; and that contamination is below the analytical detection limit for Cr<E T="51">+6</E> using IC/PCR for direct injection or, if selected, preconcentration.</P>
        </NOTE>
        <P>7.1Sampling.</P>
        <P>7.1.1Water. Reagent water that conforms to ASTM Specification D1193-77 or 91 Type II (incorporated by reference see § 63.14). All references to water in the method refer to reagent water unless otherwise specified. It is recommended that water blanks be checked prior to preparing the sampling reagents to ensure that the Cr content is less than three (3) times the anticipated detection limit of the analytical method.</P>
        <P>7.1.2Sodium Hydroxide (NaOH) Absorbing Solution, 0.1 N. Dissolve 4.0 g of sodium hydroxide in 1 liter of water to obtain a pH of approximately 8.5.</P>
        <P>7.1.3Sodium Bicarbonate (NaHCO<E T="52">3</E>) Absorbing Solution, 0.1 N. Dissolve approximately 8.5 g of sodium bicarbonate in 1 liter of water to obtain a pH of approximately 8.3.</P>
        <P>7.1.4Chromium Contamination.</P>
        <P>7.1.4.1The absorbing solution shall not exceed the QC criteria noted in Section 7.1.1 (≤ 3 times the instrument detection limit).</P>
        <P>7.1.4.2When the Cr<E T="51">+6</E> content in the field samples exceeds the blank concentration by at least a factor of ten (10), Cr<E T="51">+6</E> blank concentrations ≥ 10 times the detection limit will be allowed.</P>
        <NOTE>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">Note:</HD>
          <P>At sources with high concentrations of acids and/or SO<E T="52">2</E>, the concentration of NaOH or NaHCO<E T="52">3</E> should be ≥ 0.5 N to insure that the pH of the solution remains at or above 8.5 for NaOH and 8.0 for NaHCO<E T="52">3</E> during and after sampling.</P>
        </NOTE>
        <P>7.1.5Silica Gel. Same as in Method 5.</P>
        <P>7.2Sample Recovery.</P>
        <P>7.2.10.1 N NaOH or 0.1 N NaHCO<E T="52">3</E>. Use the same solution for the sample recovery that is used for the impinger absorbing solution.</P>
        <P>7.2.2pH Indicator Strip, for IC/PCR. pH indicator capable of determining the pH of solutions between the pH range of 7 and 12, at 0.5 pH increments.</P>
        <P>7.3Sample Preparation and Analysis.</P>
        <P>7.3.1Nitric Acid (HNO<E T="52">3</E>), Concentrated, for GFAAS. Trace metals grade or better HNO<E T="52">3</E> must be used for reagent preparation. The ACS reagent grade HNO<E T="52">3</E> is acceptable for cleaning glassware.</P>
        <P>7.3.2HNO<E T="52">3</E>, 1.0% (v/v), for GFAAS. Prepare, by slowly stirring, 10 mL of concentrated HNO<E T="52">3</E>) into 800 mL of reagent water. Dilute to 1,000 mL with reagent water. The solution shall contain less than 0.001 mg Cr/L.</P>
        <P>7.3.3Calcium Nitrate Ca(NO<E T="52">3</E>)<E T="52">2</E> Solution (10 µg Ca/mL) for GFAAS analysis. Prepare the solution by weighing 40.9 mg of Ca(NO<E T="52">3</E>)<E T="52">2</E> into a 1 liter volumetric flask. Dilute with reagent water to 1 liter.</P>
        <P>7.3.4Matrix Modifier, for GFAAS. See instrument manufacturer's manual for suggested matrix modifier.</P>
        <P>7.3.5Chromatographic Eluent, for IC/PCR. The eluent used in the analytical system is ammonium sulfate based.</P>

        <P>7.3.5.1Prepare by adding 6.5 mL of 29 percent ammonium hydroxide (NH<E T="52">4</E>OH) and 33 g of ammonium sulfate ((NH<E T="52">4</E>)<E T="52">2</E>SO<E T="52">4</E>) to 500 mL of reagent water. Dilute to 1 liter with reagent water and mix well.</P>
        <P>7.3.5.2Other combinations of eluents and/or columns may be employed provided peak resolution, repeatability, linearity, and analytical sensitivity as described in Sections 9.3 and 11.6 are acceptable.</P>
        <P>7.3.6Post-Column Reagent, for IC/PCR. An effective post-column reagent for use with the chromatographic eluent described in Section 7.3.5 is a diphenylcarbazide (DPC)-based system. Dissolve 0.5 g of 1,5-diphenylcarbazide in 100 mL of ACS grade methanol. Add 500 mL of reagent water containing 50 mL of 96 percent spectrophotometric grade sulfuric acid. Dilute to 1 liter with reagent water.</P>

        <P>7.3.7Chromium Standard Stock Solution (1000 mg/L). Procure a certified aqueous standard or dissolve 2.829 g of potassium dichromate (K<E T="52">2</E>Cr<E T="52">2</E>O<E T="52">7</E>), in reagent water and dilute to 1 liter.</P>

        <P>7.3.8Calibration Standards for ICP or IC/PCR. Prepare calibration standards for ICP or IC/PCR by diluting the Cr standard stock solution (Section 7.3.7) with 0.1 N NaOH or <PRTPAGE P="194"/>0.1 N NaHCO<E T="52">3</E>, whichever is used as the impinger absorbing solution, to achieve a matrix similar to the actual field samples. Suggested levels are 0, 50, 100, and 200 µg Cr/L for ICP, and 0, 1, 5, and 10 µg Cr<E T="51">+6</E>/L for IC/PCR.</P>

        <P>7.3.9Calibration Standards for GFAAS. Chromium solutions for GFAAS calibration shall contain 1.0 percent (v/v) HNO<E T="52">3</E>. The zero standard shall be 1.0 percent (v/v) HNO<E T="52">3</E>. Calibration standards should be prepared daily by diluting the Cr standard stock solution (Section 7.3.7) with 1.0 percent HNO<E T="52">3</E>. Use at least four standards to make the calibration curve. Suggested levels are 0, 10, 50, and 100 µg Cr/L.</P>
        <P>7.4Glassware Cleaning Reagents.</P>
        <P>7.4.1HNO<E T="52">3</E>, Concentrated. ACS reagent grade or equivalent.</P>
        <P>7.4.2Water. Reagent water that conforms to ASTM Specification D1193-77 or 91 Type II.</P>
        <P>7.4.3HNO<E T="52">3</E>, 10 percent (v/v). Add by stirring 500 mL of concentrated HNO<E T="52">3</E> into a flask containing approximately 4,000 mL of reagent water. Dilute to 5,000 mL with reagent water. Mix well. The reagent shall contain less than 2 µg Cr/L.</P>
        <P>7.5Quality Assurance Audit Samples.</P>
        <P>7.5.1When making compliance determinations, and upon availability, audit samples shall be obtained from the appropriate EPA regional Office or from the responsible enforcement authority and analyzed in conjunction with the field samples.</P>
        <P>7.5.2If EPA or National Institute of Standards and Technology (NIST) reference audit sample are not available, a mid-range standard, prepared from an independent commercial source, may be used.</P>
        <NOTE>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">Note:</HD>
          <P>To order audit samples, contact the responsible enforcement authority at least 30 days prior to the test date to allow sufficient time for the audit sample to be delivered.</P>
        </NOTE>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">8.0Sample Collection, Preservation, Holding Times, Storage, and Transport</HD>
        <NOTE>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">Note:</HD>

          <P>Prior to sample collection, consideration should be given to the type of analysis (Cr<E T="51">+6</E> or total Cr) that will be performed. Which analysis option(s) will be performed will determine which sample recovery and storage procedures will be required to process the sample (See Figures 306-3 and 306-4).</P>
        </NOTE>
        <P>8.1Sample Collection. Same as Method 5 (40 CFR part 60, Appendix A), with the following exceptions.</P>

        <P>8.1.1Omit the particulate filter and filter holder from the sampling train. Use a glass nozzle and probe liner instead of stainless steel. Do not heat the probe. Place 100 mL of 0.1 N NaOH or 0.1 N NaHCO<E T="52">3</E> in each of the first two impingers, and record the data for each run on a data sheet such as shown in Figure 306-2.</P>

        <P>8.1.2Clean all glassware prior to sampling in hot soapy water designed for laboratory cleaning of glassware. Next, rinse the glassware three times with tap water, followed by three additional rinses with reagent water. Then soak the glassware in 10% (v/v) HNO<E T="52">3</E> solution for a minimum of 4 hours, rinse three times with reagent water, and allow to air dry. Cover all glassware openings where contamination can occur with Parafilm, or equivalent, until the sampling train is assembled for sampling.</P>
        <P>8.1.3Train Operation. Follow the basic procedures outlined in Method 5 in conjunction with the following instructions. Train sampling rate shall not exceed 0.030 m<SU>3</SU>/min (1.0 cfm) during a run.</P>
        <P>8.2Sample Recovery. Follow the basic procedures of Method 5, with the exceptions noted.</P>
        <P>8.2.1A particulate filter is not recovered from this train.</P>
        <P>8.2.2Tester shall select either the total Cr or Cr<E T="51">+6</E> sample recovery option.</P>
        <P>8.2.3Samples to be analyzed for both total Cr and Cr<E T="51">+6</E>, shall be recovered using the Cr<E T="51">+6</E> sample option (Section 8.2.6).</P>

        <P>8.2.4A field reagent blank shall be collected for either of the Cr or the Cr<E T="51">+6</E> analysis. If both analyses (Cr and Cr<E T="51">+6</E>) are to be conducted on the samples, collect separate reagent blanks for each analysis.</P>
        <NOTE>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">Note:</HD>

          <P>Since particulate matter is not usually present at chromium electroplating and/or chromium anodizing operations, it is not necessary to filter the Cr<E T="51">+6</E> samples unless there is observed sediment in the collected solutions. If it is necessary to filter the Cr<E T="51">+6</E> solutions, please refer to Method 0061, Determination of Hexavalent Chromium Emissions From Stationary Sources, Section 7.4, Sample Preparation in SW-846 (see Reference 1).</P>
        </NOTE>
        <P>8.2.5Total Cr Sample Option.</P>
        <P>8.2.5.1Container No. 1. Measure the volume of the liquid in the first, second, and third impingers and quantitatively transfer into a labeled sample container.</P>

        <P>8.2.5.2Use approximately 200 to 300 mL of the 0.1 N NaOH or 0.1 N NaHCO<E T="52">3</E> absorbing solution to rinse the probe nozzle, probe liner, three impingers, and connecting glassware; add this rinse to Container No. 1.</P>
        <P>8.2.6Cr<E T="51">+6</E> Sample Option.</P>

        <P>8.2.6.1Container No. 1. Measure and record the pH of the absorbing solution contained in the <E T="03">first</E> impinger at the end of the sampling run using a pH indicator strip. The pH of the solution must be ≥8.5 for NaOH and ≥8.0 for NaHCO<E T="52">3</E>. If it is not, discard the collected sample, increase the normality of the NaOH or NaHCO<E T="52">3</E> impinger absorbing solution to 0.5 N or to a solution normality approved by the Administrator and collect another air emission sample.</P>

        <P>8.2.6.2After determining the pH of the first impinger solution, combine and measure the volume of the liquid in the first, second, and third impingers and quantitatively transfer into the labeled sample container. <PRTPAGE P="195"/>Use approximately 200 to 300 mL of the 0.1 N NaOH or 0.1 N NaHCO<E T="52">3</E> absorbing solution to rinse the probe nozzle, probe liner, three impingers, and connecting glassware; add this rinse to Container No. 1.</P>
        <P>8.2.7Field Reagent Blank.</P>
        <P>8.2.7.1Container No. 2.</P>

        <P>8.2.7.2Place approximately 500 mL of the 0.1 N NaOH or 0.1 N NaHCO<E T="52">3</E> absorbing solution into a labeled sample container.</P>
        <P>8.3Sample Preservation, Storage, and Transport.</P>
        <P>8.3.1Total Cr Sample Option. Samples to be analyzed for total Cr need not be refrigerated.</P>
        <P>8.3.2Cr<E T="51">+6</E> Sample Option. Samples to be analyzed for Cr<E T="51">+6</E> must be shipped and stored at 4 °C. Allow Cr<E T="51">+6</E> samples to return to ambient temperature prior to analysis.</P>
        <P>8.4Sample Holding Times.</P>
        <P>8.4.1Total Cr Sample Option. Samples to be analyzed for total Cr shall be analyzed within 60 days of collection.</P>
        <P>8.4.2Cr<E T="51">+6</E> Sample Option. Samples to be analyzed for Cr<E T="51">+6</E> shall be analyzed within 14 days of collection.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">9.0Quality Control</HD>
        <P>9.1ICP Quality Control.</P>
        <P>9.1.1ICP Calibration Reference Standards. Prepare a calibration reference standard using the same alkaline matrix as the calibration standards; it should be at least 10 times the instrumental detection limit.</P>
        <P>9.1.1.1This reference standard must be prepared from a different Cr stock solution source than that used for preparation of the calibration curve standards.</P>
        <P>9.1.1.2Prior to sample analysis, analyze at least one reference standard.</P>
        <P>9.1.1.3The calibration reference standard must be measured within 10 percent of it's true value for the curve to be considered valid.</P>
        <P>9.1.1.4The curve must be validated before sample analyses are performed.</P>
        <P>9.1.2ICP Continuing Check Standard.</P>
        <P>9.1.2.1Perform analysis of the check standard with the field samples as described in Section 11.2 (at least after every 10 samples, and at the end of the analytical run).</P>
        <P>9.1.2.2The check standard can either be the mid-range calibration standard or the reference standard. The results of the check standard shall agree within 10 percent of the expected value; if not, terminate the analyses, correct the problem, recalibrate the instrument, and rerun all samples analyzed subsequent to the last acceptable check standard analysis.</P>
        <P>9.1.3ICP Calibration Blank.</P>
        <P>9.1.3.1Perform analysis of the calibration blank with the field samples as described in Section 11.2 (at least after every 10 samples, and at the end of the analytical run).</P>
        <P>9.1.3.2The results of the calibration blank shall agree within three standard deviations of the mean blank value. If not, analyze the calibration blank two more times and average the results. If the average is not within three standard deviations of the background mean, terminate the analyses, correct the problem, recalibrate, and reanalyze all samples analyzed subsequent to the last acceptable calibration blank analysis.</P>
        <P>9.1.4ICP Interference Check. Prepare an interference check solution that contains known concentrations of interfering elements that will provide an adequate test of the correction factors in the event of potential spectral interferences.</P>

        <P>9.1.4.1Two potential interferences, iron and manganese, may be prepared as 1000 µg/mL and 200 µg/mL solutions, respectively. The solutions should be prepared in dilute HNO<E T="52">3</E> (1-5 percent). Particular care must be used to ensure that the solutions and/or salts used to prepare the solutions are of ICP grade purity (<E T="03">i.e.,</E> that no measurable Cr contamination exists in the salts/solutions). Commercially prepared interfering element check standards are available.</P>
        <P>9.1.4.2Verify the interelement correction factors every three months by analyzing the interference check solution. The correction factors are calculated according to the instrument manufacturer's directions. If the interelement correction factors are used properly, no false Cr should be detected.</P>
        <P>9.1.4.3Negative results with an absolute value greater than three (3) times the detection limit are usually the results of the background correction position being set incorrectly. Scan the spectral region to ensure that the correction position has not been placed on an interfering peak.</P>
        <P>9.1.5ICP Duplicate Sample Analysis. Perform one duplicate sample analysis for each compliance sample batch (3 runs).</P>
        <P>9.1.5.1As there is no sample preparation required for the ICP analysis, a duplicate analysis is defined as a repeat analysis of one of the field samples. The selected sample shall be analyzed using the same procedures that were used to analyze the original sample.</P>
        <P>9.1.5.2Duplicate sample analyses shall agree within 10 percent of the original measurement value.</P>
        <P>9.1.5.3Report the original analysis value for the sample and report the duplicate analysis value as the QC check value. If agreement is not achieved, perform the duplicate analysis again. If agreement is not achieved the second time, perform corrective action to identify and correct the problem before analyzing the sample for a third time.</P>

        <P>9.1.6ICP Matrix Spiking. Spiked samples shall be prepared and analyzed daily to ensure that there are no matrix effects, that samples and standards have been matrix-matched, and that the laboratory equipment is operating properly.<PRTPAGE P="196"/>
        </P>
        <P>9.1.6.1Spiked sample recovery analyses should indicate a recovery for the Cr spike of between 75 and 125 percent.</P>
        <P>9.1.6.2Cr levels in the spiked sample should provide final solution concentrations that are within the linear portion of the calibration curve, as well as, at a concentration level at least: equal to that of the original sample; and, ten (10) times the detection limit.</P>
        <P>9.1.6.3If the spiked sample concentration meets the stated criteria but exceeds the linear calibration range, the spiked sample must be diluted with the field absorbing solution.</P>
        <P>9.1.6.4If the recoveries for the Cr spiked samples do not meet the specified criteria, perform corrective action to identify and correct the problem prior to reanalyzing the samples.</P>
        <P>9.1.7ICP Field Reagent Blank.</P>
        <P>9.1.7.1Analyze a minimum of one matrix-matched field reagent blank (Section 8.2.4) per sample batch to determine if contamination or memory effects are occurring.</P>
        <P>9.1.7.2If contamination or memory effects are observed, perform corrective action to identify and correct the problem before reanalyzing the samples.</P>
        <P>9.1.8Audit Sample Analysis.</P>
        <P>9.1.8.1When the method is used to analyze samples to demonstrate compliance with a source emission regulation, an audit sample must be analyzed, subject to availability.</P>
        <P>9.1.8.2Concurrently analyze the audit sample and the compliance samples in the same manner to evaluate the technique of the analyst and the standards preparation.</P>
        <P>9.1.8.3The same analyst, analytical reagents, and analytical system shall be used for the compliance samples and the audit sample. If this condition is met, duplicate auditing of subsequent compliance analyses for the same enforcement agency within a 30-day period is waived. An audit sample set may not be used to validate different sets of compliance samples under the jurisdiction of separate enforcement agencies, unless prior arrangements have been made with both enforcement agencies.</P>
        <P>9.1.9Audit Sample Results.</P>
        <P>9.1.9.1Calculate the audit sample concentrations and submit results using the instructions provided with the audit samples.</P>
        <P>9.1.9.2Report the results of the audit samples and the compliance determination samples along with their identification numbers, and the analyst's name to the responsible enforcement authority. Include this information with reports of any subsequent compliance analyses for the same enforcement authority during the 30-day period.</P>
        <P>9.1.9.3The concentrations of the audit samples obtained by the analyst shall agree within the values specified by the compliance auditor. If the specified range is not met, reanalyze the compliance and audit samples, and include initial and reanalysis values in the test report.</P>
        <P>9.1.9.4Failure to meet the specified range may require retests unless the audit problems are resolved. However, if the audit results do not affect the compliance or noncompliance status of the affected facility, the Administrator may waive the reanalysis requirement, further audits, or retests and accept the results of the compliance test. While steps are being taken to resolve audit analysis problems, the Administrator may also choose to use the data to determine the compliance or noncompliance status of the affected facility.</P>
        <P>9.2GFAAS Quality Control.</P>
        <P>9.2.1GFAAS Calibration Reference Standards. The calibration curve must be verified by using at least one calibration reference standard (made from a reference material or other independent standard material) at or near the mid-range of the calibration curve.</P>
        <P>9.2.1.1The calibration curve must be validated before sample analyses are performed.</P>
        <P>9.2.1.2The calibration reference standard must be measured within 10 percent of its true value for the curve to be considered valid.</P>
        <P>9.2.2GFAAS Continuing Check Standard.</P>
        <P>9.2.2.1Perform analysis of the check standard with the field samples as described in Section 11.4 (at least after every 10 samples, and at the end of the analytical run).</P>
        <P>9.2.2.2These standards are analyzed, in part, to monitor the life and performance of the graphite tube. Lack of reproducibility or a significant change in the signal for the check standard may indicate that the graphite tube should be replaced.</P>
        <P>9.2.2.3The check standard may be either the mid-range calibration standard or the reference standard.</P>
        <P>9.2.2.4The results of the check standard shall agree within 10 percent of the expected value.</P>
        <P>9.2.2.5If not, terminate the analyses, correct the problem, recalibrate the instrument, and reanalyze all samples analyzed subsequent to the last acceptable check standard analysis.</P>
        <P>9.2.3GFAAS Calibration Blank.</P>
        <P>9.2.3.1Perform analysis of the calibration blank with the field samples as described in Section 11.4 (at least after every 10 samples, and at the end of the analytical run).</P>
        <P>9.2.3.2The calibration blank is analyzed to monitor the life and performance of the graphite tube as well as the existence of any memory effects. Lack of reproducibility or a significant change in the signal, may indicate that the graphite tube should be replaced.</P>

        <P>9.2.3.3The results of the calibration blank shall agree within three standard deviations of the mean blank value.<PRTPAGE P="197"/>
        </P>
        <P>9.2.3.4If not, analyze the calibration blank two more times and average the results. If the average is not within three standard deviations of the background mean, terminate the analyses, correct the problem, recalibrate, and reanalyze all samples analyzed subsequent to the last acceptable calibration blank analysis.</P>
        <P>9.2.4GFAAS Duplicate Sample Analysis. Perform one duplicate sample analysis for each compliance sample batch (3 runs).</P>
        <P>9.2.4.1A digested aliquot of the selected sample is processed and analyzed using the identical procedures that were used for the whole sample preparation and analytical efforts.</P>
        <P>9.2.4.2Duplicate sample analyses results incorporating duplicate digestions shall agree within 20 percent for sample results exceeding ten (10) times the detection limit.</P>
        <P>9.2.4.3Report the original analysis value for the sample and report the duplicate analysis value as the QC check value.</P>
        <P>9.2.4.4If agreement is not achieved, perform the duplicate analysis again. If agreement is not achieved the second time, perform corrective action to identify and correct the problem before analyzing the sample for a third time.</P>
        <P>9.2.5GFAAS Matrix Spiking.</P>
        <P>9.2.5.1Spiked samples shall be prepared and analyzed daily to ensure that (1) correct procedures are being followed, (2) there are no matrix effects and (3) all equipment is operating properly.</P>
        <P>9.2.5.2Cr spikes are added prior to any sample preparation.</P>
        <P>9.2.5.3Cr levels in the spiked sample should provide final solution concentrations that are within the linear portion of the calibration curve, as well as, at a concentration level at least: equal to that of the original sample; and, ten (10) times the detection limit.</P>
        <P>9.2.5.4Spiked sample recovery analyses should indicate a recovery for the Cr spike of between 75 and 125 percent.</P>
        <P>9.2.5.5If the recoveries for the Cr spiked samples do not meet the specified criteria, perform corrective action to identify and correct the problem prior to reanalyzing the samples.</P>
        <P>9.2.6GFAAS Method of Standard Additions.</P>
        <P>9.2.6.1Method of Standard Additions. Perform procedures in Section 5.4 of Method 12 (40 CFR Part 60, Appendix A)</P>
        <P>9.2.6.2Whenever sample matrix problems are suspected and standard/sample matrix matching is not possible or whenever a new sample matrix is being analyzed, perform referenced procedures to determine if the method of standard additions is necessary.</P>
        <P>9.2.7GFAAS Field Reagent Blank.</P>
        <P>9.2.7.1Analyze a minimum of one matrix-matched field reagent blank (Section 8.2.4) per sample batch to determine if contamination or memory effects are occurring.</P>
        <P>9.2.7.2 If contamination or memory effects are observed, perform corrective action to identify and correct the problem before reanalyzing the samples.</P>
        <P>9.2.8Audit Sample Analysis.</P>
        <P>9.2.8.1When the method is used to analyze samples to demonstrate compliance with a source emission regulation, an audit sample must be analyzed, subject to availability.</P>
        <P>9.2.8.2Concurrently analyze the audit sample and the compliance samples in the same manner to evaluate the technique of the analyst and the standards preparation.</P>
        <P>9.2.8.3The same analyst, analytical reagents, and analytical system shall be used for the compliance samples and the audit sample. If this condition is met, duplicate auditing of subsequent compliance analyses for the same enforcement agency within a 30-day period is waived. An audit sample set may not be used to validate different sets of compliance samples under the jurisdiction of separate enforcement agencies, unless prior arrangements have been made with both enforcement agencies.</P>
        <P>9.2.9Audit Sample Results.</P>
        <P>9.2.9.1Calculate the audit sample concentrations and submit results using the instructions provided with the audit samples.</P>
        <P>9.2.9.2Report the results of the audit samples and the compliance determination samples along with their identification numbers, and the analyst's name to the responsible enforcement authority. Include this information with reports of any subsequent compliance analyses for the same enforcement authority during the 30-day period.</P>
        <P>9.2.9.3The concentrations of the audit samples obtained by the analyst shall agree within the values specified by the compliance auditor. If the specified range is not met, reanalyze the compliance and audit samples, and include initial and reanalysis values in the test report.</P>
        <P>9.2.9.4Failure to meet the specified range may require retests unless the audit problems are resolved. However, if the audit results do not affect the compliance or noncompliance status of the affected facility, the Administrator may waive the reanalysis requirement, further audits, or retests and accept the results of the compliance test. While steps are being taken to resolve audit analysis problems, the Administrator may also choose to use the data to determine the compliance or noncompliance status of the affected facility.</P>
        <P>9.3IC/PCR Quality Control.</P>
        <P>9.3.1IC/PCR Calibration Reference Standards.</P>

        <P>9.3.1.1Prepare a calibration reference standard at a concentration that is at or near the mid-point of the calibration curve using the same alkaline matrix as the calibration standards. This reference standard <PRTPAGE P="198"/>should be prepared from a different Cr stock solution than that used to prepare the calibration curve standards. The reference standard is used to verify the accuracy of the calibration curve.</P>
        <P>9.3.1.2The curve must be validated before sample analyses are performed. Prior to sample analysis, analyze at least one reference standard with an expected value within the calibration range.</P>
        <P>9.3.1.3The results of this reference standard analysis must be within 10 percent of the true value of the reference standard for the calibration curve to be considered valid.</P>
        <P>9.3.2IC/PCR Continuing Check Standard and Calibration Blank.</P>
        <P>9.3.2.1Perform analysis of the check standard and the calibration blank with the field samples as described in Section 11.6 (at least after every 10 samples, and at the end of the analytical run).</P>
        <P>9.3.2.2The result from the check standard must be within 10 percent of the expected value.</P>
        <P>9.3.2.3If the 10 percent criteria is exceeded, excessive drift and/or instrument degradation may have occurred, and must be corrected before further analyses can be performed.</P>
        <P>9.3.2.4The results of the calibration blank analyses must agree within three standard deviations of the mean blank value.</P>
        <P>9.3.2.5If not, analyze the calibration blank two more times and average the results.</P>
        <P>9.3.2.6If the average is not within three standard deviations of the background mean, terminate the analyses, correct the problem, recalibrate, and reanalyze all samples analyzed subsequent to the last acceptable calibration blank analysis.</P>
        <P>9.3.3IC/PCR Duplicate Sample Analysis.</P>
        <P>9.3.3.1Perform one duplicate sample analysis for each compliance sample batch (3 runs).</P>
        <P>9.3.3.2An aliquot of the selected sample is prepared and analyzed using procedures identical to those used for the emission samples (for example, filtration and/or, if necessary, preconcentration).</P>
        <P>9.3.3.3Duplicate sample injection results shall agree within 10 percent for sample results exceeding ten (10) times the detection limit.</P>
        <P>9.3.3.4Report the original analysis value for the sample and report the duplicate analysis value as the QC check value.</P>
        <P>9.3.3.5If agreement is not achieved, perform the duplicate analysis again.</P>
        <P>9.3.3.6If agreement is not achieved the second time, perform corrective action to identify and correct the problem prior to analyzing the sample for a third time.</P>
        <P>9.3.4ICP/PCR Matrix Spiking. Spiked samples shall be prepared and analyzed with each sample set to ensure that there are no matrix effects, that samples and standards have been matrix-matched, and that the equipment is operating properly.</P>

        <P>9.3.4.1Spiked sample recovery analysis should indicate a recovery of the Cr<E T="51">+6</E> spike between 75 and 125 percent.</P>
        <P>9.3.4.2The spiked sample concentration should be within the linear portion of the calibration curve and should be equal to or greater than the concentration of the original sample. In addition, the spiked sample concentration should be at least ten (10) times the detection limit.</P>
        <P>9.3.4.3If the recoveries for the Cr<E T="51">+6</E> spiked samples do not meet the specified criteria, perform corrective action to identify and correct the problem prior to reanalyzing the samples.</P>
        <P>9.3.5IC/PCR Field Reagent Blank.</P>
        <P>9.3.5.1Analyze a minimum of one matrix-matched field reagent blank (Section 8.2.4) per sample batch to determine if contamination or memory effects are occurring.</P>
        <P>9.3.5.2If contamination or memory effects are observed, perform corrective action to identify and correct the problem before reanalyzing the samples.</P>
        <P>9.3.6Audit Sample Analysis.</P>
        <P>9.3.6.1When the method is used to analyze samples to demonstrate compliance with source emission regulation, an audit sample must be analyzed, subject to availability.</P>
        <P>9.3.6.2Concurrently analyze the audit sample and the compliance samples in the same manner to evaluate the technique of the analyst and the standards preparation.</P>
        <P>9.3.6.3The same analyst, analytical reagents, and analytical system shall be used for the compliance samples and the audit sample. If this condition is met, duplicate auditing of subsequent compliance analyses for the same enforcement agency within a 30-day period is waived. An audit sample set may not be used to validate different sets of compliance samples under the jurisdiction of separate enforcement agencies, unless prior arrangements have been made with both enforcement agencies.</P>
        <P>9.3.7Audit Sample Results.</P>
        <P>9.3.7.1Calculate the audit sample concentrations and submit results using the instructions provided with the audit samples.</P>
        <P>9.3.7.2Report the results of the audit samples and the compliance determination samples along with their identification numbers, and the analyst's name to the responsible enforcement authority. Include this information with reports of any subsequent compliance analyses for the same enforcement authority during the 30-day period.</P>

        <P>9.3.7.3The concentrations of the audit samples obtained by the analyst shall agree within the values specified by the compliance auditor. If the specified range is not met, reanalyze the compliance and audit samples, and include initial and reanalysis values in the test report.<PRTPAGE P="199"/>
        </P>
        <P>9.3.7.4Failure to meet the specified range may require retests unless the audit problems are resolved. However, if the audit results do not affect the compliance or noncompliance status of the affected facility, the Administrator may waive the reanalysis requirement, further audits, or retests and accept the results of the compliance test. While steps are being taken to resolve audit analysis problems, the Administrator may also choose to use the data to determine the compliance or noncompliance status of the affected facility.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">10.0Calibration and Standardization</HD>
        <P>10.1Sampling Train Calibration. Perform calibrations described in Method 5, (40 CFR Part 60, Appendix A). The alternate calibration procedures described in Method 5, may also be used.</P>
        <P>10.2ICP Calibration.</P>
        <P>10.2.1Calibrate the instrument according to the instrument manufacturer's recommended procedures, using a calibration blank and three standards for the initial calibration.</P>
        <P>10.2.2Calibration standards should be prepared fresh daily, as described in Section 7.3.8. Be sure that samples and calibration standards are matrix matched. Flush the system with the calibration blank between each standard.</P>
        <P>10.2.3Use the average intensity of multiple exposures (3 or more) for both standardization and sample analysis to reduce random error.</P>
        <P>10.2.4Employing linear regression, calculate the correlation coefficient .</P>
        <P>10.2.5The correlation coefficient must equal or exceed 0.995.</P>
        <P>10.2.6If linearity is not acceptable, prepare and rerun another set of calibration standards or reduce the range of the calibration standards, as necessary.</P>
        <P>10.3GFAAS Calibration.</P>
        <P>10.3.1For instruments that measure directly in concentration, set the instrument software to display the correct concentration, if applicable.</P>
        <P>10.3.2Curve must be linear in order to correctly perform the method of standard additions which is customarily performed automatically with most instrument computer-based data systems.</P>
        <P>10.3.3The calibration curve (direct calibration or standard additions) must be prepared daily with a minimum of a calibration blank and three standards that are prepared fresh daily.</P>
        <P>10.3.4The calibration curve acceptance criteria must equal or exceed 0.995.</P>
        <P>10.3.5If linearity is not acceptable, prepare and rerun another set of calibration standards or reduce the range of calibration standards, as necessary.</P>
        <P>10.4IC/PCR Calibration.</P>
        <P>10.4.1Prepare a calibration curve using the calibration blank and three calibration standards prepared fresh daily as described in Section 7.3.8.</P>
        <P>10.4.2The calibration curve acceptance criteria must equal or exceed 0.995.</P>
        <P>10.4.3If linearity is not acceptable, remake and/or rerun the calibration standards. If the calibration curve is still unacceptable, reduce the range of the curve.</P>
        <P>10.4.4Analyze the standards with the field samples as described in Section 11.6.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">11.0Analytical Procedures</HD>
        <NOTE>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">Note:</HD>
          <P>The method determines the chromium concentration in µg Cr/mL. It is important that the analyst measure the field sample volume prior to analyzing the sample. This will allow for conversion of µg Cr/mL to µg Cr/sample.</P>
        </NOTE>
        
        <P>11.1ICP Sample Preparation.</P>
        <P>11.1.1The ICP analysis is performed directly on the alkaline impinger solution; acid digestion is not necessary, provided the samples and standards are matrix matched.</P>
        <P>11.1.2The ICP analysis should only be employed when the solution analyzed has a Cr concentration greater than 35 µg/L or five times the method detection limit as determined according to Appendix B in 40 CFR Part 136 or by other commonly accepted analytical procedures.</P>
        <P>11.2ICP Sample Analysis.</P>
        <P>11.2.1The ICP analysis is applicable for the determination of total chromium only.</P>
        <P>11.2.2ICP Blanks. Two types of blanks are required for the ICP analysis.</P>

        <P>11.2.2.1Calibration Blank. The calibration blank is used in establishing the calibration curve. For the calibration blank, use either 0.1 N NaOH or 0.1 N NaHCO<E T="52">3</E>, whichever is used for the impinger absorbing solution. The calibration blank can be prepared fresh in the laboratory; it does not have to be prepared from the same batch of solution that was used in the field. A sufficient quantity should be prepared to flush the system between standards and samples.</P>
        <P>11.2.2.2Field Reagent Blank. The field reagent blank is collected in the field during the testing program. The field reagent blank (Section 8.2.4) is an aliquot of the absorbing solution prepared in Section 7.1.2. The reagent blank is used to assess possible contamination resulting from sample processing.</P>
        <P>11.2.3ICP Instrument Adjustment.</P>
        <P>11.2.3.1Adjust the ICP instrument for proper operating parameters including wavelength, background correction settings (if necessary), and interfering element correction settings (if necessary).</P>

        <P>11.2.3.2The instrument must be allowed to become thermally stable before beginning measurements (usually requiring at least 30 <PRTPAGE P="200"/>min of operation prior to calibration). During this warmup period, the optical calibration and torch position optimization may be performed (consult the operator's manual).</P>
        <P>11.2.4ICP Instrument Calibration.</P>
        <P>11.2.4.1Calibrate the instrument according to the instrument manufacturer's recommended procedures, and the procedures specified in Section 10.2.</P>
        <P>11.2.4.2Prior to analyzing the field samples, reanalyze the highest calibration standard as if it were a sample.</P>
        <P>11.2.4.3Concentration values obtained should not deviate from the actual values or from the established control limits by more than 5 percent, whichever is lower (see Sections 9.1 and 10.2).</P>
        <P>11.2.4.4If they do, follow the recommendations of the instrument manufacturer to correct the problem.</P>
        <P>11.2.5ICP Operational Quality Control Procedures.</P>
        <P>11.2.5.1Flush the system with the calibration blank solution for at least 1 min before the analysis of each sample or standard.</P>
        <P>11.2.5.2Analyze the continuing check standard and the calibration blank after each batch of 10 samples.</P>
        <P>11.2.5.3Use the average intensity of multiple exposures for both standardization and sample analysis to reduce random error.</P>
        <P>11.2.6ICP Sample Dilution.</P>
        <P>11.2.6.1Dilute and reanalyze samples that are more concentrated than the linear calibration limit or use an alternate, less sensitive Cr wavelength for which quality control data have already been established.</P>
        <P>11.2.6.2When dilutions are performed, the appropriate factors must be applied to sample measurement results.</P>
        <P>11.2.7Reporting Analytical Results. All analytical results should be reported in µg Cr/mL using three significant figures. Field sample volumes (mL) must be reported also.</P>
        <P>11.3GFAAS Sample Preparation.</P>
        <P>11.3.1GFAAS Acid Digestion. An acid digestion of the alkaline impinger solution is required for the GFAAS analysis.</P>
        <P>11.3.1.1In a beaker, add 10 mL of concentrated HNO<E T="52">3</E> to a 100 mL sample aliquot that has been well mixed. Cover the beaker with a watch glass. Place the beaker on a hot plate and reflux the sample to near dryness. Add another 5 mL of concentrated HNO<E T="52">3</E> to complete the digestion. Again, carefully reflux the sample volume to near dryness. Rinse the beaker walls and watch glass with reagent water.</P>
        <P>11.3.1.2The final concentration of HNO<E T="52">3</E> in the solution should be 1 percent (v/v).</P>

        <P>11.3.1.3Transfer the digested sample to a 50-mL volumetric flask. Add 0.5 mL of concentrated HNO<E T="52">3</E> and 1 mL of the 10 µg/mL of Ca(NO<E T="52">3</E>)<E T="52">2</E>. Dilute to 50 mL with reagent water.</P>
        <P>11.3.2HNO<E T="52">3</E> Concentration. A different final volume may be used based on the expected Cr concentration, but the HNO<E T="52">3</E> concentration must be maintained at 1 percent (v/v).</P>
        <P>11.4GFAAS Sample Analysis.</P>
        <P>11.4.1The GFAAS analysis is applicable for the determination of total chromium only.</P>
        <P>11.4.2GFAAS Blanks. Two types of blanks are required for the GFAAS analysis.</P>
        <P>11.4.2.1Calibration Blank. The 1.0 percent HNO<E T="52">3</E> is the calibration blank which is used in establishing the calibration curve.</P>

        <P>11.4.2.2Field Reagent Blank. An aliquot of the 0.1 N NaOH solution or the 0.1 N NaHCO<E T="52">3</E> prepared in Section 7.1.2 is collected for the field reagent blank. The field reagent blank is used to assess possible contamination resulting from processing the sample.</P>
        <P>11.4.2.2.1The reagent blank must be subjected to the entire series of sample preparation and analytical procedures, including the acid digestion.</P>
        <P>11.4.2.2.2The reagent blank's final solution must contain the same acid concentration as the sample solutions.</P>
        <P>11.4.3GFAAS Instrument Adjustment.</P>
        <P>11.4.3.1The 357.9 nm wavelength line shall be used.</P>
        <P>11.4.3.2Follow the manufacturer's instructions for all other spectrophotometer operating parameters.</P>
        <P>11.4.4Furnace Operational Parameters. Parameters suggested by the manufacturer should be employed as guidelines.</P>
        <P>11.4.4.1Temperature-sensing mechanisms and temperature controllers can vary between instruments and/or with time; the validity of the furnace operating parameters must be periodically confirmed by systematically altering the furnace parameters while analyzing a standard. In this manner, losses of analyte due to higher-than-necessary temperature settings or losses in sensitivity due to less than optimum settings can be minimized.</P>
        <P>11.4.4.2Similar verification of furnace operating parameters may be required for complex sample matrices (consult instrument manual for additional information). Calibrate the GFAAS system following the procedures specified in Section 10.3.</P>
        <P>11.4.5GFAAS Operational Quality Control Procedures.</P>
        <P>11.4.5.1Introduce a measured aliquot of digested sample into the furnace and atomize.</P>

        <P>11.4.5.2If the measured concentration exceeds the calibration range, the sample should be diluted with the calibration blank solution (1.0 percent HNO<E T="52">3</E>) and reanalyzed.</P>
        <P>11.4.5.3Consult the operator's manual for suggested injection volumes. The use of multiple injections can improve accuracy and assist in detecting furnace pipetting errors.</P>

        <P>11.4.5.4Analyze a minimum of one matrix-matched reagent blank per sample batch <PRTPAGE P="201"/>to determine if contamination or any memory effects are occurring.</P>
        <P>11.4.5.5Analyze a calibration blank and a continuing check standard after approximately every batch of 10 sample injections.</P>
        <P>11.4.6GFAAS Sample Dilution.</P>
        <P>11.4.6.1Dilute and reanalyze samples that are more concentrated than the instrument calibration range.</P>
        <P>11.4.6.2If dilutions are performed, the appropriate factors must be applied to sample measurement results.</P>
        <P>11.4.7Reporting Analytical Results.</P>
        <P>11.4.7.1Calculate the Cr concentrations by the method of standard additions (see operator's manual) or, from direct calibration. All dilution and/or concentration factors must be used when calculating the results.</P>
        <P>11.4.7.2Analytical results should be reported in µg Cr/mL using three significant figures. Field sample volumes (mL) must be reported also.</P>
        <P>11.5IC/PCR Sample Preparation.</P>
        <P>11.5.1Sample pH. Measure and record the sample pH prior to analysis.</P>
        <P>11.5.2Sample Filtration. Prior to preconcentration and/or analysis, filter all field samples through a 0.45-µm filter. The filtration step should be conducted just prior to sample injection/analysis.</P>
        <P>11.5.2.1Use a portion of the sample to rinse the syringe filtration unit and acetate filter and then collect the required volume of filtrate.</P>
        <P>11.5.2.2Retain the filter if total Cr is to be determined also.</P>
        <P>11.5.3Sample Preconcentration (older instruments).</P>

        <P>11.5.3.1For older instruments, a preconcentration system may be used in conjunction with the IC/PCR to increase sensitivity for trace levels of Cr<E T="51">+6</E>.</P>
        <P>11.5.3.2The preconcentration is accomplished by selectively retaining the analyte on a solid absorbent, followed by removal of the analyte from the absorbent (consult instrument manual).</P>

        <P>11.5.3.3For a manual system, position the injection valve so that the eluent displaces the concentrated Cr<E T="51">+6</E> sample, transferring it from the preconcentration column and onto the IC anion separation column.</P>
        <P>11.6IC/PCR Sample Analyses.</P>
        <P>11.6.1The IC/PCR analysis is applicable for hexavalent chromium measurements only.</P>
        <P>11.6.2IC/PCR Blanks. Two types of blanks are required for the IC/PCR analysis.</P>

        <P>11.6.2.1Calibration Blank. The calibration blank is used in establishing the analytical curve. For the calibration blank, use either 0.1 N NaOH or 0.1 N NaHCO<E T="52">3</E>, whichever is used for the impinger solution. The calibration blank can be prepared fresh in the laboratory; it does not have to be prepared from the same batch of absorbing solution that is used in the field.</P>

        <P>11.6.2.2Field Reagent Blank. An aliquot of the 0.1 N NaOH solution or the 0.1 N NaHCO<E T="52">3</E> solution prepared in Section 7.1.2 is collected for the field reagent blank. The field reagent blank is used to assess possible contamination resulting from processing the sample.</P>
        <P>11.6.3Stabilized Baseline. Prior to sample analysis, establish a stable baseline with the detector set at the required attenuation by setting the eluent and post-column reagent flow rates according to the manufacturers recommendations.</P>
        <NOTE>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">Note:</HD>

          <P>As long as the ratio of eluent flow rate to PCR flow rate remains constant, the standard curve should remain linear. Inject a sample of reagent water to ensure that no Cr<E T="51">+6</E> appears in the water blank.</P>
        </NOTE>
        <P>11.6.4Sample Injection Loop. Size of injection loop is based on standard/sample concentrations and the selected attenuator setting.</P>
        <P>11.6.4.1A 50-µL loop is normally sufficient for most higher concentrations.</P>
        <P>11.6.4.2The sample volume used to load the injection loop should be at least 10 times the loop size so that all tubing in contact with the sample is thoroughly flushed with the new sample to prevent cross contamination.</P>
        <P>11.6.5IC/PCR Instrument Calibration.</P>
        <P>11.6.5.1First, inject the calibration standards prepared, as described in Section 7.3.8 to correspond to the appropriate concentration range, starting with the lowest standard first.</P>
        <P>11.6.5.2Check the performance of the instrument and verify the calibration using data gathered from analyses of laboratory blanks, calibration standards, and a quality control sample.</P>
        <P>11.6.5.3Verify the calibration by analyzing a calibration reference standard. If the measured concentration exceeds the established value by more than 10 percent, perform a second analysis. If the measured concentration still exceeds the established value by more than 10 percent, terminate the analysis until the problem can be identified and corrected.</P>
        <P>11.6.6IC/PCR Instrument Operation.</P>
        <P>11.6.6.1Inject the calibration reference standard (as described in Section 9.3.1), followed by the field reagent blank (Section 8.2.4), and the field samples.</P>

        <P>11.6.6.1.1Standards (and QC standards) and samples are injected into the sample loop of the desired size (use a larger size loop for greater sensitivity). The Cr<E T="51">+6</E> is collected on the resin bed of the column.</P>

        <P>11.6.6.1.2After separation from other sample components, the Cr<E T="51">+6</E> forms a specific complex in the post-column reactor with the DPC reaction solution, and the complex is detected by visible absorbance at a maximum wavelength of 540 nm.<PRTPAGE P="202"/>
        </P>

        <P>11.6.6.1.3The amount of absorbance measured is proportional to the concentration of the Cr<E T="51">+6</E> complex formed.</P>

        <P>11.6.6.1.4The IC retention time and the absorbance of the Cr<E T="51">+6</E> complex with known Cr<E T="51">+6</E> standards analyzed under identical conditions must be compared to provide both qualitative and quantitative analyses.</P>

        <P>11.6.6.1.5If a sample peak appears near the expected retention time of the Cr<E T="51">+6</E> ion, spike the sample according to Section 9.3.4 to verify peak identity.</P>
        <P>11.6.7IC/PCR Operational Quality Control Procedures.</P>

        <P>11.6.7.1Samples should be at a pH ≥8.5 for NaOH and ≥8.0 if using NaHCO<E T="52">3</E>; document any discrepancies.</P>
        <P>11.6.7.2Refrigerated samples should be allowed to equilibrate to ambient temperature prior to preparation and analysis.</P>

        <P>11.6.7.3Repeat the injection of the calibration standards at the end of the analytical run to assess instrument drift. Measure areas or heights of the Cr<E T="51">+6</E>/DPC complex chromatogram peaks.</P>
        <P>11.6.7.4To ensure the precision of the sample injection (manual or autosampler), the response for the second set of injected standards must be within 10 percent of the average response.</P>
        <P>11.6.7.5If the 10 percent criteria duplicate injection cannot be achieved, identify the source of the problem and rerun the calibration standards.</P>
        <P>11.6.7.6Use peak areas or peak heights from the injections of calibration standards to generate a linear calibration curve. From the calibration curve, determine the concentrations of the field samples.</P>
        <P>11.6.8IC/PCR Sample Dilution.</P>
        <P>11.6.8.1Samples having concentrations higher than the established calibration range must be diluted into the calibration range and re-analyzed.</P>
        <P>11.6.8.2If dilutions are performed, the appropriate factors must be applied to sample measurement results.</P>

        <P>11.6.9Reporting Analytical Results. Results should be reported in µg Cr<E T="51">+6</E>/mL using three significant figures. Field sample volumes (mL) must be reported also.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">12.0Data Analysis and Calculations</HD>
        <P>12.1Pretest Calculations.</P>
        <P>12.1.1Pretest Protocol (Site Test Plan).</P>
        <P>12.1.1.1The pretest protocol should define and address the test data quality objectives (DQOs), with all assumptions, that will be required by the end user (enforcement authority); what data are needed? why are the data needed? how will the data be used? what are method detection limits? and what are estimated target analyte levels for the following test parameters.</P>

        <P>12.1.1.1.1Estimated source concentration for total chromium and/or Cr<E T="51">+6</E>.</P>

        <P>12.1.1.1.2Estimated minimum sampling time and/or volume required to meet method detection limit requirements (Appendix B 40 CFR Part 136) for measurement of total chromium and/or Cr<E T="51">+6</E>.</P>
        <P>12.1.1.1.3Demonstrate that planned sampling parameters will meet DQOs. The protocol must demonstrate that the planned sampling parameters calculated by the tester will meet the needs of the source and the enforcement authority.</P>
        <P>12.1.1.2The pre-test protocol should include information on equipment, logistics, personnel, process operation, and other resources necessary for an efficient and coordinated test.</P>
        <P>12.1.1.3At a minimum, the pre-test protocol should identify and be approved by the source, the tester, the analytical laboratory, and the regulatory enforcement authority. The tester should not proceed with the compliance testing before obtaining approval from the enforcement authority.</P>
        <P>12.1.2Post Test Calculations.</P>
        <P>12.1.2.1Perform the calculations, retaining one extra decimal figure beyond that of the acquired data. Round off figures after final calculations.</P>
        <P>12.1.2.2Nomenclature.
        </P>
        <FP SOURCE="FP-1">C<E T="52">S</E> = Concentration of Cr in sample solution, µg Cr/mL.</FP>
        <FP SOURCE="FP-1">C<E T="52">cr</E> = Concentration of Cr in stack gas, dry basis, corrected to standard conditions, mg/dscm.</FP>
        <FP SOURCE="FP-1">D = Digestion factor, dimension less.</FP>
        <FP SOURCE="FP-1">F = Dilution factor, dimension less.</FP>
        <FP SOURCE="FP-1">M<E T="52">Cr</E> = Total Cr in each sample, µg.</FP>
        <FP SOURCE="FP-1">V<E T="52">ad</E> = Volume of sample aliquot after digestion, mL.</FP>
        <FP SOURCE="FP-1">V<E T="52">af</E> = Volume of sample aliquot after dilution, mL.</FP>
        <FP SOURCE="FP-1">V<E T="52">bd</E> = Volume of sample aliquot submitted to digestion, mL.</FP>
        <FP SOURCE="FP-1">V<E T="52">bf</E> = Volume of sample aliquot before dilution, mL.</FP>
        <FP SOURCE="FP-1">V<E T="52">mL</E> = Volume of impinger contents plus rinses, mL.</FP>
        <FP SOURCE="FP-1">V<E T="52">m(std)</E> = Volume of gas sample measured by the dry gas meter, corrected to standard conditions, dscm.</FP>
        
        <P>12.1.2.3Dilution Factor. The dilution factor is the ratio of the volume of sample aliquot after dilution to the volume before dilution. This ratio is given by the following equation:</P>
        <GPH DEEP="27" SPAN="2">
          <PRTPAGE P="203"/>
          <GID>ER17OC00.573</GID>
        </GPH>
        <P>12.1.2.4Digestion Factor. The digestion factor is the ratio of the volume of sample aliquot after digestion to the volume before digestion. This ratio is given by Equation 306-2.</P>
        <GPH DEEP="27" SPAN="2">
          <GID>ER17OC00.574</GID>
        </GPH>
        <P>12.1.2.5Total Cr in Sample. Calculate MCr, the total µg Cr in each sample, using the following equation:</P>
        <GPH DEEP="12" SPAN="2">
          <GID>ER17OC00.575</GID>
        </GPH>
        <P>12.1.2.6Average Dry Gas Meter Temperature and Average Orifice Pressure Drop. Same as Method 5.</P>
        <P>12.1.2.7Dry Gas Volume, Volume of Water Vapor, Moisture Content. Same as Method 5.</P>
        <P>12.1.2.8Cr Emission Concentration (C<E T="52">Cr</E>). Calculate C<E T="52">Cr</E>, the Cr concentration in the stack gas, in mg/dscm on a dry basis, corrected to standard conditions using the following equation:</P>
        <GPH DEEP="29" SPAN="2">
          <GID>ER17OC00.576</GID>
        </GPH>
        <P>12.1.2.9Isokinetic Variation, Acceptable Results. Same as Method 5.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">13.0Method Performance</HD>
        <P>13.1Range. The recommended working range for all of the three analytical techniques starts at five times the analytical detection limit (see also Section 13.2.2). The upper limit of all three techniques can be extended indefinitely by appropriate dilution.</P>
        <P>13.2Sensitivity.</P>
        <P>13.2.1Analytical Sensitivity. The estimated instrumental detection limits listed are provided as a guide for an instrumental limit. The actual method detection limits are sample and instrument dependent and may vary as the sample matrix varies.</P>
        <P>13.2.1.2ICP Analytical Sensitivity. The minimum estimated detection limits for ICP, as reported in Method 6010A and the recently revised Method 6010B of SW-846 (Reference 1), are 7.0 µg Cr/L and 4.7 µg Cr/L, respectively.</P>
        <P>13.2.1.3GFAAS Analytical Sensitivity. The minimum estimated detection limit for GFAAS, as reported in Methods 7000A and 7191 of SW-846 (Reference 1), is 1 µg Cr/L.</P>
        <P>13.2.1.4IC/PCR Analytical Sensitivity. The minimum detection limit for IC/PCR with a preconcentrator, as reported in Methods 0061 and 7199 of SW-846 (Reference 1), is 0.05 µg Cr<SU>+6</SU>/L.</P>

        <P>1.3.2.1.5Determination of Detection Limits. The laboratory performing the Cr<SU>+6</SU> measurements must determine the method detection limit on a quarterly basis using a suitable procedure such as that found in 40 CFR, Part 136, Appendix B. The determination should be made on samples in the appropriate alkaline matrix. Normally this involves the preparation (if applicable) and consecutive measurement of seven (7) separate aliquots of a sample with a concentration &lt;5 times the expected detection limit. The detection limit is 3.14 times the standard deviation of these results.<PRTPAGE P="204"/>
        </P>

        <P>13.2.2In-stack Sensitivity. The in-stack sensitivity depends upon the analytical detection limit, the volume of stack gas sampled, the total volume of the impinger absorbing solution plus the rinses, and, in some cases, dilution or concentration factors from sample preparation. Using the analytical detection limits given in Sections 13.2.1.1, 13.2.1.2, and 13.2.1.3; a stack gas sample volume of 1.7 dscm; a total liquid sample volume of 500 mL; and the digestion concentration factor of 1/2 for the GFAAS analysis; the corresponding in-stack detection limits are 0.0014 mg Cr/dscm to 0.0021 mg Cr/dscm for ICP, 0.00015 mg Cr/dscm for GFAAS, and 0.000015 mg Cr<SU>+6</SU>/dscm for IC/PCR with preconcentration.
        </P>
        <NOTE>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">Note:</HD>
          <P>It is recommended that the concentration of Cr in the analytical solutions be at least five times the analytical detection limit to optimize sensitivity in the analyses. Using this guideline and the same assumptions for impinger sample volume, stack gas sample volume, and the digestion concentration factor for the GFAAS analysis (500 mL,1.7 dscm, and 1/2, respectively), the recommended minimum stack concentrations for optimum sensitivity are 0.0068 mg Cr/dscm to 0.0103 mg Cr/dscm for ICP, 0.00074 mg Cr/dscm for GFAAS, and 0.000074 mg Cr<SU>+6</SU>/dscm for IC/PCR with preconcentration. If required, the in-stack detection limits can be improved by either increasing the stack gas sample volume, further reducing the volume of the digested sample for GFAAS, improving the analytical detection limits, or any combination of the three.</P>
        </NOTE>
        
        <P>13.3Precision.</P>
        <P>13.3.1The following precision data have been reported for the three analytical methods. In each case, when the sampling precision is combined with the reported analytical precision, the resulting overall precision may decrease.</P>
        <P>13.3.2Bias data is also reported for GFAAS.</P>
        <P>13.4ICP Precision.</P>
        <P>13.4.1As reported in Method 6010B of SW-846 (Reference 1), in an EPA round-robin Phase 1 study, seven laboratories applied the ICP technique to acid/distilled water matrices that had been spiked with various metal concentrates. For true values of 10, 50, and 150 µg Cr/L; the mean reported values were 10, 50, and 149 µg Cr/L; and the mean percent relative standard deviations were 18, 3.3, and 3.8 percent, respectively.</P>
        <P>13.4.2In another multi laboratory study cited in Method 6010B, a mean relative standard of 8.2 percent was reported for an aqueous sample concentration of approximately 3750 µg Cr/L.</P>
        <P>13.5GFAAS Precision. As reported in Method 7191 of SW-846 (Reference 1), in a single laboratory (EMSL), using Cincinnati, Ohio tap water spiked at concentrations of 19, 48, and 77 µg Cr/L, the standard deviations were ±0.1, ±0.2, and ±0.8, respectively. Recoveries at these levels were 97 percent, 101 percent, and 102 percent, respectively.</P>

        <P>13.6IC/PCR Precision. As reported in Methods 0061 and 7199 of SW-846 (Reference 1), the precision of IC/PCR with sample preconcentration is 5 to 10 percent. The overall precision for sewage sludge incinerators emitting 120 ng/dscm of Cr<E T="51">+6</E> and 3.5 µg/dscm of total Cr was 25 percent and 9 percent, respectively; and for hazardous waste incinerators emitting 300 ng/dscm of C<E T="51">+6</E> the precision was 20 percent.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">14.0Pollution Prevention</HD>
        <P>14.1The only materials used in this method that could be considered pollutants are the chromium standards used for instrument calibration and acids used in the cleaning of the collection and measurement containers/labware, in the preparation of standards, and in the acid digestion of samples. Both reagents can be stored in the same waste container.</P>
        <P>14.2Cleaning solutions containing acids should be prepared in volumes consistent with use to minimize the disposal of excessive volumes of acid.</P>
        <P>14.3To the extent possible, the containers/vessels used to collect and prepare samples should be cleaned and reused to minimize the generation of solid waste.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">15.0Waste Management</HD>
        <P>15.1It is the responsibility of the laboratory and the sampling team to comply with all federal, state, and local regulations governing waste management, particularly the discharge regulations, hazardous waste identification rules, and land disposal restrictions; and to protect the air, water, and land by minimizing and controlling all releases from field operations.</P>
        <P>15.2For further information on waste management, consult The Waste Management Manual for Laboratory Personnel and Less is Better—Laboratory Chemical Management for Waste Reduction, available from the American Chemical Society's Department of Government Relations and Science Policy, 1155 16th Street NW, Washington, DC 20036.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">16.0References</HD>
        <P>1. “Test Methods for Evaluating Solid Waste, Physical/Chemical Methods, SW-846, Third Edition,” as amended by Updates I, II, IIA, IIB, and III. Document No. 955-001-000001. Available from Superintendent of Documents, U.S. Government Printing Office, Washington, DC, November 1986.</P>

        <P>2. Cox, X.B., R.W. Linton, and F.E. Butler. Determination of Chromium Speciation in Environmental Particles—A Multi-technique <PRTPAGE P="205"/>Study of Ferrochrome Smelter Dust. Accepted for publication in Environmental Science and Technology.</P>
        <P>3. Same as Section 17.0 of Method 5, References 2, 3, 4, 5, and 7.</P>
        <P>4. California Air Resources Board, “Determination of Total Chromium and Hexavalent Chromium Emissions from Stationary Sources.” Method 425, September 12, 1990.</P>
        <P>5. <E T="03">The Merck Index.</E> Eleventh Edition. Merck &amp; Co., Inc., 1989.</P>
        <P>6. Walpole, R.E., and R.H. Myers. “Probability and Statistics for Scientists and Engineering.” 3rd Edition. MacMillan Publishing Co., NewYork, N.Y., 1985.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">17.0Tables, Diagrams, Flowcharts, and Validation Data</HD>
        <GPH DEEP="350" SPAN="2">
          <GID>ER17OC00.577</GID>
        </GPH>
        <GPH DEEP="350" SPAN="2">
          <PRTPAGE P="206"/>
          <GID>ER17OC00.578</GID>
        </GPH>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">Method 306A—Determination of Chromium Emissions From Decorative and Hard Chromium Electroplating and Chromium Anodizing Operations</HD>
        <NOTE>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">Note:</HD>
          <P>This method does not include all of the specifications (<E T="03">e.g.,</E> equipment and supplies) and procedures (<E T="03">e.g.,</E> sampling and analytical) essential to its performance. Some material is incorporated by reference from other methods in 40 CFR Part 60, Appendix A and in this part. Therefore, to obtain reliable results, persons using this method should have a thorough knowledge of at least Methods 5 and 306.</P>
        </NOTE>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">1.0Scope and Application</HD>
        <P>1.1Analyte. Chromium. CAS Number (7440-47-3).</P>
        <P>1.2Applicability.</P>
        <P>1.2.1This method applies to the determination of chromium (Cr) in emissions from decorative and hard chromium electroplating facilities, chromium anodizing operations, and continuous chromium plating at iron and steel facilities. The method is less expensive and less complex to conduct than Method 306. Correctly applied, the precision and bias of the sample results should be comparable to those obtained with the isokinetic Method 306. This method is applicable for the determination of air emissions under nominal ambient moisture, temperature, and pressure conditions.</P>
        <P>1.2.2The method is also applicable to electroplating and anodizing sources controlled by wet scrubbers.</P>
        <P>1.3Data Quality Objectives.</P>
        <P>1.3.1Pretest Protocol.<PRTPAGE P="207"/>
        </P>
        <P>1.3.1.1The pretest protocol should define and address the test data quality objectives (DQOs), with all assumptions, that will be required by the end user (enforcement authority); what data are needed? why are the data needed? how will data be used? what are method detection limits? and what are estimated target analyte levels for the following test parameters.</P>
        <P>1.3.1.1.1Estimated source concentration for total chromium and/or Cr<SU>+6</SU>.</P>
        <P>1.3.1.1.2Estimated minimum sampling time and/or volume required to meet method detection limit requirements (Appendix B 40 CFR Part 136) for measurement of total chromium and/or Cr<SU>+6</SU>.</P>
        <P>1.3.1.1.3Demonstrate that planned sampling parameters will meet DQOs. The protocol must demonstrate that the planned sampling parameters calculated by the tester will meet the needs of the source and the enforcement authority.</P>
        <P>1.3.1.2The pre-test protocol should include information on equipment, logistics, personnel, process operation, and other resources necessary for an efficient and coordinated performance test.</P>
        <P>1.3.1.3At a minimum, the pre-test protocol should identify and be approved by the source, the tester, the analytical laboratory, and the regulatory enforcement authority. The tester should not proceed with the compliance testing before obtaining approval from the enforcement authority.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">2.0Summary of Method</HD>
        <P>2.1Sampling.</P>
        <P>2.1.1An emission sample is extracted from the source at a constant sampling rate determined by a critical orifice and collected in a sampling train composed of a probe and impingers. The proportional sampling time at the cross sectional traverse points is varied according to the stack gas velocity at each point. The total sample time must be at least two hours.</P>
        <P>2.1.2The chromium emission concentration is determined by the same analytical procedures described in Method 306: inductively-coupled plasma emission spectrometry (ICP), graphite furnace atomic absorption spectrometry (GFAAS), or ion chromatography with a post-column reactor (IC/PCR).</P>
        <P>2.1.2.1Total chromium samples with high chromium concentrations (≥35 µg/L) may be analyzed using inductively coupled plasma emission spectrometry (ICP) at 267.72 nm.</P>
        <NOTE>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">Note:</HD>
          <P>The ICP analysis is applicable for this method only when the solution analyzed has a Cr concentration greater than or equal to 35 µg/L or five times the method detection limit as determined according to Appendix B in 40 CFR Part 136.</P>
        </NOTE>
        <P>2.1.2.2Alternatively, when lower total chromium concentrations (&lt;35 µg/L) are encountered, a portion of the alkaline sample solution may be digested with nitric acid and analyzed by graphite furnace atomic absorption spectroscopy (GFAAS) at 357.9 nm.</P>
        <P>2.1.2.3If it is desirable to determine hexavalent chromium (Cr<SU>+6</SU>) emissions, the samples may be analyzed using an ion chromatograph equipped with a post-column reactor (IC/PCR) and a visible wavelength detector. To increase sensitivity for trace levels of Cr<SU>+6</SU>, a preconcentration system may be used in conjunction with the IC/PCR.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">3.0Definitions</HD>
        <P>3.1<E T="03">Total Chromium</E>—measured chromium content that includes both major chromium oxidation states (Cr+3, Cr+6).</P>
        <P>3.2<E T="03">May</E>—Implies an optional operation.</P>
        <P>3.3<E T="03">Digestion</E>—The analytical operation involving the complete (or nearly complete) dissolution of the sample in order to ensure the complete solubilization of the element (analyte) to be measured.</P>
        <P>3.4<E T="03">Interferences</E>—Physical, chemical, or spectral phenomena that may produce a high or low bias in the analytical result.</P>
        <P>3.5<E T="03">Analytical System</E>—All components of the analytical process including the sample digestion and measurement apparatus.</P>
        <P>3.6<E T="03">Sample Recovery</E>—The quantitative transfer of sample from the collection apparatus to the sample preparation (digestion, etc.) apparatus. This term should not be confused with analytical recovery.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">4.0Interferences</HD>
        <P>4.1Same as in Method 306, Section 4.0.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">5.0Safety</HD>
        <P>5.1Disclaimer. This method may involve hazardous materials, operations, and equipment. This test method does not purport to address all of the safety issues associated with its use. It is the responsibility of the user to establish appropriate safety and health practices and to determine the applicability of regulatory limitations prior to performing this test method.</P>
        <P>5.2Chromium and some chromium compounds have been listed as carcinogens although Chromium (III) compounds show little or no toxicity. Chromium is a skin and respiratory irritant.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">6.0Equipment and Supplies</HD>
        <NOTE>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">Note:</HD>
          <P>Mention of trade names or specific products does not constitute endorsement by the Environmental Protection Agency.</P>
        </NOTE>
        <P>6.1Sampling Train. A schematic of the sampling train is shown in Figure 306A-1. The individual components of the train are available commercially, however, some fabrication and assembly are required.</P>
        <P>6.1.1Probe Nozzle/Tubing and Sheath.</P>

        <P>6.1.1.1Use approximately 6.4-mm (<FR>1/4</FR>-in.) inside diameter (ID) glass or rigid plastic tubing approximately 20 cm (8 in.) in length <PRTPAGE P="208"/>with a short 90 degree bend at one end to form the sampling nozzle. Grind a slight taper on the nozzle end before making the bend. Attach the nozzle to flexible tubing of sufficient length to enable collection of a sample from the stack.</P>
        <P>6.1.1.2Use a straight piece of larger diameter rigid tubing (such as metal conduit or plastic water pipe) to form a sheath that begins about 2.5 cm (1 in.) from the 90 ° bend on the nozzle and encases and supports the flexible tubing.</P>
        <P>6.1.2 Type S Pitot Tube. Same as Method 2, Section 6.1 (40 CFR Part 60, Appendix A).</P>
        <P>6.1.3Temperature Sensor.</P>
        <P>6.1.3.1A thermocouple, liquid-filled bulb thermometer, bimetallic thermometer, mercury-in-glass thermometer, or other sensor capable of measuring temperature to within 1.5 percent of the minimum absolute stack temperature.</P>
        <P>6.1.3.2The temperature sensor shall either be positioned near the center of the stack, or be attached to the pitot tube as directed in Section 6.3 of Method 2.</P>
        <P>6.1.4Sample Train Connectors.</P>
        <P>6.1.4.1Use thick wall flexible plastic tubing (polyethylene, polypropylene, or polyvinyl chloride) ∼ 6.4-mm (<FR>1/4</FR>-in.) to 9.5-mm (<FR>3/8</FR>-in.) ID to connect the train components.</P>
        <P>6.1.4.2A combination of rigid plastic tubing and thin wall flexible tubing may be used as long as tubing walls do not collapse when leak-checking the train. Metal tubing cannot be used.</P>
        <P>6.1.5Impingers. Three, one-quart capacity, glass canning jars with vacuum seal lids, or three Greenburg-Smith (GS) design impingers connected in series, or equivalent, may be used.</P>
        <P>6.1.5.1One-quart glass canning jar. Three separate jar containers are required: (1) the first jar contains the absorbing solution; (2) the second is empty and is used to collect any reagent carried over from the first container; and (3) the third contains the desiccant drying agent.</P>
        <P>6.1.5.2Canning Jar Connectors. The jar containers are connected by leak-tight inlet and outlet tubes installed in the lids of each container for assembly with the train. The tubes may be made of ∼ 6.4 mm (<FR>1/4</FR>-in.) ID glass or rigid plastic tubing. For the inlet tube of the first impinger, heat the glass or plastic tubing and draw until the tubing separates. Fabricate the necked tip to form an orifice tip that is approximately 2.4 mm (<FR>3/32</FR>-in.) ID.</P>
        <P>6.1.5.2.1When assembling the first container, place the orifice tip end of the tube approximately 4.8 mm (<FR>3/16</FR>-in.) above the inside bottom of the jar.</P>
        <P>6.1.5.2.2For the second container, the inlet tube need not be drawn and sized, but the tip should be approximately 25 mm (1 in.) above the bottom of the jar.</P>
        <P>6.1.5.2.3The inlet tube of the third container should extend to approximately 12.7 mm (<FR>1/2</FR>-in.) above the bottom of the jar.</P>
        <P>6.1.5.2.4Extend the outlet tube for each container approximately 50 mm (2 in.) above the jar lid and downward through the lid, approximately 12.7 mm (<FR>1/2</FR>-in.) beneath the bottom of the lid.</P>
        <P>6.1.5.3Greenburg-Smith Impingers. Three separate impingers of the Greenburg-Smith (GS) design as described in Section 6.0 of Method 5 are required. The first GS impinger shall have a standard tip (orifice/plate), and the second and third GS impingers shall be modified by replacing the orifice/plate tube with a 13 mm (<FR>1/2</FR>-in.) ID glass tube, having an unrestricted opening located 13 mm (<FR>1/2</FR>-in.) from the bottom of the outer flask.</P>
        <P>6.1.5.4Greenburg-Smith Connectors. The GS impingers shall be connected by leak-free ground glass “U” tube connectors or by leak-free non-contaminating flexible tubing. The first impinger shall contain the absorbing solution, the second is empty and the third contains the desiccant drying agent.</P>
        <P>6.1.6Manometer. Inclined/vertical type, or equivalent device, as described in Section 6.2 of Method 2 (40 CFR Part 60, Appendix A).</P>

        <P>6.1.7Critical Orifice. The critical orifice is a small restriction in the sample line that is located upstream of the vacuum pump. The orifice produces a constant sampling flow rate that is approximately 0.021 cubic meters per minute (m<E T="53">3</E>/min) or 0.75 cubic feet per minute (cfm).</P>
        <P>6.1.7.1The critical orifice can be constructed by sealing a 2.4-mm (<FR>3/32</FR>-in.) ID brass tube approximately 14.3 mm (<FR>9/16</FR>-in.) in length inside a second brass tube that is approximately 8 mm (<FR>5/16</FR>-in.) ID and 14.3-mm (<FR>9/16</FR>-in.) in length .</P>
        <P>6.1.7.2Materials other than brass can be used to construct the critical orifice as long as the flow through the sampling train can be maintained at approximately 0.021 cubic meter per minute (0.75) cfm.</P>
        <P>6.1.8Connecting Hardware. Standard pipe and fittings, 9.5-mm (<FR>3/8</FR>-in.), 6.4-mm (<FR>1/4</FR>-in.) or 3.2-mm (<FR>1/8</FR>-in.) ID, may be used to assemble the vacuum pump, dry gas meter and other sampling train components.</P>

        <P>6.1.9Vacuum Gauge. Capable of measuring approximately 760 mm H<E T="52">g</E> (30 in. H<E T="52">g</E>) vacuum in 25.4 mm H<E T="52">G</E> (1 in. H<E T="52">g</E>) increments. Locate vacuum gauge between the critical orifice and the vacuum pump.</P>
        <P>6.1.10Pump Oiler. A glass oil reservoir with a wick mounted at the vacuum pump inlet that lubricates the pump vanes. The oiler should be an in-line type and not vented to the atmosphere. See EMTIC Guideline Document No. GD-041.WPD for additional information.</P>

        <P>6.1.11Vacuum Pump. Gast Model 0522-V103-G18DX, or equivalent, capable of delivering at least 1.5 cfm at 15 in. H<E T="52">g</E> vacuum.<PRTPAGE P="209"/>
        </P>
        <P>6.1.12Oil Trap/Muffler. An empty glass oil reservoir without wick mounted at the pump outlet to control the pump noise and prevent oil from reaching the dry gas meter.</P>
        <P>6.1.13By-pass Fine Adjust Valve (Optional). Needle valve assembly 6.4-mm (<FR>1/4</FR>-in.), Whitey 1 RF 4-A, or equivalent, that allows for adjustment of the train vacuum.</P>
        <P>6.1.13.1A fine-adjustment valve is positioned in the optional pump by-pass system that allows the gas flow to recirculate through the pump. This by-pass system allows the tester to control/reduce the maximum leak-check vacuum pressure produced by the pump.</P>
        <P>6.1.13.1.1The tester must conduct the post test leak check at a vacuum equal to or greater than the maximum vacuum encountered during the sampling run.</P>
        <P>6.1.13.1.2The pump by-pass assembly is not required, but is recommended if the tester intends to leak-check the 306A train at the vacuum experienced during a run.</P>
        <P>6.1.14Dry Gas Meter. An Equimeter Model 110 test meter or, equivalent with temperature sensor(s) installed (inlet/outlet) to monitor the meter temperature. If only one temperature sensor is installed, locate the sensor at the outlet side of the meter. The dry gas meter must be capable of measuring the gaseous volume to within ±2% of the true volume.</P>
        <NOTE>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">Note:</HD>

          <P>The Method 306 sampling train is also commercially available and may be used to perform the Method 306A tests. The sampling train may be assembled as specified in Method 306A with the sampling rate being operated at the delta H<E T="52">@</E> specified for the calibrated orifice located in the meter box. The Method 306 train is then operated as described in Method 306A.</P>
        </NOTE>

        <P>6.2Barometer. Mercury aneroid barometer, or other barometer equivalent, capable of measuring atmospheric pressure to within ±2.5 mm H<E T="52">g</E> (0.1 in. H<E T="52">g</E>).</P>
        <P>6.2.1A preliminary check of the barometer shall be made against a mercury-in-glass reference barometer or its equivalent.</P>
        <P>6.2.2Tester may elect to obtain the absolute barometric pressure from a nearby National Weather Service station.</P>

        <P>6.2.2.1The station value (which is the absolute barometric pressure) must be adjusted for elevation differences between the weather station and the sampling location. Either subtract 2.5 mm H<E T="52">g</E> (0.1 in. H<E T="52">g</E>) from the station value per 30 m (100 ft) of elevation increase or add the same for an elevation decrease.</P>

        <P>6.2.2.2If the field barometer cannot be adjusted to agree within 0.1 in. H<E T="52">g</E> of the reference barometric, repair or discard the unit. The barometer pressure measurement shall be recorded on the sampling data sheet.</P>
        <P>6.3Sample Recovery. Same as Method 5, Section 6.2 (40 CFR Part 60, Appendix A), with the following exceptions:</P>
        <P>6.3.1Probe-Liner and Probe-Nozzle Brushes. Brushes are not necessary for sample recovery. If a probe brush is used, it must be non-metallic.</P>
        <P>6.3.2Wash Bottles. Polyethylene wash bottle, for sample recovery absorbing solution.</P>

        <P>6.3.3Sample Recovery Solution. Use 0.1 N NaOH or 0.1 N NaHCO<E T="52">3</E>, whichever is used as the impinger absorbing solution, to replace the acetone.</P>
        <P>6.3.4Sample Storage Containers.</P>
        <P>6.3.4.1Glass Canning Jar. The first canning jar container of the sampling train may serve as the sample shipping container. A new lid and sealing plastic wrap shall be substituted for the container lid assembly.</P>
        <P>6.3.4.2Polyethylene or Glass Containers. Transfer the Greenburg-Smith impinger contents to precleaned polyethylene or glass containers. The samples shall be stored and shipped in 250-mL, 500-mL or 1000-mL polyethylene or glass containers with leak-free, non metal screw caps.</P>
        <P>6.3.5pH Indicator Strip, for Cr <E T="51">+6</E> Samples. pH indicator strips, or equivalent, capable of determining the pH of solutions between the range of 7 and 12, at 0.5 pH increments.</P>
        <P>6.3.6Plastic Storage Containers. Air tight containers to store silica gel.</P>
        <P>6.4Analysis. Same as Method 306, Section 6.3.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">7.0Reagents and Standards.</HD>
        <NOTE>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">Note:</HD>

          <P>Unless otherwise indicated, all reagents shall conform to the specifications established by the Committee on Analytical Reagents of the American Chemical Society (ACS reagent grade). Where such specifications are not available, use the best available grade. It is recommended, but not required, that reagents be checked by the appropriate analysis prior to field use to assure that contamination is below the analytical detection limit for the ICP or GFAAS total chromium analysis; and that contamination is below the analytical detection limit for Cr<E T="51">+6</E> using IC/PCR for direct injection or, if selected, preconcentration.</P>
        </NOTE>
        <P>7.1Sampling.</P>
        <P>7.1.1Water. Reagent water that conforms to ASTM Specification D1193 Type II (incorporated by reference see § 63.14). All references to water in the method refer to reagent water unless otherwise specified. It is recommended that water blanks be checked prior to preparing the sampling reagents to ensure that the Cr content is less than three (3) times the anticipated detection limit of the analytical method.</P>

        <P>7.1.2Sodium Hydroxide (NaOH) Absorbing Solution, 0.1 N. Dissolve 4.0 g of sodium hydroxide in 1 liter of water to obtain a pH of approximately 8.5.<PRTPAGE P="210"/>
        </P>
        <P>7.1.3Sodium Bicarbonate (NaHCO<E T="52">3</E>) Absorbing Solution, 0.1 N. Dissolve approximately 8.5 g of sodium bicarbonate in 1 liter of water to obtain a pH of approximately 8.3.</P>
        <P>7.1.4Chromium Contamination.</P>
        <P>7.1.4.1The absorbing solution shall not exceed the QC criteria noted in Method 306, Section 7.1.1 (≤3 times the instrument detection limit).</P>
        <P>7.1.4.2When the Cr<E T="51">+6</E> content in the field samples exceeds the blank concentration by at least a factor of ten (10), Cr<E T="51">+6</E> blank levels ≤10 times the detection limit will be allowed.
        </P>
        <NOTE>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">Note:</HD>
          <P>At sources with high concentrations of acids and/or SO<E T="52">2</E>, the concentration of NaOH or NaHCO<E T="52">3</E> should be ≥0.5 N to insure that the pH of the solution remains at or above 8.5 for NaOH and 8.0 for NaHCO<E T="52">3</E> during and after sampling.</P>
        </NOTE>
        
        <P>7.1.3Desiccant. Silica Gel, 6-16 mesh, indicating type. Alternatively, other types of desiccants may be used, subject to the approval of the Administrator.</P>
        <P>7.2Sample Recovery. Same as Method 306, Section 7.2.</P>
        <P>7.3Sample Preparation and Analysis. Same as Method 306, Section 7.3.</P>
        <P>7.4Glassware Cleaning Reagents. Same as Method 306, Section 7.4.</P>
        <P>7.5Quality Assurance Audit Samples.</P>
        <P>7.5.1It is recommended, but not required, that a performance audit sample be analyzed in conjunction with the field samples. The audit sample should be in a suitable sample matrix at a concentration similar to the actual field samples.</P>

        <P>7.5.2When making compliance determinations, and upon availability, audit samples may be obtained from the appropriate EPA regional Office or from the responsible enforcement authority and analyzed in conjunction with the field samples.
        </P>
        <NOTE>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">Note:</HD>
          <P>The responsible enforcement authority should be notified at least 30 days prior to the test date to allow sufficient time for the audit sample to be delivered.</P>
        </NOTE>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">8.0Sample Collection, Recovery, Preservation, Holding Times, Storage, and Transport</HD>
        <NOTE>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">Note:</HD>

          <P>Prior to sample collection, consideration should be given as to the type of analysis (Cr<E T="51">+6</E> or total Cr) that will be performed. Deciding which analysis will be performed will enable the tester to determine which appropriate sample recovery and storage procedures will be required to process the sample.</P>
        </NOTE>
        
        <P>8.1Sample Collection.</P>
        <P>8.1.1Pretest Preparation.</P>
        <P>8.1.1.1Selection of Measurement Site. Locate the sampling ports as specified in Section 11.0 of Method 1 (40 CFR Part 60, Appendix A).</P>
        <P>8.1.1.2Location of Traverse Points.</P>
        <P>8.1.1.2.1Locate the traverse points as specified in Section 11.0 of Method 1 (40 CFR Part 60, Appendix A). Use a total of 24 sampling points for round ducts and 24 or 25 points for rectangular ducts. Mark the pitot and sampling probe to identify the sample traversing points.</P>
        <P>8.1.1.2.2For round ducts less than 12 inches in diameter, use a total of 16 points.</P>
        <P>8.1.1.3Velocity Pressure Traverse. Perform an initial velocity traverse before obtaining samples. The Figure 306A-2 data sheet may be used to record velocity traverse data.</P>
        <P>8.1.1.3.1To demonstrate that the flow rate is constant over several days of testing, perform complete traverses at the beginning and end of each day's test effort, and calculate the deviation of the flow rate for each daily period. The beginning and end flow rates are considered constant if the deviation does not exceed 10 percent. If the flow rate exceeds the 10 percent criteria, either correct the inconsistent flow rate problem, or obtain the Administrator's approval for the test results.</P>
        <P>8.1.1.3.2Perform traverses as specified in Section 8.0 of Method 2, but record only the Δp (velocity pressure) values for each sampling point. If a mass emission rate is desired, stack velocity pressures shall be recorded before and after each test, and an average stack velocity pressure determined for the testing period.</P>
        <P>8.1.1.4Verification of Absence of Cyclonic Flow. Check for cyclonic flow during the initial traverse to verify that it does not exist. Perform the cyclonic flow check as specified in Section 11.4 of Method 1 (40 CFR Part 60, Appendix A).</P>
        <P>8.1.1.4.1If cyclonic flow is present, verify that the absolute average angle of the tangential flow does not exceed 20 degrees. If the average value exceeds 20 degrees at the sampling location, the flow condition in the stack is unacceptable for testing.</P>

        <P>8.1.1.4.2Alternative procedures, subject to approval of the Administrator, <E T="03">e.g.,</E> installing straightening vanes to eliminate the cyclonic flow, must be implemented prior to conducting the testing.</P>
        <P>8.1.1.5Stack Gas Moisture Measurements. <E T="03">Not required.</E> Measuring the moisture content is optional when a mass emission rate is to be calculated.</P>
        <P>8.1.1.5.1The tester may elect to either measure the actual stack gas moisture during the sampling run or utilize a nominal moisture value of 2 percent.</P>
        <P>8.1.1.5.2For additional information on determining sampling train moisture, please refer to Method 4 (40 CFR Part 60, Appendix A).</P>

        <P>8.1.1.6Stack Temperature Measurements. If a mass emission rate is to be calculated, a temperature sensor must be placed either near the center of the stack, or attached to the pitot tube as described in Section 8.3 of Method 2. Stack temperature measurements, <PRTPAGE P="211"/>shall be recorded before and after each test, and an average stack temperature determined for the testing period.</P>
        <P>8.1.1.7Point Sampling Times. Since the sampling rate of the train (0.75 cfm) is maintained constant by the critical orifice, it is necessary to calculate specific sampling times for each traverse point in order to obtain a proportional sample.</P>
        <P>8.1.1.7.1If the sampling period (3 runs) is to be completed in a single day, the point sampling times shall be calculated only once.</P>
        <P>8.1.1.7.2If the sampling period is to occur over several days, the sampling times must be calculated daily using the initial velocity pressure data recorded for that day. Determine the average of the Δp values obtained during the velocity traverse (Figure 306A-2).</P>
        <P>8.1.1.7.3If the stack diameter is less than 12 inches, use 7.5 minutes in place of 5 minutes in the equation and 16 sampling points instead of 24 or 25 points. Calculate the sampling times for each traverse point using the following equation:</P>
        <MATH DEEP="36" SPAN="2">
          <MID>ER17OC00.579</MID>
        </MATH>
        <FP>Where:</FP>
        <FP SOURCE="FP-1">n = Sampling point number.</FP>

        <FP SOURCE="FP-1">Δp = Average pressure differential across pitot tube, mm H<E T="52">2</E>O (in. H<E T="52">2</E>O).</FP>
        <FP SOURCE="FP-1">ΔP<E T="52">avg</E> = Average of Δp values, mm H<E T="52">2</E>O (in. H<E T="52">2</E>O).</FP>
        
        <NOTE>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">Note:</HD>
          <P>Convert the decimal fractions for minutes to seconds.</P>
        </NOTE>
        <P>8.1.1.8Pretest Preparation. It is recommended, but not required, that all items which will be in contact with the sample be cleaned prior to performing the testing to avoid possible sample contamination (positive chromium bias). These items include, but are not limited to: Sampling probe, connecting tubing, impingers, and jar containers.</P>
        <P>8.1.1.8.1Sample train components should be: (1) Rinsed with hot tap water; (2) washed with hot soapy water; (3) rinsed with tap water; (4) rinsed with reagent water; (5) soaked in a 10 percent (v/v) nitric acid solution for at least four hours; and (6) rinsed throughly with reagent water before use.</P>

        <P>8.1.1.8.2At a minimum, the tester should, rinse the probe, connecting tubing, and first and second impingers twice with either 0.1 N sodium hydroxide (NaOH) or 0.1 N sodium bicarbonate (NaHCO<E T="52">3</E>) and discard the rinse solution.</P>
        <P>8.1.1.8.3If separate sample shipping containers are to be used, these also should be precleaned using the specified cleaning procedures.</P>
        <P>8.1.1.9Preparation of Sampling Train. Assemble the sampling train as shown in Figure 306A-1. Secure the nozzle-liner assembly to the outer sheath to prevent movement when sampling.</P>
        <P>8.1.1.9.1Place 250 mL of 0.1 N NaOH or 0.1 N NaHCO<E T="52">3</E> absorbing solution into the first jar container or impinger. The second jar/impinger is to remain empty. Place 6 to 16 mesh indicating silica gel, or equivalent desiccant into the third jar/impinger until the container is half full (∼ 300 to 400 g).</P>
        <P>8.1.1.9.2Place a small cotton ball in the outlet exit tube of the third jar to collect small silica gel particles that may dislodge and impair the pump and/or gas meter.</P>

        <P>8.1.1.10Pretest Leak-Check. A pretest leak-check is recommended, but not required. If the tester opts to conduct the pretest leak-check, the following procedures shall be performed: (1) Place the jar/impinger containers into an ice bath and wait 10 minutes for the ice to cool the containers before performing the leak check and/or start sampling; (2) to perform the leak check, seal the nozzle using a piece of clear plastic wrap placed over the end of a finger and switch on the pump; and (3) the train system leak rate should not exceed 0.02 cfm at a vacuum of 380 mm Hg (15 in. Hg) or greater. If the leak rate does exceed the 0.02 cfm requirement, identify and repair the leak area and perform the leak check again.
        </P>
        <NOTE>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">Note:</HD>
          <P>Use caution when releasing the vacuum following the leak check. Always allow air to slowly flow through the nozzle end of the train system while the pump is still operating. Switching off the pump with vacuum on the system may result in the silica gel being pulled into the second jar container.</P>
        </NOTE>

        <P>8.1.1.11Leak-Checks During Sample Run. If, during the sampling run, a component (e.g., jar container) exchange becomes necessary, a leak-check shall be conducted <E T="03">immediately before</E> the component exchange is made. The leak-check shall be performed according to the procedure outlined in Section 8.1.1.10 of this method. If the leakage rate is found to be ≤ 0.02 cfm at the maximum operating vacuum, the results are acceptable. If, however, a higher leak rate is obtained, either record the leakage rate and correct the sample volume as shown in Section 12.3 of <PRTPAGE P="212"/>Method 5 or void the sample and initiate a replacement run. Following the component change, leak-checks are optional, but are recommended as are the pretest leak-checks.</P>
        <P>8.1.1.12Post Test Leak Check. Remove the probe assembly and flexible tubing from the first jar/impinger container. Seal the inlet tube of the first container using clear plastic wrap and switch on the pump. The vacuum in the line between the pump and the critical orifice must be ≥15 in. Hg. Record the vacuum gauge measurement along with the leak rate observed on the train system.</P>
        <P>8.1.1.12.1If the leak rate does not exceed 0.02 cfm, the results are acceptable and no sample volume correction is necessary.</P>
        <P>8.1.1.12.2If, however, a higher leak rate is obtained (&gt;0.02 cfm), the tester shall either record the leakage rate and correct the sample volume as shown in Section 12.3 of Method 5, or void the sampling run and initiate a replacement run.After completing the leak-check, slowly release the vacuum at the first container while the pump is still operating. Afterwards, switch-off the pump.</P>
        <P>8.1.2Sample Train Operation.</P>
        <P>8.1.2.1Data Recording. Record all pertinent process and sampling data on the data sheet (see Figure 306A-3). Ensure that the process operation is suitable for sample collection.</P>
        <P>8.1.2.2Starting the Test. Place the probe/nozzle into the duct at the first sampling point and switch on the pump. Start the sampling using the time interval calculated for the first point. When the first point sampling time has been completed, move to the second point and continue to sample for the time interval calculated for that point; sample each point on the traverse in this manner. Maintain ice around the sample containers during the run.</P>

        <P>8.1.2.3Critical Flow. The sample line between the critical orifice and the pump must operate at a vacuum of ≥ 380 mm Hg (≥15 in. Hg) in order for critical flow to be maintained. This vacuum must be monitored and documented using the vacuum gauge located between the critical orifice and the pump.
        </P>
        <NOTE>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">Note:</HD>
          <P>Theoretically, critical flow for air occurs when the ratio of the orifice outlet absolute pressure to the orifice inlet absolute pressure is less than a factor of 0.53. This means that the system vacuum should be at least ≥ 356 mm Hg (≥ 14 in. Hg) at sea level and ∼ 305 mm Hg (∼ 12 in. Hg) at higher elevations.</P>
        </NOTE>
        
        <P>8.1.2.4Completion of Test.</P>
        <P>8.1.2.4.1Circular Stacks. Complete the first port traverse and switch off the pump. Testers may opt to perform a leak-check between the port changes to verify the leak rate however, this is not mandatory. Move the sampling train to the next sampling port and repeat the sequence. Be sure to record the final dry gas meter reading after completing the test run. After performing the post test leak check, disconnect the jar/impinger containers from the pump and meter assembly and transport the probe, connecting tubing, and containers to the sample recovery area.</P>

        <P>8.1.2.4.2Rectangle Stacks. Complete each port traverse as per the instructions provided in 8.1.2.4.1.
        </P>
        <NOTE>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">Note:</HD>
          <P>If an approximate mass emission rate is to be calculated, measure and record the stack velocity pressure and temperature before and after the test run.</P>
        </NOTE>
        

        <P>8.2Sample Recovery. After the train has been transferred to the sample recovery area, disconnect the tubing that connects the jar/impingers. The tester shall select either the total Cr or Cr<E T="51">+6</E> sample recovery option. Samples to be analyzed for both total Cr and Cr<E T="51">+6</E> shall be recovered using the Cr<E T="51">+6</E> sample option (Section 8.2.2).
        </P>
        <NOTE>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">Note:</HD>

          <P>Collect a reagent blank sample for each of the total Cr or the Cr<E T="51">+6</E> analytical options. If both analyses (Cr and Cr<E T="51">+6</E>) are to be conducted on the samples, collect separate reagent blanks for each analysis.</P>
        </NOTE>
        
        <P>8.2.1Total Cr Sample Option.</P>
        <P>8.2.1.1Shipping Container No. 1. The first jar container may either be used to store and transport the sample, or if GS impingers are used, samples may be stored and shipped in precleaned 250-mL, 500-mL or 1000-mL polyethylene or glass bottles with leak-free, non-metal screw caps.</P>
        <P>8.2.1.1.1Unscrew the lid from the first jar/impinger container.</P>
        <P>8.2.1.1.2Lift the inner tube assembly almost out of the container, and using the wash bottle containing fresh absorbing solution, rinse the outside of the tube that was immersed in the container solution; rinse the inside of the tube as well, by rinsing twice from the top of the tube down through the inner tube into the container.</P>
        <P>8.2.1.2Recover the contents of the second jar/impinger container by removing the lid and pouring any contents into the first shipping container.</P>
        <P>8.2.1.2.1Rinse twice, using fresh absorbing solution, the inner walls of the second container including the inside and outside of the inner tube.</P>
        <P>8.2.1.2.2Rinse the connecting tubing between the first and second sample containers with absorbing solution and place the rinses into the first container.</P>
        <P>8.2.1.3Position the nozzle, probe and connecting plastic tubing in a vertical position so that the tubing forms a “U”.</P>

        <P>8.2.1.3.1Using the wash bottle, partially fill the tubing with fresh absorbing solution. Raise and lower the end of the plastic tubing several times to allow the solution to contact the internal surfaces. Do not allow the solution to overflow or part of the sample will be lost. Place the nozzle end of the probe <PRTPAGE P="213"/>over the mouth of the first container and elevate the plastic tubing so that the solution flows into the sample container.</P>
        <P>8.2.1.3.2Repeat the probe/tubing sample recovery procedure but allow the solution to flow out the opposite end of the plastic tubing into the sample container. Repeat the entire sample recovery procedure once again.</P>

        <P>8.2.1.4Use approximately 200 to 300 mL of the 0.1 N NaOH or 0.1 N NaHCO<E T="52">3</E> absorbing solution during the rinsing of the probe nozzle, probe liner, sample containers, and connecting tubing.</P>
        <P>8.2.1.5Place a piece of clear plastic wrap over the mouth of the sample jar to seal the shipping container. Use a standard lid and band assembly to seal and secure the sample in the jar.</P>
        <P>8.2.1.5.1Label the jar clearly to identify its contents, sample number and date.</P>
        <P>8.2.1.5.2Mark the height of the liquid level on the container to identify any losses during shipping and handling.</P>
        <P>8.2.1.5.3Prepare a chain-of-custody sheet to accompany the sample to the laboratory.</P>
        <P>8.2.2Cr<E T="51">+6</E> Sample Option.</P>
        <P>8.2.2.1Shipping Container No. 1. The first jar container may either be used to store and transport the sample, or if GS impingers are used, samples may be stored and shipped in precleaned 250-mL, 500-mL or 1000-mL polyethylene or glass bottles with leak-free non-metal screw caps.</P>
        <P>8.2.2.1.1Unscrew and remove the lid from the first jar container.</P>

        <P>8.2.2.1.2Measure and record the pH of the solution in the first container by using a pH indicator strip. The pH of the solution must be ≥8.5 for NaOH and ≥8.0 for NaHCO<E T="52">3</E>. If not, discard the collected sample, increase the concentration of the NaOH or NaHCO3 absorbing solution to 0.5 M and collect another air emission sample.</P>

        <P>8.2.2.2 After measuring the pH of the first container, follow sample recovery procedures described in Sections 8.2.1.1 through 8.2.1.5.
        </P>
        <NOTE>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">Note:</HD>

          <P>Since particulate matter is not usually present at chromium electroplating and/or chromium anodizing facilities, it is not necessary to filter the Cr<E T="51">+6</E> samples unless there is observed sediment in the collected solutions. If it is necessary to filter the Cr<E T="51">+6</E> solutions, please refer to the EPA Method 0061, Determination of Hexavalent Chromium Emissions from Stationary Sources, Section 7.4, Sample Preparation in SW-846 (see Reference 5) for procedure.</P>
        </NOTE>
        
        <P>8.2.3Silica Gel Container. Observe the color of the indicating silica gel to determine if it has been completely spent and make a notation of its condition/color on the field data sheet. Do not use water or other liquids to remove and transfer the silica gel.</P>
        <P>8.2.4Total Cr and/or Cr<E T="51">+6</E> Reagent Blank.</P>

        <P>8.2.4.1Shipping Container No. 2. Place approximately 500 mL of the 0.1 N NaOH or 0.1 N NaHCO<E T="52">3</E> absorbing solution in a precleaned, labeled sample container and include with the field samples for analysis.</P>
        <P>8.3Sample Preservation, Storage, and Transport.</P>
        <P>8.3.1Total Cr Option. Samples that are to be analyzed for total Cr need not be refrigerated.</P>
        <P>8.3.2Cr<E T="51">+6</E> Option. Samples that are to be analyzed for Cr<E T="51">+6</E> must be shipped and stored at 4 °C (∼40 °F).
        </P>
        <NOTE>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">Note:</HD>
          <P>Allow Cr<E T="51">+6</E> samples to return to ambient temperature prior to analysis.</P>
        </NOTE>
        
        <P>8.4Sample Holding Times.</P>
        <P>8.4.1Total Cr Option. Samples that are to be analyzed for total chromium must be analyzed within 60 days of collection.</P>
        <P>8.4.2Cr<E T="51">+6</E> Option. Samples that are to be analyzed for Cr<E T="51">+6</E> must be analyzed within 14 days of collection.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">9.0Quality Control</HD>
        <P>9.1Same as Method 306, Section 9.0.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">10.0Calibration and Standardization</HD>
        <NOTE>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">Note:</HD>
          <P>Tester shall maintain a performance log of all calibration results.</P>
        </NOTE>
        
        <P>10.1Pitot Tube. The Type S pitot tube assembly shall be calibrated according to the procedures outlined in Section 10.1 of Method 2.</P>
        <P>10.2Temperature Sensor. Use the procedure in Section 10.3 of Method 2 to calibrate the in-stack temperature sensor.</P>
        <P>10.3Metering System.</P>
        <P>10.3.1Sample Train Dry Gas Meter Calibration. Calibrations may be performed as described in Section 16.2 of Method 5 by either the manufacturer, a firm who provides calibration services, or the tester.</P>
        <P>10.3.2Dry Gas Meter Calibration Coefficient (Y<E T="52">m</E>). The meter calibration coefficient (Y<E T="52">m</E>) must be determined prior to the initial use of the meter, and following each field test program. If the dry gas meter is new, the manufacturer will have specified the Y<E T="52">m</E> value for the meter. This Y<E T="52">m</E> value can be used as the pretest value for the first test. For subsequent tests, the tester must use the Y<E T="52">m</E> value established during the pretest calibration.</P>

        <P>10.3.3Calibration Orifice. The manufacturer may have included a calibration orifice and a summary spreadsheet with the meter that may be used for calibration purposes. The spreadsheet will provide data necessary to determine the calibration for the orifice and meter (standard cubic feet volume, sample time, etc.). These data were produced when the initial Y<E T="52">m</E> value was determined for the meter.</P>
        <P>10.3.4Y<E T="52">m</E> Meter Value Verification or Meter Calibration.<PRTPAGE P="214"/>
        </P>
        <P>10.3.4.1The Y<E T="52">m</E> meter value may be determined by replacing the sampling train critical orifice with the calibration orifice. Replace the critical orifice assembly by installing the calibration orifice in the same location. The inlet side of the calibration orifice is to be left open to the atmosphere and is <E T="03">not</E> to be reconnected to the sample train during the calibration procedure.</P>
        <P>10.3.4.2If the vacuum pump is cold, switch on the pump and allow it to operate (become warm) for several minutes prior to starting the calibration. After stopping the pump, record the initial dry gas meter volume and meter temperature.</P>

        <P>10.3.4.3Perform the calibration for the number of minutes specified by the manufacturer's data sheet (usually 5 minutes). Stop the pump and record the final dry gas meter volume and temperature. Subtract the start volume from the stop volume to obtain the V<E T="52">m</E> and average the meter temperatures (t<E T="52">m</E>).</P>
        <P>10.3.5Y<E T="52">m</E> Value Calculation. Y<E T="52">m</E> is the calculated value for the dry gas meter. Calculate Y<E T="52">m</E> using the following equation:</P>
        <MATH DEEP="77" SPAN="2">
          <MID>ER17OC00.580</MID>
        </MATH>
        <FP>Where:</FP>
        
        <FP SOURCE="FP-1">P<E T="52">bar</E> = Barometric pressure at meter, mm Hg, (in. Hg).</FP>
        <FP SOURCE="FP-1">P<E T="52">std</E> = Standard absolute pressure,</FP>
        <FP SOURCE="FP-1">Metric = 760 mm Hg.</FP>
        <FP SOURCE="FP-1">English = 29.92 in. Hg.</FP>
        <FP SOURCE="FP-1">t<E T="52">m</E> = Average dry gas meter temperature, °C, (°F).</FP>
        <FP SOURCE="FP-1">T<E T="52">m</E> = Absolute average dry gas meter temperature,</FP>
        <FP SOURCE="FP-1">Metric °K = 273 + tm (°C).</FP>
        <FP SOURCE="FP-1">English °R = 460 + t<E T="52">m</E>(°F).</FP>
        <FP SOURCE="FP-1">T<E T="52">std</E> = Standard absolute temperature,</FP>
        <FP SOURCE="FP-1">Metric = 293 °K.</FP>
        <FP SOURCE="FP-1">English = 528 °R.</FP>
        <FP SOURCE="FP-1">V<E T="52">m</E> = Volume of gas sample as measured (actual) by dry gas meter, dcm,(dcf).</FP>
        <FP SOURCE="FP-1">V<E T="52">m(std),mfg</E> = Volume of gas sample measured by manufacture's calibrated orifice and dry gas meter, corrected to standard conditions (pressure/temperature) dscm (dscf).</FP>
        <FP SOURCE="FP-1">Y<E T="52">m</E> = Dry gas meter calibration factor, (dimensionless).</FP>
        
        <P>10.3.6Y<E T="52">m</E> Comparison. Compare the Y<E T="52">m</E> value provided by the manufacturer (Section 10.3.3) or the pretest Y<E T="52">m</E> value to the post test Y<E T="52">m</E> value using the following equation:</P>
        <MATH DEEP="29" SPAN="2">
          <MID>ER17OC00.581</MID>
        </MATH>

        <P>10.3.6.1If this ratio is between 0.95 and 1.05, the designated Y<E T="52">m</E> value for the meter is acceptable for use in later calculations.</P>

        <P>10.3.6.1.1If the value is outside the specified range, the test series shall either be: 1) voided and the samples discarded; or 2) calculations for the test series shall be conducted using whichever meter coefficient value (i.e., manufacturers's/pretest Y<E T="52">m</E> value or post test Y<E T="52">m</E> value) produces the lowest sample volume.</P>
        <P>10.3.6.1.2If the post test dry gas meter Y<E T="52">m</E> value differs by more than 5% as compared to the pretest value, either perform the calibration again to determine acceptability or return the meter to the manufacturer for recalibration.</P>
        <P>10.3.6.1.3The calibration may also be conducted as specified in Section 10.3 or Section 16.0 of Method 5 (40 CFR Part 60, Appendix A), except that it is only necessary to check the calibration at one flow rate of ∼ 0.75 cfm.</P>
        <P>10.3.6.1.4The calibration of the dry gas meter must be verified after each field test program using the same procedures.</P>
        <NOTE>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">Note:</HD>
          <P>The tester may elect to use the Y<E T="52">m</E> post test value for the next pretest Y<E T="52">m</E> value; e.g., Test 1 post test Y<E T="52">m</E> value and Test 2 pretest Y<E T="52">m</E> value would be the same.</P>
        </NOTE>
        
        <PRTPAGE P="215"/>
        <P>10.4Barometer. Calibrate against a mercury barometer that has been corrected for temperature and elevation.</P>
        <P>10.5ICP Spectrometer Calibration. Same as Method 306, Section 10.2.</P>
        <P>10.6GFAA Spectrometer Calibration. Same as Method 306, Section 10.3.</P>
        <P>10.7IC/PCR Calibration. Same as Method 306, Section 10.4.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">11.0Analytical Procedures</HD>
        <NOTE>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">Note:</HD>
          <P>The method determines the chromium concentration in µg Cr/mL. It is important that the analyst measure the volume of the field sample prior to analyzing the sample. This will allow for conversion of µg Cr/mL to µg Cr/sample.</P>
        </NOTE>
        
        <P>11.1Analysis. Refer to Method 306 for sample preparation and analysis procedures.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">12.0Data Analysis and Calculations</HD>
        <P>12.1Calculations. Perform the calculations, retaining one extra decimal point beyond that of the acquired data. When reporting final results, round number of figures consistent with the original data.</P>
        <P>12.2Nomenclature.
        </P>
        <FP SOURCE="FP-1">A = Cross-sectional area of stack, m<E T="52">2</E> (ft<E T="52">2</E>).</FP>
        <FP SOURCE="FP-1">B<E T="52">ws</E> = Water vapor in gas stream, proportion by volume, dimensionless (assume 2 percent moisture = 0.02).</FP>
        <FP SOURCE="FP-1">C<E T="52">p</E> = Pitot tube coefficient; “S” type pitot coefficient usually 0.840, dimensionless.</FP>
        <FP SOURCE="FP-1">C<E T="52">S</E> = Concentration of Cr in sample solution, µg Cr/mL.</FP>
        <FP SOURCE="FP-1">C<E T="52">Cr</E> = Concentration of Cr in stack gas, dry basis, corrected to standard conditions µg/dscm (gr/dscf).</FP>
        <FP SOURCE="FP-1">d = Diameter of stack, m (ft).</FP>
        <FP SOURCE="FP-1">D = Digestion factor, dimensionless.</FP>
        <FP SOURCE="FP-1">ER = Approximate mass emission rate, mg/hr (lb/hr).</FP>
        <FP SOURCE="FP-1">F = Dilution factor, dimensionless.</FP>
        <FP SOURCE="FP-1">L = Length of a square or rectangular duct, m (ft).</FP>
        <FP SOURCE="FP-1">M<E T="52">Cr</E> = Total Cr in each sample, µg (gr).</FP>
        <FP SOURCE="FP-1">M<E T="52">s</E> = Molecular weight of wet stack gas, wet basis, g/g-mole, (lb/lb-mole); in a nominal gas stream at 2% moisture the value is 28.62.</FP>
        <FP SOURCE="FP-1">P<E T="52">bar</E> = Barometric pressure at sampling site, mm Hg (in. Hg).</FP>
        <FP SOURCE="FP-1">P<E T="52">s</E> = Absolute stack gas pressure; in this case, usually the same value as the barometric pressure, mm Hg (in. Hg).</FP>
        <FP SOURCE="FP-1">P<E T="52">std</E> = Standard absolute pressure:</FP>
        <FP SOURCE="FP-1">Metric = 760 mm Hg.</FP>
        <FP SOURCE="FP-1">English = 29.92 in. Hg.</FP>
        <FP SOURCE="FP-1">Q<E T="52">std</E> = Average stack gas volumetric flow, dry, corrected to standard conditions, dscm/hr (dscf/hr).</FP>
        <FP SOURCE="FP-1">t<E T="52">m</E> = Average dry gas meter temperature, °C (°F).</FP>
        <FP SOURCE="FP-1">T<E T="52">m</E> = Absolute average dry gas meter temperature:</FP>
        <FP SOURCE="FP-1">Metric °K = 273 + t<E T="52">m</E> (°C).</FP>
        <FP SOURCE="FP-1">English °R = 460 + t<E T="52">m</E>(°F).</FP>
        <FP SOURCE="FP-1">t<E T="52">s</E> = Average stack temperature, °C (°F).</FP>
        <FP SOURCE="FP-1">T<E T="52">s</E> = Absolute average stack gas temperature: Metric °K = 273 + t<E T="52">s</E> (°C). English °R = 460 + t<E T="52">s</E>(°F).</FP>
        <FP SOURCE="FP-1">T<E T="52">std</E> = Standard absolute temperature: Metric = 293 °K. English = 528 °R.</FP>
        <FP SOURCE="FP-1">V<E T="52">ad</E> = Volume of sample aliquot after digestion (mL).</FP>
        <FP SOURCE="FP-1">V<E T="52">af</E> = Volume of sample aliquot after dilution (mL).</FP>
        <FP SOURCE="FP-1">V<E T="52">bd</E> = Volume of sample aliquot submitted to digestion (mL).</FP>
        <FP SOURCE="FP-1">V<E T="52">bf</E> = Volume of sample aliquot before dilution (mL).</FP>
        <FP SOURCE="FP-1">V<E T="52">m</E> = Volume of gas sample as measured (actual, dry) by dry gas meter, dcm (dcf).</FP>
        <FP SOURCE="FP-1">V<E T="52">mL</E> = Volume of impinger contents plus rinses (mL).</FP>
        <FP SOURCE="FP-1">V<E T="52">m(std)</E> = Volume of gas sample measured by the dry gas meter, corrected to standard conditions (temperature/pressure), dscm (dscf).</FP>
        <FP SOURCE="FP-1">v<E T="52">s</E> = Stack gas average velocity, calculated by Method 2, Equation 2-9, m/sec (ft/sec).</FP>
        <FP SOURCE="FP-1">W = Width of a square or rectangular duct, m (ft).</FP>
        <FP SOURCE="FP-1">Y<E T="52">m</E> = Dry gas meter calibration factor, (dimensionless).</FP>

        <FP SOURCE="FP-1">Δp = Velocity head measured by the Type S pitot tube, cm H<E T="52">2</E>O (in. H<E T="52">2</E>O).</FP>
        <FP SOURCE="FP-1">Δp<E T="52">avg</E> = Average of Δp values, mm H<E T="52">2</E>O (in. H<E T="52">2</E>O).</FP>
        
        <P>12.3Dilution Factor. The dilution factor is the ratio of the volume of sample aliquot after dilution to the volume before dilution. The dilution factor is usually calculated by the laboratory. This ratio is derived by the following equation:</P>
        <MATH DEEP="27" SPAN="2">
          <MID>ER17OC00.582</MID>
        </MATH>
        <P>12.4Digestion Factor. The digestion factor is the ratio of the volume of sample aliquot after digestion to the volume before digestion. The digestion factor is usually calculated by the laboratory. This ratio is derived by the following equation.</P>
        <MATH DEEP="27" SPAN="2">
          <PRTPAGE P="216"/>
          <MID>ER17OC00.583</MID>
        </MATH>
        <P>12.5Total Cr in Sample. Calculate M<E T="52">Cr</E>, the total µg Cr in each sample, using the following equation:</P>
        <MATH DEEP="12" SPAN="2">
          <MID>ER17OC00.584</MID>
        </MATH>
        <P>12.6Dry Gas Volume. Correct the sample volume measured by the dry gas meter to standard conditions (20 °C, 760 mm Hg or 68 °F, 29.92 in. Hg) using the following equation:</P>
        <MATH DEEP="31" SPAN="2">
          <MID>ER17OC00.585</MID>
        </MATH>
        <FP>Where:</FP>
        
        <FP SOURCE="FP-1">K<E T="52">1</E> = Metric units—0.3855 °K/mm Hg.</FP>
        <FP SOURCE="FP-1">English units—17.64 °R/in. Hg.</FP>
        
        <P>12.7Cr Emission Concentration (C<E T="52">Cr</E>). Calculate C<E T="52">Cr</E>, the Cr concentration in the stack gas, in µg/dscm (µg/dscf) on a dry basis, corrected to standard conditions, using the following equation: </P>
        <MATH DEEP="29" SPAN="2">
          <MID>ER17OC00.586</MID>
        </MATH>
        <NOTE>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">Note:</HD>
          <P>To convert µg/dscm (µg/dscf) to mg/dscm (mg/dscf), divide by 1000.</P>
        </NOTE>
        
        <P>12.8Stack Gas Velocity.</P>
        <FP SOURCE="FP-1">12.8.1K<E T="52">p</E> = Velocity equation constant: </FP>
        <MATH DEEP="41" SPAN="2">
          <MID>ER17OC00.587</MID>
        </MATH>
        <MATH DEEP="41" SPAN="2">
          <MID>ER17OC00.588</MID>
        </MATH>
        <P>12.8.2Average Stack Gas Velocity. </P>
        <MATH DEEP="69" SPAN="2">
          <PRTPAGE P="217"/>
          <MID>ER17OC00.589</MID>
        </MATH>
        <P>12.9Cross sectional area of stack.</P>
        <MATH DEEP="26" SPAN="2">
          <MID>ER17OC00.591</MID>
        </MATH>
        <P>12.10Average Stack Gas Dry Volumetric Flow Rate.</P>
        <NOTE>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">Note:</HD>
          <P>The emission rate may be based on a nominal stack moisture content of 2 percent (0.02). To calculate an emission rate, the tester may elect to use either the nominal stack gas moisture value or the actual stack gas moisture collected during the sampling run.</P>
        </NOTE>
        <P>Volumetric Flow Rate Equation:</P>
        <MATH DEEP="33" SPAN="2">
          <MID>ER17OC00.592</MID>
        </MATH>
        <FP>Where:</FP>
        <FP SOURCE="FP-1">3600 = Conversion factor, sec/hr.</FP>
        <MATH DEEP="37" SPAN="2">
          <MID>ER17OC00.593</MID>
        </MATH>
        <NOTE>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">Note:</HD>
          <P>To convert Q<E T="52">std</E> from dscm/hr (dscf/hr) to dscm/min (dscf/min), divide Q<E T="52">std</E> by 60.</P>
        </NOTE>
        <P>12.11Mass emission rate, mg/hr (lb/hr):</P>
        <MATH DEEP="16" SPAN="2">
          <MID>ER17OC00.594</MID>
        </MATH>
        <MATH DEEP="15" SPAN="2">
          <MID>ER17OC00.595</MID>
        </MATH>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">13.0Method Performance</HD>
        <P>13.1Range. The recommended working range for all of the three analytical techniques starts at five times the analytical detection limit (see also Method 306, Section 13.2.2). The upper limit of all three techniques can be extended indefinitely by appropriate dilution.</P>
        <P>13.2Sensitivity.</P>

        <P>13.2.1Analytical Sensitivity. The estimated instrumental detection limits listed are provided as a guide for an instrumental limit. The actual method detection limits <PRTPAGE P="218"/>are sample and instrument dependent and may vary as the sample matrix varies.</P>
        <P>13.2.1.1ICP Analytical Sensitivity. The minimum estimated detection limits for ICP, as reported in Method 6010A and the recently revised Method 6010B of SW-846 (Reference 1), are 7.0 µg Cr/L and 4.7 µg Cr/L, respectively.</P>
        <P>13.2.1.2GFAAS Analytical Sensitivity. The minimum estimated detection limit for GFAAS, as reported in Methods 7000A and 7191 of SW-846 (Reference 1), is 1.0 µg Cr/L.</P>

        <P>13.2.1.3IC/PCR Analytical Sensitivity. The minimum detection limit for IC/PCR with a preconcentrator, as reported in Methods 0061 and 7199 of SW-846 (Reference 1), is 0.05 µg Cr<E T="51">+6</E>/L.</P>

        <P>13.2.2In-stack Sensitivity. The in-stack sensitivity depends upon the analytical detection limit, the volume of stack gas sampled, and the total volume of the impinger absorbing solution plus the rinses. Using the analytical detection limits given in Sections 13.2.1.1, 13.2.1.2, and 13.2.1.3; a stack gas sample volume of 1.7 dscm; and a total liquid sample volume of 500 mL; the corresponding in-stack detection limits are 0.0014 mg Cr/dscm to 0.0021 mg Cr/dscm for ICP, 0.00029 mg Cr/dscm for GFAAS, and 0.000015 mg Cr<E T="51">+36</E>/dscm for IC/PCR with preconcentration.</P>
        <NOTE>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">Note:</HD>

          <P>It is recommended that the concentration of Cr in the analytical solutions be at least five times the analytical detection limit to optimize sensitivity in the analyses. Using this guideline and the same assumptions for impinger sample volume and stack gas sample volume (500 mL and 1.7 dscm, respectively), the recommended minimum stack concentrations for optimum sensitivity are 0.0068 mg Cr/dscm to 0.0103 mg Cr/dscm for ICP, 0.0015 mg Cr/dscm for GFAAS, and 0.000074 mg Cr<E T="51">+6</E> dscm for IC/PCR with preconcentration. If required, the in-stack detection limits can be improved by either increasing the sampling time, the stack gas sample volume, reducing the volume of the digested sample for GFAAS, improving the analytical detection limits, or any combination of the three.</P>
        </NOTE>
        
        <P>13.3Precision.</P>
        <P>13.3.1The following precision data have been reported for the three analytical methods. In each case, when the sampling precision is combined with the reported analytical precision, the resulting overall precision may decrease.</P>
        <P>13.3.2Bias data is also reported for GFAAS.</P>
        <P>13.4ICP Precision.</P>
        <P>13.4.1As reported in Method 6010B of SW-846 (Reference 1), in an EPA round-robin Phase 1 study, seven laboratories applied the ICP technique to acid/distilled water matrices that had been spiked with various metal concentrates. For true values of 10, 50, and 150 µg Cr/L; the mean reported values were 10, 50, and 149 µg Cr/L; and the mean percent relative standard deviations were 18, 3.3, and 3.8 percent, respectively.</P>
        <P>13.4.2In another multilaboratory study cited in Method 6010B, a mean relative standard of 8.2 percent was reported for an aqueous sample concentration of approximately 3750 µg Cr/L.</P>
        <P>13.5GFAAS Precision. As reported in Method 7191 of SW-846 (Reference 1), in a single laboratory (EMSL), using Cincinnati, Ohio tap water spiked at concentrations of 19, 48, and 77 µg Cr/L, the standard deviations were ±0.1, ±0.2, and ±0.8, respectively. Recoveries at these levels were 97 percent, 101 percent, and 102 percent, respectively.</P>

        <P>13.6IC/PCR Precision. As reported in Methods 0061 and 7199 of SW-846 (Reference 1), the precision of IC/PCR with sample preconcentration is 5 to 10 percent; the overall precision for sewage sludge incinerators emitting 120 ng/dscm of Cr<E T="51">+6</E> and 3.5 µg/dscm of total Cr is 25 percent and 9 percent, respectively; and for hazardous waste incinerators emitting 300 ng/dscm of Cr<E T="51">+6</E> the precision is 20 percent.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">14.0Pollution Prevention</HD>
        <P>14.1The only materials used in this method that could be considered pollutants are the chromium standards used for instrument calibration and acids used in the cleaning of the collection and measurement containers/labware, in the preparation of standards, and in the acid digestion of samples. Both reagents can be stored in the same waste container.</P>
        <P>14.2Cleaning solutions containing acids should be prepared in volumes consistent with use to minimize the disposal of excessive volumes of acid.</P>
        <P>14.3To the extent possible, the containers/vessels used to collect and prepare samples should be cleaned and reused to minimize the generation of solid waste.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">15.0Waste Management</HD>
        <P>15.1It is the responsibility of the laboratory and the sampling team to comply with all federal, state, and local regulations governing waste management, particularly the discharge regulations, hazardous waste identification rules, and land disposal restrictions; and to protect the air, water, and land by minimizing and controlling all releases from field operations.</P>

        <P>15.2For further information on waste management, consult The Waste Management Manual for Laboratory Personnel and Less is Better-Laboratory Chemical Management for Waste Reduction, available from the American Chemical Society's Department of Government Relations and Science Policy, 1155 16th Street NW, Washington, DC 20036.<PRTPAGE P="219"/>
        </P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">16.0References</HD>
        <P>1. F.R. Clay, Memo, Impinger Collection Efficiency—Mason Jars vs. Greenburg-Smith Impingers, Dec. 1989.</P>
        <P>2. Segall, R.R., W.G. DeWees, F.R. Clay, and J.W. Brown. Development of Screening Methods for Use in Chromium Emissions Measurement and Regulations Enforcement. In: Proceedings of the 1989 EPA/A&amp;WMA International Symposium-Measurement of Toxic and Related Air Pollutants, A&amp;WMA Publication VIP-13, EPA Report No. 600/9-89-060, p. 785.</P>
        <P>3. Clay, F.R., Chromium Sampling Method. In: Proceedings of the 1990 EPA/A&amp;WMA International Symposium-Measurement of Toxic and Related Air Pollutants, A&amp;WMA Publication VIP-17, EPA Report No. 600/9-90-026, p. 576.</P>
        <P>4. Clay, F.R., Proposed Sampling Method 306A for the Determination of Hexavalent Chromium Emissions from Electroplating and Anodizing Facilities. In: Proceedings of the 1992 EPA/A&amp;WMA International Symposium-Measurement of Toxic and Related Air Pollutants, A&amp;WMA Publication VIP-25, EPA Report No. 600/R-92/131, p. 209.</P>
        <P>5. Test Methods for Evaluating Solid Waste, Physical/Chemical Methods, SW-846, Third Edition as amended by Updates I, II, IIA, IIB, and III. Document No. 955-001-000001. Available from Superintendent of Documents, U.S. Government Printing Office, Washington, DC, November 1986.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">17.0Tables, Diagrams, Flowcharts, and Validation Data</HD>
        <GPH DEEP="350" SPAN="2">
          <GID>ER17OC00.596</GID>
        </GPH>
        <GPH DEEP="350" SPAN="2">
          <PRTPAGE P="220"/>
          <GID>ER17OC00.597</GID>
        </GPH>
        <GPH DEEP="350" SPAN="2">
          <PRTPAGE P="221"/>
          <GID>ER17OC00.598</GID>
        </GPH>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">Method 306B—Surface Tension Measurement for Tanks Used at Decorative Chromium Electroplating and Chromium Anodizing Facilities</HD>
        <NOTE>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">Note:</HD>
          <P>This method does not include all of the specifications (<E T="03">e.g.,</E> equipment and supplies) and procedures (<E T="03">e.g.,</E> sampling and analytical) essential to its performance. Some material is incorporated by reference from other methods in 40 CFR Part 60, Appendix A and in this part. Therefore, to obtain reliable results, persons using this method should have a thorough knowledge of at least Methods 5 and 306.</P>
        </NOTE>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">1.0Scope and Application</HD>
        <P>1.1Analyte. Not applicable.</P>
        <P>1.2Applicability. This method is applicable to all decorative chromium plating and chromium anodizing operations, and continuous chromium plating at iron and steel facilities where a wetting agent is used in the tank as the primary mechanism for reducing emissions from the surface of the plating solution.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">2.0Summary of Method</HD>
        <P>2.1During an electroplating or anodizing operation, gas bubbles generated during the process rise to the surface of the liquid and burst. Upon bursting, tiny droplets of chromic acid become entrained in ambient air. The addition of a wetting agent to the tank bath reduces the surface tension of the liquid and diminishes the formation of these droplets.</P>

        <P>2.2This method determines the surface tension of the bath using a stalagmometer or <PRTPAGE P="222"/>a tensiometer to confirm that there is sufficient wetting agent present.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">3.0Definitions <E T="01">[Reserved]</E>
        </HD>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">4.0Interferences <E T="01">[Reserved]</E>
        </HD>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">5.0Safety</HD>
        <P>5.1Disclaimer. This method may involve hazardous materials, operations, and equipment. This test method may not address all of the safety problems associated with its use. It is the responsibility of the user to establish appropriate safety and health practices and to determine the applicability of regulatory limitations prior to performing this test method.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">6.0Equipment and Supplies</HD>
        <P>6.1Stalagmometer. Any commercially available stalagmometer or equivalent surface tension measuring device may be used to measure the surface tension of the plating or anodizing tank liquid.</P>
        <P>6.2Tensiometer. A tensiometer may be used to measure the surface tension of the tank liquid provided the procedures specified in ASTM Method D 1331-89, Standard Test Methods for Surface and Interfacial Tension of Solutions of Surface Active Agents (incorporated by reference—see § 63.14) are followed.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">7.0Reagents and Standards <E T="01">[Reserved]</E>
        </HD>

        <HD SOURCE="HD2">8.0Sample Collection, Sample Recovery, Sample Preservation, Sample Holding Times, Storage, and Transport <E T="01">[Reserved]</E>
        </HD>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">9.0Quality Control <E T="01">[Reserved]</E>
        </HD>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">10.0Calibration and Standardization <E T="01">[Reserved]</E>
        </HD>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">11.0Analytical Procedure</HD>
        <P>11.1Procedure. The surface tension of the tank bath may be measured by using a tensiometer, a stalagmometer or any other equivalent surface tension measuring device approved by the Administrator for measuring surface tension in dynes per centimeter. If the tensiometer is used, the procedures specified in ASTM Method D 1331-89 must be followed. If a stalagmometer or other device is used to measure surface tension, the instructions provided with the measuring device must be followed.</P>
        <P>11.2Frequency of Measurements.</P>
        <P>11.2.1Measurements of the bath surface tension are performed using a progressive system which decreases the frequency of surface tension measurements required when the proper surface tension is maintained.</P>
        <P>11.2.1.1Initially, following the compliance date, surface tension measurements must be conducted once every 4 hours of tank operation for the first 40 hours of tank operation.</P>
        <P>11.2.1.2Once there are no exceedances during a period of 40 hours of tank operation, measurements may be conducted once every 8 hours of tank operation.</P>
        <P>11.2.1.3Once there are no exceedances during a second period of 40 consecutive hours of tank operation, measurements may be conducted once every 40 hours of tank operation on an on-going basis, until an exceedance occurs. The maximum time interval for measurements is once every 40 hours of tank operation.</P>
        <P>11.2.2If a measurement of the surface tension of the solution is above the 45 dynes per centimeter limit, or above an alternate surface tension limit established during the performance test, the time interval shall revert back to the original monitoring schedule of once every 4 hours. A subsequent decrease in frequency would then be allowed according to Section 11.2.1.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">12.0Data Analysis and Calculations</HD>
        <P>12.1Log Book of Surface Tension Measurements and Fume Suppressant Additions.</P>
        <P>12.1.1The surface tension of the plating or anodizing tank bath must be measured as specified in Section 11.2.</P>
        <P>12.1.2The measurements must be recorded in the log book. In addition to the record of surface tension measurements, the frequency of fume suppressant maintenance additions and the amount of fume suppressant added during each maintenance addition must be recorded in the log book.</P>
        <P>12.1.3The log book will be readily available for inspection by regulatory personnel.</P>
        <P>12.2Instructions for Apparatus Used in Measuring Surface Tension.</P>
        <P>12.2.1Included with the log book must be a copy of the instructions for the apparatus used for measuring the surface tension of the plating or anodizing bath.</P>
        <P>12.2.2If a tensiometer is used, a copy of ASTM Method D 1331-89 must be included with the log book.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">13.0Method Performance <E T="01">[Reserved]</E>
        </HD>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">14.0Pollution Prevention <E T="01">[Reserved]</E>
        </HD>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">15.0Waste Management <E T="01">[Reserved]</E>
        </HD>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">16.0References <E T="01">[Reserved]</E>
        </HD>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">17.0Tables, Diagrams, Flowcharts, and Validation Data <E T="01">[Reserved]</E>
        </HD>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">Method 307—Determination of Emissions From Halogenated Solvent Vapor Cleaning Machines Using a Liquid Level Procedure</HD>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">1. Applicability and Principle</HD>

        <P>1.1Applicability. This method is applicable to the determination of the halogenated solvent emissions from solvent vapor cleaners in the idling mode.<PRTPAGE P="223"/>
        </P>
        <P>1.2Principle. The solvent level in the solvent cleaning machine is measured using inclined liquid level indicators. The change in liquid level corresponds directly to the amount of solvent lost from the solvent cleaning machine.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">2. Apparatus</HD>
        <NOTE>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">Note:</HD>
          <P>Mention of trade names or specific products does not constitute endorsement by the Environmental Protection Agency.</P>
        </NOTE>
        <P>2.1Inclined Liquid Level Indicator. A schematic of the inclined liquid level indicators used in this method is shown in figure 307-1; two inclined liquid level indicators having 0.05 centimeters divisions or smaller shall be used. The liquid level indicators shall be made of glass, Teflon, or any similar material that will not react with the solvent being used. A 6-inch by 1-inch slope is recommended; however the slope may vary depending on the size and design of the solvent cleaning machine.</P>
        <NOTE>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">Note:</HD>
          <P>It is important that the inclined liquid level indicators be constructed with ease of reading in mind. The inclined liquid level indicators should also be mounted so that they can be raised or lowered if necessary to suit the solvent cleaning machine size.</P>
        </NOTE>
        <GPH DEEP="104" SPAN="2">
          <GID>EC01MY92.075</GID>
        </GPH>
        <P>2.2Horizontal Indicator. Device to check the inclined liquid level indicators orientation relative to horizontal.</P>
        <P>2.3Velocity Meter. Hotwire and vane anemometers, or other devices capable of measuring the flow rates ranging from 0 to 15.2 meters per minute across the solvent cleaning machine.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">3. Procedure</HD>
        <P>3.1Connection of the Inclined Liquid Level Indicator. Connect one of the inclined liquid level indicators to the boiling sump drain and the other inclined liquid level indicator to the immersion sump drain using Teflon tubing and the appropriate fittings. A schematic diagram is shown in figure 307-2.</P>
        <GPH DEEP="108" SPAN="2">
          <GID>EC01MY92.076</GID>
        </GPH>
        <P>3.2Positioning of Velocity Meter. Position the velocity meter so that it measures the flow rate of the air passing directly across the solvent cleaning machine.</P>
        <P>3.3Level the Inclined Liquid Level Indicators.</P>

        <P>3.4Initial Inclined Liquid Level Indicator Readings. Open the sump drainage valves. Allow the solvent cleaning machine to operate long enough for the vapor zone to form and the system to stabilize (check with manufacturer). Record the inclined liquid level <PRTPAGE P="224"/>indicators readings and the starting time on the data sheet. A sample data sheet is provided in figure 307-3.
        </P>
        <FP SOURCE="FP-DASH">Date</FP>
        
        <FP SOURCE="FP-DASH">Run</FP>
        
        <FP SOURCE="FP-DASH">Solvent type</FP>
        
        <FP SOURCE="FP-DASH">Solvent density, g/m <SU>3</SU> (lb/ft <SU>3</SU>)</FP>
        
        <FP SOURCE="FP-DASH">Length of boiling sump (S<E T="52">B</E>), m (ft)</FP>
        
        <FP SOURCE="FP-DASH">Width of boiling sump (W<E T="52">B</E>), m (ft)</FP>
        
        <FP SOURCE="FP-DASH">Length of immersion sump (S<E T="52">I</E>), m (ft)</FP>
        
        <FP SOURCE="FP-DASH">Width of immersion sump (W<E T="52">I</E>), m (ft)</FP>
        
        <FP>Length of solvent vapor/air interface (S<E T="52">V</E>), m (ft) ______</FP>
        
        <FP>Width of solvent vapor/air interface (W<E T="52">V</E>), m (ft) ______</FP>
        <GPOTABLE CDEF="s25,8,8,8" COLS="4" OPTS="L2">
          <BOXHD>
            <CHED H="1">Clock time</CHED>
            <CHED H="1">Boiling sump reading</CHED>
            <CHED H="1">Immersion sump reading</CHED>
            <CHED H="1">Flow rate reading</CHED>
          </BOXHD>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="22"/>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="22"/>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="22"/>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="22"/>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="22"/>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="22"/>
          </ROW>
        </GPOTABLE>
        <HD SOURCE="HD3">Figure 307-3. Data sheet.</HD>
        <P>3.5Final Inclined Liquid Level Indicator Readings. At the end of the 16-hour test run, check to make sure the inclined liquid level indicators are level; if not, make the necessary adjustments. Record the final inclined liquid level indicators readings and time.</P>
        <P>3.6Determination of Solvent Vapor/Air Interface Area for Each Sump. Determine the area of the solvent/air interface of the individual sumps. Whenever possible, physically measure these dimensions, rather than using factory specifications. A schematic of the dimensions of a solvent cleaning machine is provided in figure 307-4.</P>
        <GPH DEEP="100" SPAN="2">
          <GID>EC01MY92.077</GID>
        </GPH>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">4. Calculations</HD>
        <P>4.1Nomenclature.</P>
        <FP SOURCE="FP-1">A<E T="52">B</E> = area of boiling sump interface, m<SU>2</SU> (ft<SU>2</SU>).</FP>
        <FP SOURCE="FP-1">A<E T="52">I</E> = area of immersion sump interface, m<SU>2</SU> (ft<SU>2</SU>).</FP>
        <FP SOURCE="FP-1">A<E T="52">V</E> = area of solvent/air interface, m<SU>2</SU> (ft<SU>2</SU>).</FP>
        <FP SOURCE="FP-1">E = emission rate, kg/m<SU>2</SU>-hr (lb/ft<SU>2</SU>-hr).</FP>
        <FP SOURCE="FP-1">K = 100,000 cm . g/m . kg for metric units.</FP>
        <FP SOURCE="FP-1">= 12 in./ft for English units.</FP>
        <FP SOURCE="FP-1">L<E T="52">BF</E> = final boiling sump inclined liquid level indicators reading, cm (in.).</FP>
        <FP SOURCE="FP-1">L<E T="52">Bi</E> = initial boiling sump inclined liquid level indicators reading, cm (in.).</FP>
        <FP SOURCE="FP-1">L<E T="52">If</E> = final immersion sump inclined liquid level indicators reading, cm (in.).</FP>
        <FP SOURCE="FP-1">L<E T="52">Ii</E> = initial immersion sump inclined liquid level indicators reading, cm (in.).</FP>
        <FP SOURCE="FP-1">S<E T="52">B</E> = length of the boiling sump, m (ft).</FP>
        <FP SOURCE="FP-1">S<E T="52">I</E> = length of the immersion sump, m (ft).</FP>
        <FP SOURCE="FP-1">S<E T="52">V</E> = length of the solvent vapor/air interface, m (ft).</FP>
        <FP SOURCE="FP-1">W<E T="52">B</E> = width of the boiling sump, m (ft).</FP>
        <FP SOURCE="FP-1">W<E T="52">I</E> = width of the immersion sump, m (ft).</FP>
        <FP SOURCE="FP-1">W<E T="52">V</E> = width of the solvent vapor/air interface, m (ft).</FP>
        <FP SOURCE="FP-1">ρ = density of solvent, g/m3 (lb/ft3).</FP>
        <FP SOURCE="FP-1">θ = test time, hr.</FP>

        <P>4.2Area of Sump Interfaces. Calculate the areas of the boiling and immersion sump interfaces as follows:
        </P>
        <FP SOURCE="FP-1">A<E T="52">B</E> = S<E T="52">B</E> W<E T="52">B</E>Eq. 307-1</FP>
        <FP SOURCE="FP-1">A<E T="52">I</E> = S<E T="52">I</E> W<E T="52">I</E>Eq. 307-2</FP>
        

        <P>4.3Area of Solvent/Air Interface. Calculate the area of the solvent vapor/air interface as follows:
        </P>
        <FP SOURCE="FP-1">A<E T="52">V</E> = S<E T="52">V</E> W<E T="52">V</E>Eq. 307-3</FP>
        <P>4.4Emission Rate. Calculate the emission rate as follows:</P>
        <MATH DEEP="55" SPAN="1">
          <MID>ER02DE94.007</MID>
        </MATH>
        <PRTPAGE P="225"/>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">Method 308—Procedure for Determination of Methanol Emission From Stationary Sources</HD>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">1.0Scope and Application</HD>
        <P>1.1Analyte. Methanol. Chemical Abstract Service (CAS) No. 67-56-1.</P>
        <P>1.2Applicability. This method applies to the measurement of methanol emissions from specified stationary sources.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">2.0Summary of Method</HD>
        <P>A gas sample is extracted from the sampling point in the stack. The methanol is collected in deionized distilled water and adsorbed on silica gel. The sample is returned to the laboratory where the methanol in the water fraction is separated from other organic compounds with a gas chromatograph (GC) and is then measured by a flame ionization detector (FID). The fraction adsorbed on silica gel is extracted with an aqueous solution of n-propanol and is then separated and measured by GC/FID.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">3.0Definitions <E T="01">[Reserved]</E>
        </HD>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">4.0Interferences <E T="01">[Reserved]</E>
        </HD>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">5.0Safety</HD>
        <P>5.1Disclaimer. This method may involve hazardous materials, operations, and equipment. This test method does not purport to address all of the safety problems associated with its use. It is the responsibility of the user of this test method to establish appropriate safety and health practices and to determine the applicability of regulatory limitations before performing this test method.</P>
        <P>5.2Methanol Characteristics. Methanol is flammable and a dangerous fire and explosion risk. It is moderately toxic by ingestion and inhalation.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">6.0Equipment and Supplies</HD>
        <P>6.1Sample Collection. The following items are required for sample collection:</P>
        <P>6.1.1Sampling Train. The sampling train is shown in Figure 308-1 and component parts are discussed below.</P>
        <P>6.1.1.1Probe. Teflon<E T="51">®</E>, approximately 6-millimeter (mm) (0.24 inch) outside diameter.</P>
        <P>6.1.1.2Impinger. A 30-milliliter (ml) midget impinger. The impinger must be connected with leak-free glass connectors. Silicone grease may not be used to lubricate the connectors.</P>
        <P>6.1.1.3Adsorbent Tube. Glass tubes packed with the required amount of the specified adsorbent.</P>
        <P>6.1.1.4Valve. Needle valve, to regulate sample gas flow rate.</P>
        <P>6.1.1.5Pump. Leak-free diaphragm pump, or equivalent, to pull gas through the sampling train. Install a small surge tank between the pump and rate meter to eliminate the pulsation effect of the diaphragm pump on the rotameter.</P>
        <P>6.1.1.6Rate Meter. Rotameter, or equivalent, capable of measuring flow rate to within 2 percent of the selected flow rate of up to 1000 milliliter per minute (ml/min). Alternatively, the tester may use a critical orifice to set the flow rate.</P>
        <P>6.1.1.7Volume Meter. Dry gas meter (DGM), sufficiently accurate to measure the sample volume to within 2 percent, calibrated at the selected flow rate and conditions actually encountered during sampling, and equipped with a temperature sensor (dial thermometer, or equivalent) capable of measuring temperature accurately to within 3 °C (5.4 °F).</P>
        <P>6.1.1.8Barometer. Mercury (Hg), aneroid, or other barometer capable of measuring atmospheric pressure to within 2.5 mm (0.1 inch) Hg. See the NOTE in Method 5 (40 CFR part 60, appendix A), section 6.1.2.</P>
        <P>6.1.1.9Vacuum Gauge and Rotameter. At least 760-mm (30-inch) Hg gauge and 0- to 40-ml/min rotameter, to be used for leak-check of the sampling train.</P>
        <P>6.2Sample Recovery. The following items are required for sample recovery:</P>
        <P>6.2.1Wash Bottles. Polyethylene or glass, 500-ml, two.</P>
        <P>6.2.2Sample Vials. Glass, 40-ml, with Teflon<E T="51">®</E>-lined septa, to store impinger samples (one per sample).</P>
        <P>6.2.3Graduated Cylinder. 100-ml size.</P>
        <P>6.3Analysis. The following are required for analysis:</P>
        <P>6.3.1Gas Chromatograph. GC with an FID, programmable temperature control, and heated liquid injection port.</P>
        <P>6.3.2Pump. Capable of pumping 100 ml/min. For flushing sample loop.</P>
        <P>6.3.3Flow Meter. To monitor accurately sample loop flow rate of 100 ml/min.</P>
        <P>6.3.4Regulators. Two-stage regulators used on gas cylinders for GC and for cylinder standards.</P>
        <P>6.3.5Recorder. To record, integrate, and store chromatograms.</P>
        <P>6.3.6Syringes. 1.0- and 10-microliter (l) size, calibrated, for injecting samples.</P>
        <P>6.3.7Tubing Fittings. Stainless steel, to plumb GC and gas cylinders.</P>

        <P>6.3.8Vials. Two 5.0-ml glass vials with screw caps fitted with Teflon<E T="51">®</E>-lined septa for each sample.</P>
        <P>6.3.9Pipettes. Volumetric type, assorted sizes for preparing calibration standards.</P>
        <P>6.3.10Volumetric Flasks. Assorted sizes for preparing calibration standards.</P>
        <P>6.3.11Vials. Glass 40-ml with Teflon<E T="51">®</E>-lined septa, to store calibration standards (one per standard).</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">7.0Reagents and Standards</HD>
        <NOTE>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">Note:</HD>

          <P>Unless otherwise indicated, all reagents must conform to the specifications <PRTPAGE P="226"/>established by the Committee on Analytical Reagents of the American Chemical Society. Where such specifications are not available, use the best available grade.</P>
        </NOTE>
        
        <P>7.1Sampling. The following are required for sampling:</P>

        <P>7.1.1Water. Deionized distilled to conform to the American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) Specification D 1193-77, Type 3. At the option of the analyst, the potassium permanganate (KMnO<E T="52">4</E>) test for oxidizable organic matter may be omitted when high concentrations of organic matter are not expected to be present.</P>
        <P>7.1.2Silica Gel. Deactivated chromatographic grade 20/40 mesh silica gel packed in glass adsorbent tubes. The silica gel is packed in two sections. The front section contains 520 milligrams (mg) of silica gel, and the back section contains 260 mg.</P>
        <P>7.2Analysis. The following are required for analysis:</P>
        <P>7.2.1Water. Same as specified in section 7.1.1.</P>
        <P>7.2.2n-Propanol, 3 Percent. Mix 3 ml of n-propanol with 97 ml of water.</P>
        <P>7.2.3Methanol Stock Standard. Prepare a methanol stock standard by weighing 1 gram of methanol into a 100-ml volumetric flask. Dilute to 100 ml with water.</P>
        <P>7.2.3.1Methanol Working Standard. Prepare a methanol working standard by pipetting 1 ml of the methanol stock standard into a 100-ml volumetric flask. Dilute the solution to 100 ml with water.</P>

        <P>7.2.3.2Methanol Standards For Impinger Samples. Prepare a series of methanol standards by pipetting 1, 2, 5, 10, and 25 ml of methanol working standard solution respectively into five 50-ml volumetric flasks. Dilute the solutions to 50 ml with water. These standards will have 2, 4, 10, 20, and 50 µg/ml of methanol, respectively. After preparation, transfer the solutions to 40-ml glass vials capped with Teflon<E T="51">®</E> septa and store the vials under refrigeration. Discard any excess solution.</P>

        <P>7.2.3.3Methanol Standards for Adsorbent Tube Samples. Prepare a series of methanol standards by first pipetting 10 ml of the methanol working standard into a 100-ml volumetric flask and diluting the contents to exactly 100 ml with 3 percent n-propanol solution. This standard will contain 10 µg/ml of methanol. Pipette 5, 15, and 25 ml of this standard, respectively, into four 50-ml volumetric flasks. Dilute each solution to 50 ml with 3 percent n-propanol solution. These standards will have 1, 3, and 5 µg/ml of methanol, respectively. Transfer all four standards into 40-ml glass vials capped with Teflon<E T="51">®</E>-lined septa and store under refrigeration. Discard any excess solution.</P>
        <P>7.2.4GC Column. Capillary column, 30 meters (100 feet) long with an inside diameter (ID) of 0.53 mm (0.02 inch), coated with DB 624 to a film thickness of 3.0 micrometers, (µm) or an equivalent column. Alternatively, a 30-meter capillary column coated with polyethylene glycol to a film thickness of 1 µm such as AT-WAX or its equivalent.</P>
        <P>7.2.5Helium. Ultra high purity.</P>
        <P>7.2.6Hydrogen. Zero grade.</P>
        <P>7.2.7Oxygen. Zero grade.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">8.0Procedure</HD>
        <P>8.1Sampling. The following items are required for sampling:</P>
        <P>8.1.1Preparation of Collection Train. Measure 20 ml of water into the midget impinger. The adsorbent tube must contain 520 mg of silica gel in the front section and 260 mg of silica gel in the backup section. Assemble the train as shown in Figure 308-1. An optional, second impinger that is left empty may be placed in front of the water-containing impinger to act as a condensate trap. Place crushed ice and water around the impinger.</P>
        <GPH DEEP="383" SPAN="2">
          <PRTPAGE P="227"/>
          <GID>ER15ap98.014</GID>
        </GPH>
        <P>8.1.2Leak Check. A leak check prior to the sampling run is